BBVA 20-F DEF-14A Report Dec. 31, 2011 | Alphaminr
BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

BBVA 20-F Report ended Dec. 31, 2011

20-F 1 d314047d20f.htm FORM 20-F Form 20-F
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to

OR

¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number: 1-10110

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

BANK BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Kingdom of Spain

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Plaza de San Nicolás, 4

48005 Bilbao

Spain

(Address of principal executive offices)

Eduardo Ávila Zaragoza

Paseo de la Castellana, 81

28046 Madrid

Spain

Telephone number +34 91 537 7000

Fax number +34 91 537 6766

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and /or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing

the right to receive one ordinary share, par value 0.49 per share

New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, par value 0.49 per share New York Stock Exchange*

Guarantee of Non-Cumulative Guaranteed

Preferred Securities, Series C, liquidation preference $1,000 each, of BBVA International Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal

New York Stock Exchange**
Guarantee of Guaranteed Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal New York Stock Exchange***
Guarantee of Guaranteed Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal New York Stock Exchange****


Table of Contents
*

The ordinary shares are not listed for trading, but are listed only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

**

The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Non-Cumulative Guaranteed Preferred Securities of BBVA International Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).

***

The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Guaranteed Fixed Rate Senior Notes of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).

****

The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Guaranteed Floating Rate Senior Notes of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

The number of outstanding shares of each class of stock of the Registrant as of December 31, 2011, was:

Ordinary shares, par value 0.49 per share—4,903,207,003

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes x No ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes ¨ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ¨

International Financial Reporting Standards as Issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x

Other ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 ¨ Item 18 ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ¨ No x


Table of Contents

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

PART I

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 3

A.

Directors and Senior Management

B.

Advisers

C.

Auditors

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 3

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION 3

A.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data 3

B.

Capitalization and Indebtedness 8

C.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds 8

D.

Risk Factors 8

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 21

A.

History and Development of the Company 21

B.

Business Overview 23

C.

Organizational Structure 44

D.

Property, Plants and Equipment 44

E.

Selected Statistical Information 45

F.

Competition 64

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 66

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 66

A.

Operating Results 74

B.

Liquidity and Capital Resources 107

C.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc. 110

D.

Trend Information 110

E.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 113

F.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations 113

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 114

A.

Directors and Senior Management 114

B.

Compensation 122

C.

Board Practices 128

D.

Employees 133

E.

Share Ownership 137


Table of Contents
PAGE

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 137

A.

Major Shareholders 137

B.

Related Party Transactions 138

C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel 139

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION 139

A.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information 139

B.

Significant Changes 141

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING 141

A.

Offer and Listing Details 141

B.

Plan of Distribution 148

C.

Markets 148

D.

Selling Shareholders 148

E.

Dilution 148

F.

Expenses of the Issue 148

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 148

A.

Share Capital 148

B.

Memorandum and Articles of Association 149

C.

Material Contracts 152

D.

Exchange Controls 153

E.

Taxation 154

F.

Dividends and Paying Agents 161

G.

Statement by Experts 161

H.

Documents on Display 161

I.

Subsidiary Information 161

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 162

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 188

A.

Debt Securities 188

B.

Warrants and Rights 188

C.

Other Securities 188

D.

American Depositary Shares 188

PART II

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 190

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 190

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 190


Table of Contents
PAGE

ITEM 16.

[RESERVED] 192

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 192

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS 193

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 193

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 194

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 194

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 195

ITEM 16G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 195

PART III

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 197

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 197

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS 198


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

The terms below are used as follows throughout this report:

BBVA ”, “ Bank ”, the “ Company ”, the “ Group ” or the “ BBVA Group ” means Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

BBVA Bancomer ” means Bancomer S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

BBVA Compass ” means Compass Bancshares, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

Consolidated Financial Statements ” means our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union (“ EU-IFRS ”) required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“ IFRS-IASB ”).

Latin America ” refers to Mexico and the countries in which we operate in South America and Central America.

First person personal pronouns used in this report, such as “ we ”, “ us ”, or “ our ”, mean BBVA.

In this report, “ $ ”, “ U.S. dollars ”, and “ dollars ” refer to United States Dollars and “ ” and “ euro ” refer to Euro.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may include words such as “believe”, “expect”, “estimate”, “project”, “anticipate”, “should”, “intend”, “probability”, “risk”, “VaR”, “target”, “goal”, “objective” and similar expressions or variations on such expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. The accompanying information in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, the information under the items listed below, identifies important factors that could cause such differences:

“Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors”;

“Item 4. Information on the Company”;

“Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”; and

“Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

Other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include, among others:

general political, economic and business conditions in Spain, the European Union (“ EU ”), Latin America, the United States and other regions, countries or territories in which we operate;

changes in applicable laws and regulations, including increased capital requirements;

1


Table of Contents

the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks in Spain, the EU, the United States, Mexico and elsewhere;

changes or volatility in interest rates, foreign exchange rates (including the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate), asset prices, equity markets, commodity prices, inflation or deflation;

ongoing market adjustments in the real estate sectors in Spain, Mexico and the United States;

the effects of competition in the markets in which we operate, which may be influenced by regulation or deregulation;

changes in consumer spending and savings habits, including changes in government policies which may influence investment decisions;

our ability to hedge certain risks economically;

our success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing, which depends, among other things, on our ability to anticipate events that cannot be captured by the statistical models we use; and

force majeure and other events beyond our control.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to release publicly the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, including, without limitation, changes in our business or acquisition strategy or planned capital expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Accounting Principles

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 in conformity with EU-IFRS. The Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (as amended or supplemented from time to time, “ Circular 4/2004 ”), which requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting system to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of EU-IFRS. The financial statements included in our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the “ 2010 Form 20-F ”) included financial statements for the three years then-ended prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. It also included a reconciliation of certain financial information to U.S. GAAP.

We have concluded that differences between EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and IFRS-IASB are not material for the three years ended December 31, 2011. Accordingly, the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB. As a result, this Annual Report does not include a reconciliation of certain financial information to U.S. GAAP.

In order to present financial information for all periods on a basis consistent with IFRS-IASB, we have restated under IFRS-IASB the financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 previously reported in our respective annual reports for certain prior years, which had

2


Table of Contents

been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. See “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Restatement” for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported.

Statistical and Financial Information

The following principles should be noted in reviewing the statistical and financial information contained herein:

Average balances, when used, are based on the beginning and the month-end balances during each year. We do not believe that such monthly averages present trends that are materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages.

The book value of BBVA’s ordinary shares held by its consolidated subsidiaries has been deducted from equity.

Unless otherwise stated, any reference to loans refers to both loans and leases.

Interest income figures include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent that cash payments have been received in the period in which they are due.

Financial information with respect to subsidiaries may not reflect consolidation adjustments.

Certain numerical information in this Annual Report may not sum due to rounding. In addition, information regarding period-to-period changes is based on numbers which have not been rounded.

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not Applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not Applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The historical financial information set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 has been selected from, and should be read together with, the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. For information concerning the preparation and presentation of the financial information contained herein, see “Presentation of Financial Information”. In order to present financial information for all periods on a basis consistent with IFRS-IASB, we have restated under IFRS-IASB the financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 previously reported in our respective annual reports for certain prior years, which had been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. This restatement relates exclusively to the amounts of impairment losses on financial assets (net). See “—Restatement” below for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported. The audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are not included in this document but they can be found, on an unrestated and non-comparable basis, in the respective annual reports for certain prior years previously filed by us.

3


Table of Contents
For Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2009 2008(*) 2007(*)
(In Millions of Euros, Except per Share/ADS Data (In Euros))

Consolidated statement of income data

Interest and similar income

24,188 21,134 23,775 30,404 26,176

Interest and similar expenses

(11,028 ) (7,814 ) (9,893 ) (18,718 ) (16,548 )

Net interest income

13,160 13,320 13,882 11,686 9,628

Dividend income

562 529 443 447 348

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

600 335 120 293 241

Fee and commission income

5,618 5,382 5,305 5,539 5,603

Fee and commission expenses

(1,058 ) (845 ) (875 ) (1,012 ) (1,043 )

Net gains(losses) on financial assets and liabilities

1,114 1,441 892 1,328 1,545

Net exchange differences

365 453 652 231 411

Other operating income

4,247 3,543 3,400 3,559 3,589

Other operating expenses

(4,042 ) (3,248 ) (3,153 ) (3,093 ) (3,051 )

Gross income

20,566 20,910 20,666 18,978 17,271

Administration costs

(9,104 ) (8,207 ) (7,662 ) (7,756 ) (7,253 )

Depreciation and amortization

(847 ) (761 ) (697 ) (699 ) (577 )

Provisions (net)

(510 ) (482 ) (458 ) (1,431 ) (235 )

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

(4,226 ) (4,718 ) (5,473 ) (4,098 ) (2,814 )

Net operating income

5,879 6,742 6,376 4,994 6,392

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

(1,885 ) (489 ) (1,618 ) (45 ) (13 )

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current asset held for sale

46 41 20 72 13

Negative goodwill

1 99

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

(270 ) 127 859 748 1,191

Income before tax

3,770 6,422 5,736 5,769 7,583

Income tax

(285 ) (1,427 ) (1,141 ) (1,194 ) (1,806 )

Income from continuing transactions

3,485 4,995 4,595 4,575 5,777

Income from discontinued transactions (net)

Net income

3,485 4,995 4,595 4,575 5,777

Net income attributed to parent company

3,004 4,606 4,210 4,210 5,488

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

481 389 385 365 289

Per share/ADS(1) data

Net operating income(2)

1.27 1.79 1.71 1.35 1.79

Numbers of shares outstanding (at period end)(3)

4,903,207,003 4,490,908,285 3,747,969,121 3,747,969,121 3,747,969,121

Income attributed to parent company(4)

0.64 1.14 1.07 1.06 1.44

Dividends declared

0.200 0.270 0.420 0.501 0.733

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB. See “—Restatement” below for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported.

(1)

Each American Depositary Share (“ ADS ”) represents the right to receive one ordinary share.

4


Table of Contents
(2)

Calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of BBVA’s ordinary shares outstanding during the relevant period excluding the weighted average number of treasury shares during the period (4,635 million, 3,762 million, 3,719 million, 3,706 million and 3,594 million shares in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively).

(3)

As of the date of this annual report, April 26, 2012, the number of shares outstanding was 5,061,082,378, as a result of the voluntary conversion of BBVA’s mandatory convertible subordinated bonds issued in December 2011, which resulted in the issuance of 157,875,375 new ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of 0.49. See Note 59 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4)

Calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of BBVA’s ordinary shares outstanding during the relevant period including the average number of estimated shares to be converted and, for comparative purposes, a correction factor to account for the capital increases carried out in November 2010, April 2011 and October 2011, and excluding the weighted average number of treasury shares during the period (4,769 million, 4,097 million, 3,965 million, 3,963 million and 3,823 million shares in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively). With respect to the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of and for Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2009 2008(*) 2007(*)
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

Consolidated balance sheet data

Total assets

597,688 552,738 535,065 542,650 502,536

Common stock

2,403 2,201 1,837 1,837 1,837

Loans and receivables (net)

381,076 364,707 346,117 369,494 338,922

Customer deposits

282,173 275,789 254,183 255,236 219,610

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

97,349 102,599 117,817 121,144 117,909

Non-controlling interest

1,893 1,556 1,463 1,049 880

Total equity

40,058 37,475 30,763 26,705 28,753

Consolidated ratios

Profitability ratios:

Net interest margin(1)

2.3 % 2.4 % 2.6 % 2.3 % 2.1 %

Return on average total assets(2)

0.6 % 0.9 % 0.8 % 0.9 % 1.2 %

Return on average equity(3)

8.0 % 15.8 % 16.0 % 15.5 % 22.3 %

Credit quality data

Loan loss reserve

9,470 9,473 8,805 7,505 5,987

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables (net)

2.5 % 2.6 % 2.5 % 2.0 % 1.8 %

Non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio)(4)

4.0 % 4.1 % 4.3 % 2.3 % 1.0 %

Substandard loans and advances to customers

15,647 15,361 15,197 8,437 3,358

Substandard contingent liabilities to customers(5)

219 324 405 131 49

15,866 15,685 15,602 8,568 3,408

Loans and advances to customers

361,310 348,253 332,162 342,682 320,310

Contingent liabilities to customers

39,398 35,816 32,614 35,952 36,859

400,709 384,069 364,776 378,635 357,169

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB. See “—Restatement” below for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported.

(1)

Represents net interest income as a percentage of average total assets.

(2)

Represents net income as a percentage of average total assets.

5


Table of Contents
(3)

Represents net income attributed to parent company as a percentage of average equity.

(4)

Represents the sum of substandard loans and advances to customers and substandard contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of loans and advances to customers and contingent liabilities to customers.

(5)

We include contingent liabilities in the calculation of our non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio). We believe that substandard contingent liabilities should be included in the calculation of our NPA ratio where we have reason to know, as of the reporting date, that they are impaired. The credit risk associated with contingent liabilities (consisting mainly of financial guarantees provided to third-parties on behalf of our customers) is evaluated and provisioned according to the probability of default of our customers’ obligations. If substandard contingent liabilities were not included in the calculation of our NPA ratio, such ratio would generally be higher for the periods covered, amounting to approximately 4.3%, 4.4%, 4.6%, 2.5% and 1.0% as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Restatement

In order to present financial information for all periods on a basis consistent with IFRS-IASB, we have restated under IFRS-IASB the financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 previously reported in our respective annual reports for certain prior years, which had been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. The table below shows the revisions made to our impairment losses on financial assets (net) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which have been restated in accordance with our internal risk models. Previously reported impairment losses on financial assets (net) were calculated under EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, which required the use of “peer group” information in the calculation of allowances for incurred but not reported loss. Our internal risk models calculate the best estimate of the expected value of the loan portfolio taking into consideration our experience, the profiles of debtors and the macroeconomic conditions at the end of the reported period, in compliance with IFRS-IASB.

For Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
IFRS-IASB EU-IFRS(*) Differences IFRS-IASB EU-IFRS(*) Differences
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

Consolidated statement of income data

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

(4,098 ) (2,941 ) 1,157 (2,814 ) (1,903 ) 911

Income before tax

5,769 6,926 1,157 7,583 8,494 911

Income tax

(1,194 ) (1,541 ) (347 ) (1,806 ) (2,079 ) (273 )

Income from continuing transactions

4,575 5,385 810 5,777 6,415 638

Net income

4,575 5,385 810 5,777 6,415 638

Net income attributed to the parent company

4,210 5,020 810 5,488 6,126 638

Consolidated balance sheet data

Loans and receivables (net)

369,494 369,494 338,922 337,765 (1,157 )

Total equity

26,705 26,705 28,753 27,943 (810 )

Consolidated ratios

Net interest margin(1)

2.3 % 2.3 % 2.1 % 2.1 %

Return on average total assets(2)

0.9 % 1.0 % 0.2 p.p. 1.2 % 1.4 % 0.2 p.p.

Return on average equity(3)

15.5 % 21.5 % 6.0 p.p. 22.3 % 34.2 % 11.9 p.p.

6


Table of Contents
For Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
IFRS-IASB EU-IFRS(*) Differences IFRS-IASB EU-IFRS(*) Differences
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

Credit quality data

Loan loss reserve

7,505 7,505 5,987 7,144 1,157

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables (net)

2.0 % 2.0 % 1.8 % 2.1 % 0.4 p.p.

Non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio)(4)

2.3 % 2.3 % 1.0 % 1.0 %

Substandard loans and advances to customers

8,437 8,437 3,358 3,358

Substandard contingent liabilities to customers

131 131 49 49
8,568 8,568 3,408 3,408

Loans and advances to customers

342,682 342,682 320,310 320,310

Contingent liabilities to customers

35,952 35,952 36,859 36,859

378,635 378,635 357,169 357,169

(*)

EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.

(1)

Represents net interest income as a percentage of average total assets.

(2)

Represents net income as a percentage of average total assets.

(3)

Represents net income attributed to parent company as a percentage of average equity.

(4)

Represents the sum of substandard loans and advances to customers and substandard contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of loans and advances to customers and contingent liabilities to customers.

Exchange Rates

Spain’s currency is the euro. Unless otherwise indicated, the amounts that have been converted to euro in this Annual Report have been done so at the corresponding exchange rate published by the European Central Bank (“ ECB ”) on December 31 of the relevant year.

For convenience in the analysis of the information, the following tables describe, for the periods and dates indicated, information concerning the noon buying rate for euro, expressed in dollars per 1.00. The term “ noon buying rate ” refers to the rate of exchange for euros, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, in the City of New York for cable transfers payable in foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes.

Year ended December 31

Average(1)

2007

1.3797

2008

1.4695

2009

1.3955

2010

1.3216

2011

1.4002

2012 (through April 20, 2012)

1.3237

(1)

Calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

7


Table of Contents

Month ended

High Low

October 31, 2011

1.4172 1.3281

November 30, 2011

1.3803 1.3244

December 31, 2011

1.3487 1.2926

January 31, 2012

1.3192 1.2682

February 29, 2012

1.3463 1.3087

March 31, 2012

1.3336 1.3025

April 30, 2012 (through April 20, 2012)

1.3337 1.3064

The noon buying rate for euro from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, expressed in dollars per 1.00, on April 20, 2012, was $1.3212.

As of December 31, 2011, approximately 39% of our assets and approximately 37% of our liabilities were denominated in currencies other than euro. See Note 2.2.16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

For a discussion of our foreign currency exposure, please see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Market Risk Management—Market Risk in Non-Trading Activities in 2011—Structural Exchange Rate Risk”.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not Applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable.

D.

Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Us and Our Business

We are subject to substantial regulation, and regulatory and governmental oversight. Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The financial services industry is among the most highly regulated industries in the world. Our operations are subject to ongoing regulation and associated regulatory risks, including the effects of changes in laws, regulations, policies and interpretations, in Spain, the European Union, the United States and the other markets where we operate. This is particularly the case in the current market environment, which is witnessing increased levels of government and regulatory intervention in the banking sector which we expect to continue for the foreseeable future. The regulations which most significantly affect us include regulations relating to capital requirements, which are discussed in detail below.

In addition, we are subject to substantial regulation relating to other matters such as liquidity. We cannot predict if increased liquidity standards, if implemented, could require us to maintain a greater proportion of our assets in highly-liquid but lower-yielding financial instruments, which would negatively affect our net interest margin.

We are also subject to other regulations, such as those related to anti-money laundering, privacy protection and transparency and fairness in customer relations.

8


Table of Contents

Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy relating to any of the foregoing or other matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, regulatory fragmentation, with some countries implementing new and more stringent standards or regulation, could adversely affect our ability to compete with financial institutions based in other jurisdictions which do not need to comply with such new standards or regulation.

Capital requirements

Increasingly onerous capital requirements constitute one of our main regulatory concerns. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

As a Spanish financial institution, we are subject to the Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008 (“ Circular 3/2008 ”), of May 22, on the calculation and control of minimum capital requirements, as amended by Bank of Spain Circular 4/2011 (“ Circular 4/2011 ”), which implements Capital Requirement Directive III (“ CRD III ”).

Moreover, we will be subject to the new Basel III capital standards, which will be phased in from January 1, 2013 until January 1, 2019. Despite the Basel III framework setting minimum transnational levels of regulatory capital and a measured phase-in, many national authorities have started a race to the top for capital by gold-plating both requirements and the associated interpretation calendars. In particular, while the European transposition of these standards will be done through the CRD IV throughout 2012, the Spanish Government anticipated Basel III with the Royal Decree-Law 2/2011, of February 18 (“ RD-L 2/2011 ”), as part of a wider plan of the Spanish Government for the strengthening of the financial sector by imposing stricter capital requirements. This lack of uniformity may lead to an uneven playing field and to competition distortions. Moreover, regulatory fragmentation, with some countries bringing forward the application of Basel III requirements or increasing such requirements, could adversely affect a bank with global operations such as BBVA and could undermine our profitability. As of December 31, 2011, our “principal capital” ratio, as calculated in accordance with RD-L 2/2011, was 9.7%, compared with the minimum required ratio of 8%.

In addition, following an evaluation of the capital levels of 71 financial institutions throughout Europe (including BBVA) based on data available as of September 30, 2011, the European Banking Authority (“ EBA ”) issued a recommendation pursuant to which, on an exceptional and temporary basis, financial institutions based in the EU should reach a new minimum Core Tier 1 ratio (9%) by June 30, 2012. This recommendation is temporary in nature and seeks to restore market confidence in the European financial system. Accordingly, the EBA has announced its intention to lift this recommendation once confidence in the European financial markets is restored. Based on September 30, 2011 data, the BBVA Group would need to increase its capital base by 6,329 million in order to reach this recommended minimum Core Tier 1 ratio by June 30, 2012. On January 20, 2012, the BBVA Group submitted to the Bank of Spain an action plan setting forth the steps that the group intends to take in order to reach the recommended minimum Core Tier 1 ratio by June 30, 2012. This plan has been examined by the Bank of Spain jointly with the EBA. On March 7, 2012, Bank of Spain approved this plan.

Moreover, through Royal Decree-Law 2/2012, of February 3 (“ RD-L 2/2012 ”), the Spanish Government has recently increased coverage requirements for certain real estate assets. Among other requirements, certain provisions for problematic credit assets and asset foreclosures need to be supplemented with an additional capital buffer of 1.2 billion by December 31, 2012. Based on December 31, 2011 data, we satisfied this requirement as of such date.

9


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that the implementation of these new standards will not adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or require us to issue additional securities that qualify as regulatory capital, to liquidate assets, to curtail business or to take any other actions, any of which may have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, increased capital requirements may negatively affect our return on equity and other financial performance indicators.

Regulatory reforms initiated in the United States

Our operations may also be affected by other recent regulatory reforms in response to the financial crisis, including measures such as those concerning systemic financial institutions and the enactment in the United States in July 2010 of the Dodd-Frank Act. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—The United States—U.S. Regulation—Dodd-Frank Act.” Among other changes, beginning five years after enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board will apply minimum capital requirements to U.S. intermediate bank holding company subsidiaries of non-U.S. banks. Although there remains uncertainty as to how regulatory implementation of this law will occur, various elements of the new law may cause changes that impact the profitability of our business activities and require that we change certain of our business practices, and could expose us to additional costs (including increased compliance costs). These changes may also cause us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes.

Current economic conditions may make it more difficult for us to continue funding our business on favorable terms or at all.

Historically, one of our principal sources of funds has been savings and demand deposits. Time deposits represented 27%, 29% and 33% of our total funding as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Large-denomination time deposits may, under some circumstances, such as during periods of significant interest rate-based competition for these types of deposits, be a less stable source of deposits than savings and demand deposits. Moreover, since we rely heavily on short-term deposits for our funding, we cannot assure you that, in the event of a sudden or unexpected withdrawal of deposits or shortage of funds in the banking systems or money markets in which we operate, we will be able to maintain our current levels of funding without incurring higher funding costs or having to liquidate certain of our assets. In addition, if public sources of liquidity, such as the ECB extraordinary measures adopted in response to the financial crisis since 2008, are removed from the market, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue funding our business or, if so, maintain our current levels of funding without incurring higher funding costs or having to liquidate certain of our assets.

We face increasing competition in our business lines.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Financial sector reforms in the markets in which we operate have increased competition among both local and foreign financial institutions, and we believe that this trend will continue. In addition, the trend towards consolidation in the banking industry has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete, some of which have recently received public capital.

We also face competition from non-bank competitors, such as:

department stores (for some credit products);

automotive finance corporations;

leasing companies;

factoring companies;

10


Table of Contents

mutual funds;

pension funds;

insurance companies; and

public debt (as a result of the high yields which are being currently offered as a consequence of the sovereign debt crisis).

We cannot assure you that this competition will not adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our business is particularly vulnerable to volatility in interest rates.

Our results of operations are substantially dependent upon the level of our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including deregulation of the financial sectors in the markets in which we operate, monetary policies pursued by the EU and national governments, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors. In Spain, competition distortions in the term deposits market have intensified, and this situation is expected to continue due to the liquidity needs of certain financial institutions, which are offering high interest rates to attract additional deposits, despite the fact that these institutions will have to increase their contribution to the Deposit Guarantee Fund for this kind of highly remunerated deposits.

Changes in market interest rates could affect the spread between interest rates charged on interest-earning assets and interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities and thereby negatively affect our results of operations. For example, an increase in interest rates could cause our interest expense on deposits to increase more significantly and quickly than our interest income from loans, resulting in a reduction in our net interest income.

Since approximately 69% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011 consisted of variable interest rate loans maturing in more than one year, our business is particularly vulnerable to volatility in interest rates.

We have a substantial amount of commitments with personnel considered wholly unfunded due to the absence of qualifying plan assets.

Our commitments with personnel which are considered to be wholly unfunded are recognized under the heading “Provisions—Funds for Pensions and Similar Obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These amounts include “Post-employment benefits”, “Early Retirements” and “Post-employment welfare benefits”, which amounted to 2,429 million, 2,904 million and 244 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, 2,497 million, 3,106 million and 377 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and, 2,536 million, 3,309 million and 401 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. These amounts are considered wholly unfunded due to the absence of qualifying plan assets.

We face liquidity risk in connection with our ability to make payments on these unfunded amounts which we seek to mitigate, with respect to “Post-employment benefits”, by maintaining insurance contracts which were contracted with insurance companies owned by the Group. The insurance companies have recorded in their balance sheets specific assets (fixed interest deposit and bonds) assigned to the funding of these commitments. The insurance companies also manage derivatives (primarily swaps) to mitigate the interest rate risk in connection with the payments of these commitments. We seek to mitigate liquidity risk with respect to “Early Retirements” and “Post-employment welfare

11


Table of Contents

benefits” through oversight by the Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ ALCO ”) of the Group. The Group’s ALCO manages a specific asset portfolio to mitigate the liquidity risk regarding the payments of these commitments. These assets are government and cover bonds (AAA/AA rated) which are issued at fixed interest rates with maturities matching the aforementioned commitments. The Group’s ALCO also manages derivatives (primarily swaps) to mitigate the interest rate risk in connection with the payments of these commitments. Should we fail to adequately manage liquidity risk and interest rate risk either as described above or otherwise, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Spain and Europe

The deterioration of economic conditions in Spain and the European Union could have a material adverse effect on the financial system as a whole and, therefore, on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are a Spanish banking company and conduct substantial business activities in Spain. Like other banks operating in Spain and Europe, our performance and liquidity may be affected by economic conditions affecting Spain and other EU member states.

The evolution of the global economy is heavily dependent on the resolution of the European debt crisis, which outlook has worsened over the last few months of 2011. Four main factors lie behind this trend:

First, lower than expected economic growth mainly, but not only, in developed economies. Economic activity in Europe is on a clear decelerating path. Certain countries in Europe, including Spain, have relatively large sovereign debt or fiscal deficits, or both, which has led to tensions in the international debt capital markets and interbank lending market and euro exchange rate volatility during 2011.

Second, the sovereign debt crisis in Europe has intensified and turned more systemic. The Portuguese and Irish rescue programs and the uncertainty over the Greek rescue program have spread doubts about other peripheral economies such as Spain and Italy. Successive European summits since October 2011 and the ECB’s intervention served to gain time, but further progress focused on the completion of the new EU fiscal treaty and strengthening the liquidity firewall and reforms in the periphery are still required.

Third, the connection between EU sovereign concerns and concerns for the health of the European financial system has intensified, and financial tensions in Europe have reached levels, in many respects, higher than those present after the collapse of Lehman Brothers in October 2008. Financial stress in Europe has increased the cost of financing of governments and financial institutions which, in some cases, have lost access to international funding.

Finally, growing risk aversion has increased financial market volatility significantly, spilling over to most risky assets and emerging economies for the first time since 2009.

Although some progress has been made since October 2011, we believe a definitive resolution to the European economic crisis requires more decisive action on three fronts. First, concerns surrounding Greece’s solvency must continue to be resolved in an orderly fashion and as quickly as possible, such as pursuant to the recently completed debt exchange with private sector bondholders. In February 2012, the Eurogroup meeting agreed on a second bail-out for Greece amounting to 130 billion, but considerable uncertainties remain concerning the implementation of the bail-out package. At the same time, the mechanisms created to prevent contagion in countries that are solvent but faced with liquidity problems, must be increased and made more flexible to become more effective. Second, structural reforms that stimulate growth must be introduced, including reforms to make financial institutions stronger without triggering sudden deleveraging and restricting credit. And third, the governance agreements approved recently in the Eurozone must begin working so they can provide a clear roadmap to fiscal union, strengthen monetary union, prevent future crises and enhance the credibility of European institutions and countries.

12


Table of Contents

The situation in Portugal is particularly challenging. The first review led by the troika and released in mid-August 2011 showed its satisfaction with the performance of the Portuguese economy, but highlighted rising concerns on Portugal’s ability to meet its targets for 2012. This led to a sequence of announcements of additional saving measures to cover the impact of (i) the recognition of deficit and debt misreporting in the region of Madeira and (ii) a worse than expected cyclical behavior. Economic activity in Portugal contracted in 2011 (though less than anticipated) as stagnation in the second quarter of 2011 was followed by contraction in the second half of the year. The economy is set to remain in a deep recession in 2012, with a rebound predicted in 2013. The main drivers behind this outlook can be found in the strong fiscal adjustment to be undertaken in 2012 and in the difficult market and financial conditions that have led most of the economic indicators into negative territory. Confidence continues fading at all levels, reflected in weakening industrial and service sectors, as well as in decreasing investment. Consumption has taken a downturn, with no rebound on the horizon. As a result, Portuguese GDP is expected to fall by around 2.7% in 2012. As of December 31, 2011, our gross exposure to Portuguese customers amounted to 7.8 billion (around 1% of our total assets and 2% of the Group’s outstanding loans).

Economic conditions remain uncertain in Spain, Portugal and the European Union and may deteriorate in the future, which could adversely affect the cost and availability of funding for Spanish and European banks, including BBVA, adversely affecting our loan portfolio or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Since our loan portfolio is highly concentrated in Spain, adverse changes affecting the Spanish economy could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We have historically developed our lending business in Spain, which continues to be our main place of business. As of December 31, 2011, business activity in Spain accounted for 55% of our loan portfolio. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Selected Statistical Information—ASSETS—Loans and Advances to Customers—Loans by Geographic Area.”

After rapid economic growth until 2007, Spanish gross domestic product (“ GDP ”) grew by 0.9% in 2008, contracted by 3.7% and 0.1% in 2009 and in 2010, respectively, and grew by 0.7% in 2011. Our Economic Research Department (“ BBVA Research ”) estimates that the Spanish economy will show a negative growth rate in 2012. Forecasts point towards a 1.3% contraction of GDP in 2012 and a slow recovery in 2013. As a result of this contraction, it is expected that economic conditions and unemployment in Spain will continue to deteriorate in 2012.

In addition, GDP forecasts for the Spanish economy could be further revised downwards if measures adopted in response to the economic crisis are not as effective as expected or if public deficit figures force the government to implement additional restrictive measures. In addition to the tightening of fiscal policies in order to correct its economic imbalances, Spain has seen confidence erode, export growth fall, expectations of further fiscal adjustment in 2012 because of the failure to meet 2011 budget targets, weaker activity and, above all, a deterioration in employment in 2011.

The effects of the financial crisis have been particularly pronounced in Spain given Spain’s heightened need for foreign financing as reflected by its high current account and public deficits. Real or perceived difficulties in making the payments associated with these deficits can further damage Spain’s economic situation and increase the costs of financing its public deficit. The aforementioned may be exacerbated by the following:

The Spanish economy is particularly sensitive to economic conditions in the rest of the Euro area, the primary market for Spanish goods and services exports.

13


Table of Contents

The domestic demand in 2011 was heavily impacted by fiscal policy both directly, through the progressive contraction on public sector demand (as a result, among other reasons, of tighter fiscal targets), and indirectly, through the impact of these reforms on the consumption and investment decisions of private agents.

Although the new labor market reform is intended to slow the amount of jobs destroyed in 2012, unemployment is expected to remain above 20% during 2012 and 2013.

In 2012, the continued deterioration of the labor market may trigger a decline in the wage component of a household’s gross disposable income. Furthermore, the increase of fiscal pressures due to the country’s effort to meet the public deficit targets set for 2012 will reduce the non-wage component of disposable income, despite the possible increase in the volume of unemployment benefits. Higher personal income taxes will also have a negative effect. Households’ nominal disposable income has remained constant in 2011 and is expected to fall by 1.5% in 2012.

Net financial wealth is not expected to recover until 2013 as a result of the real estate sector adjustments and we expect these adjustments to continue for the coming years.

Investment in residential real estate contracted by approximately 4.8% in 2011 and a further 6.5% contraction is expected in 2012. In addition, demand for real estate decreased in 2011, primarily as a result of the high unemployment rates and the rise in the personal income tax.

Our loan portfolio in Spain has been adversely affected by the deterioration of the Spanish economy in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In particular, a portion of our loan portfolio consists of residential mortgages and consumer loans to low- and lower middle-income customers and commercial loans to medium- and small-sized companies. As of December 31, 2011, loans to low- and lower middle-income customers and medium- and small-sized companies amounted to approximately 14% and 6%, respectively, of our total loans and receivables to customers in Spain. These groups may be more affected by periods of slowdown in economic activity and, consequently, we may experience higher levels of past due amounts with respect to such groups, which could result in higher levels of allowance for loan losses. Our total substandard loans to customers in Spain amounted to 11,043 million, 10,954 million and 10,973 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, principally due to the deterioration in the macroeconomic environment. Our total substandard loans to customers in Spain as a percentage of total loans and receivables to customers in Spain were 5.5%, 5.2% and 5.4% as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our loan loss reserves to customers in Spain as a percentage of substandard loans to customers is Spain as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were 43%, 45% and 44%, respectively.

Given the concentration of our loan portfolio in Spain, any adverse changes affecting the Spanish economy are likely to have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolio and, as a result, on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Exposure to the Spanish real estate market makes us vulnerable to developments in this market.

In the years prior to 2008, economic growth, strong labor markets and low interest rates in Spain caused an increase in the demand for housing, which resulted in an increase in demand for mortgage loans. This increased demand and the widespread availability of mortgage loans affected housing prices, which rose significantly. After this buoyant period, demand began to adjust in mid-2006. Since the last quarter of 2008, the supply of new homes has been adjusting sharply downward in the residential market in Spain, but a significant excess of unsold homes still exists in the market. Residential real estate mortgages to individuals represented 21.9%, and 23.1% of our domestic loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

14


Table of Contents

We expect housing demand to remain weak and housing transactions to continue decreasing in 2012, even though some measures adopted on December 30, 2011, such as the renewal of government tax breaks for home purchases and super-reduced value added tax rate applicable to real estate transactions should positively influence the demand. Loans for the development of real estate and housing construction in Spain amounted 14,158 million as of December 31, 2011, and represented 7% of our gross domestic lending as of December 31, 2011, which is below the average in the Spanish financial sector according to the Bank of Spain. Our non-performing real estate loans represented 26.4% of our real estate portfolio as of such date.

Highly-indebted households and corporations could endanger our asset quality and future revenues.

Spanish households and businesses have reached, in recent years, a high level of indebtedness, which represents increased risk for the Spanish banking system. In addition, the high proportion of loans referenced to variable interest rates (approximately 69% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011) makes debt service on such loans more vulnerable to changes in interest rates than in the past. Highly indebted households and businesses are less likely to be able to service debt obligations as a result of adverse economic events, which could have an adverse effect on our loan portfolio and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the increase in households’ and businesses’ indebtedness also limits their ability to incur additional debt, decreasing the number of new products we may otherwise be able to sell them and limiting our ability to attract new customers in Spain satisfying our credit standards, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our growth plans.

Risks Relating to Latin America

Events in Mexico could adversely affect our operations.

We are substantially dependant on our Mexican operations, with approximately 1,741 million, 1,707 million and 1,357 million of the net income attributed to parent company in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, being generated in Mexico (58%, 37% and 32% of our net income attributed to parent company in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively). We face several types of risks in Mexico which could adversely affect our banking operations in Mexico or the Group as a whole. Given the internationalization of the financial crisis, the Mexican economy has felt the effects of the global financial crisis and the adjustment process that was underway. This process has intensified since the end of the first quarter of 2011, as a result of the European sovereign crisis. In addition, there are downward risks in Mexico due to a possible lower demand from the U.S., where growth perspectives for 2012 are clearly downward. While analysts’ consensus points to 2012 seeing Mexican GDP growth of around 3.1% (3.3% according to BBVA Research), it is possible that in a more unfavorable environment for the global economy, and particularly in Europe or the United States or otherwise, growth in Mexico will be negative in 2012.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, our mortgage loan portfolio delinquency rates in Mexico were 4.1%, 3.3% and 4.4%, respectively, and our consumer loan portfolio delinquency rates were 2.5%, 2.9% and 4.0%, respectively. If there is a an increase in unemployment rates, which could arise if there is a more pronounced or prolonged slowdown in Europe or the United States, it is likely that such rates will further increase.

15


Table of Contents

In addition, any tightening of the monetary policy, including to address upward inflationary pressures, could make it more difficult for customers of our mortgage and consumer loan products in Mexico to service their debts, which could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations of our Mexican subsidiary or the Group as a whole. Furthermore, price regulation, and competition could squeeze the profitability of our Mexican subsidiary. If this were to occur, the market share of our Mexican subsidiary could decrease given its risk management standards. The depreciation of the Mexican peso could also adversely affect the contribution of our Mexican subsidiary to the BBVA Group. Finally, political instability or social unrest could weigh on the economic outlook, which could increase economic uncertainty and capital outflows. Additionally, if the approval of certain structural reforms is delayed, this could make it more difficult to reach potential growth rates in the Mexican economy.

Any of these risks or other adverse developments in laws, regulations, public policies or otherwise in Mexico may adversely affect the business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows of our Mexican subsidiary or the Group as a whole.

Our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability may be affected by volatile macroeconomic conditions, including significant inflation and government default on public debt, in the Latin American countries where they operate.

The Latin American countries in which we operate have experienced significant economic volatility in recent decades, characterized by recessions, foreign exchange crises and significant inflation. This volatility has resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economies to which we lend. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, also affect our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and leading to decreased demand for higher-margin products and services. In addition, significant inflation can negatively affect our results of operations as was the case in the year ended December 31, 2009, when as a result of the characterization of Venezuela as a hyperinflationary economy, we recorded a 90 million decrease in our net income attributed to parent company.

In addition, as a result of the more challenging global environment and the danger of recession in developed countries, the monetary authorities of certain Latin American countries are holding back the withdrawal of monetary stimuli longer than expected. Possible overheating is leaving economies more vulnerable to an adverse external shock because the growing gap between domestic demand and GDP is making them more dependent on the maintenance of high terms of trade. Inflation has been higher than expected, particularly in Chile and Peru. This has limited consumer purchasing power despite major increases in employment and wages.

Negative and fluctuating economic conditions in some Latin American countries could result in government defaults on public debt. This could affect us in two ways: directly, through portfolio losses, and indirectly, through instabilities that a default in public debt could cause to the banking system as a whole, particularly since commercial banks’ exposure to government debt is generally high in several Latin American countries in which we operate.

While we seek to mitigate these risks through what we believe to be conservative risk policies, no assurance can be given that our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability will not be further affected by volatile macroeconomic conditions in the Latin American countries in which we operate.

16


Table of Contents

Latin American economies can be directly and negatively affected by adverse developments in other countries.

Financial and securities markets in Latin American countries in which we operate are, to varying degrees, influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries in Latin America and beyond. Negative developments in the economy or securities markets in one country, particularly in the U.S. or in Europe under current circumstances, may have a negative impact on other emerging market economies. These developments may adversely affect the business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows of our subsidiaries in Latin America. These economies are also vulnerable to conditions in global financial markets and especially to commodities price fluctuations and these vulnerabilities usually reflect adversely in financial market conditions through exchange rate fluctuations, interest rate volatility and deposits volatility. For example, at the beginning of the financial crisis these economies were hit by a simultaneous drop in commodity export prices, a collapse in demand for non-commodity exports and a sudden halting of foreign bank loans. Even though most of these countries withstood the triple shock rather well, with limited damage to their financial sectors, we have seen non-performing loan ratios rise as well as contraction in bank deposits and loans. As a global economic recovery remains fragile, there are risks of a relapse. If the global financial crisis continues and, in particular, if the effects on the Chinese and U.S. economies intensify the business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows of our subsidiaries in Latin America are likely to be materially adversely affected.

We are exposed to foreign exchange and, in some instances, political risks as well as other risks in the Latin American countries in which we operate, which could cause an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations.

We operate commercial banks and insurance and private pension companies in various Latin American countries and our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in differing economic, social and political conditions. We are confronted with different legal and regulatory requirements in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These include, but are not limited to, different tax regimes and laws relating to the repatriation of funds or nationalization or expropriation of assets. Our international operations may also expose us to risks and challenges which our local competitors may not be required to face, such as exchange rate risk, difficulty in managing a local entity from abroad, and political risk which may be particular to foreign investors. In addition, there has been an increase in global risk aversion at the start of the last quarter of 2011, as reflected by the pressure on certain currencies and higher levels of perceived uncertainty. This has been particularly the case with Argentina, where the depreciation of the Brazilian real increased pressure on the Argentinean peso, leading to liquidity problems and controls in the foreign-exchange market.

Our presence in Latin American markets also requires us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. We cannot assure you that we will continue to succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies that are effective in each country in which we operate or that any of the foregoing factors will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory changes in Latin America that are beyond our control may have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A number of banking regulations designed to maintain the safety and soundness of banks and limit their exposure to risk are applicable in certain Latin American countries in which we operate. Local regulations differ in a number of material respects from equivalent regulations in Spain and the United States.

17


Table of Contents

Changes in regulations that are beyond our control may have a material effect on our business and operations, particularly in Venezuela and Argentina. In addition, since some of the banking laws and regulations have been recently adopted, the manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. No assurance can be given that laws or regulations will be enforced or interpreted in a manner that will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Private pension management companies are heavily regulated and are exposed to major risks concerning changes in those regulations in areas such as reserve requirements, fees and competitive conditions.

Risks Relating to the United States

Our continued expansion in the United States increases our exposure to the U.S. market.

Our expansion in the United States makes us more vulnerable to developments in this market, particularly the real estate market. During the summer of 2007, the difficulties experienced by the subprime mortgage market triggered a real estate and financial crisis, which has had significant effects on the real economy and which has resulted in significant volatility and uncertainty in markets and economies around the world. As we have acquired entities or assets in the United States, particularly BBVA Compass and certain deposits and liabilities of Guaranty Bank (“ Guaranty ”), our exposure to the U.S. market has increased. The recent economic growth estimates for the U.S., showing that economic recovery is slower than expected, and growing regulatory pressure in the U.S. financial sector resulted in a write down of goodwill related to our acquisition of BBVA Compass in the aggregate amount of 1,444 million as of December 31, 2011. See Note 20 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Similar or worsening economic conditions in the United States could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of our subsidiary BBVA Compass, or the Group as a whole, and could require us to provide BBVA Compass with additional capital.

Risks Relating to Other Countries

Our strategic growth in Asia exposes us to increased regulatory, economic and geopolitical risk relating to emerging markets in the region, particularly in China.

Pursuant to certain transactions completed in the past few years (see Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements), we increased our ownership interest in members of the CITIC Group, a Chinese banking group, by increasing our stake in CITIC International Financial Holdings Ltd (“ CIFH ”) to 29.7% and China National Citic Bank (“ CNCB ”) to 10.07% as of December 31, 2010. CIFH is a banking entity headquartered in Hong Kong and CNCB is a banking entity headquartered in China

As a result of our expansion into Asia, we are exposed to increased risks relating to emerging markets in the region, particularly in China. The Chinese government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Chinese economy. Chinese governmental actions, including changes in laws or regulations or in the interpretation of existing laws or regulations, concerning the economy and state-owned enterprises, or otherwise affecting our activity, could have a significant effect on Chinese private sector entities in general, and on CIFH or CNCB in particular. Chinese authorities have implemented a series of monetary tightening and macro prudential policies to slow credit growth and to contain rises in real estate prices. These could undermine profitability in the banking sector generally and CIFH’s and CNCB’s respective profitability in particular. Our business in China may also be affected by the increased credit quality risks resulting from the recent increase in local government debt and financial stresses in smaller companies as their access to various forms of non-bank credit is tightened.

18


Table of Contents

In addition, while we believe long term prospects in both China and Hong Kong are positive, particularly for the consumer finance market, near term risks are present from the impact of a slowdown in global growth, which could result in tighter financing conditions and could pose risks to credit quality. China’s GDP growth has moderated following efforts to avert overheating and steer the economy towards a soft landing. While domestic demand and production remain strong, there is an increased probability of a hard landing as a result of the uncertainties concerning the global environment, exacerbated by a rise in domestic financial fragilities.

Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our investments in China and Hong Kong or the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Group.

Since Garanti operates primarily in Turkey, economic and other developments in Turkey may have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

In 2011, we acquired a 25.01% interest in Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. (“ Garanti ”). Most of Garanti’s operations are conducted, and most of its customers are located, in Turkey. Accordingly, Garanti’s ability to recover on loans, its liquidity and financial condition and its results of operations are substantially dependent upon the political, economic, financial and geopolitical conditions prevailing in or that otherwise affect Turkey. If the Turkish economy is adversely affected by, among other factors, a reduction in the level of economic activity, continuing inflationary pressures, devaluation or depreciation of the Turkish Lira, a natural disaster or an increase in domestic interest rates, then a greater portion of Garanti’s customers may not be able to repay loans when due or meet their other debt service requirements to Garanti, which would increase Garanti’s past due loan portfolio and could materially reduce its net income and capital levels. After growing by approximately 8.5% in 2011, the Turkish economy is expected to grow by 1.9% in 2012. In addition, inflation is expected to further increase by 9.1% in 2012. Moreover, the current account deficit has widened during 2011, raising concerns about Turkey’s vulnerability to a sudden stop of capital flows.

Furthermore, political uncertainty or instability within Turkey and in some of its neighboring countries has historically been one of the potential risks associated with investments in Turkish companies. Despite Turkey’s increased political and economic stability in recent years and the implementation of institutional reforms to conform to international standards, Turkey is an emerging market and it is subject to greater risks than more developed markets. Financial turmoil in any emerging market could negatively affect other emerging markets, including Turkey, or the global economy in general. Moreover, financial turmoil in emerging markets tends to adversely affect stock prices and debt securities prices of other emerging markets as investors move their money to more stable and developed markets, and may reduce liquidity to companies located in the affected markets. An increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies in general, or Turkey in particular, could dampen capital flows to Turkey and adversely affect the Turkish economy. In addition, a further deterioration in the EU accession process may negatively affect Turkey. Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

Foreign exchange, political and other risks relating to Turkey could cause an adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

As a result of the consummation of the Garanti acquisition, we will be exposed to foreign exchange, political and other risks relating to Turkey. For example, currency restrictions and other restraints on transfer of funds may be imposed by the Turkish government, Turkish government regulation or administrative polices may change unexpectedly or otherwise negatively affect Garanti,

19


Table of Contents

the Turkish government may increase its participation in the economy, including through expropriations or nationalizations of assets, or the Turkish government may impose burdensome taxes or tariffs. The occurrence of any or all of the above risks could have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

In addition, a significant majority of Garanti’s total securities portfolio is invested in securities issued by the Turkish government. In addition to any direct losses that Garanti might incur, a default, or the perception of increased risk of default, by the Turkish government in making payments on its securities or the possible downgrade in Turkey’s credit rating would likely have a significant negative impact on the value of the government securities held in Garanti’s securities portfolio and the Turkish banking system generally and make such government securities difficult to sell, and may have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

We have entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş Holding A.Ş. in connection with the Garanti acquisition.

We have entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş Holding A.Ş. (“ Doğuş ”) in connection with the Garanti acquisition. Pursuant to the shareholders’ agreement, we and Doğuş have agreed to manage Garanti through the appointment of board members and senior management. Doğuş is one of the largest Turkish conglomerates and has business interests in the financial services, construction, tourism and automotive sectors. Any financial reversal, negative publicity or other adverse circumstance relating to Doğuş could adversely affect Garanti or BBVA. Furthermore, we must successfully cooperate with Doğuş in order to manage Garanti and grow its business. It is possible that we and Doğuş will be unable to agree on the management or operational strategies to be followed by Garanti, which could adversely affect Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment and lead to our failure to achieve the expected benefits from the Garanti acquisition.

Other Risks

Our financial statements and periodic disclosure under securities laws may not give you the same information as financial statements prepared under U.S. accounting rules and periodic disclosures provided by domestic U.S. issuers.

Publicly available information about public companies in Spain is generally less detailed and not as frequently updated as the information that is regularly published by or about listed companies in the United States. In addition, although we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the periodic disclosure required of U.S. issuers. Finally, we maintain our financial accounts and records and prepare our financial statements in conformity EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB, which differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP, the financial reporting standard to which many investors in the United States may be more accustomed.

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) is currently unable to conduct inspections of our independent registered public accounting firm’s audits and quality controls.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte, S.L., is registered with the PCAOB.

Deloitte, S.L. is required by U.S. law to undergo regular PCAOB inspections to assess its compliance with U.S. law and professional standards in connection with its audits of financial

20


Table of Contents

statements filed with the SEC. However, because our auditor is located in Spain, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Spanish authorities, our auditor is currently not undergoing such PCAOB inspections.

Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside Spain have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. This lack of PCAOB inspections in Spain prevents the PCAOB from evaluating our auditor’s audits and its quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

Accordingly, although our Consolidated Financial Statements were audited in accordance with the standards set forth by the PCAOB, the inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in Spain makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared with auditors outside of Spain that are subject to PCAOB inspections.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

BBVA’s predecessor bank, BBV, was incorporated as a limited liability company (a “ sociedad anónima” or S.A.) under the Spanish Corporations Law on October 1, 1988. BBVA was formed following the merger of Argentaria into BBV, which was approved by the shareholders of each entity on December 18, 1999 and registered on January 28, 2000. It conducts its business under the commercial name “BBVA”. BBVA is registered with the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya (Spain). It has its registered office at Plaza de San Nicolás 4, Bilbao, Spain, 48005, and operates out of Paseo de la Castellana, 81, 28046, Madrid, Spain telephone number +34-91-374-6201. BBVA’s agent in the U.S. for U.S. federal securities law purposes is Sandy Salgado (1345 Avenue of Americas, 45th Floor New York, NY 10105, telephone number +1-212-728-1614). BBVA is incorporated for an unlimited term.

Capital Expenditures

Our principal investments are financial: subsidiaries and affiliates. The main capital expenditures from 2009 to the date of this Annual Report were the following:

2012

Acquisition of Unnim. On March 7, 2012, the Management Commission of the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring ( Fondo de Restructuración Ordenada Bancaria or “ FROB ”) accepted BBVA’s offer to acquire Unnim Banc, S.A. (“ Unnim ”). The FROB, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions ( Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos or “ FGD ”) and BBVA have entered into a purchase agreement, by virtue of which BBVA will acquire 100% of the shares of Unnim for a purchase price of 1.

In addition, BBVA, the FDG, the FROB and Unnim have signed a “Protocol of Financial Measures” for the restructuring of Unnim, which regulates the Asset Protection Scheme through which the FGD will be responsible for 80% of the losses undergone by a predetermined asset portfolio of Unnim, calculated once the existing provisions on the related assets are applied, for a period of 10 years following the transaction.

The closing of the purchase agreement and the “Protocol of Financial Measures” is subject to obtaining the relevant administrative authorizations and approvals, including the approval of the Bank of Spain, the Finance Secretary of State, the European Commission and the relevant competition authorities. Unnim’s assets as of December 31, 2011 were 29 billion and it reported losses of 469 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

21


Table of Contents

2011

Acquisition of a capital holding in the Turkish bank Garanti . On March 22, 2011, through the execution of the agreements signed in November 2010 with the Doğuş group and having obtained the corresponding authorizations, BBVA completed the acquisition of a 24.89% holding of the share capital of Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. (“ Garanti ”). Subsequently, an additional 0.12% holding was acquired through the stock exchanges, increasing the BBVA Group’s total holding in the share capital of Garanti to 25.01% as of December 31, 2011. The total amount spent on these acquisitions totaled $5,876 million (approximately 4,408 million).

The agreements with the Doğuş group include an arrangement for the joint management of the bank and the appointment of some of the members of its Board of Directors by the BBVA Group. BBVA also has a perpetual option to purchase an additional 1% of Garanti, which will become exercisable on March 22, 2016. Considering its current shareholding structure, if the BBVA Group were to exercise this option, it would have effective control of Garanti.

As of December 31, 2011, the goodwill recorded in connection with these acquisitions amounted to 1,262 million (see Note 20.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements), although this amount is provisional since IFRS 3 grants a period of one year to make a definitive determination. BBVA financed part of this acquisition with funds from the capital increase carried out on November 29, 2010.

Taking into account the aforementioned joint management agreements, this 25.01% holding in Garanti is consolidated in the BBVA Group using the proportionate consolidation method, and its contribution to the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, represented 3.06% of the Group’s total assets ( 18,309 million) and 2.66% of its total liabilities ( 14,850 million) at that date.

The contribution from Garanti to the main items on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 4,937 million to various portfolios of financial assets, 11,160 million to “Loans and receivables” and 14,187 million to “Financial liabilities at amortized cost.”

The contribution of Garanti to the BBVA Group’s consolidated income statement from the date of its acquisition to December 31, 2011, after making the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 428 million to “Net interest income”, 580 million to “Gross income”, and 193 million to “Net income”. This represents a total of 6.43% of the Group’s consolidated net income in 2011.

If this business combination had been performed at the start of 2011, it is estimated that after the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, Garanti would have contributed 266 million to Group’s consolidated net income for 2011.

Purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco . On January 18, 2011, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco was completed for approximately 78 million, generating goodwill for an insignificant amount.

Capital increase in CNCB. BBVA participated in the capital increase carried out by China National Citic Bank (“ CNCB ”) in 2011, in order to maintain its stake in CNCB (15%), with a payment of 425 million.

2010

On April 1, 2010, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of an additional 4.93% of CNCB’s capital was finalized for 1,197 million. As of December 31, 2010, BBVA had a 29.68% holding in CIFH and a 15% holding in CNCB.

22


Table of Contents

2009

On August 21, 2009, through our subsidiary BBVA Compass, we acquired certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty from the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) through a public auction for qualified investors. BBVA Compass acquired assets, mostly loans, for $11,441 million (approximately 8,016 million) and assumed liabilities, mostly customer deposits, for $12,854 million (approximately 9,006 million). These acquired assets and liabilities represented 1.5% and 1.8% of our total assets and liabilities on the acquisition date.

In addition, the purchase included a loss-sharing agreement with the FDIC under which the latter undertook to assume 80% of the losses on up to the first $2,285 million of the loans purchased by us and up to 95% of the losses, if any, on the loans exceeding this amount. This commitment has a maximum term of either five or ten years, depending on the portfolios.

Capital Divestitures

Our principal divestitures are financial, in subsidiaries and in affiliates. The main capital divestitures from 2009 to the date of this Annual Report were the following:

2011

During 2011, BBVA sold its participation in certain non-strategic associates and also concluded the liquidation and merger of several issuers, financial services and real estate affiliates. Additional information on these transactions is included in Appendix V to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

2010

During 2010, we sold our participations in certain non-strategic associates and also we have concluded the liquidation and merger of several issuers, financial services and real estate affiliates.

2009

During 2009, we sold our participations in certain non-strategic associates (including our 22.9% stake in Air Miles España, S.A.) which gave rise to no significant gains.

As a part of the reorganization process in the United States and Mexico, we concluded the liquidation and merger of several affiliates of BBVA Compass and of BBVA Bancomer.

B. Business Overview

BBVA is a highly diversified international financial group, with strengths in the traditional banking businesses of retail banking, asset management, private banking and wholesale banking. We also have investments in some of Spain’s leading companies.

Business Areas

For fiscal year 2011, we changed the management of our business areas mainly due to the integration of Garanti into the BBVA Group and a new management focus on geographical business areas, instead of a mix of geographical and business activities areas. We believe that, since the beginning of the financial crisis, the importance of the geographical location of businesses in order to make a proper assessment of risks and a better estimate of future growth possibilities has become more evident.

23


Table of Contents

We currently manage our business areas to focus on five geographical areas: Spain, Mexico, South America, the United States and Eurasia. The changes made in 2011 with respect to the criteria followed in 2010 to reflect the current composition of our business areas are summarized below:

In 2011, the integration of Garanti into BBVA resulted in the creation of a new geographical business area, Eurasia, which includes our investment in Garanti, our Asian operations, including our stake in China National Citic Bank (“ CNCB ”), and our European business outside of Spain.

The operations of Spain and Portugal were disaggregated. The new Spain business segment excludes the Portuguese business (which is now included in Eurasia) mainly to separate activities in Spain and outside Spain, and includes the global activities related to wholesale banking and asset management, which in 2010 we reported under our former Wholesale Banking and Asset Management (“ WB&AM ”) business area.

The business areas of Mexico, the U.S. and South America did not change in 2011.

As a result of the above, in 2011 the Group’s businesses have been restructured into the following business areas, which are further broken down into business units, as described below:

Spain

Eurasia

Mexico

United States

South America

In addition to these business areas, we continue to have a separate “Corporate Activities” area. This area handles our general management functions, which mainly consist of structural positions for interest rates associated with the euro balance sheet and exchange rates, together with liquidity management and shareholders’ funds. This area also books the costs from central units that have a strictly corporate function and makes allocations to corporate and miscellaneous provisions, such as early retirement and others of a corporate nature. It also includes the Industrial and Financial Holdings Unit and the Group’s Spanish real estate business.

The financial information for our business areas for 2010 and 2009 presented in this Annual Report has been prepared on a uniform basis, consistent with our organizational structure in 2011.

The breakdown of the BBVA Group’s total assets by business segments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Spain

309,912 297,642 294,843

Eurasia

53,398 45,975 48,402

Mexico

74,283 75,152 62,855

South America

63,444 51,671 44,378

United States

55,413 57,575 77,676

Subtotal Assets by Business areas

556,450 528,015 528,154

Corporate Activities

41,238 24,723 6,911

Total Assets BBVA Group

597,688 552,738 535,065

24


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating the net income attributed to parent company by each of our business areas for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Net Income/(Loss) Attributed
to Parent Company

% of Net Income/(Loss) Attributed
to Parent Company
For Year Ended December 31,
2011(*) 2010 2009 2011(*) 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros) (in Percentage)

Spain

1,363 2,255 2,801 30.9 39.7 62.8

Eurasia

1,027 588 473 23.3 10.4 10.6

Mexico

1,741 1,707 1,357 39.4 30.1 30.4

South America

1,007 889 780 22.8 15.7 17.5

United States

(722 ) 239 (950 ) (16.3 ) 4.2 (21.3 )

Subtotal Business Areas

4,417 5,678 4,461 100.0 100.0 100.0

Corporate Activities

(1,413 ) (1,072 ) (251 )

Income attributed to the BBVA Group

3,004 4,606 4,210

(*)

Income/(Loss) attributed to parent company by each business area for the year ended December 31, 2011 has been affected by the goodwill impairment in the U.S. and the acquisition of Garanti, which have affected, respectively, the contribution of the United States and Eurasia business segments.

The following table sets forth information relating to the income of each business segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

Business Areas
BBVA
Group
Spain Eurasia Mexico South
America
United
States
Corporate
Activities
(In Millions of Euros)

2011

Net interest income

13,160 4,399 801 3,827 3,164 1,590 (621 )

Gross income

20,566 6,357 1,952 5,550 4,457 2,277 (27 )

Operating income(*)

10,615 3,556 1,307 3,539 2,415 786 (987 )

Income before tax

3,770 1,914 1,170 2,299 1,877 (1,061 ) (2,430 )

Net income

3,004 1,363 1,027 1,741 1,007 (722 ) (1,413 )

2010

Net interest income

13,320 4,878 345 3,688 2,495 1,794 121

Gross income

20,910 7,055 1,080 5,496 3,797 2,551 932

Operating income(*)

11,942 4,240 785 3,597 2,129 1,034 158

Income before tax

6,422 3,160 675 2,281 1,670 309 (1,673 )

Net income

4,606 2,255 588 1,707 889 239 (1,072 )

2009

Net interest income

13,882 5,571 387 3,307 2,566 1,679 372

Gross income

20,666 7,875 953 4,870 3,637 2,412 919

Operating income(*)

12,307 5,031 675 3,316 2,058 1,047 180

Income before tax

5,735 3,890 611 1,770 1,575 (1,428 ) (683 )

Net income

4,210 2,801 473 1,357 780 (950 ) (251 )

(*)

“Gross income” minus “Administration costs” and “Depreciation and amortization”.

25


Table of Contents

Spain

The business area of Spain includes all of BBVA’s banking and non-banking businesses in Spain, other than those included in the Corporate Activities area. The main business units included in this business area are:

Spanish Retail Network : including the segments of individual customers, private banking, small companies and businesses in the domestic market.

Corporate and Business Banking (CBB) : which manages small and medium sized enterprises (“ SMEs ”), companies and corporations, public institutions and developer segments.

Corporate and Investment Banking (C&IB) : responsible for business with large corporations and multinationals.

Global Markets (GM) : which covers treasury and distribution activities on the Spanish market.

Other units : which include the insurance business unit in Spain (BBVA Seguros), and the Asset Management unit, which manages Spanish mutual fund and pension funds.

The following table sets forth information relating to the activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Total Assets

309,912 297,641 294,843

Loans and advances to customers

214,156 218,127 211,651

Of which:

Residential mortgages

77,015 78,882 75,976

Consumer finance

8,114 9,205 10,867

Loans

6,484 7,499 9,022

Credit cards

1,631 1,706 1,845

Loans to enterprises

75,813 78,774 82,912

Loans to public sector

24,915 23,110 19,964

Total customer deposits

117,174 112,852 96,132

Current and savings accounts

41,587 41,157 43,647

Time deposits

48,447 48,116 32,241

Other customers funds

27,139 23,579 20,244

Off-balance sheet funds

51,156 53,598 62,322

Mutual funds

20,366 23,445 32,086

Pension funds

17,212 16,799 17,162

Other placements

13,578 13,355 13,074

Economic capital allocated

10,306 10,160 9,273

As of December 31, 2011, the balance of loans and advances to customers was 214,156 million, a 1.8% decrease from the 218,127 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, as a result of the deleveraging process and weak consumption. The general trend has been a weak turnover, with the most notable decreases recorded in the segment of higher-risk businesses and corporations, and in consumer loans.

As of December 31, 2011, our outstanding payment protection insurance policies amounted to 41 billion and insured approximately 20% of our total loans and advances to customers in Spain as of

26


Table of Contents

such date. Substantially all of our payment protection insurance products provide consumer or mortgage payment protection in the case of loss of life or disability (while approximately 5% of these products provide protection in the case of unemployment or a work-related illness). These insurance products are granted by our insurance subsidiary to borrowers within our own consumer and mortgage portfolio. Upon the occurrence of the insured event, our insurance subsidiary pays the entire outstanding principal amount, together with any accrued interest, of the related loan. Since the risk remains within the Group, we do not consider our payment protection insurance products when determining the appropriate amount of allowance for loan losses on the related loans. We account for these products as insurance contracts.

As of December 31, 2011, total on-balance and off-balance sheet customer deposits including mutual funds, pension funds and customer portfolios, were 168,330 million, a 1.1% increase from the 166,450 million posted as of December 31, 2010. There were changes in the mix of total customer deposits as a result of turmoil in the markets, which reduced the value of assets under management and led to a change in customer preference from mutual funds to other liability products, particularly promissory notes carrying high fixed levels of interest. Time deposits remained stable due to the high percentage of renewals during the third quarter of 2011.

Customer deposits were 117,174 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to 112,852 as of December 31, 2010, an increase of 3.8%, mainly due to the high percentage of renewals of time deposits during the period.

Mutual fund assets under management were 20,366 million as of December 31, 2011, a 13.1% decrease from the 23,445 million recorded as of December 31, 2010.

As of December 31, 2011, our outstanding guaranteed mutual fund products amounted to 12 billion (approximately 58% of our outstanding mutual fund products in Spain as of such date). Our guaranteed fund products relate mainly to mutual funds in respect of which the return of principal (rather than the yield) is guaranteed by means of a deposit and a derivative contract entered into by us, both of which are recognized on our balance sheet. We account for these products as deposits or derivative contracts.

Pension fund assets under management were 17,212 million as of December 31, 2011, a 2.5% increase from the 16,799 million recorded as of December 31, 2010.

Eurasia

This business area covers the Group’s activity in Europe (excluding Spain) and Asia. Accordingly, it includes BBVA Portugal, Consumer Finance Italy and Portugal, the retail business of branches in Paris, London and Brussels (which in 2010 had been reported under the “Spain and Portugal” business area), and WB&AM activity (comprised of Corporate and Investment Banking, Global Markets and CNCB) within this geographical area. It also covers the Group’s holding in Garanti.

The importance of this area is increasing both in terms of earnings and our balance sheet and, as the rest of the franchises, it has evolved positively and increased the Group’s diversification and growth capacity. The positive contribution of Garanti starting in March 2011 and the increase in earnings from CNCB are worth mentioning in this regard.

27


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Total Assets

53,398 45,975 48,402

Loans and advances to customers

34,740 24,281 23,964

Of which:

Residential mortgages

2,688 2,652 1,932

Consumer finance

3,420 913 735

Loans

2,400 903 727

Credit cards

1,020 10 9

Loans to enterprises

11,998 4,956 4,585

Loans to public sector

107 113 115

Total customer deposits

20,987 20,078 29,686

Current and savings accounts

2,688 836 917

Time deposits

9,778 2,191 2,945

Other customer funds

8,521 17,050 25,824

Off-balance sheet funds

1,036 590 637

Mutual funds

562 194 245

Pension funds

474 397 392

Economic capital allocated

4,254 2,546 1,032

As of December 31, 2011, the loans and advances to customers was 34,740 million, a 43.1% increase from the 24,281 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, mainly due to the incorporation of Garanti. Excluding the amounts from the Turkish bank, the loan book increased by 3.2%.

As of December 31, 2011 customer deposits were 20,987 million, a 4.5% increase from the 20,078 million as of December 31, 2010, mainly due to the contribution of Garanti, principally of retail deposits (current and saving accounts and time deposits), which was partially offset by the decrease in wholesale funds, which affected mainly the European branches (in London, Frankfurt and Brussels).

Mexico

The Mexico business area comprises the banking, pension and insurance businesses conducted in Mexico by the BBVA Bancomer financial group. The business units included in the Mexico area are:

Retail and Corporate banking, and

Pensions and Insurance.

28


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Total Assets

74,283 75,152 62,855

Loans and advances to customers

36,205 36,526 28,996

Of which:

Residential mortgages

8,234 8,511 6,887

Consumer finance

8,070 7,186 5,485

Loans

3,584 2,931 2,071

Credit cards

4,486 4,255 3,414

Loans to enterprises

14,104 14,792 11,454

Loans to public sector

3,316 3,275 2,554

Total customer deposits

37,704 38,051 31,252

Current and savings accounts

21,129 20,963 15,740

Time deposits

7,398 8,333 8,102

Other customer funds

9,176 8,756 7,411

Off-balance sheet funds

34,499 34,895 25,106

Mutual funds

15,612 15,341 10,546

Pension funds

13,132 12,781 9,519

Other placements

5,754 6,773 5,042

Economic capital allocated

4,444 3,714 2,892

As of December 31, 2011, the balance of loans and advances to customers was 36,205 million, a 0.9% decrease from the 36,526 million as of December 31, 2010 mainly due to the decrease in wholesale lending as a result, among others, of the early payment by the Federal Government of a credit line underwritten by several banks (including us) in the country, and the switch made by large corporations from bank lending to financing in wholesale markets due to the low interest rates.

As of December 31, 2011, customer deposits were 37,704 million, a 0.9% decrease from the 38,051 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, due to the exchange rate effect. Excluding this effect, there was an increase of 8.1%.

Mutual fund assets under management were 15,612 million as of December 31, 2011, a 1.8% increase from the 15,341 million recorded as of December 31, 2010.

Pension fund assets under management were 13,132 million as of December 31, 2011, a 2.8% increase from the 12,781 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, due to the positive performance of Afore Bancomer, which continued to perform well as result of the stability of the Mexican labor market.

South America

The South America business area manages the BBVA Group’s banking, pension and insurance businesses in the region. In 2011, Credit Uruguay (which was purchased in January 2011 and merged with BBVA Uruguay in May 2011) was incorporated. In addition, we sold the Group’s holding in the insurance company Consolidar Retiro of Argentina. Finally, we acquired an additional 24.5% stake in Forum (a leading vehicle financing company in Chile) in September 2011.

29


Table of Contents

The business units included in the South America business area are:

Retail and Corporate Banking : includes banks in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela.

Pension businesses : includes pension businesses in Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador and Peru.

Insurance businesses : includes insurance businesses in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, and Venezuela.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Total Assets

63,444 51,671 44,378

Loans and advances to customers

40,219 31,512 26,223

Of which:

Residential mortgages

7,124 5,932 4,567

Consumer finance

10,087 6,741 5,994

Loans

7,594 5,129 4,577

Credit cards

2,493 1,611 1,417

Loans to enterprises

20,829 16,862 13,831

Loans to public sector

914 830 527

Total customer deposits

45,776 36,085 31,556

Current and savings accounts

26,140 19,326 17,753

Time deposits

15,094 12,964 10,273

Other customer funds

4,542 3,795 3,530

Off-balance sheet funds

50,668 51,862 38,720

Mutual funds

2,850 3,063 2,617

Pension funds

47,818 48,800 36,104

Economic capital allocated

2,912 2,519 2,306

As of December 31, 2011, the loans and advances to customers were 40,219 million, a 27.6% increase from the 31,512 million recorded as of December 31, 2010. All countries in this business area have seen growth, with significant increases in consumer finance, cards and small companies and businesses.

As of December 31, 2011, customer deposits were 45,776 million, a 26.9% increase from the 36,085 million recorded as of December 31, 2010. Lower-cost transactional deposits such as current and savings accounts increased by 35.3%, which explains a portion of the improvement in net interest income.

Off-balance sheet funds , however, fell by 2.3% as a result of turmoil in the markets.

United States

This business area encompasses the Group’s business in the United States and Puerto Rico. BBVA Compass accounted for approximately 82% of the area’s balance sheet as of

30


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011. Given its weight, most of the comments below refer to BBVA Compass. This business area also covers the assets and liabilities of the BBVA office in New York, which specializes in transactions with large corporations.

The business units included in the United States business area are:

BBVA Compass Banking Group , and

Other units : BBVA Puerto Rico and Bancomer Transfers Services (“ BTS ”).

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Total Assets

55,413 57,575 77,676

Loans and advances to customers

40,069 39,570 41,120

Of which:

Residential mortgages

8,487 6,762 4,899

Consumer finance

5,503 5,647 6,079

Loans

4,961 5,168 5,679

Credit cards

541 479 400

Loans to enterprises

20,681 19,585 19,966

Total customer deposits

36,664 41,354 60,963

Current and savings accounts

27,716 25,217 21,708

Time deposits

7,963 9,033 10,572

Other customer funds

986 7,104 28,683

Off-balance sheet funds

6,199 5,307 5,204

Other placements

6,199 5,307 5,204

Economic capital allocated

3,170 2,972 2,995

As of December 31, 2011, loans and advances to customers were 40,069 million, a 1.3% increase from the 39,570 million recorded as of December 31, 2010. In 2011, we have continued to aim for the selective growth of lending in BBVA Compass, with a change in the portfolio mix towards items with less cyclical risk (such as loans to the commercial and industrial sector) and reducing higher risk portfolios (such as construction real estate loans).

As of December 31, 2011, customer deposits were 36,664 million, an 11.3% decrease from 41,354 million as of December 31, 2010. In 2011, there was an improvement in the structure of the balance sheet as a result of the decrease in high-interest deposits and an increase in non-interest accounts.

Monetary Policy

The integration of Spain into the European Monetary Union (“ EMU ”) on January 1, 1999 implied the yielding of monetary policy sovereignty to the Eurosystem. The “ Eurosystem ” is composed of the ECB and the national central banks of the 17 member countries that form the EMU.

The Eurosystem determines and executes the policy for the single monetary union of the 17 member countries of the EMU. The Eurosystem collaborates with the central banks of member countries to take advantage of the experience of the central banks in each of its national markets. The basic tasks carried out by the Eurosystem include:

defining and implementing the single monetary policy of the EMU;

conducting foreign exchange operations in accordance with the set exchange policy;

31


Table of Contents

lending to national monetary financial institutions in collateralized operations;

holding and managing the official foreign reserves of the member states; and

promoting the smooth operation of the payment systems.

In addition, the Treaty on European Union (“ EU Treaty ”) establishes a series of rules designed to safeguard the independence of the system, in its institutional as well as in its administrative functions.

Supervision and Regulation

The Spanish government traditionally has been closely involved with the Spanish banking system, both as a direct participant through its ownership of ICO and as a regulator retaining an important role in the regulation and supervision of financial institutions.

The Bank of Spain

The Bank of Spain was established in 1962 as a public law entity ( entidad de derecho público ) that operates as Spain’s autonomous central bank. In addition, it has the ability to function as a private bank. Except in its public functions, the Bank of Spain’s relations with third parties are governed by private law and its actions are subject to the civil and business law codes and regulations.

Until January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain was also the sole entity responsible for implementing Spanish monetary policy. For a description of monetary policy since the introduction of the euro, see “—Monetary Policy”.

Since January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain has performed the following basic functions attributed to the Eurosystem:

defining and implementing the Eurosystem’s monetary policy, with the principal aim of maintaining price stability across the euro area;

conducting currency exchange operations consistent with the provisions of Article 111 of the EU Treaty, and holding and managing the Member States’ official currency reserves;

promoting the sound working of payment systems in the euro area; and

issuing legal tender banknotes.

Recognizing the foregoing functions as a fully-fledged member of the Eurosystem, the Bank of Spain Law of Autonomy ( Ley de Autonomía del Banco de España ) stipulates the performance of the following functions by the Bank of Spain:

holding and managing currency and precious metal reserves not transferred to the ECB;

supervising the solvency and behavior of credit institutions, other entities and financial markets, for which it has been assigned supervisory responsibility, in accordance with the provisions in force;

promoting the sound working and stability of the financial system and, without prejudice to the functions of the ECB, of national payment systems;

placing coins in circulation and the performance, on behalf of the State, of all such other functions entrusted to it in this connection;

preparing and publishing statistics relating to its functions, and assisting the ECB in the compilation of the necessary statistical information;

providing treasury services and acting as financial agent for government debt;

32


Table of Contents

advising the government, preparing the appropriate reports and studies; and

exercising all other powers attributed to it by legislation.

Subject to the rules and regulations issued by the Ministry of Economy, the Bank of Spain has the following supervisory powers over Spanish banks:

conducting periodic inspections of Spanish banks to evaluate a bank’s compliance with current regulations including the preparation of financial statements, account structure and credit policies;

advising a bank’s board of directors and management on its dividend policy;

undertaking extraordinary inspections of banks; and

collaborating with other regulatory entities to impose penalties for infringement or violation of applicable regulations.

Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions

The Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions ( Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos or “ FGD ”), which operates under the guidance of the Bank of Spain, was set up by virtue of Royal Decree-Law 16/2011, of October 14. It is an independent legal entity and enjoys full authority to fulfill its functions. Royal Decree-Law 16/2011 unified the three previous guarantee funds that existed in Spain: the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Saving Banks, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Entities and the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Banking Establishments.

The main objective of the FGD is to guarantee deposits and securities held by credit institutions, up to the limit of 100,000. It also has the authority to carry out any such actions necessary to reinforce the solvency and operation of credit institutions in difficulty, with the purpose of defending the interests of depositors and deposit guarantee funds.

The FGD is funded by annual contributions from member banks. The rate of our contributions in 2011 was 0.06% of the year-end amount of bank deposits to which the guarantee extended and 0.06% over the 5% of the securities held on our clients’ behalf. Pursuant to Royal Decree-Law 19/2011, starting in 2012, our contribution will be equal to 0.2% of the year-end amount of bank deposits to which the guarantee extends and 0.06% over the 5% of the securities held on our clients’ behalf.

In addition, pursuant to Royal Decree-Law 771/2011, during 2011 an additional contribution was made in connection with deposits the remuneration of which exceeded the level established by the Bank of Spain in its Circular 3/2011, of June 30.

As of December 31, 2011, all of the Spanish banks belonging to the BBVA Group were members of the FGD and thus obligated to make annual contributions to it.

Investment Guarantee Fund

Royal Decree 948/2001, of August 3, regulates investor guarantee schemes ( Fondo de Garantía de Inversores) related to both investment firms and to credit institutions. These schemes are set up through an investment guarantee fund for securities broker and broker-dealer firms and the deposit guarantee funds already in place for credit institutions. A series of specific regulations have also been enacted, defining the system for contributing to the funds.

The General Investment Guarantee Fund Management Company was created in a relatively short period of time and is a business corporation with capital in which all the fund members hold an interest.

33


Table of Contents

Member firms must make a joint annual contribution to the fund equal to 0.06% over the 5% of the securities that they hold on their client’s behalf. However, it is foreseen that these contributions may be reduced if the fund reaches a level considered to be sufficient.

Liquidity Ratio

In an effort to implement European Union monetary policy, effective January 1, 1999, the ECB and the national central banks of the member states of the EMU adopted a regulation that requires banks to deposit an amount equal to two percent of their qualifying liabilities, as defined by the regulation, with the central bank of their home country. These deposits will earn an interest rate equal to the average interest rate of the European System of Central Banks (“ ESCB ”). Qualifying liabilities for this purpose include:

deposits;

debt securities issued; and

monetary market instruments.

Furthermore, the liquidity ratio is set at 0% instead of 2% for those qualifying liabilities that have a maturity over two years and are sold under repurchase agreements.

Investment Ratio

In the past, the government used the investment ratio to allocate funds among specific sectors or investments. As part of the liberalization of the Spanish economy, it was gradually reduced to a rate of zero percent as of December 31, 1992. However, the law that established the ratio has not been abolished and the government could re-impose the ratio, subject to applicable EU requirements.

Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring

The crisis that has affected the financial markets since 2007 obliged the Spanish authorities to create the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring ( Fondo de Restructuración Ordenada Bancaria or “ FROB ”) by Decree-Law 9/2009, of June 26. Its purpose is to help the restructuring processes undertaken by credit institutions and strengthen their capital positions subject to certain conditions. The FROB will support the restructuring strategy of those institutions that require assistance, in three distinct stages:

search for a private solution by the credit institution itself;

adopt measures to tackle any weaknesses that may affect the viability of credit institutions; and

initiate a restructuring process in which the Fund itself has to intervene directly.

The FROB has to act in what is an absolutely exceptional situation that is closely linked to the development of the financial crisis. In order to comply with its objectives, FROB will be funded jointly from the Spanish national budget and the FDG . The FROB will be able to raise funds on securities markets through the issue of debt securities, lending and engaging in any other debt transaction necessary to fulfill its objects.

Capital Requirements

Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008 (“ Circular 3/2008 ”), of May 22, on the calculation and control of minimum capital requirements, regulates the minimum capital requirements for Spanish credit

34


Table of Contents

institutions, on an individual and consolidated group basis, and sets forth how to calculate capital meeting such requirements, as well as the various internal capital adequacy assessment processes credit institutions should have in place and the information they should disclose to the market.

Circular 3/2008 is the final implementation, for credit institutions, of the legislation on capital and consolidated supervision of financial institutions, which was contained in Law 36/2007, of November 16, amending Law 13/1985, of May 25, on the investment ratios, capital and reporting requirements of financial intermediaries, and other financial regulations, which also includes Royal Decree 216/2008, of February 15, on the capital of financial institutions. Circular 3/2008 also conforms Spanish legislation to Directive 2006/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of June 14, 2006, and Directive 2006/49/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of June 14, 2006. The minimum capital requirements for credit institutions and their consolidated groups were thoroughly revised in both EC directives based on the Capital Accord adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“ Basel II ”).

The minimum capital requirements established by Circular 3/2008 are calculated on the basis of the Group’s exposure (i) to credit risk and dilution risk (on the basis of the assets, obligations and contingent exposures and commitments that present these risks, depending on their amounts, characteristics, counterparties, guarantees, etc.); (ii) to counterparty risk and position and settlement risk in the trading book; (iii) to foreign exchange risk (on the basis of the overall net foreign currency position); and (iv) to operational risk. Additionally, the Group is subject to compliance with the risk concentration limits established in Circular 3/2008 and with the requirements related to corporate governance, internal capital adequacy assessment, measurement of interest rate risk and certain additional public disclosure obligations set forth therein. With a view to ensuring compliance with the aforementioned objectives, the Group performs integrated management of these risks, in accordance with its internal policies. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the eligible capital of the Group exceeded the minimum required under the regulations then in force. See Note 33 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Under Basel II calculation of the minimum regulatory capital requirements under the standards, referred to as “Pillar 1”, is supplemented with an internal capital adequacy assessment and supervisory review process, referred to as “Pillar 2”. The Group’s internal capital adequacy assessment process is based on the internal model for the quantification of the economic capital required on the basis of the Group’s overall risk profile. Finally, Basel II standards establish, through what is referred to as “Pillar 3”, strict transparency requirements regarding the information on risks to be disclosed to the market.

Circular 3/2008 was modified by Circular 9/2010, of December 22, and Circular 4/2011, of November 30, in order to proceed with the implementation in Spain of the changes to the solvency framework approved at a European level and known as CRD II (Directive 2009/27/EC, of April 7, Directive 2009/89/EC of July 27 and Directive 2009/111/EC, of September 16) and CRD III (Directive 2010/76/EU, of November 24).

The main changes considered in these directives are:

European harmonization of large exposures limits: a bank will be restricted in lending beyond a certain limit (25% of regulatory capital) to any one party.

Obligation to establish and maintain, for categories of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on the risk profile of a bank, remuneration policies and practices that are consistent with effective risk management.

Improved quality of banks’ capital: additional loss absorbency criteria for hybrid capital instruments have been introduced, anticipating Basel III recommendations.

35


Table of Contents

Improved liquidity risk management: for banking groups that operate in multiple countries, their liquidity risk management—i.e. how they fund their operations on a day-to-day basis—will also be discussed and coordinated within ‘colleges of supervisors’.

Improved risk management for securitized products: rules on securitized debt—the repayment of which depends on the performance of a dedicated pool of loans—have been tightened. Firms that re-package loans into tradable securities will be required to retain some risk exposure to these securities, while firms that invest in the securities will be allowed to make their decisions only after conducting comprehensive due diligence. If they fail to do so, they will be subject to capital penalties.

Strengthened capital requirements have been introduced to cover risks in the trading book and related to re-securitizations, following Basel 2.5 agreement.

As part of a wider plan of the Spanish Government for the strengthening of the financial sector, the Royal Decree-Law 2/2011, of February 18 (“ RD-L 2/2011 ”), established new stricter minimum capital requirements for Spanish credit institutions, with a new capital requirement (“capital principal”) for all credit institutions of a minimum of 8%. This ratio will be 10% for those institutions that are not listed on an stock exchange, which have a small presence of private investors, and are dependent upon wholesale funding markets for over 20% of their assets, since they have more limited access to the capital markets. Entities with capital shortages were forced to implement a strategy for closing any detected capital gap in 2011, with the FROB acting as a backstop, in the event of a failure to cover the capital needs through the market.

The entry into force of RD-L 2/2011 opened up a new stage in the process of restructuring and strengthening of the Spanish savings banks. The focus was on recapitalizing institutions that need more capital and encouraging savings banks to merge or to transfer their financial activity to a bank to ease their access to capital markets and wholesale funding. These restructuring and recapitalization processes should ease compliance with Basel III, or at least Basel III-2013, even if some differences exist between the RD-L 2/2011 and the Basel III capital standards.

RD-L 2/2011’s “capital principal” is largely composed of the same items as those considered in the Basel III accord, that is, capital instruments, share premiums, reserves and minority interests. In addition, losses, intangibles and negative value adjustments are deducted in both definitions. The differences between the definitions set forth in RD-L 2/2011 and Basel III relate to the treatment of some deductions, such as investments in financial institutions.

As shown below, we fulfilled the minimum capital requirements as required by RD-L 2/2011 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

Basel II Capital Ratio RD-L 2/2011 “Capital Principal”
ratio

Minimum required

8 % 8 %

December 2011(1)

12.9 % 9.7 %

December 2010

13.7 % 9.5 %

(1)

The decrease in capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 was mainly due to the acquisition of Garanti (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company”).

The new Royal Decree-Law 2/2012, of February 3 (“ RD-L 2/2012 ”), introduces, among other measures, a capital buffer requirement, in terms of “Capital Principal”, equal to 20% of an entity’s problematic credit assets and foreclosed real estate assets. The deadline for complying with this new requirement is December 31, 2012. We believe BBVA will meet this new requirement as of December 31, 2012.

36


Table of Contents

In addition, we believe we will meet the EBA’s new minimum capital recommendations referred to in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Us and Our Business—We are subject to substantial regulation, and regulatory and governmental oversight. Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition,” as of June 30, 2012.

Capital Management

Basel Capital Accord—Basel II—Economic Capital

The Group’s capital management is performed at both the regulatory and economic levels.

Regulatory capital management is based on the analysis of the capital base and the capital ratios (core capital, Tier 1, etc.) using Basel (“ BIS ”) and Bank of Spain criteria. See Note 33 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The aim is to achieve a capital structure that is as efficient as possible in terms of both cost and compliance with the requirements of regulators, ratings agencies and investors. Active capital management includes securitizations, sales of assets, and preferred and subordinated issues of equity and hybrid instruments.

The Bank has obtained the Bank of Spain’s approval with respect to its internal model of capital estimation (“ IRB ”) concerning certain portfolios and its operational risk internal model.

From an economic standpoint, capital management seeks to optimize value creation at the Group and at its different business units.

The Group allocates economic capital (“ CER ”) commensurate with the risks incurred by each business. This is based on the concept of unexpected loss at a certain level of statistical confidence, depending on the Group’s targets in terms of capital adequacy. These targets are applied at two levels: the first is core equity, which determines the allocated capital. The Group uses this amount as a basis for calculating the return generated on the equity (“ ROE ”) in each business. The second level is total capital, which determines the additional allocation in terms of subordinated debt and preference shares. The CER calculation combines lending risk, market risk (including structural risk associated with the balance sheet and equity positions), operational risk and fixed asset and technical risks in the case of insurance companies.

Stockholders’ equity, as calculated under BIS rules, is an important metric for the Group. However, for the purpose of allocating capital to business areas the Group prefers CER. It is risk-sensitive and thus better reflects management policies for the individual businesses and the business portfolio. These provide an equitable basis for assigning capital to businesses according to the risks incurred and make it easier to compare returns.

To internal effects of management and pursuit of the business areas, the Group realizes a capital allocation to each business area.

Concentration of Risk

The Bank of Spain regulates the concentration of risk. Since January 1, 1999, any exposure to a person or group exceeding 10% of a group’s or bank’s regulatory capital has been deemed a concentration. The total amount of exposure represented by all of such concentrations may not exceed 800% of regulatory capital. Exposure to a single person or group may not exceed 25% (20% in the case of non-consolidated companies of the economic group) of a bank’s or group’s regulatory capital.

37


Table of Contents

Legal and Other Restricted Reserves

We are subject to the legal and other restricted reserves requirements applicable to Spanish companies. Please see “—Capital Requirements”.

Allowance for Loan Losses

For a discussion of allowances for loan losses and country risk, see Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulation of the Disclosure of Fees and Interest Rates

Interest rates on most kinds of loans and deposits are not subject to a maximum limit. Banks must publish their preferential rates, rates applied on overdrafts, and fees and commissions charged in connection with banking transactions. Banking clients must be provided with written disclosure adequate to permit customers to ascertain transaction costs. The foregoing regulations are enforced by the Bank of Spain in response to bank client complaints.

Law 44/2002, of November 22, concerning measures to reform the Spanish financial system, contained a rule concerning the calculation of variable interest applicable to loans and credit secured by mortgages, bails, pledges or any other equivalent guarantee.

Employee Pension Plans

Under the relevant collective labor agreements, BBVA and some of its subsidiaries provide supplemental pension payments to certain active and retired employees and their beneficiaries. These payments supplement social security benefits from the Spanish state. See Note 2.2.12 and Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Dividends

If a bank meets the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirements described above under “—Capital Requirements”, it may dedicate all of its net profits to the payment of dividends, although, in practice, banks consult with the Bank of Spain before declaring a dividend. Compliance with such requirements notwithstanding, the Bank of Spain may advise a bank against the payment of dividends on grounds of prudence. In no event may dividends be paid from non-distributable reserves. Banks which fail to comply with the capital adequacy ratio by more than 20% are required to devote all of their net profits to increasing their capital ratios. Banks which fail to meet the required ratio by 20% or less must obtain prior approval of the Bank of Spain to distribute any dividends and must devote at least 50% of net profits to increasing their capital ratios. In addition, banks, and their directors and executive officers that do not comply with the liquidity and investment ratios and capital adequacy requirements may be subject to fines or other sanctions. Compliance with the Bank of Spain’s capital requirements is determined on both a consolidated and individual basis. Our Spanish subsidiaries are in compliance with these capital adequacy requirements on both a consolidated and individual basis. If a bank has no net profits, the board of directors may propose at the general meeting of the stockholders that a dividend be declared out of retained earnings.

The Bank of Spain recommends that interim dividends not exceed an amount equal to one-half of net income attributed to parent company from the beginning of the corresponding fiscal year. No interim dividend may be declared when a bank does not meet the minimum capital requirements and, according to the recommendations of the Bank of Spain, interim dividends may not be declared until the Bank of Spain has sufficient knowledge with respect to the year’s profits. Although banks are not legally required to seek prior approval from the Bank of Spain before declaring interim dividends, the

38


Table of Contents

Bank of Spain had asked that banks consult with it on a voluntary basis before declaring interim dividends. It should be noted that the Bank of Spain recommended in 2008 to Spanish banks general moderation on the distribution of dividends, to increase their voluntary reserves in order to strengthen their financial situation and to distribute any dividends in treasury stock.

Our bylaws allow for dividends to be paid in cash or in kind as determined by shareholder resolution.

Scrip Dividend

During 2011, a scrip dividend scheme called “Dividendo Opción” was successfully implemented as approved by the shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011. In line with the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” scheme, the BBVA annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012, passed a resolution adopting two different free-of-charge capital increases for the implementation of a new “Dividendo Opción” scheme for this year.

Upon the execution of each such free-of-charge capital increase, BBVA shareholders will have the option to receive all or part of their remuneration in newly issued free-of-charge shares or to receive all of their remuneration in cash. For additional information on the “Dividendo Opción” scheme, including its tax implications, see “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Spanish Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends—Scrip Dividend”.

The “Dividendo Opción” is implemented as an alternative remuneration scheme for BBVA shareholders with the aim to provide BBVA shareholders with a flexible option to receive newly issued shares of the Bank, without thereby altering BBVA’s cash remuneration policy, in line with the current trend that is being put into practice by other entities in the domestic and international markets.

Shareholders will have the “Dividendo Opción” available to them on two different dates in 2012, coinciding with the dates on which dividends have been historically paid out. However, it should be noted that each capital increase is independent of the other, such that either one may be executed on different dates and either one, or both, may not be made.

Limitations on Types of Business

Spanish banks are subject to certain limitations on the types of businesses in which they may engage directly, but they are subject to few limitations on the types of businesses in which they may engage indirectly.

Mortgage Legislation

Law 2/1981, of March 25, on mortgage market, as amended by Law 41/2007, regulates the different aspects of the Spanish mortgage market and establishes additional rules for the mortgage and financial system.

Royal Decree 716/2009, of April 24, implements several aspects of Law 2/1981, of March 25. The most significant aspects implemented by Royal Decree 716/2009 are, among others, (i) the modification on the loan-to-value ratio requirement intending to improve the quality of Spanish mortgage-backed securities; (ii) the elimination of many of the administrative requirements for the issuance of covered bonds and mortgage bonds; and (iii) the implementation of a special accounting record of the loans and credit facilities used to back issuances of covered bonds and mortgage-backed bonds.

39


Table of Contents

Mutual Fund Regulation

Mutual funds in Spain are regulated by the Ministry of the Economy ( Dirección General del Tesoro y Política Financiera del Ministerio de Economía ) and by the Spanish Securities Market Commission ( Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores or “ CNMV ”). All mutual funds and mutual fund management companies are required to be registered with the CNMV. Spanish mutual funds may be subject to investment limits with respect to single sectors or companies and overall portfolio diversification minimums. In addition, periodic reports including a review of the fund’s performance and any material events affecting the fund are required to be distributed to the fund’s investors and filed with the CNMV.

Reform of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act

The consolidated text of the Corporate Enterprises Act adopted under Legislative Royal Decree 1/2010, of July 2, has repealed the former Companies Act, adopted under Legislative Royal Decree 1564/1989, of December 22. This royal legislative decree stems from the authorization set out in the Law 3/2009, of April 3, on structural changes in companies, enabling the Government to proceed to consolidate the legislation for joint stock (“ sociedades anónima s”) and limited liability (“ sociedades de responsabilidad limitada ”) in a single text, bringing together the contents of the two aforementioned acts, as well, the part of the Securities Exchange Act that regulates the most purely corporate-related aspects of joint stock companies whose securities are traded on an official secondary market. The consolidated text also includes the articles of the Commercial Code that address limited partnerships, a derivative corporate device that is barely used in practice. Law 25/2011, of August 1, partially amended the Corporate Enterprises Act and incorporated Directive 2007/36/EC, of July 11, on the exercise of certain rights of shareholders in listed companies.

Reform of the Spanish Auditing Law

Law 12/2010, of June 30, amended Law 19/1988, of July 12, on Accounts Audit, Law 24/1988, of July 28, on Securities Exchanges and the consolidated text of the former Companies Act adopted by Legislative Royal Decree 1564/1989, of December 22 (currently, the Corporate Enterprises Act), for its adaptation to EU regulations. This law transposed Directive EU/2006/43 which regulates aspects, among others, related to: authorization and registry of auditors and auditing companies, confidentiality and professional secrecy which the auditors may observe, rules on independency and liability as well as certain rules on the composition and functions of the auditing committee. The Royal Decree 1/2011, of July 1, approved the consolidated text of the Accounts Audit Law.

U.S. Regulation

Banking Regulation

BBVA is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “ BHC Act ”). As such, BBVA is subject to the regulation and supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve ”). Among other things, the Group’s direct and indirect activities and investments in the United States are limited to banking activities and certain non-banking activities that are “closely related to banking,” as determined by the Federal Reserve, and certain other activities permitted under the BHC Act. BBVA also is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring, directly or indirectly, the ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of any U.S. bank or bank holding company.

Under current Federal Reserve policy, BBVA is required to act as a source of financial strength for its U.S. bank subsidiaries. Among other things, this source of strength obligation may result in a requirement for BBVA, as controlling shareholder, to inject capital into any of its U.S. bank subsidiaries.

40


Table of Contents

The Group’s U.S. bank subsidiaries and BBVA’s U.S. branches are also subject to supervision and regulation by a variety of other U.S. regulatory agencies. In addition to supervision by the Federal Reserve, BBVA’s New York branch is licensed and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services. Each of BBVAPR Holding Corporation, a direct subsidiary of BBVA, BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., a direct subsidiary of BBVA, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of BBVA, is considered a bank holding company within the meaning of the BHC Act and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. Compass Bank is an Alabama state-chartered bank, is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and has branches in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico, and Texas. Compass Bank is supervised and examined by the Federal Reserve and the State of Alabama Banking Department. In addition, certain aspects of Compass Bank’s branch operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico, and Texas are subject to examination by their respective state banking regulators in such states. Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Puerto Rico (“ BBVA Puerto Rico ”) is a bank chartered and supervised by the Oficina del Comisionado de Instituciones Financieras de Puerto Rico . Compass Bank and BBVA Puerto Rico are also depository institutions insured by, and subject to the regulation of, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

BBVA Bancomer, S.A. agency office in Houston, Texas is a non-FDIC insured agency office of BBVA Bancomer, S.A., an indirect subsidiary of BBVA, that is licensed under the laws of the State of Texas and supervised by the Texas Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve.

Bancomer Transfer Services, Inc., a non-banking affiliate of BBVA and a direct subsidiary of BBVA Bancomer USA, Inc., is licensed as a money transmitter by the State of California Department of Financial Institutions, the Texas Department of Banking, and certain other state regulatory agencies. Bancomer Transfer Services, Inc. is also registered as a money services business with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

A major focus of U.S. governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at fighting money laundering and terrorist financing. Regulations applicable to BBVA and certain of its affiliates impose obligations to maintain appropriate policies, procedures, and controls to detect, prevent, and report money laundering. In particular, Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), as amended, requires financial institutions operating in the United States to (i) give special attention to correspondent and payable-through bank accounts, (ii) implement enhanced reporting due diligence, and ‘know your customer’ standards for private banking and correspondent banking relationships, (iii) scrutinize the beneficial ownership and activity of certain non-U.S. and private banking customers (especially for so-called politically exposed persons), and (iv) develop new anti-money laundering programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance programs under the Bank Secrecy Act and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Regulation of Other U.S. Entities

The Group’s U.S. broker-dealers are subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) with respect to their securities activities, as well as various U.S. state regulatory authorities. Additionally, the securities underwriting and dealing activities of BBVA’s indirect U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, BBVA Securities, Inc., are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.

41


Table of Contents

The activities of the Group’s U.S. investment adviser affiliates are regulated and supervised by the SEC.

In addition, the Group’s U.S. insurance agency affiliates are subject to regulation and supervision by various U.S. state insurance regulatory authorities.

Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, the United States enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “ Dodd-Frank Act ”), which provides a broad framework for significant regulatory changes that will extend to almost every area of U.S. financial regulation. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses, among other issues, systemic risk oversight, bank capital standards, the liquidation of failing systemically significant U.S. financial institutions, over-the-counter derivatives, restrictions on the ability of banking entities to engage in proprietary trading activities and invest in hedge funds and private equity funds (known as the “Volcker Rule”), consumer and investor protection, hedge fund registration, municipal advisor registration and regulation, securitization, investment advisor registration and regulation and the role of credit-rating agencies. Compass Bank has registered with the SEC and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board as a municipal advisor pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act’s municipal advisor registration requirements.

Various U.S. regulators are implementing the Dodd-Frank Act through detailed rulemaking that will likely continue for several years. Once it is fully implemented, the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules are expected to result in additional costs and impose certain limitations and restrictions affecting the conduct of our businesses, although uncertainty remains about the final details, impact and timing of many of the rules.

Among other changes, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that the Federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve, establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements applicable to insured depository institutions, bank and thrift holding companies and systemically important non-bank financial companies. These minimum requirements must be not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, and not quantitatively lower than the requirements in effect for insured depository institutions as of the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act. In response to these requirements, the Federal banking agencies have adopted a rule effectively establishing a permanent capital floor for covered institutions equal to the risk-based capital requirements under the banking agencies’ Basel I capital adequacy guidelines. It is anticipated that additional rules will be proposed and adopted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act’s minimum capital provisions, including adjustments to minimum capital requirements in response to further revisions and refinements to the international standards adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides Federal banking agencies with tools to impose greater capital, leverage and liquidity requirements and other prudential standards for financial institutions that pose significant systemic risk and bank holding companies with greater than $50 billion in assets. In January 2012, the Federal Reserve proposed extensive rules to implement these enhanced supervisory and prudential requirements, including additional capital and leverage requirements, additional liquidity requirements, limits on single counterparty exposure, risk management and risk committee requirements, more stringent stress testing requirements and various mandatory remediation actions under certain circumstances. The rules proposed by the Federal Reserve to date are not directly applicable to foreign bank holding companies, such as BBVA, but are applicable to U.S.-based bank holding companies with consolidated assets in excess of $50 billion, including BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. The Federal Reserve has announced that it is actively developing a proposed framework for applying the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards and early remediation requirements to foreign banking organizations. In applying its enhanced prudential standards rulemaking to foreign

42


Table of Contents

bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve is required to take into account the principle of national treatment and equality of competitive opportunity, and the extent to which the foreign bank holding company is subject to comparable home country standards.

Under capital plan and stress test rules adopted by the Federal Reserve, BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. is required to conduct periodic stress tests and submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve for review, which must, among other things, include a description of planned capital actions and demonstrate the company’s ability to maintain minimum capital above existing minimum capital ratios and above a Tier 1 common equity-to-total risk-weighted asset ratio of 5% under both expected and stressed conditions over a minimum nine-quarter planning horizon.

The Dodd-Frank Act’s Volcker Rule also limits the ability of banking entities, except solely outside the United States in the case of non-U.S. banking entities, to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds and to engage in certain types of proprietary trading unrelated to serving clients. U.S. regulators have proposed rules implementing the statute. The Dodd-Frank Act also changes the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) deposit insurance assessment framework (the amounts paid by FDIC-insured institutions into the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC), primarily by basing assessments on an FDIC-insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity rather than on U.S. domestic deposits, which is expected to shift a greater portion of the aggregate assessments to large banks (such as Compass Bank).

Under the so-called swap “push-out” provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, the derivatives activities of U.S. banks (such as Compass Bank) and U.S. branch offices of foreign banks (such as BBVA’s New York branch) will be restricted, which may necessitate changes to how we conduct our derivatives activities. Entities that are swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants or major security-based swap participants will be required to register with the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or both, and will become subject to additional requirements relating to capital, margin, business conduct, and recordkeeping, among others.

There are various qualitative and quantitative restrictions on the extent to which BBVA and its non-bank subsidiaries can borrow or otherwise obtain credit from their U.S. banking affiliates or engage in certain other transactions involving those subsidiaries. In general, these transactions must be on terms that would ordinarily be offered to unaffiliated entities, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are subject to quantitative limitations. These restrictions also apply to certain transactions of our New York Branch with our U.S. broker-dealer affiliates and certain of our other affiliates. Effective in July 2012, the Dodd-Frank Act subjects credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, securities borrowing and lending transactions, as well as repurchase/reverse repurchase agreements to the above-mentioned collateral and quantitative limitations.

Regulations that may be adopted by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, established under the Dodd-Frank Act, could affect the nature of the activities which a bank (including Compass Bank) may conduct, and may impose restrictions and limitations on the conduct of such activities.

Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act requires issuers with listed securities, which may include foreign private issuers such as BBVA, to establish a “clawback” policy to recoup previously awarded employee compensation in the event of an accounting restatement. The Dodd-Frank Act also grants the SEC discretionary rule-making authority to impose a new fiduciary standard on brokers, dealers and investment advisers, and expands the extraterritorial jurisdiction of U.S. courts over actions brought by the SEC or the United States with respect to violations of the antifraud provisions in the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

43


Table of Contents
C.

Organizational Structure

As of December 31, 2011, the BBVA Group was made up of 293 fully consolidated and 27 proportionately consolidated companies, as well as 73 companies consolidated using the equity method.

The companies are principally domiciled in the following countries: Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, Netherlands Antilles, Panama, Peru, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Spain, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States of America, Uruguay and Venezuela. In addition, BBVA has an active presence in Asia.

Below is a simplified organizational chart of BBVA’s most significant subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011.

Subsidiary

Country of
Incorporation
Activity BBVA
Voting
Power
BBVA
Ownership
Total
Assets
(in Percentages) (In Millions
of Euros)

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

Mexico Bank 100.00 100.00 69,158

COMPASS BANK

United States Bank 100.00 100.00 52,565

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA CHILE, S.A.

Chile Bank 68.18 68.18 12,489

BANCO CONTINENTAL, S.A.

Peru Bank 92.24 46.12 12,118

BBVA SEGUROS, S.A. DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS

Spain Insurance 99.95 99.95 13,807

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.

Colombia Bank 95.43 95.43 10,391

BANCO PROVINCIAL S.A. – BANCO UNIVERSAL

Venezuela Bank 55.60 55.60 12,906

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PORTUGAL), S.A.

Portugal Bank 100.00 100.00 7,140

BBVA BANCO FRANCES, S.A.

Argentina Bank 76.04 76.04 6,736

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA PUERTO RICO, S.A.

Puerto Rico Bank 100.00 100.00 3,848

PENSIONES BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

Mexico Insurance 100.00 100.00 2,669

SEGUROS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

Mexico Insurance 100.00 100.00 2,544

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PANAMA), S.A.

Panama Bank 98.92 98.92 1,670

BBVA SUIZA, S.A. (BBVA SWITZERLAND)

Switzerland Bank 100.00 100.00 1,458

UNO-E BANK, S.A.

Spain Bank 100.00 100.00 1,368

BBVA PARAGUAY, S.A.

Paraguay Bank 100.00 100.00 1,294

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

We own and rent a substantial network of properties in Spain and abroad, including 3,016 branch offices in Spain and, principally through our various affiliates, 4,441 branch offices abroad as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 84% of our branches in Spain and 58% of our branches abroad were rented from third parties pursuant to short-term leases that may be renewed by mutual agreement.

44


Table of Contents

BBVA, through a real estate company of the Group, is constructing its new corporate headquarters at a development area in the north of Madrid (Spain). As of December 31, 2011, the accumulated investment for this project amounted to 528 million.

E. Selected Statistical Information

The following is a presentation of selected statistical information for the periods indicated. Where required under Industry Guide 3, we have provided such selected statistical information separately for our domestic and foreign activities, pursuant to our calculation that our foreign operations are significant according to Rule 9-05 of Regulation S-X.

Average Balances and Rates

The tables below set forth selected statistical information on our average balance sheets, which are based on the beginning and month-end balances in each year. We do not believe that monthly averages present trends materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages. Interest income figures, when used, include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent that cash payments have been received. Loan fees are included in the computation of interest revenue.

Average Balance Sheet—Assets and Interest from Earning Assets
Year Ended
December 31, 2011
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
Average
Balance
Interest Average
Yield(1)
Average
Balance
Interest Average
Yield(1)
Average
Balance
Interest Average
Yield(1)
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

ASSETS

Cash and balances with central banks

21,245 250 1.2 % 21,342 239 1.1 % 18,638 253 1.4 %

Debt securities, equity instruments and derivatives

141,780 4,238 3.0 % 145,990 3,939 2.7 % 138,030 4,207 3.0 %

Loans and receivables

368,312 19,485 5.3 % 358,587 16,797 4.7 % 355,121 19,194 5.4 %

Loans and advances to credit institutions

26,390 639 2.4 % 25,561 501 2.0 % 26,152 697 2.7 %

Loans and advances to customers

341,922 18,846 5.5 % 333,021 16,296 4.9 % 328,969 18,498 5.6 %

In euros(2)

219,887 7,479 3.4 % 219,857 7,023 3.2 % 222,254 9,262 4.2 %

In other currencies(3)

122,034 11,367 9.3 % 113,164 9,273 8.2 % 106,715 9,236 8.7 %

Other financial income

215 159 120

Non-earning assets

37,241 32,894 31,180

Total average assets

568,579 24,188 4.3 % 558,808 21,134 3.8 % 542,969 23,775 4.4 %

(1)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

(2)

Amounts reflected in euro correspond to predominantly domestic activities.

(3)

Amounts reflected in other currencies correspond to predominantly foreign activities.

45


Table of Contents
Average Balance Sheet—Liabilities and Interest Paid on Interest Bearing Liabilities
Year Ended
December 31, 2011
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
Average
Balance
Interest Average
Yield(1)
Average
Balance
Interest Average
Yield(1)
Average
Balance
Interest Average
Yield(1)
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

LIABILITIES

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

77,382 2,037 2.6 % 80,177 1,515 1.9 % 74,017 2,143 2.9 %

Customer deposits

276,683 5,644 2.0 % 259,330 3,551 1.4 % 249,106 4,056 1.6 %

In euros(2)

153,514 2,419 1.6 % 121,956 1,246 1.0 % 116,422 1,326 1.1 %

In other currencies(3)

123,169 3,225 2.6 % 137,374 2,304 1.7 % 132,684 2,730 2.1 %

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

109,860 2,613 2.4 % 119,684 2,334 1.9 % 120,228 3,098 2.6 %

Other financial costs

734 415 596

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

65,980 66,541 70,020

Equity

38,674 33,076 29,598

Total average liabilities

568,579 11,028 1.9 % 558,807 7,814 1.4 % 542,969 9,893 1.8 %

(1)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

(2)

Amounts reflected in euro correspond to predominantly domestic activities.

(3)

Amounts reflected in other currencies correspond to predominantly foreign activities.

Changes in Net Interest Income-Volume and Rate Analysis

The following table allocates changes in our net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for 2011 compared to 2010, and 2010 compared to 2009. Volume and rate variance have been calculated based on movements in average balances over the period and changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. The only out-of-period items and adjustments excluded from the following table are interest payments on loans which are made in a period other than the period during which they are due. Loan fees were included in the computation of interest income.

2011/2010
Increase (decrease) Due to Changes in
Volume(1) Rate(1)(2) Net Change
(In Millions of Euros)

Interest income

Cash and balances with central banks

(1 ) 12 11

Debt securities, equity instruments and derivatives

(114 ) 413 299

Loans and advances to credit institutions

16 122 138

Loans and advances to customers

436 2,114 2,550

In euros

1 455 456

In other currencies

727 1,367 2,094

Other financial income

56 56

Total income

370 2,684 3,054

46


Table of Contents
2011/2010
Increase (decrease) Due to Changes in
Volume(1) Rate(1)(2) Net Change
(In Millions of Euros)

Interest expense

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

(53 ) 575 522

Customer deposits

238 1,855 2,093

In euros

323 850 1,173

In other currencies

(238 ) 1,159 920

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

(192 ) 471 279

Other financial costs

320 320

Total expense

137 3,077 3,214

Net interest income

233 (393 ) (160 )

(1)

Variances caused by changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally to volume and rate.

(2)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

2010/2009
Increase (decrease) Due to Changes in
Volume(1) Rate(1)(2) Net Change
(In Millions of Euros)

Interest income

Cash and balances with central banks

37 (51 ) (14 )

Debt securities, equity instruments and derivatives

243 (511 ) (268 )

Loans and advances to credit institutions

(16 ) (179 ) (195 )

Loans and advances to customers

228 (2,429 ) (2,201 )

In euros

(100 ) (2,139 ) (2,239 )

In other currencies

558 (521 ) 37

Other financial income

39 39

Total income

693 (3,333 ) (2,641 )

Interest expense

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

178 (806 ) (628 )

Customer deposits

166 (672 ) (505 )

In euros

63 (143 ) (80 )

In other currencies

96 (522 ) (425 )

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

(14 ) (750 ) (764 )

Other financial costs

(181 ) (181 )

Total expense

288 (2,367 ) (2,078 )

Net interest income

405 (966 ) (562 )

(1)

Variances caused by changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally to volume and rate.

(2)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

47


Table of Contents

Interest Earning Assets—Margin and Spread

The following table analyzes the levels of our average earning assets and illustrates the comparative gross and net yields and spread obtained for each of the years indicated.

December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

Average interest earning assets

531,337 525,914 511,789

Gross yield(1)

4.6 % 4.0 % 4.6 %

Net yield(2)

4.3 % 3.8 % 4.4 %

Net interest margin (3)

2.5 % 2.5 % 2.7 %

Average effective rate paid on all interest-bearing liabilities

2.4 % 1.7 % 2.2 %

Spread(4)

2.2 % 2.3 % 2.4 %

(1)

Gross yield represents total interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

(2)

Net yield represents total interest income divided by total average assets.

(3)

Net interest margin represents net interest income as percentage of average interest earning assets.

(4)

Spread is the difference between gross yield and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

ASSETS

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

As of December 31, 2011, interbank deposits represented 3.9% of our assets. Of such interbank deposits, 34.9% were held outside of Spain and 65.1% in Spain. We believe that our deposits are generally placed with highly rated banks and have a lower risk than many loans we could make in Spain. Such deposits, however, are subject to the risk that the deposit banks may fail or the banking system of certain of the countries in which a portion of our deposits are made may face liquidity or other problems.

Securities Portfolio

As of December 31, 2011, our securities were carried on our consolidated balance sheet at a carrying amount of 92,272 million, representing 15.4% of our assets. 30,115 million, or 32.6%, of our securities consisted of Spanish Treasury bonds and Treasury bills. The average yield during 2011 on investment securities that BBVA held was 4.6%, compared to an average yield of approximately 5.3% earned on loans and receivables during 2011. The market or appraised value of our total securities portfolio as of December 31, 2011, was 91,507 million. See Notes 10, 12 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of our investments in affiliates, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of the manner in which we value our securities, see Notes 2.2.1 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

48


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and market value of debt securities as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Trading portfolio is not included in the tables below because the amortized costs and fair values of these items are the same. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2011
Amortized
cost
Fair
Value(1)
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
(In Millions of Euros)

DEBT SECURITIES -

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

Domestic

25,023 23,522 183 (1,684 )

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

20,597 19,271 58 (1,384 )

Other debt securities

4,426 4,251 125 (300 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

3,307 3,140 80 (247 )

Issued by other institutions

1,119 1,111 45 (53 )

International

29,573 29,392 1,038 (1,219 )

Mexico

4,815 4,991 176

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

4,742 4,906 164

Other debt securities

73 85 12

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

59 70 11

Issued by other institutions

14 15 1

United States

7,355 7,363 243 (235 )

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

487 483 8 (12 )

States and political subdivisions

509 537 28

Other debt securities

6,359 6,343 207 (223 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

631 617 22 (36 )

Issued by other institutions

5,728 5,726 185 (187 )

Other countries

17,403 17,038 619 (984 )

Securities of other foreign Governments

11,617 11,296 345 (666 )

Other debt securities

5,786 5,742 274 (318 )

Issued by central banks

849 855 6

Issued by credit institutions

3,080 2,998 184 (266 )

Issued by other institutions

1,857 1,889 84 (52 )

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

54,596 52,914 1,221 (2,903 )

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

Domestic

7,373 6,848 1 (526 )

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

6,520 6,060 1 (461 )

Other debt securities

853 788 (65 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

255 244 (11 )

Issued by other institutions

598 544 (54 )

International

3,582 3,342 12 (252 )

Securities of other foreign Governments

3,376 3,149 9 (236 )

Other debt securities

206 193 3 (16 )

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

10,955 10,190 13 (778 )

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

65,551 63,104 1,234 (3,681 )

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the period. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

49


Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2010
Amortized
cost
Fair
Value(1)
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
(In Millions of Euros)

DEBT SECURITIES

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

Domestic

21,929 20,566 107 (1,470 )

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

16,543 15,337 58 (1,264 )

Other debt securities

5,386 5,229 49 (206 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

4,222 4,090 24 (156 )

Issued by other institutions

1,164 1,139 25 (50 )

International

30,109 30,309 1,080 (880 )

Mexico

9,653 10,106 470 (17 )

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

8,990 9,417 441 (14 )

Other debt securities

663 689 29 (3 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

553 579 28 (2 )

Issued by other institutions

110 110 1 (1 )

United States

6,850 6,832 216 (234 )

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

580 578 6 (8 )

States and political subdivisions

187 193 7 (1 )

Other debt securities

6,083 6,061 203 (225 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

2,981 2,873 83 (191 )

Issued by other institutions

3,102 3,188 120 (34 )

Other countries

13,606 13,371 394 (629 )

Securities of other foreign Governments

6,743 6,541 169 (371 )

Other debt securities

6,863 6,830 225 (258 )

Issued by central banks

944 945 1

Issued by credit institutions

4,431 4,420 177 (188 )

Issued by other institutions

1,488 1,465 47 (70 )

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

52,038 50,875 1,187 (2,350 )

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

Domestic

7,503 6,771 2 (734 )

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

6,611 5,942 2 (671 )

Other debt securities

892 829 (63 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

290 277 (13 )

Issued by other institutions

602 552 (50 )

International

2,443 2,418 16 (41 )

Securities of other foreign Governments

2,181 2,171 10 (20 )

Other debt securities

262 247 6 (21 )

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

9,946 9,189 18 (775 )

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

61,984 60,064 1,205 (3,125 )

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the period. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

50


Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2009
Amortized
cost
Fair
Value(1)
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
(In Millions of Euros)

DEBT SECURITIES

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

Domestic

24,577 24,869 487 (195 )

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

18,312 18,551 309 (70 )

Other debt securities

6,265 6,318 178 (125 )

International

31,868 32,202 1,067 (733 )

United States

6,804 6,805 174 (173 )

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

414 416 4 (2 )

States and political subdivisions

214 221 7

Other debt securities

6,176 6,168 163 (171 )

Other countries

25,064 25,397 893 (560 )

Securities of other foreign Governments

17,058 17,363 697 (392 )

Other debt securities

8,006 8,034 196 (168 )

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

56,445 57,071 1,554 (928 )

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

Domestic

2,626 2,624 29 (31 )

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

1,674 1,682 21 (13 )

Other debt securities

952 942 8 (18 )

Issued by central banks

Issued by credit institutions

342 344 (13 )

Issued by other institutions

610 598 (50 )

International

2,811 2,869 71 (13 )

Securities of other foreign Governments

2,399 2,456 64 (7 )

Other debt securities

412 413 7 (6 )

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

5,437 5,493 100 (44 )

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

61,882 62,564 1,654 (972 )

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the period. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2011 the carrying amount of the debt securities classified within the available for sale portfolio and the held to maturity portfolio by rating categories, were as follows:

As of December 31, 2011
Debt Securities
Available for Sale
Debt Securities
Held to Maturity
Carrying Amount
(In Millions of
Euros)
% Carrying Amount
(In Millions of
Euros)
%

AAA

3,022 5.7 % 364 3.3 %

AA+

5,742 10.9 % 83 0.8 %

AA

1,242 2.3 % 402 3.7 %

AA-

18,711 35.4 % 6,659 60.8 %

A+

735 1.4 % 40 0.4 %

A

2,320 4.4 % 3,156 28.8 %

A-

949 1.8 %

With rating BBB+ or below

14,212 26.9 % 160 1.5 %

Non-rated

5,980 11.3 % 92 0.8 %

TOTAL

52,913 100.0 % 10,956 100.0 %

51


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and market value of our ownership of equity securities as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Trading portfolio and investments in affiliated companies consolidated under the equity method are not included in the tables below because the amortized costs and fair values of these items are the same. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2011
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value(1)
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
(In Millions of Euros)

EQUITY SECURITIES

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

Domestic

3,838 4,304 468 (2 )

Equity listed

3,802 4,268 468 (2 )

Equity unlisted

36 36

International

999 926 18 (91 )

United States

601 591 2 (12 )

Equity listed

41 29 (12 )

Equity unlisted

560 562 2

Other countries

398 335 16 (79 )

Equity listed

320 246 5 (79 )

Equity unlisted

78 89 11

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

4,837 5,230 486 (93 )

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

4,837 5,230 486 (93 )

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

70,388 68,334 1,720 (3,774 )

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the year. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

As of December 31, 2010
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value(1)
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
(In Millions of Euros)

EQUITY SECURITIES

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

Domestic

3,403 4,608 1,212 (7 )

Equity listed

3,378 4,583 1,212 (7 )

Equity unlisted

25 25

International

927 973 71 (25 )

United States

605 662 56

Equity listed

11 13 1

Equity unlisted

594 649 55

Other countries

322 311 15 (25 )

Equity listed

258 240 7 (25 )

Equity unlisted

64 71 8

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

4,330 5,581 1,283 (32 )

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

4,330 5,581 1,283 (32 )

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

66,313 65,645 2,488 (3,157 )

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the year. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

52


Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2009
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value(1)
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
(In Millions of Euros)

EQUITY SECURITIES

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

Domestic

3,683 5,409 1,738 (12 )

Equity listed

3,657 5,383 1,738 (12 )

Equity unlisted

26 26

International

948 1,041 121 (28 )

United States

641 737 104 (8 )

Equity listed

16 8 (8 )

Equity unlisted

625 729 104

Other countries

307 304 17 (20 )

Equity listed

250 242 12 (20 )

Equity unlisted

57 62 5

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

4,631 6,450 1,859 (40 )

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

4,631 6,450 1,859 (40 )

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

66,513 69,014 3,513 (1,012 )

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the year. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

The following table analyzes the maturities of our debt investment and fixed income securities, excluding trading portfolio, by type and geographical area as of December 31, 2011.

Maturity at One
Year or Less
Maturity After
One Year to
Five Years
Maturity After
Five Years to
10 Years
Maturity After
10 Years
Total
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

DEBT SECURITIES

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE PORTFOLIO

Domestic

1,391 3.1 14,661 3.3 3,481 4.5 3,989 5.3 23,522

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

860 3.6 12,196 3.3 2,986 4.7 3,230 5.7 19,271

Other debt securities

531 2.4 2,465 3.5 495 3.6 760 4.3 4,251

International

3,416 5.4 11,153 7.6 4,178 7.2 10,644 5.5 29,392

Mexico

356 8.3 3,687 6.1 933 6.8 14 8.1 4,991

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

300 5.9 3,684 6.0 923 6.9 4,906

Other debt securities

56 9.3 4 9.5 10 6.5 14 8.1 85

53


Table of Contents
Maturity at One
Year or Less
Maturity After
One Year to
Five Years
Maturity After
Five Years to
10 Years
Maturity After
10 Years
Total
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount Yield %
(1)
Amount
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

United States

245 1.0 581 4.0 804 4.1 5,733 5.6 7,363

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

137 0.0 4 0.0 10 5.6 333 2.9 483

States and political subdivisions

10 6.3 76 6.3 147 6.4 304 7.0 537

Other debt securities

99 4.4 501 3.4 648 3.5 5,095 5.7 6,343

Other countries

2,814 4.2 6,886 8.9 2,441 8.4 4,898 5.0 17,038

Securities of other foreign Governments (2)

1,226 7.3 4,998 11.0 1,633 10.8 3,440 5.7 11,296

Other debt securities

1,588 3.3 1,888 4.4 808 3.8 1,458 4.5 5,742

TOTAL AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

4,807 4.7 25,815 5.0 7,660 5.9 14,633 5.4 52,914

HELD-TO-MATURITY PORTFOLIO

Domestic

115 5.0 1,702 3.5 2,238 4.2 3,318 5.0 7,373

Spanish government

36 5.0 1,078 3.2 2,087 4.3 3,318 5.0 6,520

Other debt securities

78 5.0 624 4.0 151 3.8 853

International

82 4.6 2,635 5.4 811 4.1 54 4.6 3,582

TOTAL HELD-TO-MATURITY

196 4.9 4,337 4.6 3,050 4.2 3,372 4.9 10,955

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

5,003 4.7 30,151 4.9 10,710 5.4 18,005 5.3 63,869

(1)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

(2)

Securities of other foreign Governments mainly include investments made by our subsidiaries in securities issued by the Governments of the countries where they operate.

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions

As of December 31, 2011, our total loans and advances to credit institutions amounted to 26,012 million, or 4.4% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and advances to credit institutions amounted to 26,107 million as of December 31, 2011, or 4.4% of our total assets.

Loans and Advances to Customers

As of December 31, 2011, our total loans and leases amounted to 359,855 million, or 60.2% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and leases amounted to 351,900 million as of December 31, 2011, or 58.9% of our total assets. As of December 31, 2011 our loans in Spain amounted to 198,948 million. Our foreign loans amounted to 160,907 million as of December 31, 2011. For a discussion of certain mandatory ratios relating to our loan portfolio, see “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Ratio” and “—Business Overview— Supervision and Regulation—Investment Ratio”.

54


Table of Contents

Loans by Geographic Area

The following table analyzes, by domicile of the customer, our net loans and leases as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Domestic

198,948 210,102 203,529

Foreign

Western Europe

32,445 23,139 23,333

Latin America

81,205 70,497 61,298

United States

41,222 38,649 37,688

Other

6,035 4,823 5,239

Total foreign

160,907 137,108 127,558

Total loans and leases

359,855 347,210 331,087

Valuation adjustments

(7,955 ) (8,353 ) (7,645 )

Total net lending

351,900 338,857 323,442

Loans by Type of Customer

The following table analyzes by domicile and type of customer our net loans and leases for each of the years indicated. The analyses by type of customer are based principally on the requirements of the regulatory authorities in each country.

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Domestic

Government

25,372 23,542 20,559

Agriculture

1,526 1,619 1,722

Industrial

16,286 17,452 16,805

Real estate and construction

29,261 29,944 36,584

Commercial and financial

21,800 23,409 17,404

Loans to individuals(1)

85,207 91,730 87,948

Other

19,496 22,406 22,507

Total domestic

198,948 210,102 203,529

Foreign

Government

9,718 7,682 5,660

Agriculture

3,315 2,358 2,202

Industrial

20,931 19,126 25,993

Real estate and construction

21,728 25,910 19,183

Commercial and financial

33,948 22,280 23,310

Loans to individuals

53,856 44,138 38,540

Other

17,411 15,614 12,670

Total foreign

160,907 137,108 127,558

Total loans and leases

359,855 347,210 331,087

Valuation adjustments

(7,955 ) (8,353 ) (7,645 )

Total net lending

351,900 338,857 323,442

(1)

Includes mortgage loans to households for the acquisition of housing.

55


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown, by currency, of our net loan portfolio for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

In euros

216,889 221,269 217,537

In other currencies

135,011 117,588 105,905

Total net lending

351,900 338,857 323,442

As of December 31, 2011, loans by BBVA and its subsidiaries to associates and jointly controlled companies amounted to 372 million, compared to 457 million as of December 31, 2010. Loans outstanding to the Spanish government and its agencies amounted to 25,372 million, or 7.1% of our total loans and leases as of December 31, 2011, compared to 23,542 million, or 6.78% of our total loans and leases as of December 31, 2010. None of our loans to companies controlled by the Spanish government are guaranteed by the government and, accordingly, we apply normal credit criteria in extending credit to such entities. Moreover, we carefully monitor such loans because governmental policies necessarily affect such borrowers.

Diversification in our loan portfolio is our principal means of reducing the risk of loan losses. We also carefully monitor our loans to borrowers in sectors or countries experiencing liquidity problems. Our exposure to our five largest borrowers as of December 31, 2011, excluding government-related loans, amounted to 20,448 million or approximately 5.7% of our total outstanding loans and leases. As of December 31, 2011 there did not exist any concentration of loans exceeding 10% of our total outstanding loans and leases, other than by category as disclosed in the chart above.

Maturity and Interest Sensitivity

The following table sets forth an analysis by maturity of our total loans and leases by domicile of the office that issued the loan and type of customer as of December 31, 2011. The determination of maturities is based on contract terms.

Maturity
Due in One Year
or Less
Due After One Year
Through Five Years
Due After Five
Years
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Domestic

Government

10,428 7,959 6,985 25,372

Agriculture

603 579 344 1,526

Industrial

12,012 2,878 1,396 16,286

Real estate and construction

15,710 3,863 9,688 29,261

Commercial and financial

11,532 3,860 6,408 21,800

Loans to individuals

9,786 16,670 58,751 85,207

Other

12,190 4,515 2,791 19,496

Total Domestic

72,261 40,324 86,363 198,948

Foreign

Government

1,322 2,458 5,938 9,718

Agriculture

1,797 1,145 373 3,315

Industrial

10,485 6,273 4,173 20,931

Real estate and construction

7,444 7,748 6,536 21,728

Commercial and financial

16,245 14,654 3,049 33,948

Loans to individuals

6,860 14,457 32,539 53,856

Other

9,053 6,078 2,280 17,411

Total Foreign

53,206 52,813 54,888 160,907

Total Loans and Leases

125,467 93,137 141,251 359,855

56


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our fixed and variable rate loans which had a maturity of one year or more as of December 31, 2011.

Interest Sensitivity of Outstanding Loans and
Leases Maturing in More  Than One Year
Domestic Foreign Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Fixed rate

28,423 46,263 74,686

Variable rate

98,265 61,438 159,702

Total loans and leases

126,687 107,701 234,388

Loan Loss Reserve

For a discussion of loan loss reserves, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for loan losses” and Note 2.2.1) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table provides information, by domicile of customer, regarding our loan loss reserve and movements of loan charge-offs and recoveries for periods indicated.

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009 2008(*) 2007(*)
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

Loan loss reserve at beginning of period

Domestic

4,935 4,853 3,765 2,899 1,666

Foreign

4,539 3,952 3,740 3,088 2,690

Total loan loss reserve at beginning of period

9,473 8,805 7,505 5,987 4,356

Loans charged off

Government and other Agencies

Real estate and loans to individuals and other

(1,822 ) (1,719 ) (936 ) (639 ) (361 )

Commercial and financial

(155 ) (56 ) (30 ) (16 ) (7 )

Total domestic

(1,977 ) (1,774 ) (966 ) (655 ) (368 )

Total foreign(1)

(2,062 ) (2,628 ) (2,876 ) (1,296 ) (928 )

Total loans charged off

(4,039 ) (4,402 ) (3,842 ) (1,951 ) (1,296 )

Provision for possible loan losses

Domestic

2,229 2,038 3,079 2,110 1,718

Foreign

2,299 2,778 2,307 2,035 1,321

Total provision for possible loan losses

4,528 4,816 5,386 4,145 3,039

Acquisition and disposition of subsidiaries

305 250

Effect of foreign currency translation

(123 ) 344 (29 ) (487 ) (420 )

Other

(674 ) (90 ) (216 ) (189 ) 58

Loan loss reserve at end of period

Domestic

4,714 4,935 4,853 3,765 2,899

Foreign

4,755 4,539 3,952 3,740 3,088

Total loan loss reserve at end of period

9,470 9,473 8,805 7,505 5,987

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

2.5 % 2.6 % 2.5 % 2.0 % 1.8 %

Net loan charge-offs a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

1.1 % 1.2 % 1.1 % 0.5 % 0.4 %

57


Table of Contents

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB.

(1)

Loans charged off in 2011 include 1,794 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others, 267 million related to commercial and financial loans and 1 million related to loans to governmental and non-governmental agencies. Loans charged off in 2011 include 1,847 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others, 776 million related to commercial and financial loans and 5 million related to loans to governmental and non-governmental agencies.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered to be remote, this amount is removed from the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions taken by the consolidated entities in order to collect the amount until their rights extinguish in full through expiry, forgiveness or for other reasons.

The loans charged off amounted to 4,039 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to 4,402 million as of December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in loans charged off in foreign countries.

Our loan loss reserves as a percentage of total loans and leases decreased to 2.5% as of December 31, 2011 from 2.6% as of December 31, 2010, principally due to an increase in loans and leases, mainly in South America, and as a result of the incorporation of Garanti, while provisions remained stable.

Substandard Loans

As described in Note 2.2.1) to the Consolidated Financial Statements, loans are considered to be impaired loans when there are reasonable doubts that the loans will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed upon, taking into account the guarantees received by the consolidated entities to assure (in part or in full) the performance of transactions.

Amounts collected in relation to impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the principal not yet repaid. The approximate amount of interest income on our substandard loans which was included in net income attributed to parent company in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 203.4 million, 203.5 million, 192.3 million, 149.7 million and 158.3 million, respectively.

The following table provides information regarding our substandard loans, by domicile and type of customer, as of the dates indicated:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009 2008(*) 2007(*)
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

SUBSTANDARD LOANS

Domestic

11,043 10,954 10,973 5,562 1,551

Public sector

130 111 61 79 116

Other resident sector

10,913 10,843 10,912 5,483 1,435

Foreign

4,642 4,518 4,338 2,979 1,814

Public sector

6 12 25 20 57

Non-resident sector

4,637 4,506 4,313 2,959 1,757

Total Substandard loans

15,685 15,472 15,311 8,541 3,366

Total loan loss reserve

(9,470 ) (9,473 ) (8,805 ) (7,505 ) (5,987 )

Substandard loans net of reserves

6,214 5,999 6,506 1,036 (2,621 )

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB. See “Item 3. Key information—Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Restatement”.

58


Table of Contents

Our total substandard loans amounted to 15,685 million as of December 31, 2011, a 1.4% increase compared to 15,472 million as of December 31, 2010.

As mentioned in Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, our loan loss reserve includes loss reserve for impaired assets and loss reserve for not impaired assets but which present an inherent loss. As of December 31, 2011, the loss reserve for impaired assets amounted to 6,378 million, a 5.6% decrease compared to 6,753 million as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, the loss reserve for not impaired assets amounted to 3,091 million, a 13.6% increase compared to 2,720 million as of December 31, 2010 due to the incorporation of Garanti and the increase of loans and receivables in South America.

The following table provides information, by domicile and type of customer, regarding our substandard loans and the loan loss reserves to customers taken for each substandard loan category, as of December 31, 2011.

Substandard
Loans
Loan Loss
Reserve
Substandard Loans
as a percentage of
Loans in Category
(In Millions of Euros)

Domestic

Government

130 (4 ) 0.5 %

Credit institutions

Other sectors

10,912 (4,191 ) 6.3 %

Agriculture

129 (42 ) 8.5 %

Industrial

751 (374 ) 4.6 %

Real estate and construction

5,473 (2,094 ) 18.7 %

Commercial and other financial

1,114 (518 ) 5.1 %

Loans to individuals

2,833 (748 ) 3.3 %

Other

612 (414 ) 3.1 %

Total Domestic

11,042 (4,195 ) 5.5 %

Foreign

Government

6 (6 ) 0.1 %

Credit institutions

32 (19 ) 0.1 %

Other sectors

4,605 (2,159 ) 3.0 %

Agriculture

180 (89 ) 5.4 %

Industrial

163 (110 ) 0.8 %

Real estate and construction

1,611 (369 ) 7.4 %

Commercial and other financial

884 (671 ) 2.6 %

Loans to individuals

1,580 (773 ) 2.9 %

Other

187 (147 ) 1.1 %

Total Foreign

4,643 (2,184 ) 2.5 %

General reserve

(3,091 )

Total substandard loans

15,685 (9,470 ) 4.1 %

Potential Problem Loans

The identification of “Potential problem loans” is based on the analysis of historical delinquency rates trends, categorized by products/clients and geographical locations. This analysis is focused on the identification of portfolios with delinquency rates higher than our average delinquency rates. Once these portfolios are identified, we segregate such portfolios into groups with similar characteristics based on the activities to which they are related, geographical location, type of collateral, solvency of the client and loan to value ratio.

59


Table of Contents

The delinquency rate in our domestic real estate and construction portfolio was 18.7% as of December 31, 2011, substantially higher than the average delinquency rate for all of our domestic activities (5.5%) and the average delinquency rate for all of our consolidated activities (4.0%) as of such date. Within such portfolio, construction loans and property development loans (which exclude mainly infrastructure and civil construction) had a delinquency rate of 20.9% as of such date. Given such delinquency rate, we performed an analysis in order to define the level of loan provisions attributable to these loan portfolios (see Note 2.2.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements). The table below sets forth additional information on our “Potential problem loans” and domestic substandard loans as of December 31, 2011:

Book Value Allowance for
Loan Losses
% of Loans in Each
Category to Total
Loans to Customers
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

Domestic(1)

Substandard loans

3,743 1,123 1.0 %

Potential problem loans

2,052 318 0.6 %

(1)

Potential problem loans outside of Spain as of December 31, 2011 were not significant.

Foreign Country Outstandings

The following table sets forth, as of the end of the years indicated, the aggregate amounts of our cross-border outstandings (which consist of loans, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in a currency other than the home-country currency of the office where the item is booked) where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 1% of our total assets as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Cross-border outstandings do not include loans in local currency made by our subsidiary banks to customers in other countries to the extent that such loans are funded in the local currency or hedged. As a result, they do not include the vast majority of the loans made by our subsidiaries in South America, Mexico and United States.

2011 2010 2009
Amount % of Total
Assets
Amount % of Total
Assets
Amount % of Total
Assets
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

United Kingdom

6,258 1.1 % 5,457 1.0 % 6,619 1.2 %

Mexico

1,885 0.3 % 2,175 0.4 % 3,218 0.6 %

Other OECD

7,521 1.3 % 5,674 1.0 % 5,761 1.1 %

Total OECD

15,664 2.6 % 13,306 2.4 % 15,598 2.9 %

Central and South America

3,161 0.5 % 3,074 0.6 % 3,296 0.6 %

Other

4,568 0.8 % 5,411 1.0 % 4,657 0.8 %

Total

23,393 3.9 % 21,791 3.9 % 23,551 4.4 %

The following table sets forth the amounts of our cross-border outstandings as of December 31 of each year indicated by type of borrower where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 1% of our total assets.

Governments Banks and
Other Financial
Institutions
Commercial,
Industrial
and Other
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

As of December 31, 2011

Mexico

31 210 1,644 1,885

United Kingdom

4,145 2,113 6,258

Total

31 4,355 3,757 8,143

60


Table of Contents
Governments Banks and
Other Financial
Institutions
Commercial,
Industrial
and Other
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

As of December 31, 2010

Mexico

51 1 2,123 2,175

United Kingdom

4,078 1,379 5,457

Total

51 4,079 3,502 7,632

As of December 31, 2009

Mexico

3 3 3,212 3,218

United Kingdom

4,933 1,686 6,619

Total

3 4,936 4,898 9,837

The Bank of Spain requires that minimum reserves be maintained for cross-border risk arising with respect to loans and other outstandings to countries, or residents of countries, falling into certain categories established by the Bank of Spain on the basis of the level of perceived transfer risk. The category that a country falls into is determined by us, subject to review by the Bank of Spain.

The following table shows the minimum required reserves with respect to each category of country for BBVA’s level of coverage as of December 31, 2011.

Categories(1)

Minimum
Percentage of
Coverage
(Outstandings
Within
Category)

Countries belonging to the OECD whose currencies are listed in the Spanish foreign exchange market

0.0

Countries with transitory difficulties(2)

10.1

Doubtful countries(2)

22.8

Very doubtful countries(2)(3)

83.5

Bankrupt countries(4)

100.0

(1)

Any outstanding which is guaranteed may be treated, for the purposes of the foregoing, as if it were an obligation of the guarantor.

(2)

Coverage for the aggregate of these three categories (countries with transitory difficulties, doubtful countries and very doubtful countries) must equal at least 35% of outstanding loans within the three categories. The Bank of Spain has recommended up to 50% aggregate coverage.

(3)

Outstandings to very doubtful countries are treated as substandard under Bank of Spain regulations.

(4)

Outstandings to bankrupt countries must be charged off immediately. As a result, no such outstandings are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing minimum required reserves, certain interbank outstandings with an original maturity of three months or less have minimum required reserves of 50%. We met or exceeded the minimum percentage of required coverage with respect to each of the foregoing categories.

Our exposure to borrowers in countries with difficulties (the last four categories in the foregoing table), excluding our exposure to subsidiaries or companies we manage and trade-related debt, amounted to 340 million, 311 million and 321 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These figures do not reflect loan loss reserves of 13.2%, 11.6%, and 30.5% respectively,

61


Table of Contents

against the relevant amounts outstanding at such dates. Deposits with or loans to borrowers in all such countries as of December 31, 2011 did not in the aggregate exceed 0.1% of our total assets.

The country-risk exposures described in the preceding paragraph as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 do not include exposures for which insurance policies have been taken out with third parties that include coverage of the risk of confiscation, expropriation, nationalization, non-transfer, non-convertibility and, if appropriate, war and political violence. The sums insured as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $58 million, $44 million and $14 million, respectively (approximately 45 million, 33 million and 10 million, respectively, based on a euro/dollar exchange rate on December 31, 2011 of $1.00 = 0.77, on December 31, 2010 of $1.00 = 0.75, and on December 31, 2009 of $1.00 = 0.69).

LIABILITIES

Deposits

The principal components of our customer deposits are domestic demand and savings deposits and foreign time deposits. The following tables provide information regarding our deposits by principal geographic area for the dates indicated, disregarding any valuation adjustments and accrued interest.

As of December 31, 2011
Customer
Deposits
Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
Other Credit
Institutions
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Total domestic

124,929 24,570 9,230 158,729

Foreign

Western Europe

37,136 8,098 27,547 72,781

Latin America

79,792 228 14,912 94,932

United States

37,199 241 6,318 43,757

Other

1,925 1,040 2,965

Total foreign

156,052 8,566 49,817 214,435

Total

280,981 33,136 59,047 373,164

As of December 31, 2010
Customer
Deposits
Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
Other Credit
Institutions
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Total domestic

133,033 2,779 8,867 144,679

Foreign

Western Europe

24,120 7,205 22,626 53,951

Latin America

72,015 96 14,758 86,869

United States

42,495 364 6,839 49,698

Other

3,178 543 3,855 7,576

Total foreign

141,808 8,208 48,078 198,094

Total

274,841 10,987 56,945 342,773

62


Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2009
Customer
Deposits
Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
Other Credit
Institutions
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Total domestic

97,023 15,352 7,692 120,067

Foreign

Western Europe

22,199 3,945 20,472 46,616

Latin America

63,027 423 11,857 75,307

United States

67,986 948 6,572 75,506

Other

3,148 428 2,352 5,928

Total foreign

156,360 5,744 41,253 203,357

Total

253,383 21,096 48,945 323,424

For an analysis of our deposits, including non-interest bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, saving deposits and time deposits, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2011, the maturity of our time deposits (excluding interbank deposits) in denominations of $100,000 (approximately 77,083 considering the noon buying rate as of December 30, 2011) or greater was as follows:

As of December 31, 2011
Domestic Foreign Total
(In Millions of Euros)

3 months or under

6,195 29,241 35,437

Over 3 to 6 months

6,553 4,076 10,629

Over 6 to 12 months

9,054 5,086 14,140

Over 12 months

9,839 5,793 15,632

Total

31,641 44,197 75,838

Time deposits from Spanish and foreign financial institutions amounted to 32,859 million as of December 31, 2011, substantially all of which were in excess of $100,000 (approximately 77,083 considering the noon buying rate as of December 31, 2011).

Large denomination deposits may be a less stable source of funds than demand and savings deposits because they are more sensitive to variations in interest rates. For a breakdown by currency of customer deposits as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Short-term Borrowings

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and promissory notes issued by us constituted the only categories of short-term borrowings that equaled or exceeded 30% of stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

63


Table of Contents
2011 2010 2009
Amount Average
Rate
Amount Average
Rate
Amount Average
Rate
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally Spanish Treasury bills)

As of December 31

59,738 2.1 % 39,587 2.0 % 26,171 2.4 %

Average during year

49,670 2.0 % 31,056 2.2 % 30,811 2.7 %

Maximum quarter-end balance

59,738 39,587 28,849

Bank promissory notes

As of December 31

2,362 1.8 % 13,215 0.9 % 29,578 0.5 %

Average during year

9,582 1.2 % 24,405 0.6 % 27,434 1.3 %

Maximum quarter-end balance

14,300 28,937 30,919

Bonds and Subordinated debt

As of December 31

11,736 3.9 % 11,041 2.6 % 13,236 2.5 %

Average during year

11,945 4.0 % 10,825 3.2 % 14,820 3.2 %

Maximum quarter-end balance

15,738 13,184 15,609

Total short-term borrowings as of December 31

73,835 2.3 % 63,844 1.9 % 68,985 1.6 %

Return on Equity

The following table sets out our return on equity ratios:

As of or for the
Year Ended December 31,

2011 2010 2009
(In Percentages)

Return on equity(1)

8.0 15.8 16.0

Return on assets(2)

0.6 0.9 0.9

Dividend pay-out ratio(3)

37.4 23.4 37.4

Equity to assets ratio(4)

6.8 5.9 5.5

(1)

Represents net income attributed to parent company for the year as a percentage of average stockholder’s funds for the year.

(2)

Represents net income attributed to parent company as a percentage of average total assets for the year.

(3)

Represents dividends declared by BBVA (including the cash remuneration paid under the “Dividendo Opción” scheme) as a percentage of net income attributed to parent company. This ratio does not take into account the non-cash remuneration paid by BBVA under the “Dividendo Opción” scheme (in the form of BBVA shares or ADSs). See “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends” and “Item 8. Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividends”.

(4)

Represents average total equity over average total assets.

F. Competition

The commercial banking sector in Spain has undergone significant consolidation. In the majority of the markets where we provide financial services, the Banco Santander Group is our largest competitor, but the restructuring process that it is taking place is expected to increase the size of certain banks, such as Bankia (an integration of seven regional saving banks, led by Caja Madrid and Bancaja) and La Caixa.

64


Table of Contents

We face strong competition in all of our principal areas of operations. The deregulation of interest rates on deposits in the past decade led to increased competition for large demand deposits in Spain and the widespread promotion of interest-bearing demand deposit accounts and mutual funds. The Bank of Spain, through its Circular 3/2011, of June 30, required that a higher contribution be made to the FGD in connection with deposits the remuneration of which exceeded certain thresholds dependent on the evolution of the Euribor. However, this new requirement only had a temporary effect on the moderation of interest rates.

Former Spanish savings banks, many of which have become banks and received financial or other support from the Spanish government, and money market mutual funds provide strong competition for savings deposits, particularly in the context of increasing interest rates of term deposits, which form an important part of our deposit base, and, in the case of savings banks, for other retail banking services. Credit cooperatives, which are active principally in rural areas, where they provide savings bank and loan services and related services such as the financing of agricultural machinery and supplies, are also a source of competition. In Spain, competition distortions in the term deposits market have intensified, and this situation is expected to continue due to the liquidity needs of some financial institutions, which are offering high interest rates.

The entry of on-line banks into the Spanish banking system has increased competition, mainly in customer funds businesses such as deposits. Insurance companies and other financial services firms also compete for customer funds. In addition, the high interest rates offered by Spanish public debt has made it a strong competitor to deposits. Like the commercial banks, savings banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms are expanding the services offered to consumers in Spain. We face competition in mortgage loans from saving banks and, to a lesser extent, cooperatives.

The EU Directive on Investment Services took effect on December 31, 1995. The EU Directive permits all brokerage houses authorized to operate in other member states of the EU to carry out investment services in Spain. Although the EU Directive is not specifically addressed to banks, it affects the activities of banks operating in Spain. Besides, several initiatives have been implemented recently in order to facilitate the creation of a Pan-European financial market. For example, SEPA (Single Euro Payments Area) is a major project which aims at replacing all existing payment systems—organized by the Member States with new, Pan-Euro systems and it is currently being implemented and the MiFID project (Markets in Financial Instruments Directive) aims to create a European framework for investment services.

Following the recent financial turmoil, a number of banks have disappeared or have been absorbed by other banks. The trend indicates that this will continue in the future, with a number of mergers and acquisitions between financial entities. In Spain, Royal Decree-Law 2/2012, of February 3, represents an additional step in the reform of the Spanish financial system which, with the purpose of achieving a stronger banking sector, is expected to intensify this process. In the U.S., the government has already facilitated the purchase of troubled banks by other competitors, and European governments, including the Spanish government, have expressed their willingness to facilitate these types of operations.

In the United States, where we operate through BBVA Compass, the competitive landscape has also been significantly affected by the financial crisis. The U.S. banking industry has experienced significant impairment on its assets in 2009, 2010 and 2011, which will result in continuing losses in select product categories and slow loan growth. Data published by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) in the Quarterly Banking Profile for the third quarter of 2011 suggests that the total delinquency rate for commercial banks declined slightly, but that net interest income declined for the third straight quarter. While commercial real estate delinquency declined from 7.1% in the third quarter of 2010 to 6.8% in the third quarter of 2011, residential delinquency declined only from 10.2%

65


Table of Contents

to 10.1% over such period, a level that is still stressed. Domestic loan levels at commercial banks generally declined as banks continued to progress in deleveraging. According to the FDIC Quarterly Banking Profile for the third quarter of 2011, the delinquency rates for both commercial real estate (CRE) and residential loans remains elevated. Our forecasts for the charge-off on CRE and residential loans suggest both will continue to improve through 2012 and 2013. We believe that improvement in banks’ asset quality is dependent on the evolution of the real estate market, while consumer and commercial and industrial charge-offs and delinquencies are closer to normal ranges.

In Mexico, where we operate through BBVA Bancomer, the banking industry remained solvent throughout the financial crisis. Total bank credit registered an annual growth rate in 2011 of 12.7% (9.1% in real terms), with an estimated annual growth rate for 2012 of 13.5 % (9.6% in real terms). We believe that these projections will materialize only if economic growth is positive and sustained.

In Mexico, changes in banking regulation could have a significant potential impact on competition. Rules to limit loans to firms within a certain financial group ( préstamos relacionados ) were adopted in March 2011. Such limits will impact some small banks of the system with strong connections with retail stores (for example, Inbursa and Banco Azteca). In addition, authorities have strengthened the measures to improve transparency and information about financial services by enacting new legislation that gives more powers to the central bank ( Banco de México ) to regulate interest rates and bank fees. It also gives more powers to the financial services consumer protection agency ( Comisión Nacional para la Defensa de los Usuarios de los Servicios Financieros, Condusef ) to set information requirements for bank account statements, product publicity, and contracts, and to improve financial education. The consolidation and restructuring of some non-banking financial intermediaries ( Sofoles ) will imply that some of them will go out of business or be acquired. Along these lines, the mortgage subsidiary of BBVA-Bancomer ( Hipotecaria Nacional ) acquired the portfolio of certain Sofoles in 2010.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Overview

The outlook for the global economy worsened over the last few months of 2011, driven mainly by lower than expected economic growth mainly in developed economies; the aggravation of the sovereign debt crisis in Europe, that has turned more systemic; the intensification of the connection between sovereign concerns and concerns over the health of the European financial system; and the increase of financial market volatility, triggered by higher global risk aversion, and spilling over to most risky assets and emerging economies for the first time since 2009.

In 2011, uncertainty and risks in the global economy increased due to renewed financial turmoil, particularly in Europe as a result of the doubts regarding the fiscal consolidation process in some countries. Europe is starting to experience the effects of persistently high financial tensions since September 2011, given the lack of substantial progress in the resolution of the sovereign and financial crisis (see Note 7.1.5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information concerning our sovereign exposure). On the other hand, the slowdown in emerging economies, apart from headwinds coming from developed economies, is partly the result of deliberate monetary policy tightening until the first half of 2011, designed to avoid overheating in their respective economies.

After a relatively good performance in the subprime and liquidity crises in 2009, the Spanish economy suffered the consequences of the peripheral sovereign crisis in 2010. The Greek, Irish and Portuguese rescue programs have spread doubts about the Spanish economy. Financial stress in

66


Table of Contents

Europe has increased the cost of financing of governments and financial institutions which, in some cases, have lost the access to international funding. As a result of this continued contraction, economic conditions and employment in Spain could deteriorate further in 2012. Our Economic Research Department estimates that the Spanish economy will shrink in terms of gross domestic product in 2012, with an estimated negative growth rate of 1.3%. Growth forecasts for the Spanish economy could be further revised downwards if measures adopted in response to the economic crisis are not as effective as expected.

In Europe, despite the concerns referred to above, recent data seems to point to a more balanced growth with a larger contribution of domestic demand, while net exports remains the key driver of economic growth. However, the loss of momentum in global growth now adds more uncertainty to the sustainability of the recovery, not only in the periphery but also in some core countries such as Germany. The sovereign debt crisis in Europe intensified since August 2011, and spilled into funding pressures in the financial sector. Financial tensions in Europe continue at levels higher than after the fall of Lehman Brothers in 2008. This, together with the effect of fiscal adjustment in peripheral countries, imply a downward revision of growth projections for Europe, which are -0.5% for 2012, with a slow rebound in 2013. Nonetheless, it is important to note that these projections depend on a fast resolution of the crisis and a notable reduction of financial stress, to avoid a sharper effect on growth. The difference between the performance of core countries and the periphery in Europe will continue to be large, partly because of the large fiscal adjustment in the latter.

We expect that the U.S. will show resilience in 2012, with an estimated annual growth rate of 2.3% in 2012 and 2.2% in 2013. However, this recovery is expected to be weaker than in historic post-recession cycles, and may be affected by the risks emanating from Europe and the domestic risk of high policy uncertainty, including a possible massive fiscal tightening in 2013 (as tax cuts expire and automatic spending cuts related to the debt ceiling limit agreement are implemented automatically). In addition, weak housing conditions, tight credit markets and ongoing deleverage will limit the pace of consumption growth. All in all, there are more risks to the downside than to the upside in the U.S.

Perspectives on the Mexican economy’s performance deteriorated throughout 2011, particularly toward the end of the year. The analysts’ consensus points to 2012 seeing Mexican GDP growth of around 3.1% (3.3% according to BBVA Research). Mexico is far from the source of the uncertainties affecting Europe, but negative spillover effects cannot be ruled out if sustained increases in the global risk premium continue and if the impact of European financial tensions in the U.S. results in a reduced demand of Mexican goods compared to 2011.

We believe emerging economies are heading for a soft landing, buttressed by strong domestic demand. The high confidence level has allowed domestic demand in emerging economies to hold up well, even as some of the effects of increased global risk aversion are felt in the financial markets in the region, through lower capital inflows, some impact on trade finance, reduced asset prices and lower exchange rates. In Latin America, inflation has increased in recent months in most countries. In China, overheating concerns have diminished while latest activity indicators show an increasing deceleration, which is still consistent with a soft-landing scenario. GDP growth for the fourth quarter of 2011 beat expectations (8.9% year-on-year compared to 9.1% year-on-year in the third quarter of 2011), underpinned by exports which, while slowing, are still high. This has helped ease fears of a hard landing by the Chinese economy, which would drag down the rest of Asia. In Turkey, the current account deficit has widened rising concerns about its vulnerability to a sudden stop of capital flows. Concerns are focused on the growth of trade partners, given Turkey’s external reliance on European demand.

In addition, one of Turkey’s challenges lies in the labor market situation, with a high unemployment rate (which is currently above 10%), affecting especially young people (with an unemployment rate of 25%).

67


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were prepared by the Bank’s directors in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and in compliance with IFRS-IASB, and by applying the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, so that they present fairly the Group’s equity and financial position as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and the consolidated cash flows in 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and by each of the other Group companies and include the adjustments and reclassifications required to unify the accounting policies and measurement bases used by the Group. (See Note 2.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements estimates were made by the Group and the consolidated companies in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments reported herein. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

The impairment on certain assets.

The assumptions used to quantify other provisions and for the actuarial calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments.

The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets.

The measurement of goodwill arising on consolidation.

The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities.

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, on the events analyzed, events that take place in the future might make it necessary to revise these estimates (upwards or downwards) in coming years.

Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains a summary of our significant accounting policies. We consider certain of these policies to be particularly important due to their effect on the financial reporting of our financial condition and because they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Our reported financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The nature of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing our Consolidated Financial Statements and the discussion below. We have identified the following accounting policies as critical to the understanding of our results of operations, since the application of these policies requires significant management assumptions and estimates that could result in materially different amounts to be reported if conditions or underlying circumstances were to change.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of an asset or a liability on a given date is taken to be the amount for which it could be exchanged or settled, respectively, between two knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of an asset or a liability is the price that would be paid for it on an organized, transparent and deep market (“quoted price” or “market price”).

68


Table of Contents

If there is no market price for a given asset or liability, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, by using mathematical measurement models sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. Such estimates would take into consideration the specific features of the asset or liability to be measured and, in particular, the various types of risk associated with the asset or liability. However, the limitations inherent to the measurement models developed and the possible inaccuracies of the assumptions required by these models may signify that the fair value of an asset or liability thus estimated does not coincide exactly with the price for which the asset or liability could be purchased or sold on the date of its measurement.

See Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies.

Derivatives and other future transactions

These instruments include outstanding foreign currency purchase and sale transactions, outstanding securities purchase and sale transactions, futures transactions relating to securities, exchange rates or interest rates, forward interest rate agreements, options relating to exchange rates, securities or interest rates and various types of financial swaps.

All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value from the date of arrangement. If the fair value of a derivative is positive, it is recorded as an asset and if it is negative, it is recorded as a liability. Unless there is evidence to the contrary, it is understood that on the date of arrangement the fair value of the derivatives is equal to the transaction price. Changes in the fair value of derivatives after the date of arrangement are recognized with a balancing entry under the heading “Gains or Losses on Financial Assets and Liabilities” in the consolidated income statement.

Specifically, the fair value of the standard financial derivatives included in the held for trading portfolios is equal to their daily quoted price. If, under exceptional circumstances, their quoted price cannot be established on a given date, these derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used to measure over-the-counter (“ OTC ”) derivatives.

The fair value of OTC derivatives is equal to the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instruments discounted at the measurement date (“present value” or “theoretical value”). These derivatives are measured using methods recognized by the financial markets, including the net present value (“ NPV ”) method and option price calculation models.

Financial derivatives that have as their underlying equity instruments, whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and are settled by delivery of those instruments, are measured at cost.

Financial derivatives designated as hedging items are included in the heading of the balance sheet “Hedging derivatives”. These financial derivatives are valued at fair value.

See Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies with respect to these instruments.

Goodwill in consolidation

Pursuant to the new IFRS 3, the positive difference on the date of a business combination between the sum of the fair value of the price paid, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of stock previously held in the acquired entity, on one hand, and the fair value of the

69


Table of Contents

assets acquired and liabilities assumed, on the other hand, is recorded as goodwill on the asset side of the balance sheet. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject periodically to an impairment analysis. Any impaired goodwill is written off.

Goodwill is allocated to one or more cash-generating units, or CGUs, expected to benefit from the synergies arising from business combinations. The CGUs units represent the Group’s smallest identifiable business and/or geographical segments as managed internally by its directors within the Group.

The CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment based on the carrying amount of the unit including the allocated goodwill. Such testing is performed at least annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a CGU to which a part or all of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that unit, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interest, shall be compared to its recoverable amount. The resulting loss shall be apportioned by reducing, firstly, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, secondly, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the rest of the assets. This shall be done by allocating the remaining loss in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the unit. In any case, impairment losses on goodwill can never be reversed.

See Notes 2.2.7 and 2.2.8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies related to goodwill.

As mentioned in Note 20.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group has performed the goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The results from each of these tests on the dates mentioned were as follows:

As of December 31, 2011, impairment losses of 1,444 million have been estimated in the United States CGU which have been recognized under “Impairment losses on other assets (net)—Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement for 2011. This loss is the result of a downward revision of the cash flows projections estimated for this CGU, as a result of the following factors:

the economic recovery is slower than expected and demand for loans is lower than forecasted; this, together with a low interest rate forecast imply a bigger than expected slowdown in net interest income growth; and

growing regulatory pressure, with the implementation of new regulations, will imply lower than expected fee income, mainly related to the use of credit cards, while operating costs will rise with respect to our initial expectations.

Both the U.S. CGU’s fair values and the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities are based on the estimates and assumptions that the Group’s management has deemed most likely given the circumstances. However, some changes to the valuation assumptions used could result in differences in the impairment test result. If the discount rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by up to 585 million and 671 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. If the growth rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by 517 million and 452 million, respectively, as of such date.

70


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, there were no impairment losses on the goodwill recognized in the Group’s CGUs, except for an insignificant impairment on the goodwill of the Spain CGU, related to the impairment on the investments in Rentrucks, Alquiler y Servicios de Transportes, S.A. and in BBVA Finanzia SpA (of 9 million and 4 million, respectively).

The most significant goodwill corresponds to the United States CGU. The recoverable amount of this CGU is equal to its value in use. This is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections estimated by our management based on the latest budgets available for the next five years. As of December 31, 2010, the Group used an estimated sustainable growth rate of 4.2% (4.3% as of December 31, 2009) to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity based on the U.S. real GDP growth rate. The discount rate used to discount the cash flows was the cost of capital of the CGU, which stood at 11.4% as of December 31, 2010 (11.2% as of December 31, 2009), consisting of the free risk rate plus a risk premium.

As of December 31, 2009, impairment losses of 1,097 million were estimated in the United States CGU which were recognized under “Impairment losses on other assets (net)—Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement for 2009 (see Note 50 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The impairment loss of this unit was attributed to the significant decline in economic and credit conditions in the states in which the Group operates in the United States. The valuations were verified by an independent expert, not related to the Group’s external auditor.

Both the U.S. CGU’s fair values and the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities were based on the estimates and assumptions that the Group’s management deemed most likely given the circumstances. However, some changes to the valuation assumptions used could result in differences in the impairment test result. As of December 31, 2009, if the discount rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by up to 573 million and 664 million, respectively. If the growth rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by 555 million and 480 million, respectively.

Post-employment benefits and other long term commitments to employees

Pension and post-retirement benefit costs and credits are based on actuarial calculations. Inherent in these calculations are assumptions including discount rates, rate of salary increase and expected return on plan assets. Changes in pension and post-retirement costs may occur in the future as a consequence of changes in interest rates, expected return on assets or other assumptions. See Note 2.2.12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies about pension and post-retirement benefit costs and credits.

Allowance for loan losses

As we describe in Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a loan is considered to be an impaired loan and, therefore, its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of its impairment when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which give rise to a negative impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was arranged. The potential impairment of these assets is determined individually or collectively.

Losses determined collectively are calculated using statistical procedures and are deemed equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific transactions.

The Group uses historic statistical data in its internal ratings models (“ IRBs ”), which were approved by the Bank of Spain for some portfolios in 2009, albeit only for the purpose of estimating

71


Table of Contents

regulatory capital under Basel II. It uses these internal models to calculate the economic capital required in its activities and uses the expected loss concept to quantify the cost of credit risk for incorporation in its calculation of the risk-adjusted return on capital of its operations.

These models allow us to estimate the expected loss of the credit risk of each portfolio during the one-year period after the relevant reporting date, taking into consideration the characteristics of the counterparty and the guarantees and collateral associated with the transactions.

The expected loss is calculated taking into account three factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

Exposure at default (“ EAD ”) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

Probability of default (“ PD ”) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The probability of default is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction. PD is measured using a time horizon of one year (i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year). The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and in cases where there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty. We assign a PD of 100% where there is a default.

Loss given default (“ LGD ”) is the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty and the valuation of the guarantees and collateral associated with the related transaction.

Once the PD is calculated, our models estimate the allowance for loan losses taking into account the LGD, according to the criteria set forth above. In order to calculate the LGD at each balance sheet date, we evaluate the estimated cash flows from the sale of the collateral by estimating its sale price (in the case of real estate collateral, we take into account declines in property values which could affect the value of such collateral, mainly in Spain) and its estimated cost of sale. In the event of a default, we become contractually entitled to the property at the end of the foreclosure process or when purchased from borrowers in distress, and recognize the collateral at its fair value. After the initial recognition of these non-current assets classified as held for sale or inventories, respectively, they are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less their estimated cost of sale.

The calculation of the expected loss also takes into account the “business cycle adjustment” of these factors, particularly PD and LGD. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation so as to capture representative information of the behavior of a given portfolio over a complete economic cycle. We implemented a methodology which complies with IFRS-IASB and is consistent with the Bank of Spain’s requirements for the determination of the level of provisions required to cover incurred losses.

The methodology for calculating the allowance for losses determined collectively seeks to identify the amounts of losses which, although incurred at the reporting date, have not yet been allocated to specific transactions and which the Group knows, on the basis of historical experience and other specific information, will arise following the reporting date.

The calculation of the incurred but not reported loss adjusts the expected loss taking into account two parameters:

The point-in-time parameter, which is an adjustment to eliminate the through-the-cycle component of the expected loss.

72


Table of Contents

The loss identification period (“ LIP ”), which is the time period between the occurrence of a specific impairment event and objective evidence of impairment becoming apparent on an individual basis—that is, the time between the loss event and the date on which we identify its occurrence.

However, the Bank of Spain requires that the calculation of the allowance for collective losses incurred must also be calculated based on the information provided by the Bank of Spain until the Spanish regulatory authority has verified and approved these internal models.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there is no material difference in the amount of allowances for loan losses calculated in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and IFRS-IASB.

The estimates of the portfolio’s inherent risks and overall recovery vary with changes in the economy, individual industries, countries and individual borrowers’ or counterparties’ ability and willingness to repay their obligations. The degree to which any particular assumption affects the allowance for credit losses depends on the severity of the change and its relationship to the other assumptions.

Key judgments used in determining the allowance for loan losses include: (i) risk ratings for pools of commercial loans and leases; (ii) market and collateral values and discount rates for individually evaluated loans; (iii) product type classifications for consumer and commercial loans and leases; (iv) loss rates used for consumer and commercial loans and leases; (v) adjustments made to assess current events and conditions; (vi) considerations regarding domestic, global and individual countries economic uncertainty; and (vii) overall credit conditions.

Cybersecurity and fraud management

The BBVA Group has established computer security controls to prevent and mitigate potential computer attacks that may materially affect the Group’s results. These controls are part of the risk assessment and mitigation system established in our corporate operational risk and internal control structure in order to ensure compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with a view to guaranteeing the proper identification and effective control of such risks. In the implementation, audit and review of such controls we have identified no material risk to our operations, owing to the effective mitigation of such risk as such security controls have provided.

We have divided identified risks into two categories distinguishing between risks that may affect the availability of our computer systems and their supporting processes and risks that may affect the confidentiality and integrity of the information processed by such systems.

Risks related to lack of availability are managed and mitigated through our Business Continuity Plans and our Systems Continuity Plans.

We have 126 Business Continuity Plans in operation across 25 countries. A number of such plans have been activated during the past year as a result of recent tornados and floods in the south of the United States, Mexico, Colombia and Venezuela, an earthquake in Lorca (Spain) and volcanic emissions in Patagonia (Argentina).

The European Union Critical Infrastructure Protection Directive was incorporated into Spanish law in 2011. We believe that BBVA is fully prepared to fulfill any possible obligations and requirements set forth therein.

73


Table of Contents

The risks identified that may affect the confidentiality and integrity of our information are managed and mitigated within the programs established throughout the BBVA Group in our respective Information security master plans. These plans are designed to mitigate prospective risks through a security model that includes Identity Management, Security Architectures, Monitoring Systems and Incident Management.

We believe that the services outsourced by the BBVA Group are not exposed to material cyber security risks.

The BBVA Group has not undergone any security incidents which individually or in the aggregate can be considered material.

For the type of business and operations carried out by the BBVA Group, we have identified no cyber security incident related risks that could remain undetected for an extended period of time and represent a material risk. Moreover, and with regard to any possible banking-related cyber security risks which might affect the Group, there is no public evidence of incidents occurring within the financial sector which might represent a material risk to the Group.

In 2011, fraud management in the various businesses segments and geographical areas has been focused primarily on fraud prevention and early detection of alerts through the use of technology. The Group has undertaken development of new projects for risk management efficiency improvements that will be executed in 2012.

A. Operating Results

Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk in that our reporting currency is the euro, whereas certain of our subsidiaries keep their accounts in other currencies, principally Mexican pesos, U.S. dollars, Argentine pesos, Chilean pesos, Colombian pesos, Venezuelan bolivars fuerte and New Peruvian Soles. For example, if Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar depreciate against the euro, when the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies are included in our consolidated financial statements, the euro value of their results declines, even if, in local currency terms, their results of operations and financial condition have remained the same or improved relative to the prior period. Accordingly, declining exchange rates may limit the ability of our results of operations, stated in euro, to fully describe the performance in local currency terms of our subsidiaries. By contrast, the appreciation of Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar against the euro would have a positive impact on the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies when their results of operations are included in our consolidated financial statements. We are also exposed to fluctuations of the Turkish lira and the Chinese yuan, as a result of our investments in Garanti and CIFH and CNCB, respectively.

The assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries which maintain their accounts in currencies other than the euro have been converted to the euro at the period-end exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Income statement items have been converted at the average exchange rates for the period. The following table sets forth the exchange rates of several Latin American currencies, the U.S. dollar, the Turkish lira and the Chinese yuan against the euro, expressed in local currency per 1.00 for 2011, 2010 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 according to the European Central Bank (“ ECB ”).

74


Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31,
Average Exchange Rates Period-end Exchange Rates
2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Mexican peso

17.29 16.75 18.80 18.05 16.55 18.92

U.S. dollar

1.39 1.33 1.39 1.29 1.34 1.44

Argentine peso

5.75 5.27 5.26 5.57 5.49 5.56

Chilean peso

672.04 675.68 777.60 674.76 625.39 730.46

Colombian peso

2,570.69 2,518.89 2,976.19 2,512.56 2,557.54 2,941.18

Peruvian new sol

3.83 3.75 4.19 3.49 3.75 4.16

Venezuelan bolivar

5.98 5.63 3.00 5.56 5.74 3.09

Turkish lira

2.34 2.00 2.16 2.44 2.07 2.15

Chinese yuan

8.99 8.97 9.53 8.16 8.82 9.84

During 2011, the Mexican peso depreciated, as to a lesser extent did the Argentinean peso. The Chilean peso appreciated against the euro on average terms but depreciated year-on-year as of December 31, 2011. In contrast, there was a year-on-year appreciation in the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2011 (though there was a depreciation of the U.S. dollar on average terms), as there was with the rest of the key Latin American currencies, the Turkish lira and the Chinese yuan. Overall, the effect of the exchange rates on the year-on-year comparison of the Group’s income statements and balance sheet is negative.

BBVA Group Results of Operations for 2011 Compared to 2010

The changes in the Group’s consolidated income statements for 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2011/2010
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Interest and similar income

24,188 21,134 14.5

Interest expense and similar charges

(11,028 ) (7,814 ) 41.1

Net interest income

13,160 13,320 (1.2 )

Dividend income

562 529 6.2

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

600 335 79.1

Fee and commission income

5,618 5,382 4.4

Fee and commission expenses

(1,058 ) (845 ) 25.2

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

1,114 1,441 (22.7 )

Net exchange differences

365 453 (19.4 )

Other operating income

4,247 3,543 19.9

Other operating expenses

(4,042 ) (3,248 ) 24.4

Gross income

20,566 20,910 (1.6 )

Administration costs

(9,104 ) (8,207 ) 10.9

Personnel expenses

(5,311 ) (4,814 ) 10.3

General and administrative expenses

(3,793 ) (3,393 ) 11.8

Depreciation and amortization

(847 ) (761 ) 11.3

Provisions (net)

(510 ) (482 ) 5.8

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

(4,226 ) (4,718 ) (10.4 )

Net operating income

5,879 6,742 (12.8 )

75


Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2011/2010
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

(1,885 ) (489 ) 285.5

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

46 41 12.2

Negative goodwill

1 (100.0 )

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

(270 ) 127 n.m. (1)

Income before tax

3,770 6,422 (41.3 )

Income tax

(285 ) (1,427 ) (80.0 )

Income from continuing transactions

3,485 4,995 (30.2 )

Income from discontinued transactions (net)

0.0

Net income

3,485 4,995 (30.2 )

Net income attributed to parent company

3,004 4,606 (34.8 )

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

481 389 23.7

(1)

Not meaningful.

The changes in our consolidated income statements for 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

Net interest income

The following table summarizes the principal components of net interest income for 2011 compared to 2010.

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2011/2010
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Interest income

24,188 21,134 14.5

Interest expense

(11,028 ) (7,814 ) 41.1

Net interest income

13,160 13,320 (1.2 )

Net interest income decreased 1.2% to 13,160 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 13,320 million for year ended December 31, 2010, due mainly to the upturn in interest rates in the Eurozone in 2011, which affected liability costs to a greater extent, and with a faster impact, than the return on assets. The decrease in net interest income is also the result of the extremely complex environment in which it has been produced, with restricted lending activity in Spain and more expensive wholesale funding due to the increased spread paid for Spain’s risk. The decrease in net interest income was modestly offset by the increased volume of business and sound price management in South America as well as the acquisition of Garanti in March 2011.

Dividend income

Dividend income increased 6.2% to 562 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 529 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to dividends from Telefónica, S.A.

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method increased to 600 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 335 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the increased profit of China National Citic Bank (“ CNCB ”).

76


Table of Contents

Fee and commission income

The breakdown of fee and commission income for 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2011/2010
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Commitment fees

157 133 18.7

Contingent liabilities

318 282 13.1

Letters of credit

54 45 20.6

Bank and other guarantees

264 237 11.7

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

25 19 31.1

Collection and payment services income

2,694 2,500 7.7

Bills receivable

66 60 10.7

Current accounts

360 402 (10.4 )

Credit and debit cards

1,619 1,384 17.0

Checks

229 263 (12.8 )

Transfers and others payment orders

294 274 7.1

Rest

125 117 7.2

Securities services income

1,645 1,651 (0.4 )

Securities underwriting

70 64 8.8

Securities dealing

200 181 10.4

Custody securities

330 357 (7.4 )

Investment and pension funds

904 898 0.7

Rest assets management

140 151 (7.2 )

Counseling on and management of one-off transactions

13 11 14.1

Financial and similar counseling services

56 60 (7.5 )

Factoring transactions

33 29 15.1

Non-banking financial products sales

97 102 (5.5 )

Other fees and commissions

581 595 (2.3 )

Fee and commission income

5,618 5,382 4.4

Fee and commission income increased 4.4% to 5,618 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 5,382 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due principally to increased fees linked to credit and debit cards ( 100 million originated by Garanti), which more than offset a decline in fees related to current accounts and checks.

Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of fee and commission expenses for 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2011/2010
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

4 5 (6.8 )

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

748 578 29.4

Credit and debit cards

609 449 35.5

Transfers and others payment orders

35 28 25.0

Securities dealing

16 16 5.3

Rest

88 85 3.0

Other fees and commissions

306 262 16.5

Fee and commission expenses

1,058 845 25.2

77


Table of Contents

Fee and commission expenses increased 25.2% to 1,058 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 845 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the increase in fees and commissions assigned to third party banking services, specifically credit and debit cards, and other fees and commissions.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities decreased by 22.7% to 1,114 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 1,441 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to declines in the value of assets as a result of market prices evolution, reduced customer activity and the absence of earnings from portfolio sales.

Net exchange differences decreased 19.4% to 365 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 453 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In the first half of 2011, the euro appreciated against the U.S. dollar due to the increasing spread between interest rates; however, in the second half of the year, the European debt crisis weakened the euro’s position. The combination of a stronger euro and the relative strength of emerging currencies against the U.S. dollar resulted in a generally unfavorable performance.

Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income amounted to 4,247 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a 19.9% increase compared to 3,543 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to increased income derived from insurance and reinsurance contracts.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011, amounted to 4,042 million, a 24.4% increase compared to the 3,248 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010 due primarily to higher contributions to deposit guarantee funds in the countries in which we operate and to increased provisions related to insurance and reinsurance contracts.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 20,566 million, a 1.6% decrease from the 20,910 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Administration costs

Administration costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 were 9,104 million, a 10.9% increase from the 8,207 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to the Group’s growth (mainly through the acquisition of our stake in Garanti) and expansion plans. Progress continues to be made in developing customer products and segments in franchises operating in emerging countries and in extending banking penetration to take advantage of economic growth. In contrast, in developed markets, BBVA focuses on improving customer relations and distribution efficiency. Additionally, investment in technology, personnel and brand awareness continues in the Bank as a whole.

78


Table of Contents

The table below provides a breakdown of personnel expenses for 2011 and 2010.

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2011/2010
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Wages and salaries

4,122 3,740 10.2

Social security costs

627 567 10.5

Transfers to internal pension provisions

51 37 38.2

Contributions to external pension funds

80 84 (4.9 )

Other personnel expenses

431 386 11.5

Personnel expenses

5,311 4,814 10.3

The table below provides a breakdown of general and administrative expenses for 2011 and 2010.

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 2011/2010
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Technology and systems

662 563 17.5

Communications

299 284 5.3

Advertising

378 345 9.6

Property, fixtures and materials

849 750 13.2

Of which: Rents expenses

475 397 19.4

Taxes other than income tax

359 322 11.7

Other expenses

1,246 1,129 10.4

Other administrative expenses

3,793 3,392 11.8

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 847 million an 11.3% increase compared to 761 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to the amortization of software and tangible assets for own use.

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 510 million, a 5.8% increase compared to 482 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily to cover early retirement benefits, other allocations to pension funds and transfers to provisions for contingent liabilities.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 4,226 million, a 10.4% decrease compared to the 4,718 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net) was negatively affected in 2009 and 2010 in Spain and in the United States by the significant increase in substandard loans, mainly as a result of the deterioration of the economic environment. Impairment on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011, continued to be impacted in Spain, Portugal and, to a lesser extent, in the United States by the challenging economic environment. The Group’s non-performing assets ratio was 4.0% as of December 31, 2011, compared to 4.1% as of December 31, 2010.

79


Table of Contents

Net operating income

Net operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 5,879 million, a 12.8% decrease from the 6,742 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Impairment on other assets (net)

Impairment on other assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 1,885 million, compared to the 489 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. Impairment on other assets (net) for 2011 includes impairment losses relating to goodwill of 1,444 million in the United States and provisions made for real estate and foreclosed assets.

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to a gain of 46 million, a 12.2% increase over the 41 million gain recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, amounted to a loss of 270 million, compared to a gain of 127 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, mainly as a result of an increase in write-downs on real estate investments and a decrease in the profits on sales and lease back operations which amounted to 67 million in 2011 compared to 273 million in 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 3,770 million, a 41.3% decrease from the 6,422 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Income tax

Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 285 million, an 80% decrease from the 1,427 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, due to lower income before tax, a decrease in tax expenses due to the amortization of certain goodwill arising from investments in foreign companies made prior to December 31, 2007, whose deductibility is contemplated in the European Union decision published on May 21, 2011, revenues with low or zero tax rates (basically dividends and equity accounted earnings), and the higher proportion of results coming from Latin America and Garanti, which carry a low effective tax rate.

Net income

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 3,485 million, a 30.2% decrease from the 4,995 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 3,004 million, a 34.8% decrease from the 4,606 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

80


Table of Contents

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 481 million, a 23.7% increase over the 389 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, principally due to the performance of Venezuela.

BBVA Group Results of Operations for 2010 Compared to 2009

The changes in the Group’s consolidated income statements for 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 2010/2009
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Interest and similar income

21,134 23,775 (11.1 )

Interest expense and similar charges

(7,814 ) (9,893 ) (21.0 )

Net interest income

13,320 13,882 (4.0 )

Dividend income

529 443 19.3

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

335 120 180.1

Fee and commission income

5,382 5,305 1.5

Fee and commission expenses

(845 ) (875 ) (3.4 )

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

1,441 892 61.4

Net exchange differences

453 652 (30.6 )

Other operating income

3,543 3,400 4.2

Other operating expenses

(3,248 ) (3,153 ) 3.0

Gross income

20,910 20,666 1.2

Administration costs

(8,207 ) (7,662 ) 7.1

Personnel expenses

(4,814 ) (4,651 ) 3.5

General and administrative expenses

(3,393 ) (3,011 ) 12.7

Depreciation and amortization

(761 ) (697 ) 9.2

Provisions (net)

(482 ) (458 ) 5.4

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

(4,718 ) (5,473 ) (13.8 )

Net operating income

6,742 6,376 5.7

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

(489 ) (1,618 ) (69.8 )

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

41 20 106.4

Negative goodwill

1 99 n.m.

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

127 859 (85.2 )

Income before tax

6,422 5,736 12.0

Income tax

(1,427 ) (1,141 ) 25.1

Income from continuing transactions

4,995 4,595 8.7

Income from discontinued transactions (net)

n.m.

Net income

4,995 4,595 8.7

Net income attributed to parent company

4,606 4,210 9.4

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

389 385 1.1

(1)

Not meaningful.

81


Table of Contents

The changes in our consolidated income statements for 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

Net interest income

The following table summarizes the principal components of net interest income for 2010 compared to 2009.

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 2010/2009
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Interest income

21,134 23,775 (11.1 )

Interest expense

(7,814 ) (9,893 ) (21.0 )

Net interest income

13,320 13,882 (4.0 )

Net interest income decreased 4.0% to 13,320 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 13,882 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to the decrease in yield on assets and the increase in the cost of liabilities. The decrease in yield on assets was due primarily to the fact that the decrease in market interest rates during 2009 was gradually reflected in the yield of variable rate mortgage loans during 2009, whereas in 2010 this decrease was largely completed at the beginning of the year, and affected most of 2010. Additionally, the Group made continued efforts to gradually increase the relative weight of lower risk and therefore lower yield, loans in its loan portfolio, including primarily private mortgages in all geographical areas in which BBVA operates and corporate and business loans, particularly in Mexico and the United States. On the other hand, the decrease in yield on assets was partially offset by the active management of our investments in debt instruments (adjusting the duration of debt portfolios and increasing debt portfolio income in net interest income). The increase in cost of liabilities was due primarily to the increase in volume of customer deposits and a higher cost of liabilities, given the competitive environment in Spain, where fierce competition resulted in higher rates being paid by banks (including BBVA) in order to attract deposits. Finally, an upward curve in interest rates in the euro area has had a faster impact on the cost of liabilities than on the yield of assets.

Dividend income

Dividend income increased 19.3% to 529 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 443 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to dividends from Telefónica, S.A. which increased from 1.0 to 1.3 per share.

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method increased to 335 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 120 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the increase in our share of profits of CNCB following our exercise in April 2010 of a purchase option to increase our holding of CNCB from 10% to 15%, and to a lesser extent, the increase of profit of CNCB.

82


Table of Contents

Fee and commission income

The breakdown of fee and commission income for 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 2010/2009
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Commitment fees

133 97 36.4

Contingent liabilities

282 260 8.1

Letters of credit

45 42 6.7

Bank and other guarantees

237 218 8.4

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

19 14 35.5

Collection and payment services income

2,500 2,573 (2.8 )

Bills receivable

60 77 (22.6 )

Current accounts

402 229 75.5

Credit and debit cards

1,384 1,386 (0.1 )

Checks

263 453 (41.9 )

Transfers and others payment orders

274 274 (0.0 )

Rest

117 154 (23.8 )

Securities services income

1,651 1,636 0.9

Securities underwriting

64 73 (12.4 )

Securities dealing

181 188 (3.5 )

Custody securities

357 304 17.4

Investment and pension funds

898 916 (2.0 )

Rest assets management

151 155 (2.4 )

Counseling on and management of one-off transactions

11 7 60.3

Financial and similar counseling services

60 43 38.3

Factoring transactions

29 27 8.2

Non-banking financial products sales

102 83 22.7

Other fees and commissions

595 565 5.2

Fee and commission income

5,382 5,305 1.5

Fee and commission income increased 1.5% to 5,382 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 5,305 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due principally to the increase of fees related to banking services, specifically account maintenance and management and contingent liabilities.

Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of fee and commission expenses for 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 2010/2009
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

5 7 (33.1 )

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

578 610 (5.2 )

Credit and debit cards

449 410 9.6

Transfers and others payment orders

28 31 (10.1 )

Securities dealing

16 21 (27.7 )

Rest

85 147 (42.1 )

Other fees and commissions

262 258 1.8

Fee and commission expenses

845 875 (3.4 )

83


Table of Contents

Fee and commission expenses decreased 3.4% to 845 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 875 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to the decrease in fees and commissions assigned to third parties, which mainly related to our pensions business in Chile.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities increased 61.4% to 1,441 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 892 for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to a general recovery in market activity, and the sale of financial instruments to adjust portfolio durations. In addition, we have profited from high price volatility in sovereign debt markets rotating the durations of the portfolios, which generated income without consuming the unrealized capital gains present in certain portfolios as of December 31, 2010.

Net exchange differences decreased 30.6% to 453 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 652 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due primarily to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte and losses in foreign currency trading.

Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income amounted to 3,543 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a 4.2% increase compared to 3,400 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to the increase of non-banking product sales, primarily real estate inventories sales and a greater contribution of the insurance business.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010, amounted to 3,248 million, a 3.0% increase compared to the 3,153 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to an adjustment for hyperinflation in Venezuela, the cost of sales, primarily real estate inventories sales, and a higher contribution to deposit guarantee funds in the countries in which we operate.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 20,910 million, a 1.2% increase over the 20,666 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Administration costs

Administration costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 were 8,207 million, a 7.1% increase from the 7,662 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to an increase in rent expenses related to the sale and leaseback of certain properties located in Spain during the third quarter of 2009, an increase in costs associated with image and brand identity (including new sponsorship arrangements with the U.S. National Basketball Association) and an increase related to growth plans in substantially all the geographical areas in which the Group operates. This investment process is accompanied by a gradual increase of the Group’s workforce in almost all of its areas, which has resulted in an increase in personnel expenses of 3.5% to 4,814 million for 2010 from 4,651 million for 2009. The table below provides a breakdown of personnel expenses for 2010 and 2009.

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 2010/2009

(In Millions of Euros)

(in %)

Wages and salaries

3,740 3,607 3.7

Social security costs

567 531 6.8

Transfers to internal pension provisions

37 44 (15.9 )

Contributions to external pension funds

84 68 23.5

Other personnel expenses

386 401 (3.7 )

Personnel expenses

4,814 4,651 3.5

84


Table of Contents

The table below provides a breakdown of general and administrative expenses for 2010 and 2009.

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 2010/2009
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Technology and systems

563 577 (2.4 )

Communications

284 254 11.8

Advertising

345 262 31.7

Property, fixtures and materials

750 643 16.6

Of which: Rents expenses

397 304 30.6

Taxes other than income tax

322 266 21.1

Other expenses

1,129 1,009 11.9

Other administrative expenses

3,393 3,011 12.7

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 761 million a 9.2% increase compared to 697 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to the amortization of software and tangible assets for own use.

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 482 million, a 5.4% increase compared to 458 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to a significant increase in the provisions for substandard contingent liabilities primarily related to guarantees given on behalf of our clients. In addition, provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2009 were positively impacted by higher provision recoveries.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 4,718 million, a 13.8% decrease compared to the 5,473 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009. Impairment on financial assets (net) was negatively affected in 2009 in Spain and in the United States by the significant increase in substandard loans from 8,540 million as of December 31, 2008 to 15,312 million as of December 31, 2009, mainly as a result of the deterioration of the economic environment. Impairment on financial assets (net) in 2010 continues to be impacted in Spain and in the United States by the challenging economic environment. The Group’s non-performing assets ratio was 4.1% as of December 31, 2010 compared to 4.3% as of December 31, 2009.

Net operating income

Net operating income for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 6,742 million, a 5.7% increase over the 6,376 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Impairment on other assets (net)

Impairment on other assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 489 million, a 69.8% decrease from the 1,618 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009. Impairment on other assets (net) for 2009 included impairment changes for goodwill of 1,097 million attributed to the significant decline in economic and credit conditions in the states in which the Group operates in the United States, whereas 2010 did not include any significant goodwill impairment changes. In addition, loan-loss provisions for foreclosures and real estate assets were increased as a result of the deterioration of the real estate business.

85


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to a gain of 41 million, an increase from the 20 million gain recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Negative goodwill

Negative goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to a gain of 1 million compared to a gain of 99 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Negative goodwill for 2009 was due to the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty.

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, was 127 million, a decrease of 85.2% million compared to 859 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2010 and 2009 there were capital gains of 273 million and 914 million, respectively, generated by the sale of 164 and 971 fixed assets, respectively (mainly branch offices and various individual properties) to a third-party real estate investor. BBVA signed a sale and leaseback long-term contract with such investor, which includes an option to repurchase the properties at fair values, exercisable by the Group on the agreed dates (in most cases, the termination date of each lease agreement).

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 6,422 million, a 12.0% increase from the 5,736 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Income tax

Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 1,427 million, a 25.1% increase from the 1,141 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to higher income before tax and higher expenses tax.

Net income

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 4,995 million, an 8.7% increase from the 4,595 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 4,606 million, a 9.4% increase from the 4,210 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 389 million, a 1.1% increase over the 385 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, principally due to exchange rate impacts.

86


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Business Area for 2011 Compared to 2010

SPAIN

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

4,399 4,878 (9.8 )

Net fees and commissions

1,468 1,672 (12.2 )

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

19 2 n.m. (1)

Other operating income and expenses (net)

471 504 (6.5 )

Gross income

6,357 7,055 (9.9 )

Administrative costs

(2,702 ) (2,717 ) (0.5 )

Depreciation and amortization

(98 ) (97 ) 0.9

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(1,711 ) (1,316 ) 30.0

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

70 237 (70.6 )

Income before tax

1,914 3,160 (39.4 )

Income tax

(550 ) (902 ) (39.0 )

Net income

1,364 2,258 (39.6 )

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

(0 ) (2 ) (90.0 )

Net income attributed to parent company

1,363 2,255 (39.5 )

(1)

Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 4,399 million, a 9.8% decrease compared to the 4,878 million recorded for 2010, due mainly to the upturn in interest rates in the Eurozone in 2011, which affected liability costs to a greater extent, and with a faster impact, than the return on assets. The decrease in net interest income is also the result of the extremely complex environment in which it has been produced, with restricted lending activity in Spain and more expensive wholesale funding due to the increased spread paid for Spain’s risk.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,468 million for 2011, a 12.2% decrease from the 1,672 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the application of loyalty-based reductions to a greater number of customers and the fall in the volume of managed mutual funds.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 19 million compared with the 2 million gain recorded for 2010. The positive effect of exchanges differences ( 51 million in 2011 compared with 3 million in 2010) was partially offset by the higher net losses on financial assets ( 32 million in 2011 compared with 1 million in 2010).

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 471 million, a 6.5% decrease from the 504 million gain recorded for 2010, primarily due to the increased contributions to the Deposit Guarantee Fund.

87


Table of Contents

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011 was 6,357 million, a 9.9% decrease from the 7,055 million recorded for 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 were 2,702 million, a 0.5% decrease from the 2,717 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the decline in general and personnel expenses.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 1,711 million, a 30.0% increase from the 1,316 million recorded for 2010 which is mainly attributable to the deterioration of the economic situation. This business area’s non-performing assets ratio remained stable during 2011 and was 4.8%, as of December 31, 2011, due to the decrease in loans and advances to customers and in substandard loans due to the write-off.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was 1,914 million, a 39.4% decrease from the 3,160 million recorded in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 550 million, a 39.0% decrease from the 902 million recorded in 2010, primarily as result of the decrease in income before tax.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was 1,363 million, a 39.5% decrease from the 2,255 million recorded in 2010.

EURASIA

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

801 345 132.1

Net fees and commissions

391 236 66.1

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

105 132 (20.8 )

Other operating income and expenses (net)

655 367 78.4

Gross income

1,952 1,080 80.7

Administrative costs

(599 ) (278 ) 115.8

Depreciation and amortization

(45 ) (17 ) 165.1

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(149 ) (89 ) 66.3

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

11 (20 ) n.m. (1)

Income before tax

1,170 675 73.3

Income tax

(143 ) (88 ) 61.7

Net income

1,027 587 75.0

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

1 (100.0 )

Net income attributed to parent company

1,027 588 74.8

(1)

Not meaningful.

88


Table of Contents

The importance of this area is increasing both in terms of earnings and our balance sheet, primarily due to the contribution of Garanti starting in March 2011 and the increase of earnings from CNCB.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 801 million, a 132.1% increase compared to the 345 million recorded for 2010.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 391 million for 2011, a 66.1% increase from the 236 million recorded for 2010.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains and financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 was 105 million, a 20.8% decrease compared with the 132 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the negative impact of exchange rates.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 655 million, a 78.4% increase from the 367 million gain recorded for 2010, primarily due to the growing contribution of CNCB.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011 was 1,952 million, an 80.7% increase from the 1,080 million recorded for 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 were 599 million, a 115.8% increase over the 278 million recorded for 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 149 million, a 66.3% increase from the 89 million recorded for 2010. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio increased to 1.5% as of December 31, 2011 from 0.9% as of December 31, 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was 1,170 million, a 73.3% increase from the 675 million recorded in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 143 million, a 61.7% increase from the 88 million recorded in 2010, primarily as result of the increase in income before tax.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was 1,027 million, a 74.8% increase from the 588 million recorded in 2010.

89


Table of Contents

MEXICO

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

3,827 3,688 3.8

Net fees and commissions

1,194 1,233 (3.2 )

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

302 395 (23.4 )

Other operating income and expenses (net)

227 179 26.8

Gross income

5,550 5,496 1.0

Administrative costs

(1,905 ) (1,813 ) 5.1

Depreciation and amortization

(107 ) (86 ) 23.7

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(1,180 ) (1,229 ) (4.0 )

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(60 ) (87 ) (30.7 )

Income before tax

2,299 2,281 0.8

Income tax

(555 ) (570 ) (2.6 )

Net income

1,744 1,711 2.0

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

(3 ) (4 ) (32.4 )

Net income attributed to parent company

1,741 1,707 2.0

As discussed above under “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition”, in 2011 the Mexican peso depreciated against the euro, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for 2011.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 3,827 million, a 3.8% increase from the 3,688 million recorded for 2010, due primarily to increased business activity, with greater volumes of lending and customer funds, and sound price management.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,194 million for 2011, a 3.2% decrease from the 1,233 million recorded for 2010, primarily as a result of the exchange rate effect. Assuming constant exchange rates, this income remained at the same level as in the previous year.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 amounted to 302 million, a 23.4% decrease from the 395 million for 2010, primarily due to the lower intermediation income received as a result of the financial markets situation.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011, was a gain 227 million, a 26.8% increase from the 179 million gain recorded for 2010, principally due to growth in the insurance business.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011, was 5,550 million, a 1.0% increase from the 5,496 million recorded for 2010 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 4.3% increase).

90


Table of Contents

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 amounted to 1,905 million, a 5.1% increase from the 1,813 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to a three-year expansion and transformation plan implemented by BBVA Bancomer to take advantage of the long-term growth opportunities offered by the Mexican market.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 1,180 million, a 4.0% decrease from the 1,229 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the recovery in economic conditions in Mexico. However, the business area’s non-performing assets ratio increased to 3.5% as of December 31, 2011 from 3.2% as of December 31, 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was 2,299 million, a 0.8% increase from the 2,281 million recorded for 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 555 million, a 2.6% decrease from the 570 million recorded for 2010.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was 1,741 million, a 2.0% increase from the 1,707 million recorded for 2010.

SOUTH AMERICA

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

3,164 2,495 26.8

Net fees and commissions

1,077 957 12.6

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

477 514 (7.2 )

Other operating income and expenses (net)

(261 ) (168 ) 55.3

Gross income

4,457 3,797 17.4

Administrative costs

(1,884 ) (1,537 ) 22.6

Depreciation and amortization

(158 ) (131 ) 20.5

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(449 ) (419 ) 7.2

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(89 ) (40 ) 120.0

Income before tax

1,877 1,670 12.4

Income tax

(390 ) (397 ) (1.7 )

Net income

1,487 1,273 16.8

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

(480 ) (383 ) 25.3

Net income attributed to parent company

1,007 889 13.2

91


Table of Contents

As discussed above under “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition”, the average exchange rates of the currencies of the countries in which we operate in South America, except for the Chilean peso, against the euro, decreased in 2011, resulting in a negative impact on the results of operations of the South America business area expressed in euro.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 3,164 million, a 26.8% increase from the 2,495 million recorded in 2011, mainly due to the increase in volume of customer loans and deposits during the period, combined with sound price management.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,077 million in 2011, a 12.6% increase from the 957 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the increasing pace of business in most of the countries throughout region.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2011 were 477 million, a 7.2% decrease from the 514 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the negative impact of exchange differences.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011, was a loss of 261 million, a 55.3% increase from the loss of 168 million recorded for 2010, principally due to the impact of Venezuela as a hyperinflationary economy since 2009.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, the gross income of this business area in 2011 was 4,457 million, a 17.4% increase from the 3,797 million recorded in 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2011 were 1,884 million, a 22.6% increase from the 1,537 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the implementation of growth plans.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business area in 2011 was 449 million, a 7.2% increase from the 419 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the growth of loans and advances to customers. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio decreased to 2.2% as of December 31, 2011 from 2.5% as of December 31, 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area in 2011 amounted to 1,877 million, a 12.4% increase compared to the 1,670 million recorded in 2010.

92


Table of Contents

Income tax

Income tax of this business area in 2011 was 390 million, a 1.7% decrease from the 397 million recorded in 2010 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 2.3% increase).

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area in 2011 was 1,007 million, a 13.2% increase from the 889 million recorded in 2010 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 16.2% increase).

UNITED STATES

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

1,590 1,794 (11.4 )

Net fees and commissions

632 651 (2.9 )

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

140 156 (10.6 )

Other operating income and expenses (net)

(85 ) (50 ) 70.1

Gross income

2,277 2,551 (10.7 )

Administrative costs

(1,321 ) (1,318 ) 0.3

Depreciation and amortization

(170 ) (199 ) (14.8 )

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(346 ) (703 ) (50.9 )

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(1,501 ) (22 ) n.m. (1)

Income before tax

(1,061 ) 309 n.m. (1)

Income tax

339 (69 ) n.m. (1)

Net income

(722 ) 239 n.m. (1)

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

n.m. (1)

Net income attributed to parent company

(722 ) 239 n.m. (1)

(1)

Not meaningful.

As discussed above under “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition”, in 2011 the U.S. dollar depreciated against the euro on average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement in 2011.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 1,590 million, an 11.4% decrease from the 1,794 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the strategies implemented by the business area to reduce the loan portfolio risk. Our developer and construction portfolios, which have high interest rates but also represents high risks, have contracted significantly, while mortgage loans and individual loans and lending to the industrial and commercial sector, which entail a lower risk and therefore have a narrower spread, grew.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area in 2011 were 632 million, a 2.9% decrease from the 651 million recorded in 2010, due primarily to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 1.1% increase).

93


Table of Contents

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2011 were 140 million, a 10.6% decrease from the 156 million recorded in 2010, mainly due to the turmoil in the markets.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area in 2011 were a loss of 85 million, compared to a loss of 50 million recorded in 2010 mainly due to higher contributions to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area in 2011 was 2,277 million, a 10.7% decrease from the 2,551 million recorded in 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2011 were 1,321 million, a 0.3% increase from the 1,318 million recorded in 2010.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2011 was 170 million, a 14.8% decrease from 199 million in 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business area for 2011 was 346 million, a 50.9% decrease from the 703 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the improvement in the loan-book mix. The non-performing assets ratio of this business area as of December 31, 2011 decreased to 3.6% from 4.4% as of December 31, 2010.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2011 reflected losses of 1,501 million, compared to the 22 million losses recorded for 2010, due primarily to impairment losses for goodwill (totaling 1,444 million). This goodwill adjustment is of an accounting nature and does not have any negative impact on the liquidity or capital adequacy of either the business area or the Group.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the income before tax of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 1,061 million, compared to a gain of 309 million recorded in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 339 million, compared to a loss of 69 million recorded in 2010, due to the loss before tax referred to above.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 722 million, compared to a gain of 239 recorded in 2010.

94


Table of Contents

CORPORATE ACTIVITIES

Year Ended December 31,
2011 2010 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

(621 ) 121 n.m. (1)

Net fees and commissions

(202 ) (211 ) (4.4 )

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

437 696 (37.2 )

Other operating income and expenses (net)

359 326 10.0

Gross income

(27 ) 932 n.m. (1)

Administrative costs

(692 ) (544 ) 27.1

Depreciation and amortization

(269 ) (229 ) 17.1

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(392 ) (961 ) (59.2 )

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(1,050 ) (870 ) 20.7

Income before tax

(2,430 ) (1,673 ) 45.2

Income tax

1,015 600 69.0

Net income

(1,415 ) (1,073 ) 31.9

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

2 n.m. (1)

Net income attributed to parent company

(1,413 ) (1,072 ) 31.8

(1)

Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 621 million compared to a gain of 121 million recorded in 2010. Net interest income has been negatively affected by the rising cost of wholesale finance.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to a loss of 202 million for 2011, a 4.4% decrease from the 211 million loss recorded for 2010.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 were a gain of 437 million, a 37.2% decrease from the 696 million gain recorded in 2010, primarily due to the absence of earnings from portfolio sales and the loss of value of the assets as a result of the turmoil in the markets.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 359 million, a 10.0% increase from the 326 million gain recorded in 2010. It is primarily composed of Telefónica, S.A.’s dividends, which increased from 1.30 per share in 2010 to 1.52 per share in 2011.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 27 million, compared with a gain of 932 million in 2010.

95


Table of Contents

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 were 692 million, a 27.1% increase from the 544 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the increase in costs associated with certain investments that are currently being undertaken including for the upgrading of systems, infrastructure and image and brand identity.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2011 was 269 million, a 17.1% increase from the 229 million recorded in 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 392 million compared with 961 million recorded for 2010, when higher provisions for loan losses were made to increase the Group’s coverage ratio in light of the adverse economic conditions.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2011 was a loss of 1,050 million, a 20.7% increase from a loss of 870 million for 2010, primarily due to an increase in provisions for foreclosed assets and real estate assets designed to maintain coverage at an adequate level.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 2,430 million, compared to a loss of 1,673 million in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 1,015 million in income, a 69.0% increase from 600 million in income recorded for 2010.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 1,413 million, compared to a loss of 1,072 million in 2010.

96


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Business Area for 2010 Compared to 2009

SPAIN

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

4,878 5,571 (12.4 )

Net fees and commissions

1,672 1,763 (5.2 )

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

2 2 (8.8 )

Other operating income and expenses (net)

504 539 (6.6 )

Gross income

7,055 7,875 (10.4 )

Administrative costs

(2,717 ) (2,747 ) (1.1 )

Depreciation and amortization

(97 ) (97 ) 0.6

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(1,316 ) (1,822 ) (27.8 )

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

237 681 (65.3 )

Income before tax

3,160 3,890 (18.8 )

Income tax

(902 ) (1,085 ) (16.8 )

Net income

2,258 2,805 (19.5 )

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

(2 ) (4 ) (38.0 )

Net income attributed to parent company

2,255 2,801 (19.5 )

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 4,878 million, a 12.4% decrease compared to the 5,571 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the decrease in yield on assets, whereas the cost of liabilities increased.

The decrease in yield on assets was due primarily to the fact that the decrease in market interest rates during 2009 was gradually reflected in the yield of variable mortgage loans during the year 2009, whereas at the beginning of 2010 this decrease was largely completed and affected most of 2010. Additionally, this business area made continued efforts to gradually increase the relative weight of loan portfolios with lower risk and, therefore, lower spread (for example, mortgage loans) instead of loan portfolios with higher risk (for example, customer loans). The increase in cost of liabilities was due primarily to the increase in volume of customer deposits and the higher cost of liabilities given the competitive environment in Spain where fierce competition resulted in higher rates being paid by banks (including BBVA) in order to attract deposits. Finally, the upward curve in interest rates in the euro area has had a faster impact on the cost of liabilities than on the yield on assets.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,672 million for 2010, a 5.2% decrease from the 1,763 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the application of loyalty-based reductions to a greater number of customers and the fall in the volume of managed mutual funds.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for both 2010 and 2009 was approximately 2 million.

97


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 504 million, a 6.6% decrease from the 539 million gain recorded for 2009, primarily due to the lower earnings of our insurance activity.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010 was 7,055 million, a 10.4% decrease from the 7,875 million recorded for 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 was 2,717 million, a 1.1% decrease from the 2,747 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the decline in general and administrative expenses, principally through continued streamlining of the branch network, and the Group’s transformation plan, which helped to reduce wages and salaries.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 1,316 million, a 27.8% decrease from the 1,822 million recorded for 2009. Although credit conditions generally worsened in Spain during 2010 (including as a result of the continuous decrease in value of domestic real estate collateral), our charge-offs related to our domestic portfolio declined during the year for several reasons. First, the base for estimating incurred losses determined collectively in performing loans remained relatively stable compared with 2009. Second, the domestic NPA ratio declined modestly during 2010 (4.8% as of December 31, 2010 compared with 4.9% as of December 31, 2009), following the significant jump in the domestic NPA ratio in 2009, which resulted in fewer charge-offs being required in respect of incurred losses in impaired loans. Finally, our new credit quality requirements implemented in 2010 both improved our recovery rates and, by focusing on products with lower risk, our product mix, resulting in a significantly lower level of domestic charge-offs for 2010 compared with 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 3,160 million, an 18.8% decrease from the 3,890 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 902 million, a 16.8% decrease from the 1,085 million recorded in 2009, primarily as result of the decrease in income before tax.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 2,255 million, a 19.5% decrease from the 2,801 million recorded in 2009.

98


Table of Contents

EURASIA

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

345 387 (10.7 )

Net fees and commissions

236 222 5.9

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

132 131 0.7

Other operating income and expenses (net)

367 212 72.9

Gross income

1,080 953 13.4

Administrative costs

(278 ) (258 ) 7.9

Depreciation and amortization

(17 ) (20 ) (13.1 )

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(89 ) (45 ) 99.0

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(20 ) (19 ) 5.5

Income before tax

675 611 10.5

Income tax

(88 ) (139 ) (36.3 )

Net income

587 472 24.2

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

1 80.8

Net income attributed to parent company

588 473 24.3

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 345 million, a 10.7% decrease compared to the 387 million recorded for 2009, principally due to the decrease in the activity of foreign branches, mainly the Brussels and London branches.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 236 million for 2011, a 5.9% increase from the 222 million recorded for 2009.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 132 million compared with the 131 million gain recorded for 2009.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 367 million, a 72.9% increase from the 212 million gain recorded for 2009, primarily due to the growing contribution of CNCB.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010 was 1,080 million, a 13.4% increase from the 953 million recorded for 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 were 278 million, a 7.9% increase over the 258 million recorded for 2009.

99


Table of Contents

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 89 million, a 99.0% increase from the 45 million recorded for 2009. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio increased to 0.9% as of December 31, 2010 from 0.7% as of December 31, 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 675 million, a 10.5% increase from the 611 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 88 million, a 36.3% decrease from the 139 million recorded in 2009.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 588 million, a 24.3% increase from the 473 million recorded in 2009.

MEXICO

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

3,688 3,307 11.5

Net fees and commissions

1,233 1,077 14.5

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

395 370 6.6

Other operating income and expenses (net)

179 116 54.8

Gross income

5,496 4,870 12.8

Administrative costs

(1,813 ) (1,489 ) 21.8

Depreciation and amortization

(86 ) (65 ) 32.5

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(1,229 ) (1,525 ) (19.4 )

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(87 ) (21 ) n.m. (1)

Income before tax

2,281 1,770 28.8

Income tax

(570 ) (411 ) 38.8

Net income

1,711 1,360 25.8

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

(4 ) (2 ) 89.5

Net income attributed to parent company

1,707 1,357 25.7

(1)

Not meaningful.

In 2010, the average Mexican peso-to-euro exchange rate decreased compared to the average exchange rate in 2009 resulting in a positive exchange rate effect on the income statement for 2010.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 3,688 million, an 11.5% increase from the 3,307 million recorded for 2009, due primarily to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 0.7% decrease due to the decrease in market interest rates).

100


Table of Contents

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,233 million for 2010, a 14.5% increase from the 1,077 million recorded 2009 primarily as a result of the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates there would have been a 1.9% increase, due primarily to the increased transactional services fees and to greater fees related to securities and our pension fund administration business, Afore BBVA Bancomer).

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2010 amounted to 395 million, a 6.6% increase from the 370 million for 2009, primarily as a result of the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 5.1% decrease, principally due to market volatility).

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010, was a gain of 179 million, a 54.8% increase from the 116 million gain recorded for 2009, principally due to growth in the insurance business.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010, was 5,496 million, a 12.8% increase from the 4,870 million recorded for 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 0.5% increase).

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 amounted to 1,813 million, a 21.8% increase from the 1,489 million recorded for 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 8.4% increase), primarily due to a three-year expansion and transformation plan implemented by BBVA Bancomer to take advantage of the long-term growth opportunities offered by the Mexican market.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 1,229 million, a 19.4% decrease from the 1,525 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the recovery in economic conditions in Mexico. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio decreased to 3.2% as of December 31, 2010 from 4.3% as of December 31, 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 2,281 million, a 28.8% increase from the 1,770 million recorded for 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 570 million, a 38.8% increase from the 411 million recorded for 2009, principally due to an increase in the tax rate in Mexico as of January 1, 2010.

101


Table of Contents

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 1,707 million, a 25.7% increase from the 1,357 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, the increase would have been 11.9%).

SOUTH AMERICA

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

2,495 2,566 (2.8 )

Net fees and commissions

957 908 5.4

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

514 405 26.7

Other operating income and expenses (net)

(168 ) (242 ) (30.7 )

Gross income

3,797 3,637 4.4

Administrative costs

(1,537 ) (1,465 ) 5.0

Depreciation and amortization

(131 ) (115 ) 14.1

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(419 ) (431 ) (2.8 )

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(40 ) (52 ) (22.1 )

Income before tax

1,670 1,575 6.0

Income tax

(397 ) (404 ) (1.7 )

Net income

1,273 1,171 8.6

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

(383 ) (392 ) (2.1 )

Net income attributed to parent company

889 780 14.1

The appreciation in 2010 of all the currencies in the countries in which we operate in South America against the euro (except for the Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte, which was devalued at the beginning of 2010, and the average exchange rate of the Argentine peso) positively affected the results of operations of certain of our Latin American subsidiaries in euro terms. However, the impact of the devaluation of Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte is higher than the positive effect of the appreciation of most of the rest of the currencies and, therefore, movements in exchange rates had a negative overall impact on this business area’s volume of business, balance sheet and, to a lesser extent, earnings in 2010.

Net interest income

Net interest income in 2010 was 2,495 million, a 2.8% decrease from the 2,566 million recorded in 2009. This decrease was primarily due to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 11.1% increase), which offset an increase of interest income mainly due to the increase in volume of customer loans during the period in all geographical regions of this business area.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 957 million in 2010, a 5.4% increase from the 908 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the decrease in fees and commissions paid to third parties mainly related to our pensions business in Chile.

102


Table of Contents

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2010 were 514 million, a 26.7% increase from the 405 million recorded in 2009, primarily as a result of the valuation of U.S. dollar positions in Venezuela due to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte and the appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the euro.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010, was a loss of 168 million, a 30.7% decrease from the loss of 242 million recorded for 2009, principally due to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar peso fuerte and to the impact of Venezuela having been a hyperinflationary economy since 2009.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, the gross income of this business area in 2010 was 3,797 million, a 4.4% increase from the 3,637 million recorded in 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2010 were 1,537 million, a 5.0% increase from the 1,465 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the implementation of growth plans.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business area in 2010 was 419 million, a 2.8% decrease from the 431 million recorded in 2009. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio decreased to 2.5% as of December 31, 2010 from 2.7% as of December 31, 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area in 2010 amounted to 1,670 million, a 6.0% increase compared to the 1,575 million recorded in 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 11.3% increase).

Income tax

Income tax of this business area in 2010 was 397 million, a 1.7% decrease from the 404 million recorded in 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 2.0% increase).

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area in 2010 was 889 million, a 14.1% increase from the 780 million recorded in 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 16.5% increase).

103


Table of Contents

THE UNITED STATES

Year Ended December 31,
2010 2009 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

1,794 1,679 6.8

Net fees and commissions

651 612 6.4

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

156 155 0.7

Other operating income and expenses (net)

(50 ) (34 ) 44.9

Gross income

2,551 2,412 5.8

Administrative costs

(1,318 ) (1,159 ) 13.7

Depreciation and amortization

(199 ) (205 ) (3.1 )

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(703 ) (1,424 ) (50.6 )

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(22 ) (1,051 ) (97.9 )

Income before tax

309 (1,428 ) n.m. (1)

Income tax

(69 ) 478 n.m. (1)

Net income

239 (950 ) n.m. (1)

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

n.m. (1)

Net income attributed to parent company

239 (950 ) n.m. (1)

(1)

Not meaningful.

The average U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate in 2010 was higher than the average exchange rate in 2009, resulting in a positive exchange rate effect on the income statement in 2010.

In addition, as explained in “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Expenditures” on August 21, 2009, BBVA Compass acquired certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank (“ Guaranty ”) from the FDIC through a public auction for qualified investors. This acquisition affects the comparability of the figures in 2010 since these assets and liabilities were included in our balance sheet, and therefore generated interest income and expenses, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to only approximately four months (from the August 21 acquisition date to December 31, 2009) in 2009.

Net interest income

Net interest income in 2010 was 1,794 million, a 6.8% increase from the 1,679 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of Guaranty referred to above and the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 1.3% increase).

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area in 2010 were 651 million, a 6.4% increase from the 612 million recorded in 2009, due primarily to the integration of Guaranty and the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 0.3% increase).

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2010 were 156 million, a 0.1% increase compared to those recorded in 2009.

104


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area in 2010 were a loss of 50 million, compared to a loss of 34 million recorded in 2009 mainly due to higher contributions to the deposit guarantee fund.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area in 2010 was 2,551 million, a 5.8% increase from the 2,412 million recorded in 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2010 were 1,318 million, a 13.7% increase from the 1,159 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the integration of Guaranty and the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 8.0% increase).

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2010 was 199 million, a 3.1% decrease from 205 million in 2009.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 703 million, a 50.6% decrease from the 1,424 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the fact that impairment on financial assets (net) was negatively affected in 2009 by the write-off of impaired assets as a result of the significant deterioration of economic and credit conditions in the states of the United States in which the business area operates. The value of collateral was lower than the commercial real estate loan portfolio value and, as a consequence, a write-off for the difference and additional provisions were set aside in 2009 to maintain the coverage ratio comparable to that of the prior year. The non-performing assets ratio of this business area as of December 31, 2010 increased to 4.4% from 4.2% as of December 31, 2009.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2010 reflected losses of 22 million, compared to the 1,051 million losses recorded for 2009. This item was negatively affected in 2009 due primarily to impairment losses for goodwill ( 1,097 million) attributed to the significant deterioration in economic and credit conditions in the states of the United States in which the business area operates.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 309 million, compared to a loss of 1,428 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income before tax of this business area for 2010 was a loss of 68 million compared to a gain of 478 million recorded in 2009 due to the loss before tax referred to above.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 239 million, compared to a loss of 950 recorded in 2009.

105


Table of Contents

CORPORATE ACTIVITIES

Year Ended December 31,

2010 2009 Change
(In Millions of Euros) (in %)

Net interest income

121 372 (67.5 )

Net fees and commissions

(211 ) (152 ) 38.6

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

696 480 44.9

Other operating income and expenses (net)

326 219 48.7

Gross income

932 919 1.4

Administrative costs

(544 ) (544 ) (0.0 )

Depreciation and amortization

(229 ) (195 ) 17.9

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(961 ) (226 ) n.m. (1)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

(870 ) (637 ) 36.6

Income before tax

(1,673 ) (683 ) 144.8

Income tax

600 419 43.2

Net income

(1,073 ) (264 ) n.m. (1)

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

13 (97.8 )

Net income attributed to parent company

(1,072 ) (251 ) n.m. (1)

(1)

Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 121 million, a 67.5% decrease from the 372 million recorded in 2009. Net interest income in 2011 was negatively affected by the end of the recovery in mortgage lending following the fall in interest rates in 2009, and by upward pressure in the interest rate curve in the Eurozone.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to a loss of 211 million for 2010, a 38.6% increase from the 152 million loss recorded for 2009, primarily due to an increase in issuance fees paid to underwriters by the Group.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2010 were a gain of 696 million, a 44.9% increase over the 480 million gain recorded in 2009, primarily due to an increase in sales of financial assets from the ALCO portfolio, which has generated significant capital gains by taking advantage of price volatility in the sovereign bond markets during the first half of 2010.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 326 million, a 48.7% increase from the 219 million gain recorded in 2009. It is primarily composed of dividends from Telefónica, S.A. which increased from 1.0 to 1.3 per share.

106


Table of Contents

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 932 million, a 1.4% increase from the 919 million gain recorded in 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 were 544 million, equal to those recorded in 2009.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2010 was 229 million, a 17.9% increase from the 195 million recorded in 2009.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 961 million compared to 226 million recorded for 2009, principally due to continuing provisions for loan losses designed to increase the Group’s coverage ratio in light of economic conditions.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2010 was a loss of 870 million, a 36.6% increase from a loss of 637 million for 2009, primarily due to an increase in provisions for foreclosed assets and real estate assets designed to maintain coverage at an adequate level.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was a loss of 1,673 million, compared to a loss of 683 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 600 million in income, a 43.2% increase from 419 million in income recorded for 2009.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was a loss of 1,072 million, compared to a loss of 251 million in 2009.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity risk management and controls are explained in Note 7.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, information on outstanding contractual maturities of assets and liabilities is provided in Note 7.5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For information concerning our short-term borrowing, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Selected Statistical Information—LIABILITIES—Short-term Borrowings”.

Liquidity and finance management of the BBVA Group’s balance sheet seeks to fund the growth of the banking business at suitable maturities and costs, using a wide range of instruments that provide access to a large number of alternative sources of finance. A core principle in the BBVA Group’s

107


Table of Contents

liquidity and finance management is the financial independence of its banking subsidiaries. This aims to ensure that the cost of liquidity is correctly reflected in price formation and that there is sustainable growth in the lending business.

Our principal source of funds is our customer deposit base, which consists primarily of demand, savings and time deposits. In addition to relying on our customer deposits, we also access the interbank market (overnight and time deposits) and domestic and international capital markets for our additional liquidity requirements. To access the capital markets, we have in place a series of domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium- and long-term debt. We also generally maintain a diversified portfolio of liquid assets and securitized assets. Another source of liquidity is our generation of cash flow. Finally, we supplement our funding requirements with borrowings from the Bank of Spain and from the European Central Bank (“ ECB ”). See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on our borrowings from central banks.

The following table shows the balances as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 of our principal sources of funds (including accrued interest, hedge transactions and issue expenses):

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Deposits from central banks

33,147 11,010 21,166

Deposits from credit institutions

59,356 57,170 49,146

Customer deposits

282,173 275,789 254,183

Debt certificates

81,930 85,179 99,939

Subordinated liabilities

15,419 17,420 17,878

Other financial liabilities

7,879 6,596 5,624

Total

479,904 453,164 447,936

Customer deposits

Customer deposits amounted to 282,173 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to 275,789 million as of December 31, 2010 and 254,183 million as of December 31, 2009. The increase from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 was primarily caused by an increase in short-term time deposits in the domestic sector and relatively low-cost funds in the non-domestic sector.

Our customer deposits, excluding assets sold under repurchase agreements, amounted to 237,686 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to 234,302 million as of December 31, 2010 and 239,193 million as of December 31, 2009.

Amounts due to credit institutions

Amounts due to credit institutions, including central banks, amounted to 92,503 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to 68,180 million as of December 31, 2010 and 70,312 million as of December 31, 2009. The increase as of December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010, was related to repurchase agreements and increased deposits from central banks, mainly from the ECB long-term financing.

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Deposits from Credit Entities

59,356 57,170 49,146

Deposits from Central Banks

33,147 11,010 21,166

Total due to Credit Institutions

92,503 68,180 70,312

108


Table of Contents

Capital markets

We have continued making debt issuances in the domestic and international capital markets in order to finance our activities and as of December 31, 2011 we had 81,930 million of senior debt outstanding, comprising 74,429 million in bonds and debentures and 7,501 million in promissory notes and other securities, compared to 85,179 million, 71,964 million and 13,215 million outstanding as of December 31, 2010, respectively ( 99,939 million, 70,357 million and 29,582 million outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2009). See Note 23.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, we had a total of 12,781 million in subordinated debt and 1,760 million in preferred securities outstanding as of December 31, 2011, compared to 11,569 million and 5,202 million outstanding as of December 31, 2010, respectively. The decrease on preferred securities is due to the exchange offer described in Note 23.4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements by BBVA, which amounted to 3,430 million.

The breakdown of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities by entity issuer, maturity, interest rate and currency is disclosed in Appendix VIII of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following is a breakdown as of December 31, 2011 of the maturities of our debt certificates (including bonds) and subordinated liabilities, disregarding any valuation adjustments and accrued interest:

Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
years
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Debt certificates (including bonds)

2,032 1,880 11,361 45,904 17,144 78,321

Subordinated liabilities

110 38 4,893 9,500 14,541

Total

2,032 1,990 11,398 50,797 26,644 92,862

Generation of Cash Flow

We operate in Spain, Mexico, the United States and over 30 other countries, mainly in Europe, Latin America, and Asia. Our banking subsidiaries around the world, including BBVA Compass, are subject to supervision and regulation by a variety of regulatory bodies relating to, among other things, the satisfaction of minimum capital requirements. The obligation to satisfy such capital requirements may affect the ability of our banking subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, to transfer funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, under the laws of the various jurisdictions where our subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, are incorporated, dividends may only be paid out of funds legally available therefor. For example, BBVA Compass is incorporated in Alabama and under Alabama law it is not able to pay any dividends without the prior approval of the Superintendent of Banking of Alabama if the dividend would exceed the total net earnings for the year combined with the bank’s retained net earnings of the preceding two years.

Even where minimum capital requirements are met and funds are legally available therefore, the relevant regulator could advise against the transfer of funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, for prudence reasons or otherwise.

There is no assurance that in the future other similar restrictions will not be adopted or that, if adopted, they will not negatively affect our liquidity. The geographic diversification of our businesses, however, could help to limit the effect on the Group any restrictions that could be adopted in any given country.

109


Table of Contents

We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements and to pursue our planned business strategies.

See Note 53 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Capital

Under the Bank of Spain’s capital adequacy regulations as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we were required to have a ratio of consolidated stockholders’ equity to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items (net of certain amounts) of not less than 8%. As of December 31, 2011, this ratio was 10.9%, down from 11.9% as of December 31, 2010, and our stockholders’ equity exceeded the minimum level required by 36.5%, down from 48.5% at the prior year end. As of December 31, 2009, this ratio was 12.9% and our stockholders’ equity exceeded the minimum level required by 37.9%.

Based on the framework of the Basel II and using such additional assumptions as we consider appropriate, we have estimated that as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 our consolidated Tier I risk-based capital ratio was 10.3%, 10.5% and 9.4%, respectively, and our consolidated total risk-based capital ratio (consisting of both Tier I capital and Tier II capital) was 12.9%, 13.7% and 13.6%, respectively. The Basel II recommends that these ratios be at least 4% and 8%, respectively.

The BBVA Group is taking steps to adapt to the ongoing regulatory changes, in particular with respect to the new capital requirements. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Us and Our Business—We are subject to substantial regulation, and regulatory and governmental oversight. Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements”. For qualitative and quantitative information on the principal risks we face, including market, credit, and liquidity risks as well as information on funding and treasury policies and exchange rate risk, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

In 2011, we continued to foster the use of new technologies as a key component of our global development strategy. We explored new business and growth opportunities, focusing on three major areas: emerging technologies; asset capture/exploitation; and the customer as the focal point of its banking business.

The BBVA Group is not materially dependent on the issuance of patents, licenses and industrial, mercantile or financial contracts or on new manufacturing processes in carrying out its business purpose.

D. Trend Information

The European financial services sector is likely to remain competitive. Further consolidation in the sector (through mergers, acquisitions or alliances) is likely as the other major banks look to increase their market share or combine with complementary businesses or via acquisition of distressed entities. It is foreseeable that regulatory changes will take place in the future that will diminish barriers to such consolidation transactions. However, some of the hurdles that should be dealt with are the result of local preferences, such as consumer protection rules. If there are clear local consumer preferences, leading to specific local consumer protection rules, the same products cannot be sold across all the

110


Table of Contents

jurisdictions in which the Group operates, which reduces potential synergies. Certain challenges, such as the Value Added Tax regime for banks, do not however, relate to the interest or preferences of consumers.

The new Value Added Tax regime for banks is consistent with a more general trend of increasing pressure on financial systems. Within the Euro area, several countries are imposing new taxes on the financial industry, such as bank levies, financial activity taxes or financial transactions taxes. Differing tax regimes could set incentives for banks to operate, or transactions to take place, in those geographies where the tax pressure is lower. The implementation of new regulations in countries where we operate which results in increased tax pressure, or our inability to operate in geographies where the tax pressure is lower, could have a material impact on our profitability.

Regarding consumer protection rules, initiatives such as the review of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MIFID) or the EU Commission consultation on the legislative steps for the Packaged Retail Investment Products (PRIPs) proposal could entail significant costs for our operations. In addition, it is unclear whether these initiatives will be applied equally across European countries, and differences in the implementation of these initiatives could affect the level-playing-field in the industry.

Regarding MIFID, on October 20, 2011, the European Commission presented a legislative proposal to review the MIFID in order to set clearer and more comprehensive rules across all financial instruments, in line with G-20 recommendations and specific U.S. Dodd-Frank Act provisions. The current proposal includes enhanced transparency requirements concerning trading activities in equity markets, tougher rules for algorithmic and high frequency trading activities and stricter requirements for portfolio management, investment advice and the offer of complex financial products such as structured products. These stricter rules on investment advice include, among others, telephone recordings, stricter categorization of clients, limits to “execution only” services for retail clients and stricter information duties for complex products. According to estimates published by the European Commission, the MIFID review is estimated to impose initial compliance costs of between 512 and 732 million and ongoing costs of between 312 and 586 million per year in the aggregate for participants in the EU banking sector. This represents an impact for initial and ongoing costs of 0.10% to 0.15% and 0.06% to 0.12%, respectively, of total operating spending in the EU banking sector. However, banking industry estimates are higher since the European Commission’s estimates do not account for all costs associated with the implementation of the MIFID review, including IT costs to be incurred in order to comply with the new transparency requirements. In addition, the MIFID review represents an overhaul of our business model, mainly regarding our investment advice services.

Regarding PRIPs, the measures planned by the European Commission aim to achieve higher transparency in the packaged retail investment products sector by requiring that certain mandatory information is made available to investors prior to making an investment decision and imposing stricter commercial practices. The MIFID provisions are considered to be a benchmark on conduct of business and the management of conflicts of interest. The preparation and provision to investors of the proposed mandatory information, as well as the revision of our commercial practices and the monitoring of the implementation of the new rules, are expected to entail costs for BBVA.

The following are the most important trends, uncertainties and events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us or that would cause the financial information disclosed herein not to be indicative of our future operating results or financial condition:

the prolonged downturn in the Spanish economy and sustained unemployment above historical averages;

the restructuring and consolidation of the Spanish banking sector;

111


Table of Contents

doubts about European economies (both peripheral and core Eurozone economies) may continue in 2012 affecting financial markets;

uncertainties relating to the sustainability of any recovery in economic growth and interest rate cycles, especially in the United States, where the high current account deficit of the U.S. economy may translate into an upward adjustment of risk premium and higher global interest rates;

the fragility of the recovery from the financial crisis triggered by defaults on subprime mortgages and related asset-backed securities in the United States which has significantly disrupted the liquidity of financial institutions and markets;

the fragility of the Greek, Italian, Portuguese and Irish economies, which could affect the funding costs of Spanish financial institutions and the Spanish Government;

the effects of the withdrawal of significant monetary and fiscal stimulus programs and uncertainty over government responses to growing public deficits;

uncertainty over regulation of the financial industry, including the potential limitation on the size or scope of the activities of certain financial institutions, the regulation on systemic financial institutions or additional capital requirements, coming both from the Bank of Spain or globally;

uncertainty over the minimum solvency levels to be required in the future to the financial institutions by the Spanish government or the European authorities;

the continued downward adjustment in the housing sector in Spain, which could further negatively affect credit demand and household wealth, disposable income and consumer confidence. The existence of a significant over supply in the housing market in Spain and the pessimistic expectations about house price increases may postpone investment decisions, therefore negatively affecting mortgage growth rates;

continued volatility in capital markets or a downturn in investor confidence, linked to factors such as geopolitical risk, particularly in the Middle East. Continued or new crises in the region, such as the recent Iran-US tensions, could cause an increase in oil prices, generating inflationary pressures that could have a negative effect on interest rates and economic growth;

the effect that an economic slowdown may have over Latin American markets and fluctuations in local interest and exchange rates; and

although it is foreseeable that entry barriers to domestic markets in Europe will be lowered, our plans for expansion into other European markets could be affected by entry barriers in such countries by protectionist policies of national governments, which are generally higher in times of crisis. In addition, the new capital requirements could prevent financial entities from expanding their activities beyond their core business.

112


Table of Contents

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In addition to loans, we had outstanding the following contingent liabilities and commitments at the dates indicated:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Contingent liabilities

Rediscounts, endorsements and acceptances

88 49 45

Guarantees and other sureties

31,103 28,092 26,266

Other contingent liabilities

8,713 8,300 6,874

Total contingent liabilities

39,904 36,441 33,185

Commitments

Balances drawable by third parties:

Credit entities

2,417 2,303 2,257

Public authorities

3,143 4,135 4,567

Other domestic customers

24,119 27,201 29,604

Foreign customers

59,299 53,151 48,497

Total balances drawable by third parties

88,978 86,790 84,925

Other commitments

4,788 3,784 7,398

Total commitments

93,766 90,574 92,323

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

133,670 127,015 125,508

In addition to the contingent liabilities and commitments described above, the following table provides information regarding off-balance sheet funds managed by us as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Mutual funds

43,134 41,006 39,849

Pension funds

73,783 72,598 57,264

Other managed assets

26,349 25,435 26,501

Total

143,266 139,039 123,614

See Note 38 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information with respect to our off-balance sheet arrangements.

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 based on when they are due, were as follows:

Less than One
Year
One to Three
Years
Three to Five
Years
Over Five
Years
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Debt certificates (including bonds)

15,273 38,398 7,506 17,144 78,321

Subordinated liabilities

148 4,359 534 9,500 14,541

Deposits from customers

245,173 27,726 1,234 6,861 280,994

Capital lease obligations

Operating lease obligations

130 38 35 104 307

Purchase obligations

40 40

Post-employment benefits(1)

859 1,547 1,335 2,295 6,036

Insurance commitments

1,048 181 93 6,415 7,737

Total(2)

262,669 72,249 10,737 42,321 387,976

113


Table of Contents

(1)

Represents the Group’s estimated aggregate amounts for pension commitments in defined-benefit plans and other post-employment commitments (such as early retirement and welfare benefits) for the next ten years, based on certain actuarial assumptions and an annual discount rate. Post-employment benefits are detailed in Note 26.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

Interest to be paid is not included. The majority of the senior and subordinated debt was issued at variable rates. The financial cost of such issuances for 2011, 2010 and 2009 is detailed in Note 39.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Our Board of Directors is committed to a good corporate governance system in the design and operation of our corporate bodies in the best interests of the Company and our shareholders.

Our Board of Directors is subject to Board regulations that reflect and implement the principles and elements of BBVA’s concept of corporate governance. These Board regulations comprise standards for the internal management and operation of the Board and its committees, as well as the rights and obligations of directors in pursuit of their duties, which are contained in the directors’ charter.

Shareholders’ general meetings are subject to their own set of regulations on issues such as how they operate and what rights shareholders enjoy regarding such meetings. These establish the possibility of exercising or delegating votes over remote communication media.

Our Board of Directors has also approved a report on corporate governance for 2011, according to the guidelines set forth under Spanish regulation for listed companies.

Shareholders and investors may find the documents referred to above on our website (www.bbva.com).

Our website was created as an instrument to facilitate information and communication with shareholders. It provides special direct access to all information considered relevant to BBVA’s corporate governance system in a user-friendly manner.

A. Directors and Senior Management

We are managed by a Board of Directors that currently has 14 members.

Pursuant to article one of the Board regulations, Bank directorships may be executive or external. Executive directors have been conferred general powers to represent the Company on a permanent basis; they perform senior-management duties or are employees of the Company or its Group companies. All other Board members will be considered external.

Independent directors are those external directors who have been appointed in view of their personal and professional qualifications and can carry out their duties without being compromised by their relationships with us, our significant shareholders or our senior managements. Independent directors may not:

(i)

Have been employees or executive directors in Group companies, unless three or five years, respectively, have passed since they ceased to be so.

(ii)

Receive any amount or benefit from the Company or its Group companies for any reason other than remuneration of their directorship, unless it is insignificant.

114


Table of Contents

Neither dividends nor supplementary pension payments that the director may receive from earlier professional or employment relationships shall be taken into account for the purposes of this section, provided they are not subject to conditions and the company paying them may not at its own discretion suspend, alter or revoke their accrual without breaching its obligations.

(iii)

Be or have been a partner in the external auditors’ firm or in charge of the auditor’s report with respect to the Company or any other Group company during the last three years.

(iv)

Be executive director or senior manager in any other company on which a Company executive director or senior manager is external director.

(v)

Maintain or have maintained during the past year an important business relationship with the Company or any of its Group companies, either on his/her own behalf or as relevant shareholder, director or senior manager of a company that maintains or has maintained such relationship.

Business relationships shall mean relationships as provider of goods and/or services, including financial, advisory and/or consultancy services.

(vi)

Be significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of any organization that receives or has received significant donations from the Company or its Group during the last three years.

Those who are merely trustees on a foundation receiving donations shall not be ineligible under this letter.

(vii)

Be married to or linked by equivalent emotional relationship, or related by up to second-degree family ties to an executive director or senior manager of the Company.

(viii)

Have not been proposed by the Appointments Committee for appointment or renewal.

(ix)

Fall within the cases described under letters a), e), f) or g) above, with respect to any significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board. In cases of family relationships described under letter g), the limitation shall not only apply to the shareholder, but also to the directors it nominates for the Company’s Board.

Directors owning shares in the Company may be independent providing they comply with the above conditions and their shareholding is not legally considered as significant.

Regulations of the Board of Directors

The principles and elements comprising our corporate governance are set forth in our Board regulations, which govern the internal procedures and the operation of the Board and its committees and directors’ rights and duties as described in their charter.

In December 2011, our Board of Directors resolved to amend the following articles of the Board regulations:

(i)

Article 1 (Conditions of directorship), to amend the definition of independent and proprietary directors;

(ii)

Article 4 (Term of office), to amend the age limit for directors and to introduce a technical improvement regarding the term of directors co-opted pursuant to article 244 of the Corporate Enterprises Act;

(iii)

Article 20 (Quorum and approval of resolutions), to adapt its wording to article 247.2 of the Corporate Enterprises Act;

115


Table of Contents
(iv)

Article 24 (Meeting procedures), to include the possibility of holding Board meetings over remote communication media;

(v)

Article 26 (Composition of the Executive Committee), to amend the composition of the Executive Committee;

(vi)

Article 36 (Functions of the Remuneration Committee), to adapt it to Royal Decree 771/2011, including amongst its functions the direct oversight of the remuneration of senior managers tasked with the Bank’s risk management and compliance functions; and

(vii)

Article 40 (Rules of organization and operation of the Risks Committee), to include the Risks Committee’s power to request attendance at its meetings of persons with positions in the Group that are related to the Committee’s functions and to receive advice from experts.

The aforementioned amendments to the Board regulations were analyzed by the Executive Committee prior to their approval by the Board of Directors. The Board regulations can be read on the Bank’s corporate website (www.bbva.com)

The following provides a brief description of several significant matters covered in the regulations of the Board of Directors.

Appointment and Re-election of Directors

The proposals that the Board submits to the Company’s annual shareholders’ general meeting for the appointment or re-election of directors and the resolutions to appoint directors made by the Board of Directors shall be approved at the proposal of the Appointments Committee in the case of independent directors and on the basis of a report from said committee in the case of all other directors.

To such end, the committee assesses the skills, knowledge and experience required on the Board and the capacities the candidates must offer to cover any vacant seats. It evaluates how much time and work members may need to carry out their duties properly as a function of the needs that the Company’s governing bodies may have at any time.

Term of Directorships and Director Age Limit

Directors shall stay in office for the term defined by our bylaws (three years). If a director has been co-opted, they shall stay in office until the first shareholders’ general meeting is held. The general meeting may then ratify their appointment for the term of office remaining to the director whose vacancy they have covered through co-option, or else appoint them for the term of office established under our bylaws.

BBVA’s Board of Directors regulations establish an age limit for sitting on the Bank’s Board. Directors must present their resignation at the first Board meeting following the annual shareholders’ general meeting approving the accounts of the year in which they reach the age of seventy-five.

Performance of Directors’ Duties

Board members must comply with their duties as defined by legislation and by the bylaws in a manner that is faithful to the interests of the Company.

They shall participate in the deliberations, discussions and debates arising on matters put to their consideration and shall have sufficient information to be able to form a sound opinion on the questions

116


Table of Contents

corresponding to our governing bodies. They may request additional information and advice if they so require in order to perform their duties. Their participation in the Board’s meetings and deliberations shall be encouraged.

The directors may also request help from external experts with respect to business submitted to their consideration whose complexity or special importance makes it advisable.

Conflicts of Interest

The rules comprising the BBVA directors’ charter detail different situations in which conflicts of interest could arise between directors, their family members and/or organizations with which they are linked, and the BBVA Group. They establish procedures for such cases, in order to avoid conduct contrary to our best interests.

These rules help ensure directors’ conduct reflects stringent ethical codes, in keeping with applicable standards and according to core values of the BBVA Group.

Incompatibilities

Directors are also subject to a regime of incompatibilities, which places strict constraints on holding posts on governing bodies of Group companies or companies in which the Group has a holding. Non-executive directors may not sit on the boards of subsidiaries or related companies because of the Group’s holding in them, whilst executive directors may only do so if they have express authority.

Directors who cease to be members of the Bank’s Board may not offer their services to any other financial institution competing with the Bank or of its subsidiaries for two years after leaving, unless expressly authorized by the Board. Such authorization may be denied on the grounds of corporate interest.

Directors’ Resignation and Dismissal

Furthermore, in the following circumstances, reflected in the Board regulations, directors must tender their resignation to the Board and accept its decision regarding their continuity in office (formalizing said resignation when the Board so resolves):

When barred (on grounds of incompatibility or other) under prevailing legal regulations, under the bylaws or under the directors’ charter.

When significant changes occur in their professional situation or that may affect the condition by virtue of which they were appointed to the Board.

When they are in serious dereliction of their duties as directors.

When the director, acting as such, has caused severe damage to the Company’s assets or its reputation or credit, and/or no longer displays the commercial and professional honor required to hold a Bank directorship.

The Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is currently comprised of 14 members.

117


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the names of the members of the Board of Directors as of that date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, their date of appointment and, if applicable, reelection, their current positions and their present principal outside occupation and employment history.

Name

Birth Year

Current Position

Date Nominated

Date Re-elected

Present Principal Outside
Occupation and
Employment History(*)

Francisco González Rodríguez(1)

1944 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer January 28, 2000 March 12, 2010 Chairman and CEO of BBVA, since January 2000. Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and BBVA Bancomer S.A.

Ángel Cano Fernández(1)

1961 President and Chief Operating Officer September 29, 2009 March 12, 2010 President and Chief Operating Officer of BBVA, since 2009. Substitute director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer and BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V., China National Citic Bank and Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. board member. BBVA Director of Resources and Means from 2005 to 2009.

Tomás Alfaro Drake(2)(3)

1951 Independent Director March 18, 2006 March 11, 2011 Chairman of the Appointments Committee of BBVA since May 25, 2010. Director of Business Management and Administration and Business Sciences programs at Universidad Francisco de Vitoria since 1998.

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz(1)(3)

1959 Independent Director January 28, 2000 March 11, 2011 Managing Director of Grupo El Enebro, S.A. Former Manager Director of Grupo Eulen. S.A. until 2010.

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora(2)(5)

1948 Independent Director January 28, 2000 March 12, 2010 Was Director and General Manager and Non-Executive Vice-President of Argentaria and Chairman of Unitaria (1997).

118


Table of Contents

Name

Birth Year

Current Position

Date Nominated

Date Re-elected

Present Principal Outside
Occupation and
Employment History(*)

José Antonio Fernández Rivero(3)(5)

1949 Independent Director February 28, 2004 March 16, 2012 Chairman of Risk Committee since March 30, 2004; On 2001 was appointed Group General Manager, until January 2003. Has been director representing BBVA on the Boards of Telefónica, Iberdrola, and of Banco de Crédito Local, and Chairman of Adquira.

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi(1)(4)

1945 Independent Director January 28, 2000 March 12, 2010 Managing director of Nutrexpa, S.A. and La Piara, S.A. Chairman of Aneto Natural.

Belén Garijo López

1960 Independent Director March 16, 2012 President of Commercial operations for Europe and Canada of Sanofi Aventis. Since 2011, Chief Operating Officer of Merck Serono S.A.

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo(2)(4)

1947 Independent Director February 28, 2004 March 11, 2011 Chairman of the Compensation Committee of BBVA since May 2010 (former Chairman of the Appointments and Compensation Committee since April 2006). Was Partner of J&A Garrigues, from 1977 until 2004.

José Maldonado Ramos(1)(3)(4)

1952 External Director January 28, 2000 March 16, 2012 Was appointed Director and General Secretary of BBVA, in January 2000. Took early retirement as Bank executive in December 2009.

Enrique Medina Fernández(1)(5)

1942 Independent Director January 28, 2000 March 16, 2012 State Attorney on leave. Deputy Chairman of Gines Navarro Construcciones until it merged to become Grupo ACS.

119


Table of Contents

Name

Birth Year

Current Position

Date Nominated

Date Re-elected

Present Principal Outside
Occupation and
Employment History(*)

José Luis Palao García-Suelto(2)(5)

1944 Independent Director February 1, 2011 March 11, 2011 Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee of BBVA since March 29, 2011. Senior Partner of the Financial Division in Spain at Arthur Andersen, from 1979 until 2002. Freelance consultant, from 2002 to 2010.

Juan Pi Llorens(4)(5)

1950 Independent Director July 27, 2011 March 16, 2012 Was executive Chairman of IBM Spain and until 2011 has held various senior positions in IBM at an international level.

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte(2)(3)(4)

1955 Independent Director May 28, 2002 March 11, 2011 Was Dean of Deusto “La Comercial” University 1996-2009. Member of the accounts auditing institute.

(*)

Where no date is provided, the position is currently held.

(1)

Member of the Executive Committee.

(2)

Member of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

(3)

Member of the Appointments Committee.

(4)

Member of the Compensation Committee.

(5)

Member of the Risk Committee.

Executive Officers or Management Committee ( Comité de Dirección )

Our executive officers were each appointed for an indefinite term. Their positions as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are as follows:

Name

Current Position

Present Principal Outside Occupation and
Employment History(*)

Francisco González Rodríguez

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Chairman, BBVA, since January 2000. Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and BBVA Bancomer, S.A.

Ángel Cano Fernández

President and Chief Operating Officer Substitute director, Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer and BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de CV. Director of China National Citic Bank and of Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş.

120


Table of Contents

Name

Current Position

Present Principal Outside Occupation and
Employment History(*)

Eduardo Arbizu Lostao

Head of Legal, Audit and Compliance department Head of Legal department of BBVA, since 2002; Chief Executive Officer, Barclays Bank Spain, 1997 to 2002.

Manuel González Cid

Head of Finance Division Deputy General Manager, BBVA—Head of the Merger Office, 1999 to 2001. Head of Corporate Development, BBVA, 2001 to 2002. Director and Vice president of Repsol YPF, S.A. 2003-2005.

José María García Meyer-Dohner

Head of Global Retail and Business Banking BBVA Business Management and Coordination Manager for Mexico, 2000-2001. Commercial Banking Manager for BBVA Bancomer, 2001-2004. From 2004 Head of USA, Country Manager and Chairman of BBVA Compass. Global Retail Business Banking since 2010.

Ignacio Deschamps González

Head of Mexico Commercial Banking Director for BBVA Bancomer to 2006. General Director of BBVA Bancomer since December 2006.

Juan Asúa Madariaga

Head of Corporate and Business -Spain and Portugal Global Corporate Banking Director, BBVA, 2000. E-Commerce Director, BBVA, 2000-2001. Corporate Global Banking Director, BBVA, 2001-2005.

Jose Barreiro Hernández

Head of Corporate and Investment Banking Spanish Markets Director, BBVA, 2000-2001. Head of Global Markets and Distribution, Trading and Equity, BBVA, 2001-2005.

Vicente Rodero Rodero

Head of South America BBVA Corporate Banking Director for Mexico, 1995-1999. BBVA Personal Banking Director, 1999-2003. BBVA Regional Director for Madrid, 2003-2004. BBVA Commercial Banking Director for Spain, 2004-2006.

Carlos Torres Vila

Head of Strategy & Development BBVA Corporate Strategy & Development Director since January 2009. He entered in BBVA on September 2008. Before he worked five years in Endesa as Strategy Corporate Director.

Gregorio Panadero Illera

Head of Brand and Communication From April 1, 2009, Head of BBVA Corporate Brand & Communications Department. Director of Communications and Corporate Responsibility at Grupo Ferrovial from 2006 to 2009.

Manuel Castro Aladro

Head of Risk Head of BBVA Risk Department since September 2009. Director of Innovation and Business Development from 2005 to 2009.

Ramón Monell Valls

Head of Innovation & Technology Head of BBVA Innovation and Technology since September 2009. From 2002-2005 Chief Operating Officer of BBVA in Chile. BBVA Director of Technology & Operations. (2006-2009).

Juan Ignacio Apoita Gordo

Head of Human Resources & Services BBVA Head of Human Resources and Services since September 2009 BBVA Head of Human Resources Director from 2006 to 2009.

Manuel Sánchez Rodríguez

Head of United States Working at BBVA since 1990. From 2002-2005 Risks Manager at BBVA Bancomer in Mexico. From 2005-2080 Laredo National Bank. CEO of BBVA Compass from 2008 and Country Manager from 2010.

(*)

Where no date is provided, positions are currently held.

121


Table of Contents
B.

Compensation

The provisions of BBVA’s bylaws that relate to compensation of directors are in strict accordance with the relevant provisions of Spanish law. The shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 resolved to amend article 53 of our bylaws on the allocation of profit or losses (pursuant to article 273 of the Corporate Enterprises Act) and the inclusion, pursuant to article 217 of the Corporate Enterprises Act, of a new article 33 bis regarding the compensation of non-executive directors. These amendments are applicable as of 2012. Compensation of BBVA executive directors will continue to be regulated by article 50 bis of our bylaws.

In accordance with our revised bylaws, the compensation of the Bank’s non-executive directors will no longer be based on profit sharing, and has been replaced instead by an annual fixed remuneration system. In addition, our bylaws continue to contemplate that part of the non-executive directors’ compensation will consist in the delivery of shares, as approved by the shareholders’ general meeting of March 18, 2006.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the amendments referred to above are pending registration with the Commercial Registry. In addition, pursuant to article 8.1 of Royal Decree 1245/1995, of July 14, on the creation of banks, cross-border activity and other matters relating to the legal regime of financial institutions, the bylaw amendments approved in the shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 are conditional on obtaining the authorization from the relevant authorities.

Remuneration of non-executive Directors

The remuneration paid to individual non-executive members of the Board of Directors in 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration in thousand of euros:

Board Executive
Committee
Audit and
Compliance
Committee
Risk
Committee
Appointments
Committee
Compensation
Committee
Total

Tomás Alfaro Drake

129 71 102 302

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

129 167 7 36 338

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

129 71 107 307

José Antonio Fernández Rivero(1)

129 214 41 383

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

129 167 43 338

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

129 71 107 307

José Maldonado Ramos

129 111 44 41 43 368

Enrique Medina Fernández

129 167 107 402

Jose Luis Palao García-Suelto(2)

118 134 62 314

Juan Pi Llorens(3)

54 27 11 91

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

129 71 41 43 284

Total(4)

1,330 611 419 561 231 282 3,435

122


Table of Contents

(1)

José Antonio Fernández Rivero, apart from the amounts listed in the above table, also received a total of 652 thousand during 2011 in early retirement payments as a former member of the BBVA management.

(2)

José Luis Palao García-Suelto was appointed member of the Board on February 1, 2011.

(3)

Juan Pi Llorens was appointed member of the Board on July 27, 2011.

(4)

Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who stood down as director on March 29, 2011, received the total sum of 104 thousand in remuneration as member of the Board of Director and for his positions on certain of its Committees.

Remuneration of executive Directors

The remuneration paid to executive directors of the Bank in 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration in thousands of euros:

Fixed
remuneration
Variable
remuneration(*)
Total

Chairman and CEO

1,966 3,011 4,977

President and COO

1,748 1,889 3,637

Total

3,714 4,900 8,614

(*)

Corresponds to the variable pay for 2010 paid in 2011.

In addition, the executive directors were paid remunerations in kind and in other forms in 2011 for a total amount of 32.5 thousand, of which 10.8 thousand correspond to the Chairman and CEO and 21.7 thousand pertain to the President and COO.

Remuneration of the members of the Management Committee (Comité de Dirección)

This section provides information on the members of the Management Committee who held this position as of December 31, 2011, excluding executive directors.

The remuneration paid in 2011 to the members of BBVA’s Management Committee amounted to 9,359 thousand in fixed remuneration and 14,296 thousand in variable remuneration accrued in 2010 and paid in 2011.

In addition, the members of the Management Committee received remuneration in kind and other items totaling 814 thousand in 2011.

New annual variable remuneration system

BBVA’s ordinary shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011 approved a new variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors.

This new system is based on a specific incentive for the members of the executive team (the “ Incentive ”). It consists of the annual allocation, to each beneficiary, of a number of units that serve as the basis for determining the number of shares that, if applicable, will correspond to each such beneficiary in the settlement of the Incentive based on the level of compliance with three indicators established by the annual shareholders’ general meeting: the Total Shareholders Return (TSR); the Group’s recurrent Economic Profit (EP); and the Group’s attributed net income.

123


Table of Contents

The total number of units assigned under the Incentive for 2011 was 155,000 for the Chairman and CEO, 117,000 for the President and COO and a total of 620,500 to all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

This number of units will be divided in three parts associated to each one of the indicators based on the weights established at all times, and each one of these parts will be multiplied by a coefficient ranging from 0 and 2 based on the scale defined each year for each of the indicators.

This Incentive, together with the ordinary variable remuneration in cash that corresponds to each member of the executive team, constitutes its annual variable remuneration (the “Annual Variable Remuneration ”).

The shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011, likewise established a new settlement and payment system for the Annual Variable Remuneration applicable to the categories of employees whose professional activities may significantly affect the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee, and was adapted in accordance with the requirements established in Directive 76/2010, which was transposed to Spanish law by means of Royal Decree 771/2011 of June 3, 2011 (“ Royal Decree 771/2011 ”).

The new Annual Variable Remuneration settlement system applicable to the executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee established that they will receive at least 50% of the total of said remuneration in shares.

To this effect, if the economic value of the shares resulting from the Incentive corresponding to each executive director or to each member of the Management Committee in its settlement does not equal at least 50% of the amount of their Annual Variable Remuneration, they will be provided, in shares, the proportion of their ordinary variable remuneration that, added to the value of the shares from the Incentive, is needed to satisfy the percentage indicated. For this calculation, the value of the shares is considered to be the average closing price of the BBVA shares corresponding to the trading sessions between December 15, 2011 and January 15, 2012.

Once the amount of cash and shares corresponding to the executive directors and remaining members of the Management Committee in the settlement of their Annual Variable Remuneration has been determined, the payment will be subject to the conditions set forth in the annual general shareholders’ meeting’s agreement in 2011 such that:

The payment of 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both from the part in cash and the part paid in shares, will be deferred. The deferred amount will, when applicable, be paid out in thirds over the next three years.

The shares that are provided each year from the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be unavailable for one additional year from the date they are provided; however, the sale of the number of shares needed to pay the taxes arising from the provision of the shares will be permitted.

The payment of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their provision.

Once 2011 was closed, the Annual Variable Remuneration of the executive directors for 2011 was determined, applying the aforementioned conditions agreed upon by the annual shareholders’ general meeting in March 2011. It includes their ordinary variable remuneration and the Incentive for the executive team. Thus, in the first quarter of 2012, they will receive the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2011: 999,731 and 155,479 BBVA shares for the Chairman

124


Table of Contents

and CEO; and 635,865 euros and 98,890 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO. In both cases, the shares will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

Furthermore, in the first quarter of the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 333,244 and 51,826 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 211,955 and 32,963 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of the Annual Variable Remuneration of 2011.

The payment of the deferred portions of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their payment, and will be subject to the updating of the terms set out by the Board of Directors. In addition, the shares provided each year will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

As of December 31, 2011, these amounts were recognized under the heading “Other liabilities—Accruals” of the consolidated balance sheet.

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration programs for executive directors and members of the Management Committee

Settlement of the multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2009-2010

In the first quarter of 2011, the Multi-year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2009-2010 was settled for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and other members of the Management Committee. This had been approved by the annual shareholders’ general meeting of March 13, 2009 and resulted in, after applying the conditions established initially, a multiplier coefficient of 0 for the units allocated. Thus, the Program was settled with no shares being awarded to its beneficiaries.

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2010-2011

The Bank’s annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 12, 2010 approved a Multi-Year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2010/2011 designed for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and members of the Management Committee (hereinafter, the “ 2010-2011 Program ”). The result is obtained by multiplying the number of units assigned at the start of the Program to each beneficiary by a coefficient, between 0 and 2, established based on the evolution of the Bank’s total shareholders return (TSR) in 2010-2011 as compared to the evolution of this same indicator in a group of 18 international reference banks.

The number of units allocated to the executive directors, in accordance with the agreement of the annual shareholders’ general meeting was 105,000 for the Chairman and CEO and 90,000 for the President and COO; and a total of 385,000 units were allocated for all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

The aforementioned annual shareholders’ general meeting established that the shares, if applicable, arising from the settlement of the Program be awarded to the beneficiaries, who could have those shares available to them as follows: (i) 40 percent of the shares received will be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the moment they are received; (ii) 30 percent of the shares received will be transferable one year after the settlement date of the Program; and (iii) the remaining 30 percent will be transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the Program.

125


Table of Contents

Once the 2010/2011 Program finalized on December 31, 2011, according to the conditions established initially, the determination of the TSR of BBVA and the 18 reference banks was made. BBVA held fourth place in the comparison table. Therefore, under the terms established by the annual shareholders’ general meeting, a multiplier coefficient of 2 was applied to the units allocated to each beneficiary. Thus, in the settlement of the Program, 210,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the Chairman and CEO; 180,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the President and COO; and 770,000 BBVA shares were awarded to all other members of the Bank’s Management Committee.

After this Program was established by the Board, Royal Decree 771/2011 was published demanding the application of the aforementioned deferment, unavailability and limitation regulations to the remuneration granted and still unpaid prior to it taking effect, referring to services rendered since 2010.

Thus, this standard and the requirements established in the aforementioned Royal Decree 771/2011 must be applied to the 2010/2011 Program. Therefore, the annual general shareholders’ meeting of the Bank set for March 16, 2012 will address the modification of the settlement and payment system of the 2010/2011 Program previously approved by the annual shareholders’ general meeting to adapt it to the terms established to that effect in Royal Decree 771/2011.

This change in the settlement and payment system will affect those Bank employees who, as beneficiaries of the 2010-2011 Program are considered to carry out professional activities that may significantly influence the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes, in all cases, all executive directors and other members of the Management Committee.

The new system indicates that executive directors and the remaining members of the Management Committee will only receive 50% of the shares prior to April 15, 2012 corresponding to them as a result of the settlement of the Program. They will receive the remaining 50% deferred in thirds over the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Those shares will also be subject to, according to the requirements of Royal Decree 771/2011, the unavailability criteria indicated in the section regarding the New Annual Variable Remuneration System; as such, they will be unavailable for a period of one year from the date on which they were awarded. Furthermore, the awarding of the deferred shares will be subject to the non-occurrence of any situation that impedes or limits the provision of the Annual Variable Remuneration, which is subject to being updated. The above is in accordance with that set out by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Thus, in the application of this new settlement and payment system for the 2010-2011 Program, the executive directors will, as a result, receive 105,000 BBVA shares (in the case of the Chairman and CEO) and 90,000 shares (in the case of the President and COO) prior to April 15, 2012. Furthermore, on the same dates in the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 35,000 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 30,000 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of this Program.

Scheme for remuneration of non-executive directors with deferred distribution of shares

BBVA has a remuneration system with deferred distribution of shares in place for its non-executive directors that was approved by the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 18, 2006 and renewed for an additional 5-year period through an agreement by the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011.

This system consists in the annual allocation of a number of “theoretical shares” to the non-executive directors equivalent to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in the previous

126


Table of Contents

year. This is based on the average closing prices of the BBVA shares during the last sixty trading sessions prior to the dates of the ordinary general meetings approving the annual financial statements for each year.

The shares will be subject to being awarded, if applicable, to each beneficiary on the date he or she leaves the position of director for any reason except serious breach of duties.

The number of “theoretical shares” allocated to non-executive director deferred share distribution system beneficiaries in 2011, corresponding to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in 2010, is as follows:

Theoretical Shares
Assigned in 2011
Accumulated
Theoretical Shares

Tomás Alfaro Drake

6,144 19,372

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

8,010 47,473

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

7,270 45,319

José Antonio Fernández Rivero

8,673 38,814

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

8,010 48,045

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

7,275 33,098

José Maldonado Ramos

6,733 6,733

Enrique Medina Fernández

9,527 61,314

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

6,315 31,039

Total(*)

67,957 331,207

(*)

Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who stood down as director on March 29, 2011, was also allocated 9,806 theoretical shares.

Pension commitments

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments to the President and COO are 16,831 thousand, of which 2,417 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings. As of this date, there are no other pension obligations to executive directors.

Also, 99 thousand in insurance premiums were paid on behalf of non-executive directors who are members of the Board of Directors.

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments for the Management Committee members, excluding executive directors, amounted to 60,312 thousand. Of these, 8,832 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings.

Termination of the contractual relationship

There were no commitments as of December 31, 2011 for the payment of compensation to executive directors, except as set forth below.

In the case of the President and COO, the contract lays down that in the event that he lose this status due to a reason other than his own will, retirement, disability or dereliction of duty, he shall take early retirement with a pension, which can be received as life income or common stock, equal to 75% of their pensionable salary if this occurs before he reaches the age of 55, or 85% after that age.

127


Table of Contents

C. Board Practices

Committees

Our corporate governance system is based on the distribution of functions between the Board, the Executive Committee and the other Board Committees, namely: the Audit and Compliance Committee; the Appointments Committee; the Compensation Committee; and the Risk Committee.

Executive Committee

Our Board of Directors is assisted in fulfilling its responsibilities by the Executive Committee ( Comisión Delegada Permanente ) of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors delegates all management functions, except those that it must retain due to legal or statutory requirements, to the Executive Committee.

As of the date of this Annual Report, BBVA’s Executive Committee was comprised of two executive directors and four external directors being three of them independent, as follows:

Position

Name

Chairman

Mr. Francisco González Rodríguez

Members

Mr. Ángel Cano Fernández

Mr. Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

Mr. Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mr. Enrique Medina Fernández

According to our bylaws, the Executive Committee’s responsibilities include the following: to formulate and propose policy guidelines, the criteria to be followed in the preparation of programs and to fix targets, to examine the proposals put to it in this regard, comparing and evaluating the actions and results of any direct or indirect activity carried out by the Group; to determine the volume of investment in each individual activity; to approve or reject operations, determining methods and conditions; to arrange inspections and internal or external audits of all operational areas of the Group; and in general to exercise the faculties delegated to it by the Board of Directors.

Specifically, the Executive Committee is entrusted with evaluation of our system of corporate governance. This shall be analyzed in the context of our development and of the results we have obtained, taking into account any regulations that may be passed and/or recommendations made regarding best market practices and adapting these to our specific circumstances.

The Executive Committee shall meet on the dates indicated in the annual calendar of meetings and when the chairman or acting chairman so decides. During 2011, the Executive Committee met 18 times.

Audit and Compliance Committee

This committee shall perform the duties required under applicable laws, regulations and our bylaws. Essentially, it has authority from the Board to supervise the financial statements and the oversight of the Group.

The Board regulations establish that the Audit and Compliance Committee shall have a minimum of four members appointed by the Board in light of their know-how and expertise in accounting, auditing and/or risk management. They shall all be independent directors, one of whom shall act as chairman, also appointed by the Board. See “Item 16.A. Audit Committee Financial Expert”.

128


Table of Contents

As of the date of this Annual Report, the Audit and Compliance Committee members were:

Position

Name

Chairman

Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto

Members

Mr. Tomás Alfaro Drake

Mr. Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

Mr. Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

The scope of its functions is as follows (for purposes of the below, “entity” refers to BBVA):

Report to the shareholders’ general meeting on matters that are raised at its meetings on matters within its competence.

Supervise the efficacy of the Company’s internal control and oversight, internal audit, where applicable, and the risk-management systems, and discuss with the auditors or audit firms any significant issues in the internal control system detected when the audit is conducted.

Supervise the process of drawing up and reporting regulatory financial information.

Propose the appointment of auditors or audit firms to the Board of Directors for it to submit the proposal to the shareholders’ general meeting, in accordance with applicable regulations.

Establish correct relations with the auditors or audit firms in order to receive information on any matters that may jeopardize their independence, for examination by the Committee, and any others that have to do with the process of auditing the accounts; as well as those other communications provided for in laws and standards of audit. It must unfailingly receive written confirmation by the auditors or audit firms each year of their independence with regard to the entity or entities directly or indirectly related to it and information on additional services of any kind provided to these entities by said auditors or audit firms, or by persons or entities linked to them as provided under Law 19/1988, July 12, on the auditing of accounts.

Each year, before the audit report is issued, to put out a report expressing an opinion on the independence of the auditors or audit firms. This report must, in all events, state the provision of any additional services referred to in the previous subsection.

Oversee compliance with applicable domestic and international regulations on matters related to money laundering, conduct on the securities markets, data protection and the scope of Group activities with respect to anti-trust regulations. Also to ensure that any requests for action or information made by official authorities in these matters are dealt with in due time and in due form.

Ensure that the internal codes of ethics and conduct and securities market trading, as they apply to Group personnel, comply with legislation and are appropriate for the Bank.

Especially to enforce compliance with provisions contained in BBVA Director’s Charter, and ensure that directors satisfy applicable standards regarding their conduct on the securities markets.

Any others that may have been allocated under these regulations or attributed to the committee by a Board of Directors resolution.

The committee shall also monitor the independence of external auditors. This entails the following two duties:

Ensuring that the auditors’ warnings, opinions and recommendations are followed.

Establishing the incompatibility between the provision of audit and the provision of consultancy services, unless there are no alternatives in the market to the auditors or

129


Table of Contents

companies in the auditors’ group of equal value in terms of their content, quality or efficiency. In such event, the committee must grant its approval, which can be done in advance by delegation to its chairman.

The committee selects the external auditor for the Bank and its Group, and for all the Group companies. It must verify that the audit schedule is being carried out under the service agreement and that it satisfies the requirements of the competent authorities and the Bank’s governing bodies. The committee will also require the auditors, at least once each year, to assess the quality of the Group’s internal oversight procedures.

The Audit and Compliance Committee meets as often as necessary to comply with its tasks, although an annual meeting schedule is drawn up in accordance with its duties. During 2011, the Audit and Compliance Committee met 12 times.

Executives responsible for control, internal audit and regulatory compliance can be invited to attend its meetings and, at the request of these executives, other staff from these departments who have particular knowledge or responsibility in the matters contained in the agenda, can also be invited when their presence at the meeting is deemed appropriate. However, only the committee members and the secretary shall be present when the results and conclusions of the meeting are evaluated.

The committee may engage external advisory services for relevant issues when it considers that these cannot be properly provided by experts or technical staff within the Group on grounds of specialization or independence.

Likewise, the committee can call on the personal cooperation and reports of any member of the Management Committee when it considers that this is necessary to carry out its functions with regard to relevant issues.

The committee has its own specific regulations, approved by the Board of Directors. These are available on our website and, amongst other things, regulate its operation.

Appointments Committee

The Appointments Committee is tasked with assisting the Board on issues related to the appointment and re-election of Board members.

This committee shall comprise a minimum of three members who shall be external directors appointed by the Board, which shall also appoint its chairman. However, the chairman and the majority of its members must be independent directors, in compliance with the Board regulations.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Appointments Committee were:

Position

Name

Chairman

Mr. Tomás Alfaro Drake

Members

Mr. Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

The duties of the Appointments Committee are as follows:

Draw up and report proposals for appointment and re-election of directors.

To such end, the Committee will evaluate the skills, knowledge and experience that the Board requires, as well as the conditions that candidates should display to fill the vacancies arising.

130


Table of Contents

The Committee will ensure that the selection procedures are not marred by implicit biases that may hinder the selection of female directors to fill vacancies, while trying to ensure that women who possess the professional profile sought are included on the shortlists when there are no or few current female directors.

When drafting proposals for the appointment and re-election of directors, the Committee will consider applications for potential candidates submitted by current Board members when appropriate.

Review the status of each director each year, so that this may be reflected in the annual report on corporate governance.

Report on the performance of the Chairman of the Board and, where applicable, the Company’s CEO, such that the Board can make its periodic assessment, under the terms established in the Board regulations.

Should the chairmanship of the Board or the post of CEO fall vacant, the Committee will examine or organize, in the manner it deems suitable, the succession of the Chairman and/or CEO and make corresponding proposals to the Board for an orderly, well-planned succession.

Report any appointment and separation of senior managers.

Any others that may have been allocated under the Board regulations or attributed to the Committee by a Board of Directors resolution.

In the performance of its duties, the Appointments Committee will consult with the Chairman of the Board and, where applicable, the CEO via the committee chair, especially with respect to matters related to executive directors and senior managers.

In accordance with our Board regulations, the Committee may ask members of the BBVA Group to attend its meetings, when their responsibilities relate to its duties. It may also receive any advisory services it requires to inform its criteria on issues falling within the scope of its powers.

The chair of the Appointments Committee will convene it as often as necessary to comply with its functions although an annual meeting schedule will be drawn up in accordance with its duties. During 2011, the Appointments Committee met 10 times.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee’s essential function is to assist the Board on matters regarding the remuneration policy for directors and senior management. It seeks to ensure that the remuneration policy established by the Company is duly observed.

The Committee will comprise a minimum of three members who will be external directors appointed by the Board, which will also appoint its chair. The chair and the majority of its members must be independent directors, in compliance with the Board regulations.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Appointments Committee were:

Position

Name

Chairman

Mr. Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

Members

Mr. Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mr. Juan Pi Llorens

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

131


Table of Contents

The scope of the functions of the Compensation Committee is as follows:

Propose the remuneration system for the Board of Directors as a whole, in accordance with the principles established in the Company bylaws, their amounts and method of payment.

Determine the extent and amount of the remuneration, entitlements and other economic rewards for the Chairman and CEO, the President and COO and, where applicable, other executive directors of the Bank, so that these can be reflected in their contracts. The Committee’s proposals on such matters will be submitted to the Board of Directors.

Issue a report on the directors’ remuneration policy each year. This will be submitted to the Board of Directors, which will apprise the Company’s annual shareholders’ general meeting of this.

Propose the remuneration policy for senior management to the Board, and the basic terms and conditions to be contained in their contracts, directly supervising the remuneration of the senior managers responsible for risk management and with compliance functions within the Bank.

Propose the remuneration policy to the Board for employees whose professional activities may have a significant impact on the Bank’s risk profile.

Oversee observance of the remuneration policy established by the Company and periodically review the remuneration policy applied to executive directors, senior management and employees whose professional activities may have a significant impact on the Bank’s risk profile.

Any others that may have been allocated under the Board regulations or attributed to the Committee by a Board of Directors resolution.

In the performance of its duties, the Compensation Committee will consult with the Chairman of the Board and, where applicable, the Company’s CEO via the Committee chair, especially with respect to matters related to executive directors and senior managers.

Pursuant to our Board regulations, the Committee may ask members of the BBVA Group to attend its meetings, when their responsibilities relate to its duties. It may also receive any advisory services it requires to inform its criteria on matters falling within the scope of its powers.

The chair of the Compensation Committee will convene it as often as necessary to comply with its functions although an annual meeting schedule will be drawn up in accordance with its duties. During 2011, the Compensation Committee met 9 times.

Risk Committee

The Board’s Risk Committee is tasked with the analysis of issues related to our risk management and control policy and strategy. It assesses and approves any risk transactions that may be significant.

The Risk Committee shall have a majority of external directors, with a minimum of three members, appointed by the Board of Directors, which shall also appoint its chairman.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Risk Committee were:

Position

Name

Chairman

Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero

Members

Mr. Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

Mr. Enrique Medina Fernández

Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto

Mr. Juan Pi Llorens

132


Table of Contents

Under the Board regulations, it has the following duties:

Analyze and evaluate proposals related to our risk management and oversight policies and strategy. In particular, these shall identify:

a)

the risk map;

b)

the setting of the level of risk considered acceptable according to the risk profile (expected loss) and capital map (risk capital) broken down by our businesses and areas of activity;

c)

the internal information and oversight systems used to oversee and manage risks; and

d)

the measures established to mitigate the impact of risks identified should they materialize.

Monitor the match between risks accepted and the profile established.

Assess and approve, where applicable, any risks whose size could compromise our capital adequacy or recurrent earnings, or that present significant potential operational or reputational risks.

Check that we possess the means, systems, structures and resources benchmarked against best practices to allow implementation of its risk management strategy.

Pursuant to our Board regulations, the Committee may request the attendance at its sessions of persons with positions in the group that are related to the Committee’s functions. It may also obtain advice as necessary to establish criteria related to its functions.

The committee meets as often as necessary to best perform its duties, usually once a week. In 2011, it held 43 meetings.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we, through our various affiliates, had 110,645 employees. Approximately 84% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Spain

26,188 19 2,727 28,934

United Kingdom

162 162

France

98 98

Italy

55 226 281

Germany

51 51

Switzerland

127 127

Portugal

877 877

Belgium

37 37

Russia

4 4

Ireland

5 5

Luxembourg

3 3

Turkey

11 11

Total Europe

26,609 1,028 2,953 30,590

United States

228 11,947 12,175

133


Table of Contents

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Panama

365 365

Puerto Rico

906 906

Argentina

5,896 5,896

Brazil

3 13 16

Colombia

6,151 6,151

Venezuela

5,398 5,398

Mexico

35,950 35,950

Uruguay

542 542

Paraguay

452 452

Bolivia

206 206

Chile

5,710 5,710

Cuba

1 1

Peru

5,769 5,769

Ecuador

235 235

Total Latin America

4 67,139 454 67,597

Hong Kong

198 198

Japan

11 11

China

16 16 32

Singapore

15 15

India

5 5

South Korea

18 18

Total Asia

263 16 279

Australia

4 4

Total Oceania

4 4

Total

27,108 80,114 3,423 110,645

As of December 31, 2010, we, through our various affiliates, had 106,976 employees. Approximately 83% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Spain

25,939 442 2,035 28,416

United Kingdom

93 93

France

94 94

Italy

53 226 279

Germany

40 40

Switzerland

128 128

Portugal

925 925

Belgium

40 40

Russia

4 4

Ireland

5 5

Total Europe

26,263 1,500 2,261 30,024

United States

165 11,975 12,140

134


Table of Contents

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Panama

345 345

Puerto Rico

865 865

Argentina

5,705 5,705

Brazil

3 17 20

Colombia

5,867 5,867

Venezuela

5,509 5,509

Mexico

34,082 34,082

Uruguay

200 200

Paraguay

372 372

Bolivia

209 209

Chile

5,413 5,413

Cuba

1 1

Peru

5,715 5,715

Ecuador

273 273

Total Latin America

4 64,073 499 64,576

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Hong Kong

169 169

Japan

13 13

China

13 11 24

Singapore

17 17

India

2 2

South Korea

8 8

Total Asia

222 11 233

Australia

3 3

Total Oceania

3 3

Total

26,657 77,548 2,771 106,976

As of December 31, 2009, we, through our various affiliates, had 103,721 employees. Approximately 82% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Spain

25,871 476 1,589 27,936

United Kingdom

89 89

France

94 94

Italy

55 208 263

Germany

35 35

Switzerland

113 113

Portugal

917 917

Belgium

37 37

Russia

4 4

Ireland

5 5

Total Europe

26,185 1,511 1,797 29,493

United States

136 12,166 12,302

135


Table of Contents

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Panama

308 308

Puerto Rico

777 777

Argentina

5,300 5,300

Brazil

3 17 20

Colombia

5,821 5,821

Venezuela

5,791 5,791

Mexico

32,580 32,580

Uruguay

20 185 205

Paraguay

250 250

Bolivia

207 207

Chile

5,039 5,039

Cuba

1 1

Peru

5,208 5,208

Ecuador

262 262

Total Latin America

24 61,259 486 61,769

Hong Kong

116 116

Japan

10 10

China

15 15

Singapore

9 9

India

2 2

South Korea

2 2

Total Asia

154 154

Country

BBVA Banks Companies Total

Australia

3 3

Total Oceania

3 3

Total

26,502 74,936 2,283 103,721

The terms and basic conditions of employment in private sector banks in Spain are negotiated with trade unions representing sector bank employees. Wage negotiations take place on an industry-wide basis. This process has historically produced collective bargaining agreements binding upon all Spanish banks and their employees. The collective bargaining agreement in application during 2009 and 2010 came into effect as of January 1, 2007 and ended on December 31, 2010. On March 14, 2012, the XXII collective bargain agreement was signed. This agreement became effective on January 1, 2011 and will remain in effect until December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had 1,689, 1,060 and 350 temporary employees in our Spanish offices, respectively.

136


Table of Contents

E. Share Ownership

As of April 24 2012, the members of the Board of Directors owned an aggregate of BBVA shares as shown in the table below:

Name

Directly owned
shares
Indirectly owned
shares
Total shares % Capital Stock

Gonzalez Rodríguez, Francisco

1,302,627 1,359,262 2,661,889 0.053

Cano Fernández, Ángel

533,150 533,150 0.011

Alfaro Drake, Tomás

13,702 13,702 0.000

Álvarez Mezquíriz, Juan Carlos

176,928 176,928 0.003

Bustamante y de la Mora, Ramon

12,795 2,524 15,319 0.000

Fernandez Rivero, José Antonio

62,552 62,552 0.001

Ferrero Jordi, Ignacio

3,826 59,516 63,342 0.001

Garijo López, Belén

Loring Martínez de Irujo, Carlos

49,411 49,411 0.001

Maldonado Ramos, José

73,264 73,264 0.001

Medina Fernández, Enrique

42,299 1,592 43,891 0.001

Palao García-Suelto, José Luis

9,263 9,263 0.000

Pi Llorens, Juan

34,602 34,602 0.001

Rodriguez Vidarte, Susana

22,000 3,124 25,124 0.001

TOTAL

2,336,419 1,426,018 3,762,437 0.074

BBVA has not granted options on its shares to any members of its administrative, supervisory or management bodies. Information regarding the variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and the Multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2010-2011, is provided under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation.”

As of April 24, 2012, the Management Committee (excluding executive directors) and their families owned 1,931,765 shares. None of the members of our Management Committee held 1% or more of BBVA’s shares as of such date.

As of April 24, 2012, a total of 26,143 employees (excluding the members of the Management Committee and executive directors) owned 55,426,664 shares, which represents 1.09% of our capital stock.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

As of April 13, 2012, Manuel Jove Capellán, beneficially owned 5.07% of our shares. There have not been significant changes in his percentage ownership in the past 3 years. To our knowledge, no other person, corporation or government beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of BBVA’s shares. BBVA’s major shareholders do not have voting rights which are different from those held by the rest of its shareholders. To the extent known to us, BBVA is not controlled, directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person. As of April 13, 2012, there were 999,811 registered holders of BBVA’s shares, with an aggregate of 5,061,082,378 shares, of which 227 shareholders with registered addresses in the United States held a total of 1,016,624,380 shares (including shares represented by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)). Since certain of such shares and ADRs are held by nominees, the foregoing figures are not representative of the number of beneficial holders. Our directors and executive officers did not own any ADRs as of April 13, 2012. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Share Ownership”

137


Table of Contents

B. Related Party Transactions

Loans to Directors, Executive Officers and Other Related Parties

As of December 31, 2011, there was no amount disposed of the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and, at that date, the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors) amounted to 6,540 thousand.

The loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 to the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank amounted to 531 and 806 thousand, respectively, and the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors), amounted to 4,924 and 3,912 thousand as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The amount disposed of the loans granted as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 to parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Management Committee amounted to 20,593, 28,493 and 51,882 thousand, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, no guarantees were granted to any member of the Board of Directors, and the amount of guarantees granted to members of the Bank’s Management Committee reached 9 thousand. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, no guarantees, financial leases or commercial loans were granted to members of the Board of Directors or the Management Committee.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, guarantees, financial leases and commercial loan transactions arranged with parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and its Management Committee reached 10,825, 4,424 and 24,514 thousand, respectively.

Related Party Transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business

Loans extended to related parties were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

BBVA subsidiaries engage, on a regular and routine basis, in a number of customary transactions with other BBVA subsidiaries, including:

overnight call deposits;

foreign exchange purchases and sales;

derivative transactions, such as forward purchases and sales;

money market fund transfers;

letters of credit for imports and exports;

and other similar transactions within the scope of the ordinary course of the banking business, such as loans and other banking services to our shareholders, to employees of all levels, to the associates and family members of all the above and to other BBVA non-banking subsidiaries or affiliates. All these transactions have been made:

in the ordinary course of business;

on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons; and

did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

138


Table of Contents

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not Applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Financial Information

See Item 18.

Dividends

The table below sets forth the amount of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by BBVA on its shares for the years 2007 to 2011. The rate used to convert euro amounts to dollars was the noon buying rate at the end of each year.

Per Share
First Interim Second Interim Third Interim Final Total
$ $ $ $ $

2007

0.152 $ 0.222 0.152 $ 0.222 0.152 $ 0.222 0.277 $ 0.405 0.733 $ 1.070

2008

0.167 $ 0.232 0.167 $ 0.232 0.167 $ 0.232 (*) (*) 0.501 $ 0.697

2009

0.090 $ 0.129 0.090 $ 0.129 0.090 $ 0.129 0.150 $ 0.215 0.420 $ 0.602

2010

0.090 $ 0.068 0.090 $ 0.068 0.090 $ 0.068 (**) (**) 0.270 $ 0.203

2011

0.100 $ 0.130 (***) (***) 0.100 $ 0.130 (****) (****) 0.200 $ 0.259

(*)

On March 13, 2009, our shareholders approved the distribution of additional shareholder remuneration to complement the 2008 cash dividend in the form of an in-kind distribution of a portion of the share premium reserve. On April 20, 2009, our shareholders received BBVA shares from treasury stock in the proportion of one share for every 62 shares outstanding. Accordingly, the number of shares distributed was 60,451,115. This payment entailed a charge against the share premium reserve of 317 million, the weighted average market price of BBVA shares in the continuous electronic market on the trading session on March 12, 2009, the day immediately preceding the date of the annual shareholders’ general meeting.

(**)

In execution of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, on March 29, 2011, the Board of Directors executed the first free-of-charge capital increase approved by our shareholders in the general shareholders meeting of March 11, 2011 for the implementation of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción “ scheme. This free of charge capital increase gave BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 59 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.149 per share. For more information, please see BBVA’s report on Form 6-K furnished to the United States Securities Exchange Commission on March 29, 2011 (SEC Accession No. 0001309014-11-000177).

(***)

In execution of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, on September 27, 2011, the Board of Directors executed the second free-of-charge capital increase approved by our shareholders in the general shareholders meeting of March 11, 2011 for the implementation of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción “ scheme. This free of charge capital increase gave BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 56 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.10 per share. For more information, please see BBVA’s report on Form 6-K furnished to the United States Securities Exchange Commission on September 27, 2011 (SEC Accession No. 0001309014-11-000624).

139


Table of Contents
(****)

In execution of the 2012 “Dividendo Opción” described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, on April 11, 2012, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors executed the first free-of-charge capital increase approved by our shareholders in the general shareholders meeting of March 16, 2012 for the implementation of the 2012 “Dividendo Opción” scheme. This free of charge capital increase gives BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 47 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.118 per share. For more information, please see BBVA’s reports on Form 6-K furnished to the United States Securities Exchange Commission on March 28, 2012 and April 11, 2012 (SEC Accession Nos. 0001309014-12-000237 and 0001309014-12-000277 respectively).

We have paid annual dividends to our shareholders since the date we were founded. Historically, we have paid interim dividends each year. The total dividend (cash and scrip) for a year is proposed by the Board of Directors following the end of the year to which it relates. The unpaid portion of this dividend (the final dividend) is paid in cash or scrip after the approval of our financial statements by the shareholders at the annual shareholders’ general meeting. Interim and final dividends are payable to holders of record on the dividend payment date. Unclaimed dividends revert to BBVA five years after declaration.

While we expect to declare and pay dividends (in cash or scrip) on our shares on a quarterly basis in the future, the payment of dividends will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, governmental regulations and policies and other factors.

As described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 passed a resolution adopting a new scrip dividend scheme called “Dividendo Opción” on similar terms as the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” scheme. Accordingly, the “Dividendo Opción” is implemented as an alternative remuneration scheme for BBVA shareholders with the aim to provide BBVA shareholders with a flexible option to receive newly issued shares of the Bank, without thereby altering BBVA’s cash remuneration policy.

Subject to the terms of the deposit agreement entered into with the Bank of New York Mellon, holders of ADSs are entitled to receive dividends (in cash or scrip) attributable to the shares represented by the ADSs evidenced by their ADRs to the same extent as if they were holders of such shares.

For a description of BBVA’s access to the funds necessary to pay dividends on the shares, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”. In addition, BBVA may not pay dividends except out of its unrestricted reserves available for the payment of dividends, after taking into account the Bank of Spain’s capital adequacy requirements. Capital adequacy requirements are applied by the Bank of Spain on both a consolidated and individual basis. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital”. Under Spain’s capital adequacy requirements, we estimate that as of December 31, 2011, BBVA had approximately 11 billion of reserves in excess of applicable capital and reserve requirements, which were not restricted as to the payment of dividends.

Legal Proceedings

The Group is party to certain legal actions in a number of jurisdictions, including, among others, Spain, Mexico and the United States, arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA considers that none of such actions is material, individually or in the aggregate, and none of such actions is expected

140


Table of Contents

to result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of the actions arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA has not disclosed to the markets any contingent liability that could arise from such actions as it does not consider them material.

B. Significant Changes

No significant change has occurred since the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements other than those mentioned in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

BBVA’s shares are listed on the Spanish stock exchanges in Madrid, Bilbao, Barcelona and Valencia (the “Spanish Stock Exchanges”) and listed on the computerized trading system of the Spanish Stock Exchanges (the “Automated Quotation System”). BBVA’s shares are also listed on the Mexican and London stock exchanges as well as quoted on SEAQ International in London. BBVA’s shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange as American Depositary Shares (ADSs).

ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and are also traded on the Lima (Peru) Stock Exchange, by virtue of an exchange agreement entered into between these two exchanges. Each ADS represents the right to receive one share.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the euro price of BBVA’s shares on the Spanish Stock Exchanges and the price of BBVA’s ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. Cash dividends are paid by BBVA in euro, and exchange rate fluctuations between the euro and the dollar will affect the dollar amounts received by holders of ADRs on conversion by The Bank of New York Mellon (acting as depositary) of cash dividends on the shares underlying the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs.

The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales closing prices for the shares of BBVA on the Automated Quotation System.

Euro per Share
High Low

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

Annual

20.08 15.60

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

Annual

16.58 7.16

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

Annual

13.17 4.68

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

Annual

13.15 7.08

First Quarter

13.15 9.39

Second Quarter

11.32 7.41

Third Quarter

10.79 8.48

Fourth Quarter

9.99 7.08

141


Table of Contents

Euro per Share

High Low

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Annual

9.43 5.14

First Quarter

9.43 6.92

Second Quarter

8.82 7.49

Third Quarter

8.34 5.14

Fourth Quarter

6.93 5.50

Month ended October 31, 2011

6.93 5.82

Month ended November 30, 2011

6.30 5.50

Month ended December 31, 2011

6.71 6.01

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Month ended January 31, 2012

6.97 6.06

Month ended February 29, 2012

7.30 6.73

Month ended March 31, 2012

6.81 5.86

Month ended April 30, 2012 (through April 20)

5.97 4.95

From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011 the percentage of outstanding shares held by BBVA and its affiliates ranged between 0.649% and 1.855%, calculated on a daily basis. As of April 4, 2012, the percentage of outstanding shares held by BBVA and its affiliates was 1.140%.

The table below sets forth the reported high and low sales closing prices for the ADSs of BBVA on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.

U.S. Dollars per ADS

High Low

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

Annual

26.23 21.56

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

Annual

24.27 8.45

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

Annual

19.69 5.76

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

Annual

18.99 8.87

First Quarter

18.99 12.91

Second Quarter

15.40 8.87

Third Quarter

14.19 10.62

Fourth Quarter

13.99 9.21

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Annual

12.95 7.32

First Quarter

12.95 9.03

Second Quarter

12.90 10.49

Third Quarter

12.13 7.49

Fourth Quarter

9.94 7.32

Month ended October 31, 2011

9.94 7.63

Month ended November 30, 2011

8.75 7.32

Month ended December 31, 2011

8.95 7.77

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Month ended January 31, 2012

9.10 7.61

Month ended February 29, 2012

9.72 8.95

Month ended March 31, 2012

9.11 7.85

Month ended April 30, 2012 (through April 20)

7.97 6.47

142


Table of Contents

Securities Trading in Spain

The Spanish securities market for equity securities consists of the Automated Quotation System and the four stock exchanges located in Madrid, Bilbao, Barcelona and Valencia. During 2011, the Automated Quotation System accounted for the majority of the total trading volume of equity securities on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.

Automated Quotation System . The Automated Quotation System ( Sistema de Interconexión Bursátil ) links the four local exchanges, providing those securities listed on it with a uniform continuous market that eliminates certain of the differences among the local exchanges. The principal feature of the system is the computerized matching of buy and sell orders at the time of entry of the order. Each order is executed as soon as a matching order is entered, but can be modified or canceled until executed. The activity of the market can be continuously monitored by investors and brokers. The Automated Quotation System is operated and regulated by Sociedad de Bolsas, S.A. (“ Sociedad de Bolsas ”), a corporation owned by the companies that manage the local exchanges. All trades on the Automated Quotation System must be placed through a bank, brokerage firm, an official stock broker or a dealer firm member of a Spanish Stock Exchange directly. Since January 1, 2000, Spanish banks have been allowed to place trades on the Automated Quotation System and have been allowed to become members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges. We are currently a member of the four Spanish Stock Exchanges and can trade through the Automated Quotation System.

In a pre-opening session held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. each trading day, an opening price is established for each security traded on the Automated Quotation System based on orders placed at that time. The regime concerning opening prices was changed by an internal rule issued by the Sociedad de Bolsas . In this new regime all references to maximum changes in share prices are substituted by static and dynamic price ranges for each listed share, calculated on the basis of the most recent historical volatility of each share, and made publicly available and updated on a regular basis by the Sociedad de Bolsas . The computerized trading hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., during which time the trading price of a security is permitted to vary by up to the stated levels. If, during the open session, the quoted price of a share exceeds these static or dynamic price ranges, Volatility Auctions are triggered, resulting in new static or dynamic price ranges being set for the share object of the same. Between 5:30 p.m. and 5:35 p.m. a closing price is established for each security through an auction system similar to the one held for the pre-opening early in the morning.

Trading hours for block trades (i.e. operations involving a large number of shares) are also from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.

Between 5:30 p.m. and 8:00 p.m., special operations, whether Authorized or Communicated, can take place outside the computerized matching system of the Sociedad de Bolsas if they fulfill certain requirements. In such respect Communicated special operations (those that do not need the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas ) can be traded if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the trade price of the share must be within the range of 5% above the higher of the average price and closing price for the day and 5% below the lower of the average price and closing price for the day; (ii) the market member executing the trade must have previously covered certain positions in securities and cash before executing the trade; and (iii) the size of the trade must involve at least 300,000 and represent at least a 20% of the average daily trading volume of the shares in the Automated Quotation System during the preceding three months. If any of the aforementioned requirements is not met, a special operation may still take place, but it will need to take the form of Authorized special operation (i.e. those needing the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas ). Such authorization will only be upheld if any of the following requirements is met:

the trade involves more than 1.5 million and more than 40% of the average daily volume of the stock during the preceding three months;

143


Table of Contents

the transaction derives from a merger or spin-off process or from the reorganization of a group of companies;

the transaction is executed for the purposes of settling a litigation or completing a complex group of contracts; or

the Sociedad de Bolsas finds other justifiable cause.

Please note that the regime set forth in the previous two paragraphs may be subject to change, as article 36 of the Securities Market Act, defining trades in Spanish Exchanges was, as described below, modified as a result Law 47/2007. The Spanish Stock Markets are currently reviewing their trading rules in light of this new regulation.

Information with respect to the computerized trades between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. is made public immediately, and information with respect to trades outside the computerized matching system is reported to the Sociedad de Bolsas by the end of the trading day and published in the Boletín de Cotización and in the computer system by the beginning of the next trading day.

Sociedad de Bolsas is also the manager of the IBEX 35 ® Index. This index is made up by the 35 most liquid securities traded on the Spanish Market and, technically, it is a price index that is weighted by capitalization and adjusted according to the free float of each company comprised in the index. Apart from its quotation on the four Spanish Exchanges, BBVA is also currently included in the IBEX 35 ® Index.

Clearing and Settlement System.

On April 1, 2003, by virtue of Law 44/2002 and of Order ECO 689/2003 of March 27, 2003 approved by the Spanish Ministry of Economy, the integration of the two main existing book-entry settlement systems existing in Spain at the time—the equity settlement system Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“ SCLV ”) and the Public Debt settlement system Central de Anotaciones de Deuda del Estado (“ CADE ”)—took place . As a result of this integration, a single entity, known as Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“ Iberclear ”) assumed the functions formerly performed by SCLV and CADE according to the legal regime stated in article 44 bis of the Spanish Securities Market Act.

Notwithstanding the above, rules concerning the book-entry settlement systems enacted before this date by SCLV and the Bank of Spain, as former manager of CADE, continue in force, but any reference to the SCLV or CADE must be substituted by Iberclear.

In addition, and according to Law 41/1999, Iberclear manages three securities settlement systems for securities in book-entry form: The system for securities listed on the four Spanish Stock Exchanges, the system for Public Debt and the system for debt securities traded in AIAF Mercado de Renta Fija. Cash settlement, from February 18, 2008 for all systems is managed through the TARGET2-Banco de España payment system.

The following four paragraphs exclusively address issues relating to the securities settlement system managed by Iberclear for securities listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges (the “SCLV system”).

Under Law 41/1999 and Royal Decree 116/1992, transactions carried out on the Spanish Stock Exchanges are cleared and settled through Iberclear and its participants (each an “ entidad participante” ), through the SCLV system. Only Iberclear participants to this SCLV system are entitled to use it, with participation restricted to authorized members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges (for whom

144


Table of Contents

participation was compulsory until March 2007), the Bank of Spain (when an agreement, approved by the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Finance, is reached with Iberclear) and, with the approval of the CNMV, other brokers not members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges, banks, savings banks and foreign clearing and settlement systems. BBVA is currently a participant in Iberclear. Iberclear and its participants are responsible for maintaining records of purchases and sales under the book-entry system. In order to be listed, shares of Spanish companies must be held in book-entry form. Iberclear, maintains a “two-step” book-entry registry reflecting the number of shares held by each of its participants as well as the amount of such shares held on behalf of beneficial owners. Each participant, in turn, maintains a registry of the owners of such shares. Spanish law considers the legal owner of the shares to be:

the participant appearing in the records of Iberclear as holding the relevant shares in its own name, or

the investor appearing in the records of the participant as holding the shares.

Iberclear settles Stock Exchange trades in the SCLV system in the so-called “D+3 Settlement” by which the settlement of Stock Exchange trades takes place three business days after the date on which the transaction was carried out in the Stock Exchange.

Ministerial Order EHA/2054/2010, amended Iberclear’s Regulation permitting Iberclear to clear and settle trades of equity securities listed in the Spanish Stock Exchanges that are entered into outside such stock exchanges (whether over-the-counter or in multilateral trading facilities).

Obtaining legal title to shares of a company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange requires the participation of a Spanish broker-dealer, bank or other entity authorized under Spanish law to record the transfer of shares in book-entry form in its capacity as Iberclear participant for the SCLV system. To evidence title to shares, at the owner’s request the relevant participant entity must issue a certificate of ownership. In the event the owner is a participant entity, Iberclear is in charge of the issuance of the certificate with respect to the shares held in the participant entity’s own name.

According to article 42 of the Securities Market Act brokerage commissions are not regulated. Brokers’ fees, to the extent charged, will apply upon transfer of title of our shares from the depositary to a holder of ADSs, and upon any later sale of such shares by such holder. Transfers of ADSs do not require the participation of a member of a Spanish Stock Exchange. The deposit agreement provides that holders depositing our shares with the depositary in exchange for ADSs or withdrawing our shares in exchange for ADSs will pay the fees of the official stockbroker or other person or entity authorized under Spanish law applicable both to such holder and to the depositary.

Securities Market Legislation

The Securities Markets Act was enacted in 1988 with the purpose of reforming the organization and supervision of the Spanish securities markets. This legislation and the regulation implementing it:

established an independent regulatory authority, the CNMV, to supervise the securities markets;

established a framework for the regulation of trading practices, tender offers and insider trading;

required stock exchange members to be corporate entities;

required companies listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange to file annual audited financial statements and to make public quarterly financial information;

established the legal framework for the Automated Quotation System;

145


Table of Contents

exempted the sale of securities from transfer and value added taxes;

deregulated brokerage commissions; and

provided for transfer of shares by book-entry or by delivery of evidence of title.

On February 14, 1992, Royal Decree No. 116/92 established the clearance and settlement system and the book-entry system, and required that all companies listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange adopt the book-entry system.

On April 12, 2007, the Spanish Congress approved Law 6/2007, which amends the Securities Markets Act in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids, and Directive 2004/109/EC on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market (amending Directive 2001/34/EC). Regarding the transparency of listed companies, Law 6/2007 has amended the reporting requirements and the disclosure regime, and has established changes in the supervision system. On the takeover bids side, Law 6/2007 has established the cases in which a company must launch a takeover bid and the ownership thresholds at which a takeover bid must be launched. It also regulates conduct rules for the board of directors of target companies and the squeeze-out and sell-out when a 90% of the share capital is held after a takeover bid. Additionally, Law 6/2007 has been further developed by Royal Decree 1362/2007, on transparency requirements for issuers of listed securities.

On December 19, 2007, the Spanish Congress approved Law 47/2007, which amends the Securities Markets Act in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/37/EC on markets in financial instruments (MiFID), Directive 2006/49/EC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions, and Directive 2006/73/EC implementing Directive 2004/39/EC with respect to organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defined terms for the purposes of that Directive. Further MiFID implementation has been introduced by Royal Decree 217/2008 and Ministerial Order EHA/1665/2010, which developed articles 71 and 76 of such Royal Decree 217/2008 regarding fees and types of agreements.

On October 4, 2011, the Spanish Congress approved Law 32/2011, which amends the Securities Markets Act by enhancing the clearing, settlement and book-entry system (by establishing central counterparty equity clearing).

Trading by the Bank and its Affiliates in the Shares

Trading by subsidiaries in their parent companies shares is restricted by the Corporate Enterprises Act.

Neither BBVA nor its affiliates may purchase BBVA’s shares unless the making of such purchases is authorized at a meeting of BBVA’s shareholders by means of a resolution establishing, among other matters, the maximum number of shares to be acquired and the authorization term, which cannot exceed five years. Restricted reserves equal to the purchase price of any shares that are purchased by BBVA or its subsidiaries must be made by the purchasing entity. The total number of shares held by BBVA and its subsidiaries may not exceed ten percent of BBVA’s total capital, as per the new treasury stock limits set forth in Law 3/2009 of structural modifications of commercial companies. It is the practice of Spanish banking groups, including ours, to establish subsidiaries to trade in their parent company’s shares in order to meet imbalances of supply and demand, to provide liquidity (especially for trades by their customers) and to modulate swings in the market price of their parent company’s shares.

146


Table of Contents

Reporting Requirements

Royal Decree 1362/2007 requires that any entity which acquires or transfers shares and as a consequence the number of voting rights held exceeds, reaches or is below the thresholds of 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80% y 90% of the capital stock of a company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange must, within four days after that acquisition or transfer, report it to such company, and to the CNMV. This duty to report the holding of a significant stake will be applicable not only to the acquisitions and transfers in the terms described above, but also to those cases in which in the absence of an acquisition or transfer of shares, the ratio of an individual’s voting rights exceeds, reaches or is below the thresholds that trigger the duty to report, as a consequence of an alteration in the total number of voting rights of an issuer.

In addition, any company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange must report on a non-public basis to the CNMV, within 4 Stock Exchange business days, any acquisition by such company (or an affiliate) of the company’s own shares if such acquisition, together with any previous one from the date of the last communication, exceeds 1% of its capital stock, regardless of the balance retained. Members of the board of directors must report the ratio of voting rights held at the time of their appointment as members of the board, when they are ceased as members, as well as any transfer or acquisition of share capital of a company listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges, regardless of the size of the transaction. Additionally, since we are a credit entity, any individual or company who intends to acquire a significant participation in BBVA’s share capital must obtain prior approval from the Bank of Spain in order to carry out the transaction. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Exchange Controls—Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares”.

Royal Decree 1362/2007 also establishes reporting requirements in connection with any entity acting from a tax haven or a country where no securities regulatory commission exists, in which case the threshold of three percent is reduced to one percent.

Each Spanish bank is required to provide to the Bank of Spain a list dated the last day of each quarter of all the bank’s shareholders that are financial institutions and other non-financial institution shareholders owning at least 0.25% of a bank’s total share capital. Furthermore, the banks are required to inform the Bank of Spain, as soon as they become aware, and in any case not later than in 15 days, of each acquisition by a person or a group of at least one percent of such bank’s total share capital.

In addition, BBVA shares were included, among others, in Annex 1 of the Agreement of the Executive Committee of the CNMV on naked short selling dated September 22, 2008, which was supplemented by a further agreement of this body dated May 27, 2010. According to such committee’s agreements, from June 11, 2010, the following reporting and disclosing thresholds are in place for short positions in shares listed in Spanish regulated markets (including BBVA shares): (i) Any natural or legal person holding short positions in shares listed in Spanish regulated markets has to disclose to the CNMV: any short position exceeding 0.20% in the share capital of the issuers of such shares, any increase or decrease of any short position from this 0.20% threshold, as well as any change in a short position (whether downwards or upwards) of at least 0.1% of such shares; (ii) the CNMV will make public through its website the following information, provided such information has been disclosed to the CNMV: the short positions which exceed 0.5% in shares listed in the Spanish regulated markets, the increase or decrease in short positions in such shares that range further from this threshold (such as 0.5%, 0.6% and 0.7%); and the aggregate of any short positions in such shares falling under the 0.2% and 0.5% thresholds.

Ministerial Order EHA/1421/2009, implements Article 82 of Securities Market (Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988) on the publication of significant information. The Ministerial Order specifies certain aspects relating to notice of significant information that were pending implementation in Law 24/1988.

147


Table of Contents

In this respect, the principles to be followed and conditions to be met by entities when they publish and report significant information are set forth, along with the content requirements, including when significant information is connected with accounting, financial or operational projections, forecasts or estimates. The reporting entity must designate at least one interlocutor whom the CNMV may consult or from whom it may request information relating to dissemination of the significant information. Lastly, some of the circumstances in which it is considered that an entity is failing to comply with the duty to publish and report significant information are described. These include, among others, cases in which significant information is disseminated at meetings with investors or shareholders or at presentations to analysts or to media professionals, but is not communicated, at the same time, to the CNMV.

Circular 4/2009 of the CNMV further develops Ministerial Order EHA1421/2009. In this respect, the Circular sets forth a precise proceeding for the actual report of the significant information and draws up an illustrative list of the events that may be deemed to constitute significant information. This list includes, among others, events connected with strategic agreements and mergers and acquisitions, information relating to the reporting entity’s financial statements or those of its consolidated group, information on notices of call and official matters and information on significant changes in factors connected with the activities of the reporting entity and its group.

Tax Requirements

According to Law 19/2003 and its associated regulations, an issuer’s parent company (credit entity or listed company) is required, on an annual basis, to provide the Spanish tax authorities with the following: (i) disclosure of information regarding those investors with Spanish Tax residency obtaining income from securities and (ii) the amount of income obtained by them in each period.

B. Plan of distribution

Not Applicable.

C. Markets

Not Applicable.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not Applicable.

E. Dilution

Not Applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not Applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not Applicable.

148


Table of Contents

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Spanish law and BBVA’s bylaws are the main sources of regulation affecting the Company. All rights and obligations of BBVA’s shareholders are contained in its bylaws and in Spanish law.

The annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 16, 2012, resolved to amend the following articles of our bylaws: (i) article 20 (Notice of meeting); (ii) article 21 (Form and content of the notice of meeting); (iii) article 29 (Shareholders’ right to information); (iv) article 31 (Adoption of resolutions); (v) article 40 (Board meetings and notice of meetings); and (vi) article 41 (Quorum and adoption of resolutions), to adapt them to the Corporate Enterprises Act, as amended by Law 25/2011, of August 1, which incorporated Directive 2007/36/EC, of July 11, on the exercise of certain rights of shareholders in listed companies.

As mentioned in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation” the annual general shareholders’ meeting also resolved to amend article 53 of our bylaws on the allocation of profit or losses and the inclusion of a new article 33 bis regarding the compensation of non-executive directors.

As of the date of this Annual Report these amendments are pending registration with the Commercial Registry. In addition, pursuant to article 8.1 of Royal Decree 1245/1995, of July 14, on the creation of banks, cross-border activity and other matters relating to the legal regime of financial institutions, the bylaw amendments approved in the shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 are conditional on obtaining the authorization from the relevant authorities.

Registry and Company’s Objects and Purposes

BBVA is registered with the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya (Spain). Its registration number at the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya is volume 2,083, Company section folio 1, sheet BI-17-1, 1 st entry. Its corporate objects and purposes are to: (i) directly or indirectly conduct all types of activities, transactions, acts, agreements and services relating to the banking business which are permitted or not prohibited by law and all banking ancillary activities; (ii) acquire, hold and dispose of securities; and (iii) make public offers for the acquisition and sale of securities and all types of holdings in any kind of company. BBVA’s objects and purposes are contained in Article 3 of the bylaws.

Certain Powers of the Board of Directors

In general, provisions regarding directors are contained in our bylaws. Also, our Board regulations govern the internal procedures and the operation of the Board and its committees and directors’ rights and duties as described in their charter. The referred Board regulations (i) limit a director’s right to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director is materially interested; (ii) limit the power or directors to vote on compensation for themselves; (iii) limit borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such borrowing powers can be amended; or (iv) require retirement of directors at a certain age. In addition, the Board regulations contain a series of ethical standards. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.

Certain Provisions Regarding Privileged Shares

The bylaws authorize us to issue ordinary, non-voting, redeemable and privileged shares. As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, we have no non-voting, redeemable or privileged shares outstanding.

The Company may issue shares that confer some privilege over ordinary shares under the legally established terms and conditions, complying with the formalities prescribed for amending our bylaws.

149


Table of Contents

Only shares that have been issued as redeemable may be redeemed by us. Redemption of shares may only occur according to the terms set forth when they are issued. Redeemable shares must be fully paid-up at the time of their subscription. If the right to redeem redeemable shares is exclusively given to BBVA, it may not be exercised until at least three years after the issue. Redemption of shares must be financed against profits, free reserves or the proceeds of new securities issued especially for financing the redemption of an issue. If financed against profits or free reserves, BBVA must create a reserve for the amount of the par value of the redeemed shares. If the redemption is not financed against profits, free reserves or a new issue, it may only be done in compliance with the requirements of a reduction in share capital by the refund of contributions.

Holders of non-voting shares, if issued, are entitled to a minimum annual dividend, fixed or variable, set out at the time of the issue. The right of non-voting shares to accumulate unpaid dividends whenever funds to pay dividends are not available, any preemptive rights associated with non-voting shares, and the ability of holders of non-voting shares to recover voting rights also must be established at the time of the issue. Non-voting shares are entitled to the dividends to which ordinary shares are entitled in addition to their minimum dividend.

Certain Provisions Regarding Shareholders Rights

As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, our capital is comprised of one class of ordinary shares, all of which have the same rights.

Once the perquisites established by law or in our bylaws have been covered, dividends may be paid out to shareholders and charged to the year’s profit or to unrestricted reserves, in proportion to the capital they may have paid up, provided the value of the total net assets is not, or as a result of such distribution would not be, less than the share capital. Shareholders will participate in the distribution of dividends in proportion to their paid-in capital. The right to collect a dividend lapses after five years as of the date in which it was first available to the shareholders. Shareholders also have the right to participate in proportion to their paid-in capital in any distribution resulting from our liquidation.

Each voting share will confer the right to one vote on the holder present or represented at the general meeting. However, unpaid shares with respect to which a shareholder is in default of the resolutions of the Board of Directors relating to their payment will not be entitled to vote. The bylaws contain no provisions regarding cumulative voting.

The bylaws do not contain any provisions relating to sinking funds or potential liability of shareholders to further capital calls by us.

The bylaws do not establish that special quorums are required to change the rights of shareholders. Under Spanish law, the rights of shareholders may only be changed by an amendment to the bylaws that complies with the requirements explained below under “—Shareholders’ Meetings”, plus the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares of the class that will be affected by the amendment.

Shareholders’ Meetings

The annual shareholders’ general meeting has its own set of regulations on issues such as how it operates and what rights shareholders enjoy regarding annual general shareholders’ meeting. These establish the possibility of exercising or delegating votes over remote communication media.

General shareholders’ meetings may be annual or extraordinary. Annual general shareholders’ meetings are held within the first six months of each financial year in order to review, among other

150


Table of Contents

things, the management of the company, and to approve, if applicable, annual financial statements for the previous fiscal year. Extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings are those meetings that are not ordinary. In any case, the requirements mentioned below for constitution and adoption of resolutions are applicable to both categories of general meetings.

General shareholders’ meetings must be convened by the Board of Directors, whether by their own decision or upon the request of shareholders holding at least five percent of our share capital.

The annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 16, 2012, resolved to amend article 5 of our shareholders’ general meeting regulations which establishes that annual and extraordinary shareholders’ general meetings must be called within the notice period required by law. This will be done by means of an announcement published by the Board of Directors or its proxy in the Official Gazette of the Companies Registry (“ BORME ”) or one of the daily newspapers in Spain with the highest-readership, within the notice period required by law, as well as being disseminated on the CNMV website and the Company website, except when legal provisions establish other media for disseminating the notice.

The annual shareholders’ general meeting also resolved to amend the following articles of our shareholders’ general meeting regulations: (i) article 6 (Shareholders’ right to information prior to the General Meeting); (ii) article 8 (Voting and proxies over remote communication media); (iii) article 9 (Proxies for the General Meeting); (iv) article 10 (Public call for proxy); (v) article 18 (Organization of General Meetings); (vi) article 19 (Voting the resolution proposals) and (vii) article 23 (Publicizing the resolutions); and the inclusion of a new article 5 bis (Supplement to the notice of meeting and new draft resolution proposals), in order to adapt them to the Corporate Enterprises Act, as amended by Law 25/2011, of August 1, which incorporated Directive 2007/36/EC, of July 11, on the exercise of certain rights of shareholders in listed companies, and the Company bylaws.

The Company’s shareholders’ general meetings may be attended by anyone owning the minimum number of shares established in our bylaws(500), provided that their holding is registered in the corresponding accounting records five days before the general meeting is scheduled and that they conserve at least this same number of shares until the time when the general meeting is held. Holders of fewer shares may group together until achieving the required number, appointing a representative.

General shareholders’ meetings will be validly constituted on first call with the presence of at least 25% of our voting capital, either in person or by proxy. No minimum quorum is required to hold a general shareholders’ meeting on second call. In either case, resolutions will be agreed by the majority of the votes. However, a general shareholders’ meeting will only be validly held with the presence of 50% of our voting capital on first call or of 25% of the voting capital on second call, in the case of resolutions concerning the following matters:

issuances of debt;

capital increases or decreases;

the elimination on or limitation of the pre-emptive subscription rights over new shares;

transformation, merger of BBVA or break-up of the company and global assignment of assets and liabilities;

the off-shoring of domicile, and

any other amendment to the bylaws.

In these cases, resolutions may only be approved by the vote of the majority of the shares if at least 50% of the voting capital is present at the meeting. If the voting capital present at the meeting is less than 50%, then resolutions may only be adopted by two-thirds of the shares present.

151


Table of Contents

Additionally, our bylaws state that, in order to adopt resolutions regarding a change in corporate purpose or the total liquidation or dissolution of BBVA, at least two-thirds of the voting capital must be present at the meeting on first call and at least 60% of voting capital must be present on second call.

Restrictions on the Ownership of Shares

Our bylaws do not provide for any restrictions on the ownership of our ordinary shares. Spanish law, however, provides for certain restrictions which are described below under “—Exchange Controls—Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares”.

Restrictions on Foreign Investments

The Spanish Stock Exchanges are open to foreign investors. However, the acquisition of 50% or more of the share capital of a Spanish company by a person or entity residing in a tax haven must be notified to the Ministry of Economy and Treasury prior to its execution. All other investments in our shares by foreign entities or individuals only require the notification of the Spanish authorities through the Spanish intermediary that took part in the investment once it is executed.

Current Spanish regulations provide that once all applicable taxes have been paid, see “—Exchange Controls”, foreign investors may freely transfer out of Spain any amounts of invested capital, capital gains and dividends.

C. Material Contracts

Acquisition of shareholding in Garanti

On November 1, 2010, we entered into share purchase agreements with GE Araştirma ve Müşavirlik Limited Şirketi and General Electric Capital Corporation and Doğuş Holding A.Ş. (“ Doğuş ”), respectively, pursuant to which, on March 22, 2011, we acquired Garanti shares representing 18.60% and 6.29%, respectively, of the total issued share capital of Garanti at a price of approximately $3,776 million (equivalent to approximately TL 6.92 per lot of 100 Garanti shares, based on an exchange rate of TL 1.4327=$1.00) and $2,062 million (equivalent to approximately TL 11.18 per lot of 100 Garanti shares, based on such exchange rate), respectively, for a total purchase price of $5,838 million (the “ SPAs ”). The acquisitions contemplated in the SPAs were completed simultaneously and were conditional upon each other’s completion. In addition, the SPAs were subject to customary conditions precedent relating to the obtaining of regulatory consents to the sale.

In addition, on November 1, 2010, we entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş which is in effect since March 2011 (the “ SHA ”). Doğuş is one of the largest Turkish conglomerates and has business interests in the financial services, construction, tourism and automotive sectors. Pursuant to the SHA, BBVA and Doğuş have agreed to manage Garanti through the appointment of board members and senior management. The SHA provides for two phases (“ Phase 1 ” and “ Phase 2 ”, respectively), with the rights between the two shareholders differing based on the respective phase. In addition, during the Phase 2 period, BBVA’s rights will depend on the level of Doğuş’ shareholding. The Phase 1 period commenced in March 2011 and will end upon the occurrence of certain trigger events which relate to changes in BBVA’s and Doğuş’ shareholding in Garanti. If further new shares are acquired by either BBVA or Doğuş during Phase 1, the other party will have the right to acquire 50% of the shares so acquired and, if such party chooses not to acquire them, it will nevertheless have voting usufruct rights over 50% of the shares acquired. In addition, the shareholders’ agreement provides for rights of first offer, tag-along rights and a lock-up period in respect of Garanti shares owned by BBVA and Doğuş which will end on the earlier of (i) the end of the Phase 1 period, or (ii) March 22, 2014. Moreover, the parties will seek to maintain Garanti’s listing on the Istanbul Exchange and to distribute

152


Table of Contents

at least 25% of Garanti’s distributable profits as long as they hold a certain stake in Garanti. BBVA also has a perpetual option to purchase an additional 1% of Garanti, which will become exercisable on March 22, 2016.

A copy of each of the SPAs and the SHA has been filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report.

D. Exchange Controls

In 1991, Spain adopted the EU standards for free movement of capital and services. As a result, exchange controls and restrictions on foreign investments have generally been abolished and foreign investors may transfer invested capital, capital gains and dividends out of Spain without limitation as to amount, subject to applicable taxes. See “—Taxation”.

Pursuant to Spanish Law 18/1992 on Foreign Investments and Royal Decree 664/1999, foreign investors may freely invest in shares of Spanish companies, except in the case of certain strategic industries.

Shares in Spanish companies held by foreign investors must be reported to the Spanish Registry of Foreign Investments by the depositary bank or relevant Iberclear member. When a foreign investor acquires shares that are subject to the reporting requirements of the CNMV, notice must be given by the foreign investor directly to the Registry of Foreign Investments in addition to the notices of majority interests that must be sent to the CNMV and the applicable stock exchanges. This notice must be given through a bank or other financial institution duly registered with the Bank of Spain and the CNMV or through bank accounts opened with any branch of such registered entities.

Investment by foreigners domiciled in enumerated tax haven jurisdictions is subject to special reporting requirements under Royal Decree 1080/1991.

On July 5, 2003, Law 19/2003 came into effect . This law is an update to other Spanish exchange control and money laundering prevention laws.

Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares

The Discipline and Intervention of Credit Institutions Act (Law 26/1988), amended by Law 5/2009, of June 29, provides that any individual or corporation, acting alone or in concert with others, intending to directly or indirectly acquire a significant holding in a Spanish financial institution (as defined in article 56 of the aforementioned Law 26/1998) or to directly or indirectly increase its holding in one in such a way that either the percentage of voting rights or of capital owned were equal to or more than 20%, 30% or 50%, or by virtue of the acquisition, might take control over the financial institution, must first notify the Bank of Spain. The Bank of Spain will have 60 working days after the date on which the notification was received, to evaluate the transaction and, where applicable, challenge the proposed acquisition on the grounds established by law.

A significant participation is considered 10% of the outstanding share capital of a bank or a lower percentage if such holding allows for the exercise of a significant influence.

Any acquisition without such prior notification, or before the period established in article 58.2 has elapsed or against the objection of the Bank of Spain, will produce the following results:

the acquired shares will have no voting rights; and

if considered appropriate, the target bank may be taken over or its directors replaced and a sanction imposed.

153


Table of Contents

The Bank of Spain has 60 working days after the date on which the notification was received to object to a proposed transaction. Such objection may be based on the fact that the Bank of Spain does not consider the acquiring person suitable to guarantee the sound and prudent operation of the target bank.

Regarding the transparency of listed companies, Law 6/2007 amended the Securities Markets Act on takeover bids and transparency requirements for issuers. The transparency requirements have been further developed by Royal Decree 1362/2007 developing the Securities Markets Act on transparency requirement for issuers of listed securities, specifically information on significant stakes, reducing the communication threshold to 3%, and extending the disclosure obligations to the acquisition or transfer of financial instruments that grant rights to acquire shares with voting rights.

Tender Offers

The Spanish legal regime concerning takeover bids was amended by Law 6/2007 in order to adapt the Spanish Securities Market Act to the Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids, and Directive 2004/109/EC on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers.

Additionally, Royal Decree 1066/2007, of July 29, on takeover bids, completes the modifications introduced by Law 6/2007, further developing the takeover bids legal framework in Spain and harmonizing the Spanish legislation with Directive 2004/25/EC.

E. Taxation

Spanish Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material Spanish tax consequences to U.S. Residents (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report. This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to all categories of potential purchasers, some of whom (such as life insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, dealers in securities or financial institutions) may be subject to special rules. In particular, the summary deals only with the U.S. Holders (as defined below) that will hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and who do not at any time own individually, and are not treated as owning, 25% or more of BBVA’s shares, including ADSs.

As used in this particular section, the following terms have the following meanings:

(1) “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a citizen or an individual resident of the United States,

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax without regard to its source.

(2) “Treaty” means the Convention between the United States and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, together with a related Protocol.

(3) “U.S. Resident” means a U.S. Holder that is a resident of the United States for the purposes of the Treaty and entitled to the benefits of the Treaty, whose holding is not effectively connected with

154


Table of Contents

(1) a permanent establishment in Spain through which such holder carries on or has carried on business, or (2) a fixed base in Spain from which such holder performs or has performed independent personal services.

Holders of ADSs or ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors, particularly as to the applicability of any tax treaty. The statements regarding Spanish tax laws set out below are based on interpretations of those laws in force as of the date of this Annual Report. Such statements also assume that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in full accordance with the terms of those agreements.

Taxation of Dividends

Under Spanish law, cash dividends paid by BBVA to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs who is not resident in Spain for tax purposes and does not operate through a permanent establishment in Spain, are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax, withheld at source, currently at a 21% tax rate. For these purposes, upon distribution of the dividend, BBVA or its paying agent will withhold an amount equal to the tax due according to the rules set forth above (i.e., applying a withholding tax rate of 21%), transferring the resulting net amount to the depositary.

However, under the Treaty, if you are a U.S. Resident, you are entitled to a reduced withholding tax rate of 15%. To benefit from the Treaty-reduced rate of 15%, if you are a U.S. Resident, you must provide to BBVA through our paying agent depositary, before the tenth day following the end of the month in which the dividends were payable, a certificate from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) stating that, to the best knowledge of the IRS, you are a resident of the United States within the meaning of the Treaty and entitled to its benefits.

If the paying agent depositary provides timely evidence (i.e., by means of the IRS certificate) of your right to apply the Treaty-reduced rate it will immediately receive the surplus amount withheld, which will be credited to you. The IRS certificate is valid for a period of one year from issuance.

To help shareholders obtain such certificates, BBVA has set up an online procedure to make this as easy as possible.

If the certificate referred to in the above paragraph is not provided to us through our paying agent depositary within said term, you may afterwards obtain a refund of the amount withheld in excess of the rate provided for in the Treaty.

Scrip Dividend

As described under “Item 4. Information on the Company Business—Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, the BBVA annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012, passed a resolution adopting two different free-of-charge capital increases for the implementation of a new “Dividendo Opción” scheme for this year, the first of which relates to the dividend traditionally paid in April and which execution we expect to complete in early May 2012. This dividend scheme lets the shareholders choose how they would like to receive their dividends: in cash or in new shares.

Pursuant to the terms of the “Dividendo Opción” program, upon its implementation, the shareholders will receive one free-of-charge allocation right for each share of BBVA that they hold as of a given record date. These rights will be tradable on the Spanish Stock Exchanges for a minimum period of 15 natural days. BBVA will undertake to purchase free allocation rights tendered by a shareholder to it during a certain period of time at a fixed price, subject to the conditions that may be imposed each time the “Dividendo Opción” program is implemented. This fixed price will be the result

155


Table of Contents

of dividing the Reference Price (as defined below) by the number of rights necessary to receive one new share plus one. At the end of the 15 natural days period, the free-of-charge allocation rights not validly tendered to BBVA will be converted into newly-issued shares of the Company. The number of rights necessary for the allocation of one new share and the total number of shares to be issued by BBVA will depend, amongst other factors, on the arithmetic mean of the weighted average prices of BBVA’s shares on the Spanish Stock Exchanges over the five trading sessions immediately prior to the Board’s resolution concerning the implementation of the relevant free-of-charge capital increase (the “ Reference Price ”).

Consequently, when each of the free-of-charge capital increases implementing the “Dividendo Opción” scheme is executed, the shareholders of BBVA will be able to freely choose among:

(a)

Not transferring their free-of charge allocation rights. In this case, at the end of the trading period, the shareholders will receive the number of new totally paid-up shares to which they are entitled. For tax purposes the delivery of paid-up shares does not constitute income for purposes of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax, whether or not non-residents act through a permanent establishment in Spain.

The acquisition value of both the new shares received and the shares from which they derive, will result from distributing the total cost among the number of securities (both existing and those issued as paid-up shares corresponding thereto). Such paid-up shares will be deemed to have been held for as long as the shares from which they derive.

(b)

Sell their free-of-charge allocation rights on the market. In this event, the amount obtained for the transfer of such rights on the market will be subject to the following tax treatment:

For purposes of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax on non-residents without a permanent establishment, the amount obtained for the transfer of the free-of-charge allocation rights on the market is subject to the same treatment that tax regulations provide for pre-emptive rights. Accordingly, the amount obtained for the transfer of the free-of-charge allocation rights decreases the acquisition value for tax purposes of the shares from which such rights derive, pursuant to Section 37.1.a) of Law 35/2006, of November 28, on Personal Income Tax (Ley del Impuesto sobre la Renta de las Personas Físicas).

Thus, if the amount obtained for the aforementioned transfer is larger than the acquisition value of the securities from which they derive, the difference will be deemed to be a capital gain earned by the transferor in the tax period in which the transfer is effected.

(c)

Use the purchase commitment assumed by BBVA of free-of-charge allocation rights. The tax treatment applicable to the amount received for the transfer to the Company of the free-of-charge allocation rights held by them in their capacity as shareholders or acquired on the market will be equal to the treatment applicable to dividends directly distributed in cash and, consequently, such amount will be subject to the corresponding withholding.

It should be borne in mind that this analysis does not cover all the possible tax consequences. Therefore, shareholders are advised to consult with their tax advisors.

Spanish Refund Procedure

According to Spanish Regulations on Non-Resident Income Tax, approved by Royal Decree 1776/2004 dated July 30, 2004, as amended, a refund for the amount withheld in excess of the Treaty-reduced rate can be obtained from the relevant Spanish tax authorities. To pursue the refund claim, if you are a U.S. Resident, you are required to file:

the corresponding Spanish tax form,

156


Table of Contents

the certificate referred to in the preceding section, and

evidence of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax that was withheld with respect to you.

The refund claim must be filed within four years from the date in which the withheld tax was collected by the Spanish tax authorities, but not before February 1, of the following year.

U.S. Residents are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding refund procedures and any U.S. tax implications thereof.

Additionally, under the Spanish law, the first 1,500 of dividends received by individuals who are not resident in Spain for tax purposes, and do not operate through a permanent establishment in Spain, will be exempt from taxation in certain circumstances.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of, and the procedures to be followed in connection with, this exemption.

Taxation of Rights

Distribution of preemptive rights to subscribe for new shares made with respect to your shares in BBVA will not be treated as income under Spanish law and, therefore, will not be subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax. The exercise of such preemptive rights is not considered a taxable event under Spanish law and thus is not subject to Spanish tax. Capital gains derived from the disposition of preemptive rights received by U.S. Residents are generally not taxed in Spain provided that certain conditions are met (See “—Taxation of Capital Gains” below).

Taxation of Capital Gains

Under Spanish law, any capital gains derived from securities issued by persons residing in Spain for tax purposes are considered to be Spanish source income and, therefore, are taxable in Spain. For Spanish tax purposes, gain recognized by you, if you are a U.S. Resident, from the sale of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as capital gains. Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax is currently levied at a 21% tax rate on capital gains recognized by persons who are not residents of Spain for tax purposes, who are not entitled to the benefit of any applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation and who do not operate through a fixed base or a permanent establishment in Spain.

Notwithstanding the discussion above, capital gains derived from the transfer of shares on an official Spanish secondary stock market by any holder who is resident in a country that has entered into a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with an “exchange of information” clause (the Treaty contains such a clause) will be exempt from taxation in Spain. Additionally, capital gains realized by non-residents of Spain who are entitled to the benefit of an applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation will, in the majority of cases, not be taxed in Spain (since most tax treaties provide for taxation only in the taxpayer’s country of residence). If you are a U.S. Resident, under the Treaty, capital gains arising from the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be taxed in Spain. You will be required to establish that you are entitled to this exemption by providing to the relevant Spanish tax authorities a certificate of residence in the United States from the IRS (discussed above in “—Taxation of Dividends”), together with the corresponding Spanish tax form.

Spanish Inheritance and Gift Taxes

Transfers of BBVA’s shares or ADSs upon death or by gift to individuals are subject to Spanish inheritance and gift taxes (Spanish Law 29/1987), if the transferee is a resident in Spain for tax purposes, or if BBVA’s shares or ADSs are located in Spain, regardless of the residence of the

157


Table of Contents

transferee. In this regard, the Spanish tax authorities may argue that all shares of a Spanish corporation and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. The applicable tax rate for individuals, after applying all relevant factors, ranges between approximately 7.65% and 81.6%.

Corporations that are non-residents of Spain that receive BBVA’s shares or ADSs as a gift are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at a 21% tax rate on the fair market value of such ordinary shares or ADSs as a capital gain tax. If the donee is a United States resident corporation, the exclusions available under the Treaty described in “—Taxation of Capital Gains” above will be applicable.

Spanish Transfer Tax

Transfers of BBVA’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be exempt from Transfer Tax ( Impuesto sobre Transmisiones Patrimoniales ) or Value-Added Tax. Additionally, no stamp duty will be levied on such transfers.

U.S. Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to hold the securities. The summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined under “Spanish Tax Considerations” above) that are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets for tax purposes and does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules, such as:

certain financial institutions;

dealers and traders who use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares;

persons whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

tax-exempt entities;

partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States;

persons who acquired our ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

persons who own or are deemed to own 10% or more of our voting shares.

The summary is based upon the tax laws of the United States including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the “Code”), the Treaty, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, the summary is based in part on representations by the depositary and assumes that each obligation

158


Table of Contents

provided for in or otherwise contemplated by BBVA’s deposit agreement and any other related document will be performed in accordance with its terms. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs or ordinary shares are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the U.S., Spanish or other tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in their particular circumstances, including the effect of any U.S. state or local tax laws.

In general, for United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American depositary shares are pre-released may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by U.S. holders of American depositary shares. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, as described below. Accordingly, the analysis of the creditability of Spanish taxes described below, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, could be affected by future actions that may be taken by such parties.

This discussion assumes that BBVA is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”) (as discussed below).

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions, before reduction for any Spanish income tax withheld by BBVA or its paying agent, made with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares (other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for ordinary shares of its capital stock) will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary dividend income, to the extent paid out of BBVA’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. The amount of such dividends will generally be treated as foreign source dividend income and will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” generally allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code. Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 will be taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15%. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the availability of this favorable rate in their particular circumstances.

The amount of dividend income will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt (which, for U.S. Holders of ADSs, will be the date such distribution is received by the depositary), whether or not the depositary or U.S. Holder in fact converts any euro received into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of its receipt.

A scrip dividend (such as a dividend distributed under the “Dividendo Opción” program, described in “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”) will be treated in the same manner as a distribution of cash, regardless of whether a U.S. Holder elects to receive the dividend in shares rather than cash. If the U.S. Holder elects to receive the dividend in shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as having received a distribution equal to the U.S. dollar fair market value of the shares on the date of distribution. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such

159


Table of Contents

shares received will be equal to the U.S. dollar fair market value of the shares on the date of distribution and the holding period for such shares will begin on the day following the distribution.

Subject to applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a U.S. Holder’s circumstances and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, a U.S. Holder will be entitled to a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability, or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income, for Spanish income taxes withheld by BBVA or its paying agent at a rate not exceeding the rate the U.S. Holder is entitled to under the Treaty. Spanish taxes withheld in excess of the rate applicable under the Treaty will not be eligible for credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. See “Spanish Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends” for a discussion of how to obtain the Treaty rate. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and, therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

Sale and Other Disposition of ADSs or Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year at the time of disposition. Gain or loss, if any, will generally be U.S. source for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Based upon certain proposed Treasury regulations which are proposed to be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994 (“ Proposed Regulations ”), we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our 2011 taxable year. However, since our PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time and since there is no guarantee that the Proposed Regulations will be adopted in their current form and because the manner of the application of the Proposed Regulations is not entirely clear, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held ADSs or ordinary shares, gain recognized by such U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of an ADS or an ordinary share would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADS or the ordinary share. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable year. The same treatment would apply to any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its ordinary shares or ADSs to the extent that such distribution exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ordinary shares or ADSs received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or the prior taxable year, the 15% dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply. Certain elections may be available (including a mark-to-market election) that may provide alternative tax treatments. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding whether we are or were a PFIC, the potential application of the PFIC rules to determine whether any of these elections for alternative treatment would be available

160


Table of Contents

and, if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held an ADS or ordinary share, such U.S. Holder may be required to file a report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on, and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder may be subject to U.S. backup withholding on these payments if the U.S. Holder fails to provide its taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and comply with certain certification procedures or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals may be required to report information relating to their ownership of an interest in certain foreign financial assets, including stock of a non-U.S. person, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for stock held in custodial accounts maintained by a U.S. financial institution). Certain U.S. Holders who are entities may be subject to similar rules in the future. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not Applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not Applicable.

H. Documents on Display

The documents concerning BBVA which are referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at its offices at Plaza de San Nicolás 4, 48005 Bilbao, Spain. In addition, we are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, we file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC. Reports and other information filed or furnished by BBVA with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, on which BBVA’s ADSs are listed. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site that contains information filed or furnished electronically with the SEC, which can be accessed over the internet at http://www.sec.gov.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not Applicable.

161


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial institutions that deal in financial instruments must assume or transfer one or more types of risks with each transaction. The main risks associated with financial instruments are:

Credit risk: which arises from the possibility that one party to a financial instrument may fail to meet its contractual obligations, causing a financial loss for the other party.

Market risk: which relates to the likelihood of losses with respect to the value of securities held in our portfolio as a result of changes in the market prices of financial instruments. It includes three types of risks:

Interest-rate risk: which arises from variations in market interest rates.

Currency risk: resulting from variations in foreign-currency rates.

Price risk: resulting from variations in market prices, either due to factors specific to the instrument itself, or alternatively to factors which affect all the instruments traded on a specific market.

Liquidity risk: which arises from the possibility that a company cannot meet its payment commitments without having to resort to borrowing funds under onerous conditions, or risking the image and the reputation of the entity.

Value-at-Risk (VaR) is the basic risk measure used to manage and control the Group’s market risks. It estimates the maximum loss at a specific confidence level, for a given portfolio, probability and time horizon. We calculate VaR based on a 99% confidence level and a one-day time horizon.

BBVA, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer have received approval from the Bank of Spain to use a model developed by the Group to calculate bank capital requirements related to market risk. This model estimates VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which consists of estimating the losses or gains that would have been produced in the current portfolio if the changes in market conditions occurring over a specific period of time were repeated. Using this information, we infer the maximum foreseeable loss in the current portfolio with a determined level of confidence. This methodology presents the advantage of replicating historical market variables rather than requiring the assumption of any specific probability distribution. The historical period used in this model is two years.

In addition, the Bank follows the guidelines set out by Spanish and European authorities regarding other metrics, including the Bank of Spain’s regulatory requirements. The new measurements of market risk for the trading portfolio include the calculation of stressed VaR (which quantifies the level of risk in extreme historical situations) and the quantification of default risks and the downgrading of credit ratings of bonds and credit portfolio derivatives.

We determine a system of VaR and economic capital limits by market risk for each business unit, with specific ad-hoc sub-limits by type of risk, activity and trading desk.

Validity tests are performed periodically on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the securities assessed with a certain level of probability (back-testing), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing). In addition, BBVA Research (the BBVA Group’s Research Department) carries out stress analysis by simulating historical crisis scenarios and evaluating the impacts resulting from profound market alterations.

162


Table of Contents

Market Risk Management

Market Risk in Trading Portfolio in 2011

The market risk factors used to measure and control risks in the trading portfolio are the basis of all calculations using the VaR.

VaR measures the maximum loss with a given probability over a given period as a result of changes in the general conditions of financial markets and their effects on market risk factors. We mainly conduct daily VaR estimates using the historic simulation methodology.

The types of risk factors we use to measure VaR are:

Interest rate risk: the potential loss in value of the portfolio due to movements in interest rate curves. We use all interest rate curves in which we have positions and risks exist. We also use a wide range of vertices reflecting the different maturities within each curve.

Credit spread risk: the potential loss in the value of corporate bonds or any corporate bond derivatives caused by movements in credit spreads for such instruments. Credit spread VaR is estimated by moving the credit spreads used as risk factors through a range of scenarios. The risk factors used in the simulation are credit spread curves by sector and by rating, and specific spread curves for individual issuers.

Exchange rate risk: the potential loss caused by movements in exchange rates. Exchange rate risk VaR is estimated by analyzing present positions with observed actual changes in exchange rates.

Equity or commodity risk: the potential loss caused by movements in equity prices, stock-market indices and commodity prices. Equity or commodity risk VaR is estimated by re-measuring present positions using actual changes in equity prices, stock-market indices and commodity prices.

Vega risk: the potential loss caused by movements in implied volatilities affecting the value of options. Vega (equities, interest rate and exchange rate) risk VaR is estimated by analyzing implied volatility surfaces with observed changes in the implied volatilities of equity, interest rate and exchange rate options.

Correlation risk: the potential loss caused by a disparity between the estimated and actual correlation between two assets, currencies, derivatives, instruments or markets.

In addition, all these measurements are supplemented with VaR estimation with exponential smoothing, to better reflect the impact of movements.

163


Table of Contents

The evolution of the BBVA Group’s market risk during 2011, measured as VaR without smoothing, with a 99% confidence level and 1-day horizon, was as follows:

Market Risk Evolution

(In Millions of Euros)

LOGO

The average daily VaR was 24 million in 2011, compared with 33 million in 2010 and 26 million in 2009. The changes in the average daily VaR ratio in 2011 with respect to 2010 are basically the result of market activity in Europe, which reduced its average risk by 24% in 2011 (with a daily average VaR of 16 million) and, to a lesser extent, due to the market activity in Mexico, which reduced its average risk by 39% (with a daily average VaR in 2011 of 5 million).

The number of risk factors currently used to measure portfolio risk is around 2,200. This number varies according to the possibility of doing business with other underlying assets and in other markets.

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading portfolio as of December 31, 2011, the main risks were interest rate and credit spread risks, which fell by 3 million compared with December 31, 2010. Equity risk increased by 3 million compared with December 31, 2010, while currency risk and volatility and correlation risk fell by 0.1 million and 8 million compared with December 31, 2010, respectively. The table below shows the components of VaR as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the average, maximum and minimum VaRs for the years then ended.

Risk

December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010
(In Millions of Euros)

Interest/Spread risk

27 29

Currency risk

3 3

Stock-market risk

7 4

Vega/Correlation risk

4 12

Diversification effect(*)

(23 ) (21 )

Total

18 28

VaR average in the period

24 33

VaR max in the period

36 41

VaR min in the period

16 25

(*)

The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the average individual risk factors and the total VaR figure (which implicitly reflects the correlation between all the individual risk factors and scenarios used in the measurement).

164


Table of Contents

Stress testing is carried out using the historical crisis scenarios and economic scenarios drawn up by BBVA Research as a base:

Historical scenarios. The base historical scenario is the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008.

Economic crisis scenarios. Unlike the historical scenarios, economic stress scenarios are updated monthly. The decision about which of the scenarios should be used is taken by the Market Stress Committee, in which BBVA Research takes an active part through the construction of ad hoc scenarios. The fundamental aim of this committee is to identify the most significant market risk positions in each of the BBVA Group’s treasuries and assess the impact of changes in their risk drivers. To do so, the Stress Committee must identify and quantify unlikely but plausible crisis scenarios in the financial markets. This is achieved thanks to the participation of BBVA Research as a key member of the Committee. In addition, the economic stress scenarios are designed individually and are coherent with the positions of each of the treasuries. Consequently, there may be no coherence at Group level and thus the impacts cannot be aggregated.

The internal market risk model is validated periodically by back-testing. The back-testing comparison performed with market risk management results for the parent company (which accounts for most of the Group’s market risk) follows the principles set out in the Basel Accord. It makes a day-on-day comparison between actual risks and those estimated by the model, and proved that the risk measurement model continued to work correctly throughout 2011.

In 2011, portfolio losses in BBVA, S.A. were higher than daily VaR on three occasions (two in the case of BBVA Bancomer). This number of exceptions is within the bands set in the tests used in the Basel model. Accordingly, no significant changes have been made neither to the methodology of measurement, nor to the parameters of the current measurement model.

BBVA, S.A. internal back-testing model 2011

LOGO

165


Table of Contents

By geographical area, and as an annual average, 68.5% of the market risk in 2011 corresponded to our trading desks in Europe, the U.S. and Asia and 31.5% to the Group’s banks in Latin America, 19.3% of which was in Mexico. Information related to Asia is included under “Europe and USA” in the chart below.

Market risk by geographical area

(Average 2011)

LOGO

The breakdown of our risk exposure by categories of the instruments within the trading portfolio as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

As of December 31,
2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial assets held for trading

Debt securities

20,975 24,358 34,672

Government

17,989 20,397 31,290

Credit institutions

1,882 2,274 1,384

Other sectors

1,104 1,687 1,998

Trading derivatives

47,429 33,665 29,278

Market Risk in Non–Trading Activities in 2011

Structural Interest Rate Risk

Structural interest rate risk refers to the potential alteration of a company’s net interest income and/or total net-asset value caused by variations in interest rates. A financial institution’s exposure to adverse changes in market rates is a risk inherent in the banking business, while also presenting an opportunity to create value.

In 2011, the climate of uncertainty with respect to economic recovery maintained interest rates low and led to falls in long-term interest rates in Europe, the United States and Mexico. In contrast, in South America there was a steady upswing in interest rates as a result of the growth rates observed in the region.

Movements in interest rates lead to changes in a bank’s net interest income and book value, which constitutes a key source of asset and liability interest rate risk. The extent of impacts of this kind will depend on the bank’s exposure to changes in interest rates. This exposure is mainly the result of the

166


Table of Contents

time difference between the repricing and maturities of the different products on the banking book. The accompanying chart shows the gaps in BBVA’s structural balance sheet in euros as of December 31, 2011.

Gap of maturities and repricing dates of BBVA’s structural balance sheet in euros

(In Millions of Euros)

LOGO

As stated above, a financial institution’s exposure to adverse changes in interest rates is a risk inherent in the banking business, while at the same time representing an opportunity to generate value. This is why the management of asset and liability interest rate risk takes on particular importance in the current environment. This function falls to the Balance Sheet Management unit, within the Financial Management area. Working through the Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ ALCO ”) within each management unit and the Group’s ALCO, it is in charge of maximizing the Bank’s economic value, preserving the net interest income and guaranteeing the generation of recurrent earnings. To do so, it develops various strategies based on its expectations of the market. It seeks to achieve the risk profile defined by the BBVA Group’s management bodies and maintain a balance between expected results and the level of risk assumed. BBVA has a transfer pricing system, which centralizes the Bank’s interest rate risk on ALCO’s books and is designed to facilitate proper balance sheet risk management.

The Corporate Risk Management (“ CRM ”) area is responsible for controlling and monitoring asset and liability interest rate risk, acting as an independent unit to guarantee that the risk management and control functions are properly segregated. This policy is in line with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision recommendations. The CRM area also calculates the asset and liability interest rate risk measurements used by the Group’s management, designs measurement models and systems and develops monitoring, information and control systems. In addition, it carries out the function of risk control and analysis through the Risk Management Committee (“ RMC ”). Information produced by the CRM is then reported to the main governing bodies, such as the Executive Committee and the Board of Director’s Risk Committee.

The BBVA Group has a structural interest rate risk model made up of a set of metrics and tools which objective is to enable its risk profile to be monitored precisely. For accurately characterizing the balance sheet, analysis models have been developed to establish assumptions dealing fundamentally with expected loans amortization and the behavior of deposits with no explicit maturity. In addition to risks associated with parallel movements from cash-flow mismatch, the model includes other sources of risk such as changes in the yield slope and curve. This is done by applying a simulation model of interest rate curves that quantify risks in probabilistic terms and take into account the diversity of

167


Table of Contents

currencies and business units. This calculates the Group’s earnings at risk (EaR) and economic capital, defined as the maximum adverse deviations in net interest income and economic value, respectively, for a particular confidence level and time horizon. The model is periodically subjected to internal validation through the back-testing of the simulation model and the assumptions.

In addition, sensitivity is measured to a standard deviation of 100 basis points for all the market yield curves. The chart below shows the asset and liability interest rate profile of the main entities in the BBVA Group, according to their sensitivities, as of December 31, 2011.

LOGO

The risk appetite of each entity is determined by the Executive Committee and expressed through the limits structure, which is one of the mainstays in our control policies. The maximum negative impacts, in terms of both earnings and value, are in this way controlled in each of the Group’s entities through a limits policy. Active balance sheet management in 2011 has enabled the Group’s exposure to be maintained in keeping with its target risk profile, as presented in the chart below, which shows average limits used in each of the Group entities.

168


Table of Contents

Europe

LOGO

The risk measurement model is supplemented by analysis of specific scenarios and stress tests. Stress tests have taken on particular importance in recent years. Progress has therefore been made in the analysis of extreme scenarios in a possible breakthrough in both current interest rate levels and historical correlations and volatility. At the same time, the evaluation of scenarios forecast by BBVA Research has been maintained. In addition, monitoring of the contribution to risk by portfolios, factors and regions, and its subsequent integration into joint measurements, continued during 2011.

The table below shows the estimated impact on the BBVA Group’s net interest income and economic value for 2011 of a 100 basis point increase and decrease in average interest rates for the year.

Impact on Net Interest Income Impact on Economic Value(1)
100 Basis-Point
Increase
100 Basis-Point
Decrease
100 Basis-Point
Increase
100 Basis-Point
Decrease

BBVA Group

+1.98 % -0.82 % +0.91 % -1.96 %

(1)

Percentage relating to equity.

Structural Exchange Rate Risk

Structural exchange rate risk management in BBVA aims to minimize the potential negative impact from fluctuations in exchange rates on the book value and the contribution to earnings of international investments maintained on a long-term basis by the Group.

The CRM area acts as an independent unit responsible for monitoring and analyzing risks, standardizing risk management metrics and providing tools that can anticipate potential deviations from targets. It also monitors the level of compliance with established risk limits, and reports regularly to the RMC, the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee and the Executive Committee, particularly in the case of deviation or tension in the levels of risk assumed.

169


Table of Contents

The Balance Sheet Management unit, through ALCO, designs and executes the hedging strategies with the main objective of minimizing the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on capital adequacy ratios, as well as assuring the equivalent value in euros of the foreign-currency earnings of the Group’s various subsidiaries, adjusting transactions according to market expectations and hedging costs. The Balance Sheet Management area carries out this work by ensuring that the Group’s risk profile is, at all times, adapted to the framework defined by the limits structure authorized by the Executive Committee. To do so, it uses risk metrics obtained according to the corporate model designed by the CRM area.

The corporate model is based on simulating exchange rate scenarios, based on historical trends, and evaluating the impact on capital ratios, equity and the Group’s income statement. This provides a distribution of the impact on the three core elements, which helps determine their maximum adverse deviation for a particular confidence level and time horizon, depending on market liquidity in each currency. The risk measurements are completed with analysis of scenarios, stress testing and back-testing, thus giving a complete overview of the Group’s exposure to structural exchange rate risk.

In 2011, in an environment of uncertainty and market volatility, particularly in the second half of the year, a policy of prudence has been maintained and hedging extended in the currencies with the greatest exposure. This has moderated the risk assumed, despite the growing contribution of the “non-euro” area to the Group’s earnings and equity. The average hedging level of the carrying value of the BBVA Group’s holdings in foreign currency was close to 30% as of December 31, 2011. Hedging of foreign currency earnings also remained high during 2011, at levels close to 40%. At the end of the year, there was still significant hedging of forecast foreign currency earnings for 2012.

Structural Risk in Equity Portfolio

The CRM area monitors structural risk in its equity portfolio on an ongoing basis in order to limit the negative impact that an adverse performance by its holdings may have on the Group’s solvency and earnings recurrence. This ensures that the risk is maintained within levels that are compatible with BBVA’s target risk profile.

The scope of monitoring includes the holdings that the Group has in the capital of other industrial or financial companies with a medium or long-term investment horizon. Both holdings accounted for as an investment portfolio and those that are consolidated in the accounts are included, although in the latter case changes in value do not have an immediate effect on equity. In order to determine exposure, the positions held in derivatives are considered in order to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

This monitoring function is carried out by the CRM area by making estimates of the levels of risks assumed, and complementing this with periodic checks using stress tests and back-testing, as well as scenario analysis. It also monitors the level of compliance with the limits authorized by the Executive Committee, and periodically informs the Group’s senior management of these aspects. The mechanisms of risk control and limitation hinge on the key aspects of exposure, earnings and economic capital. Economic capital measurements are also built into the risk-adjusted return metrics to ensure efficient capital management in the Group.

In 2011, in a context of high stock-market volatility, structural equity risk management has been aimed at safeguarding the book value of the Group’s holdings. Thus, active position management, together with its hedging policy, has enabled the Bank to maintain risk, measured in terms of economic capital, at moderate levels.

170


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk Management

The aim of liquidity risk management, tracking and control is to ensure, in the short-term, that the payment commitments of BBVA Group entities can be duly met without having to resort to borrowing funds under burdensome terms, or damaging the image and reputation of the entities. In the medium-term, its aim is to ensure that the Group’s financing structure is ideal and that it is moving in the right direction with respect to the economic situation, the markets and regulatory changes.

Management of liquidity and structural finance in the BBVA Group is based on the principle of financial autonomy of the entities that form it. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability in periods of high risk.

The management and monitoring of liquidity risk is carried out comprehensively in each of the BBVA Group’s business units using a double (short and long-term) approach. The short-term liquidity approach has a time horizon of up to 366 days. It is focused on the management of payments and collections from the Treasury and Market activity and includes operations specific to the area and the Bank’s possible liquidity requirements. The medium-term approach is focused on financial management of the whole consolidated balance sheet, with a time horizon of one year or more.

The ALCO within each management unit is responsible for the comprehensive management of liquidity. The Financial Management unit, as part of the Financial Division, analyzes the implications of the Bank’s various projects in terms of finance and liquidity and its compatibility with the target financing structure and the situation of the financial markets. The Financial Management unit executes the resolutions agreed by the ALCO, in accordance with the agreed budgets and manages liquidity risk using a broad scheme of limits, sub-limits and alerts approved by the Executive Committee. The CRM measures and controls these limits independently and provides the managers with support tools and metrics needed for decision-making.

Each of the local risk Areas, which are independent from the local manager, complies with the corporative principles of liquidity risk control established by the Global Market Risk (“ GRM ”) unit, the global unit responsible for the structural risks for the entire BBVA Group.

At the level of each BBVA Group entity, the managing areas request and propose a scheme of quantitative and qualitative limits and alerts related to short and medium-term liquidity risks. Once agreed with GRM, controls and limits are proposed to the Bank’s Board of Directors (through its delegate bodies) for approval at least once a year. The proposals submitted by GRM are adapted to the situation of the markets according to the Group’s target risk tolerance level.

The development of a new Liquidity and Finance Manual in 2011 demanded strict adjustment of liquidity risk management in terms of limits, sub-limits and alerts, as well as in procedures. In accordance with the manual, GRM carries out regular measurements of risk incurred and monitors the consumption of limits. It develops management tools and adapts valuation models, carries out regular stress tests and reports on the liquidity risk levels to ALCO and the Group’s Management Committee on a monthly basis. Its reports to the management areas and GRM Management Committee are more frequent.

Under the current Contingency Plan, the frequency of communication and the nature of information provided is decided by the Liquidity Committee at the proposal of the Technical Liquidity Group (“ TLG ”). In the event of any alert or possible crisis, the TLG carries out an initial analysis of the liquidity situation (short or long-term) of the entity affected.

The TLG is made up of specialized staff from the Short-Term Cash Desk, the Global Accounting & Information Management (GA&IM), the Financial Management and the Structural Risk areas. If the

171


Table of Contents

alert signals established make clear that a critical situation has arisen, the TLG informs the Liquidity Committee (made up of managers of the corresponding areas). The Liquidity Committee is responsible for calling the Financing Committee, if appropriate, which is made up of the Group’s President and COO and the managers of the Financial Area, the CRM area, Global Business and the Business Area of the country affected.

One of the most significant aspects that have affected the BBVA Group in 2011 was the continuation of the sovereign debt crisis, which started in 2010. The role played by official bodies in the Eurozone and the ECB have been key in calming the markets and ensuring liquidity in the European banking system. However, the Group has not had to make use of the extraordinary measures established by the Spanish authorities to mitigate the liquidity tension affecting many Spanish banks.

Given this situation, the regulators have established new regulatory requirements with the goal of strengthening the balance sheets of banks and making them more resistant to potential short-term liquidity shocks. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is the metric proposed by the Bank Supervisory Committee of the Bank for International Settlements in Basel to achieve this objective. The metric focuses on ensuring that financial institutions have a sufficient stock of liquid assets to allow them to survive a 30-day liquidity stress scenario. According to the document published by the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision in December 2010, this ratio will remain subject to revision by the regulating bodies until mid-2013, and it will be incorporated as a regulatory requirement on January 1, 2015, though it must be reported to supervisory bodies as of January 2012.

In order to increase the weight of medium and long-term funding on the banks’ balance sheets, the regulators have defined a new long-term funding ratio (over 12 months) called the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). It will be under review until mid-2016 and become a regulatory requirement starting on January 1, 2018.

Although the precise definition of these new ratios has still not been decided, the BBVA Group has outlined a plan to adapt to them. This is expected to allow the Group to adopt best practices and the most effective and strict criteria for their implementation sufficiently in advance.

Below is a breakdown by contractual maturity of the balances of certain headings in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

2011 Demand Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
Years
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

ASSETS—

Cash and balances with central banks

28,066 1,444 660 330 426 30,927

Loans and advances to credit institutions

2,771 7,551 1,393 3,723 7,608 2,967 26,013

Loans and advances to customers

18,021 38,741 22,887 45,818 93,138 141,251 359,855

Debt securities

842 2,297 2,761 8,025 39,603 34,199 87,727

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

1,798 1,877 4,704 16,234 27,368 51,981

172


Table of Contents
2011 Demand Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
Years
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

LIABILITIES—

Deposits from central banks

3 19,463 2,629 11,040 1 33,136

Deposits from credit institutions

2,202 27,266 4,374 5,571 15,964 3,669 59,047

Deposits from customers

116,924 69,738 17,114 41,397 28,960 6,861 280,994

Debt certificates (including bonds)

2,032 1,880 11,361 45,904 17,144 78,321

Subordinated liabilities

110 38 4,893 9,500 14,541

Other financial liabilities

5,015 1,283 355 490 1,254 1,307 9,704

Short positions

1,446 2 3,163 4,611

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

1,687 1,636 5,232 15,533 25,313 49,401

2010 Demand Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
Years
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

ASSETS—

Cash and balances with central banks

17,275 1,497 693 220 282 19,967

Loans and advances to credit institutions

2,471 10,590 1,988 1,658 4,568 2,329 23,604

Loans and advances to customers

16,543 33,397 21,127 49,004 85,800 141,338 347,209

Debt securities

497 3,471 12,423 8,123 35,036 28,271 87,821

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

636 1,515 3,503 13,748 17,827 37,229

LIABILITIES—

Deposits from central banks

50 5,102 3,130 2,704 1 10,987

Deposits from credit institutions

4,483 30,031 4,184 3,049 9,590 5,608 56,945

Deposits from customers

111,090 69,625 21,040 45,110 21,158 6,818 274,841

Debt certificates (including bonds)

96 5,243 10,964 7,159 42,907 15,843 82,212

Subordinated liabilities

537 3 248 2,732 13,251 16,771

Other financial liabilities

4,177 1,207 175 433 647 1,564 8,203

Short positions

651 10 3,385 4,046

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

826 1,473 3,682 12,813 16,037 34,831

173


Table of Contents
2009 Demand Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
Years
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

ASSETS—

Cash and balances with central banks

14,650 535 248 735 163 16,331

Loans and advances to credit institutions

3,119 8,484 1,549 1,914 4,508 2,626 22,200

Loans and advances to customers

4,313 31,155 19,939 40,816 94,686 140,178 331,087

Debt securities

1,053 4,764 15,611 10,495 37,267 29,080 98,270

Other assets

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

637 2,072 3,863 13,693 12,608 32,873

LIABILITIES—

Deposits from central banks

213 4,807 3,783 12,293 21,096

Deposits from credit institutions

1,836 24,249 5,119 5,145 6,143 6,453 48,945

Deposits from customers

106,942 55,482 34,329 32,012 18,325 6,293 253,383

Debt certificates (including bonds)

10,226 16,453 15,458 40,435 14,614 97,186

Subordinated liabilities

500 689 2 1,529 14,585 17,305

Other financial liabilities

3,825 822 141 337 480 20 5,625

Short positions

448 16 3,366 3,830

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

735 1,669 3,802 13,585 10,517 30,308

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk is defined as the risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge a contractual obligation due to the insolvency or incapacity of the natural or legal persons involved.

Maximum exposure to credit risk

The BBVA Group’s maximum credit risk exposure by headings in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, is detailed in the table below. It does not recognize the availability of collateral or other credit enhancements to guarantee compliance with payment obligations. The details are broken down by financial instrument and counterparties.

Maximum Credit Risk Exposure

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial assets held for trading(1)

20,975 24,358 34,672

Debt securities

20,975 24,358 34,672

Government

17,989 20,397 31,290

Credit institutions

1,882 2,274 1,384

Other sectors

1,104 1,687 1,998

174


Table of Contents

Maximum Credit Risk Exposure

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss(1)

708 691 639

Debt securities

708 691 639

Government

129 70 60

Credit institutions

44 87 83

Other sectors

535 535 496

Available-for-sale financial assets(1)

52,008 50,602 57,067

Debt securities

52,008 50,602 57,067

Government

35,801 33,074 38,345

Credit institutions

7,137 11,235 12,646

Other sectors

9,070 6,293 6,076

Loans and receivables(1)

388,949 373,037 353,741

Loans and advances to credit institutions

26,013 23,604 22,200

Loans and advances to customers

359,855 347,210 331,087

Government

35,090 31,224 26,219

Agriculture

4,841 3,977 3,924

Industry

37,217 36,578 42,799

Real estate and construction

50,989 55,854 55,766

Trade and finance

55,748 53,830 48,936

Loans to individuals

139,063 135,868 126,488

Other

36,907 29,879 26,955

Debt securities

3,081 2,223 454

Government

2,128 2,040 342

Credit institutions

631 6 4

Other sectors

322 177 108

Held-to-maturity investments(1)

10,955 9,946 5,438

Government

9,896 8,792 4,064

Credit institutions

451 552 754

Other sectors

608 602 620

Derivatives (trading and hedging)(2)

58,683 44,762 42,836

Subtotal

532,278 503,396 494,393

Valuation adjustments

594 299 436

Total balance

532,872 503,695 494,829

Financial guarantees(3)

39,904 36,441 33,185

Drawable by third parties

88,978 86,790 84,925

Government

3,143 4,135 4,567

Credit institutions

2,417 2,303 2,257

Other sectors

83,419 80,352 78,101

Other contingent exposures

4,787 3,784 7,398

Total off-balance

133,670 127,015 125,508

Total maximum credit exposure

666,542 630,710 620,337

(1)

In the case of financial assets recognized in our consolidated balance sheet, exposure to credit risk is considered equal to their gross accounting value, not including valuation adjustments (impairment losses, uncollected interest payments, derivatives and others).

(2)

Reflects their market value on the date of the transactions and the estimated potential risk of these transactions on their due date. Accordingly, these amounts are different from those reflected in our

175


Table of Contents

balance sheet (which only considers their carrying amounts). We believe the information on trading and hedging derivatives set out in this table to provide a better reflection of the related maximum credit risk exposure. Credit risk originating from derivatives is mitigated through the contractual rights existing for offsetting accounts at the time of their settlement. This has reduced the Group’s exposure to credit risk to 37,817 million as of December 31, 2011 ( 27,933 million and 27,026 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively).

(3)

Represents the maximum amount that the Group would be liable for if these guarantees were called in, which is equivalent to their carrying amount.

The amount of financial assets that would be irregular if their conditions had not been renegotiated is not significant with respect to the BBVA Group’s total loans and receivables as of December 31, 2011.

Mitigation of credit risk, collateral and other credit enhancements, including risk hedging and mitigation policies

In most cases, maximum exposure to credit risk is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate our exposure.

We apply a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy deriving from a banking approach focused on relationship banking. The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, because the assumption of risks by the Group requires the prior verification of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or the debtor’s ability to generate sufficient resources to allow for the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore organized into three different levels in the BBVA Group:

Analysis of the financial risk of the operation, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds;

The creation of guarantees that are adequate, or generally accepted, based on the risk assumed (i.e. monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees); and

Assessment of the repayment risk (asset liquidity) of the guarantees received.

The procedures for the management and valuation of collaterals are set out in the Internal Manuals on Credit Risk Management Policies (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collateral assigned in transactions with customers.

The methods used for the valuation of the collateral are consistent with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real estate collateral, the market price in securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All collaterals assigned must be properly recorded and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The following is a description of the main collateral for each financial instrument class:

Financial assets held for trading: the guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument.

Trading and hedging derivatives: in derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction.

176


Table of Contents

The Group trades a wide range of credit derivatives. Through these contracts, the Group either purchases or sells protection on either a single-name or index basis. The Group uses credit derivatives to mitigate credit risk in its loan portfolio and other cash positions and to hedge risks assumed in other market transactions with clients and counterparties. Credit derivatives can follow different settlement and payment conventions, all of which are in accordance with the ISDA standards. The most common types of settlement triggers include bankruptcy of the reference credit entity, acceleration of indebtedness, failure to pay, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the entity. Since we typically confirm over 99% of our credit derivative transactions in the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (DTCC), substantially all of our credit derivatives portfolio is registered and matched against our counterparties.

Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and Available-for-sale financial assets: the guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

Loans and receivables:

Loans and advances to credit institutions. These usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

Total lending to customers. Most of these operations are backed by personal guarantees extended by the counterparty. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash guarantees, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

Debt securities. Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

Held-to-maturity investments: guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

Financial guarantees, other contingent exposures and drawable by third parties: these have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

Our collateralized credit risk as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, excluding balances deemed impaired, is broken down in the table below:

Collateralized Credit Risk

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Mortgage loans

130,703 132,628 127,957

Operating assets mortgage loans

3,732 3,638 4,050

Home mortgages

109,199 108,224 99,493

Rest of mortgages (1)

17,772 20,766 24,414

Secured loans, except mortgage

29,353 18,154 20,917

Cash guarantees

332 281 231

Secured loan (pledged securities)

590 563 692

Rest of secured loans (2)

28,431 17,310 19,994

Total

160,056 150,782 148,874

(1)

Refers to real estate loans which are secured with properties (other than residential properties) in respect of which we provide financing to the borrower to buy or to construct such properties.

(2)

Includes loans whose collateral consists of cash, other financial assets or partial guarantees.

177


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, in relation to mortgages, the average weighted amount pending loan amortization was 52% of the collateral pledged (53% as of December 31, 2010 and 54% as of December 31, 2009).

Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

We have enhanced our credit quality requirements for new loan generation by applying stricter criteria to new transactions with Spanish customers based on their creditworthiness. In particular, we have lowered the maximum acceptable percentage which monthly principal and interest payments associated with a proposed new loan may represent of the monthly income of the relevant customer to a range of 33%-50%, depending on available collateral and other financial guarantees. We have also lowered our maximum acceptance loan-to-value ratio (i.e. requiring more collateral per unit of lending) to a range of 80-100%, depending on available collateral and other guarantees. We have focused our efforts on reducing our real estate exposure mainly by decreasing new loan generation, mainly in Spain, and improving loan recovery in the real estate sector.

We have tools (“scoring” and “rating”) that enable us to rank the credit quality of our operations and customers based on an assessment of each such operation or customer and its correspondence with our probability of default (“ PD ”) scales. To analyze the performance of PD, the Group uses a series of tracking tools and historical databases that collect the pertinent information generated internally, which can be grouped together in scoring and rating models.

Scoring

Scoring is a decision-making model that contributes to both the arrangement and management of retail loans (consumer loans, mortgages, credit cards for individuals, etc). Scoring is the tool used to decide to whom a loan should be assigned, what amount should be assigned and what strategies can help establish the price, as it is an algorithm that sorts transactions by their credit quality. This algorithm enables the BBVA Group to assign a score to each transaction proposed by a customer, on the basis of a series of objective characteristics that have statistically been shown to discriminate between the quality and risk of this type of transactions. The advantage of scoring lies in its simplicity and homogeneity. All that is needed is a series of objective data for each customer, and this data is analyzed automatically using an algorithm.

There are three types of scoring based on the information used and its purpose:

Reactive scoring: measures the risk of a transaction requested by an individual using variables relating to the requested transaction and to the customer’s socio-economic data available at the time of the request. The new transaction is approved or rejected depending on the score given.

Behavioral scoring: scores transactions for a given product in an outstanding risk portfolio of the entity, enabling the credit rating to be tracked and the customer’s needs to be anticipated. It uses transaction and customer variables available internally. Specifically, variables that refer to the behavior of both the product and the customer.

Proactive scoring: gives a score at customer level using variables related to the individual’s general behavior with the entity, and to his/her payment behavior in all the contracted products. The purpose is to track the customer’s credit quality and it is used to pre-grant new transactions.

Rating

Rating tools, as opposed to scoring tools, do not assess transactions but focus on the rating of customers (companies, corporations, SMEs, public authorities, etc) instead. A rating tool is an

178


Table of Contents

instrument that, based on a detailed financial study, helps determine a customer’s ability to meet his/her financial obligations. The final rating is usually a combination of various factors: on the one hand, quantitative factors, and on the other hand, qualitative factors. It is a middle road between an individual analysis and a statistical analysis.

The main difference between ratings and scorings is that the latter are used to assess retail products, while ratings use a wholesale banking customer approach. Moreover, scorings only include objective variables, while ratings add qualitative information. And although both are based on statistical studies, adding a business view, rating tools give more weight to the business criterion compared to scoring tools.

For portfolios where the number of defaults is very low (sovereign risk, corporations, financial entities, etc.) the internal information is supplemented by “benchmarking” of the external rating agencies (Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch). To this end, each year the PDs compiled by the rating agencies at each level of risk rating are compared, and the measurements compiled by the various agencies are mapped against those of the BBVA Master Rating Scale.

Once the PD of a transaction or customer has been calculated, a “business cycle adjustment” is carried out. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation. The aim is to capture representative information of the behavior of portfolios over a complete economic cycle. This probability is linked to the Master Rating Scale prepared by the BBVA Group to enable uniform classification of the Group’s various asset risk portfolios.

The table below shows the abridged scale used to classify our outstanding risk as of December 31, 2011:

Probability of Default (Basic Points)

Internal Rating
Reduced List (17 groups)

Average Minimum from >= Maximum

AAA

1 2

AA+

2 2 3

AA

3 3 4

AA-

4 4 5

A+

5 5 6

A

8 6 9

A-

10 9 11

BBB+

14 11 17

BBB

20 17 24

BBB-

31 24 39

BB+

51 39 67

BB

88 67 116

BB-

150 116 194

B+

255 194 335

B

441 335 581

B-

785 581 1,061

C

2,122 1,061 4,243

179


Table of Contents

The table below outlines the distribution of exposure, including derivatives by internal ratings, to corporations, financial entities and institutions (excluding sovereign risk), of the BBVA Group’s main entities as of December 31, 2011:

Credit Risk Distribution by Internal Rating

Amount %
(In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)

AAA/AA+/AA/AA-

47,047 18.4 %

A+/A/A-

94,192 36.9 %

BBB+

23,685 9.3 %

BBB

10,328 4.0 %

BBB-

10,128 4.0 %

BB+

12,595 4.9 %

BB

11,361 4.5 %

BB-

14,695 5.8 %

B+

10,554 4.1 %

B

11,126 4.4 %

B-

6,437 2.5 %

CCC/CC

3,266 1.3 %

Total

255,414 100.0 %

Policies and procedures for preventing excessive risk concentration

In order to prevent the build-up of excessive concentrations of credit risk at the individual, country and sector levels, we maintain maximum permitted risk concentration indices updated at the individual and portfolio sector levels tied to the various observable variables within the field of credit risk management. Accordingly, the limit on the Group’s exposure or financial commitment to a specific customer depends on the customer’s credit rating, the nature of the risks involved, and the Group’s presence in a given market, based on the following guidelines:

To the extent that it is possible, the goal is to combine the customer’s credit needs (commercial/financial, short-term/long-term, etc.) with the interests of the Group.

Any legal limits that may exist concerning risk concentration are taken into consideration, such as the relationship between risks vis-à-vis a particular customer and the capital of the entity that assumes said risks, market volatility, the macroeconomic situation, etc.

In order to properly manage risk concentration and, if necessary, take action on such risks, various different levels of monitoring have been implemented according to the global risk level of a customer. Any risk concentrations with one customer or group that are expected to generate losses of more than 18 million are authorized and monitored directly by the Bank’s Board of Directors Risk Committee. In terms of exposure, this amount is equivalent to 10% of the BBVA Group’s eligible capital for a customer with an AAA credit rating and 1% for a customer with a BB credit rating.

180


Table of Contents

Financial assets past due but not impaired

The table below provides details of financial assets past due as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 but not considered to be impaired, listed by their first due date:

2011 2010 2009

Financial Assets Past Due but
Not Impaired

Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
1 to 2
Months
Past-Due
1 to 3
Months
Past-Due
Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
1 to 2
Months
Past-Due
1 to 3
Months
Past-Due
Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
1 to 2
Months
Past-Due
1 to 3
Months
Past-Due
(In Millions of Euros)

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

1,998 392 366 1,082 311 277 2,653 336 311

Government

186 47 23 122 27 27 45 32 19

Other sectors

1,812 345 343 960 284 250 2,608 304 292

Debt securities

Total

1,998 392 366 1,082 311 277 2,653 336 311

Impaired assets and impairment losses

The table below shows the composition of the balance of the impaired financial assets and risks as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

Impaired Risks
Breakdown by Type of Asset and by Sector

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

IMPAIRED RISKS ON BALANCE

Available-for-sale financial assets

125 140 212

Debt securities

125 140 212

Loans and receivables

15,685 15,472 15,311

Loans and advances to credit institutions

28 101 100

Loans and advances to customers

15,647 15,361 15,197

Debt securities

10 10 14

Total Impaired Risks on Balance(1)

15,810 15,612 15,523

Impaired Risks Off Balance(2)

Impaired contingent liabilities

219 324 405

TOTAL IMPAIRED RISKS(1)+(2)

16,029 15,936 15,928

Of which:

Government

135 124 87

Credit institutions

84 129 172

Other sectors

15,590 15,360 15,264

Mortgage

9,639 8,627 7,932

With partial secured loans

83 159 37

Rest

5,868 6,574 7,295

Impaired contingent liabilities

219 324 405

TOTAL IMPAIRED RISKS

16,029 15,936 15,928

181


Table of Contents

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the impaired financial assets and contingent risks are as follows:

Changes in Impaired Financial
Assets and Contingent Liabilities

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Balance at the beginning

15,936 15,928 8,859

Additions(1)

13,045 13,207 17,298

Recoveries(2)

(9,079 ) (9,138 ) (6,524 )

Net additions(1)+(2)

3,966 4,069 10,774

Transfers to write-off

(4,093 ) (4,307 ) (3,737 )

Exchange differences and other

221 246 32

Balance at the end

16,029 15,936 15,928

Recoveries on entries(%)

70 69 38

The increase in our recoveries on entries rate from 38% in 2009 to 69% in 2010 and 70% in 2011 was mainly attributable to the following factors:

In 2010, we created a new department in each business area focused on recoveries of substandard loans.

The average length of time between when an asset becomes past due to the completion of the foreclosure process (which lasts an average of 12-18 months) is 15-35 months. Accordingly, there is a delay between the recognition of an impaired loan secured by a mortgage and the related mortgage recovery. In 2009/2010 we started the foreclosure sale processes related to our impaired loans secured by mortgages recognized as such in 2008. Foreclosed assets amounted to 1,417 million and 1,513 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, compared to 801 million in 2009.

There has been a significant increase in the amount of real estate assets received in lieu of payment, in discharge of impaired loans (from 639 million in 2009 to 1,358 million and 1,618 million in 2010 and 2011, respectively).

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by geographical area and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

2011

Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than
12 Months
Past-Due
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Spain

4,640 1,198 1,187 4,482 11,507

Rest of Europe

217 38 41 235 531

Mexico

809 141 130 199 1,280

South America

767 66 38 109 980

United States

634 211 117 549 1,511

Rest of the world

1 1

Total

7,068 1,653 1,513 5,572 15,810

182


Table of Contents

2010

Less than
6 Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than
12 Months
Past-Due
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Spain

5,279 1,064 798 4,544 11,685

Rest of Europe

106 24 24 55 209

Mexico

753 60 69 324 1.206

South America

720 51 31 74 876

United States

1,110 84 111 331 1,636

Rest of the world

1

Total

7,968 1,284 1,034 5,327 15,612

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by type of loan in accordance with its associated guarantee, and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

2011

Less than
6 Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than
12 Months
Past-Due
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Unsecured loans

3,414 598 534 1,541 6,087

Mortgage

3,570 1,055 979 4,033 9,639

Residential mortgage

1,080 390 357 1,373 3,200

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

630 210 160 795 1,795

Rest of residential mortgage(1)

490 138 167 659 1,454

Plots and other real estate assets

1,370 317 295 1,206 3,188

Other partially secured loans

83 83

Others

Total

7,067 1,653 1,513 5,574 15,810

2010

Less than
6 Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than
12 Months
Past-Due
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Unsecured loans

4,309 338 271 1,710 6,628

Mortgage

3,301 946 763 3,617 8,627

Residential mortgage

629 304 271 1,472 2,676

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

561 128 100 602 1,391

Rest of residential mortgage(1)

701 132 99 593 1,525

Plots and other real estate assets

1,410 382 293 950 3,035

Other partially secured loans

159 159

Others

198 198

Total

7,967 1,284 1,034 5,327 15,612

(1)

Refers to residential real estate loans which are secured by properties (other than those currently used as the family residential property of the borrower) and to loans through which we provide financing to a borrower to construct residential properties until such properties are finished and sold.

183


Table of Contents

Below is the accumulated financial income accrued from impaired assets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 that are not recognized in our consolidated income statement due to the existence of doubts as to the collection of these assets:

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial income from impaired assets

1,908 1,717 1,485

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the non-performing loan and coverage ratios of the transactions recorded under the “Loans and advances to customers” and “Contingent risk” headings of our consolidated balance sheet were as follows:

BBVA Group Ratios 2011 2010 2009
(Percentage)

NPA ratio

4.0 4.1 4.3

NPA coverage ratio

61 62 57

Impairment losses

Below is a breakdown of the provisions recorded on our consolidated balance sheet covering estimated impairment losses in financial assets and contingent risks as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, classified according to the different headings used in our consolidated balance sheet:

Impairment Losses

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Available-for-sale portfolio

569 619 449

Loans and receivables

9,469 9,473 8,805

Loans and advances to customers

9,410 9,396 8,720

Loans and advances to credit institutions

47 67 68

Debt securities

12 10 17

Held to maturity investment

1 1 1

Impairment losses

10,039 10,093 9,255

Provisions to Contingent Risks and Commitments

291 264 243

Total

10,330 10,357 9,498

Of which:

For impaired portfolio

7,058 7,507 6,549

For currently non-impaired portfolio

3,272 2,850 2,949

Below are the changes in the estimated impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, broken down by the headings used in our consolidated balance sheet:

2011

Available for
sale portfolio
Held to
maturity
investment
Loans and
receivables
Contingent
risk and
commitments
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Balance at the beginning

619 1 9,473 264 10,357

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

62 6,041 17 6,121

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

(37 ) (1,513 ) (24 ) (1,574 )

Impairment losses (net)

25 4,528 (6 ) 4,547

Entities incorporated in the year

305 12 318

Transfers to written-off loans

(75 ) (4,039 ) (4,114 )

Exchange differences and other

(798 ) 22 (776 )

Balance at the end

569 1 9,469 291 10,330

184


Table of Contents

2010

Available for
sale portfolio
Held to
maturity
investment
Loans and
receivables
Contingent
risk and
commitments
Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Balance at the beginning

449 1 8,805 243 9,498

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

187 7,020 62 7,268

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

(32 ) (2,204 ) (40 ) (2,276 )

Impairment losses (net)

155 4,816 22 4,993

Entities incorporated in the year

Transfers to written-off loans

(57 ) (4,431 ) (4,488 )

Exchange differences and other

72 283 (1 ) 354

Balance at the end

619 1 9,473 264 10,357

The following table shows the changes in impaired financial assets written off from the balance sheet for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 because the possibility of their recovery was deemed remote:

Changes in the Impairment of Financial Assets
Written-Off from the Balance Sheet

2011 2010 2009
(In Millions of Euros)

Balance at the beginning

13,367 9,834 6,872

Increase

4,284 4,788 3,880

Decrease

(1,895 ) (1,447 ) (1,172 )

Re-financing or restructuring

(4 ) (1 )

Cash recovery

(327 ) (253 ) (188 )

Foreclosed assets

(29 ) (5 ) (48 )

Sales of written-off

(840 ) (342 ) (590 )

Debt forgiveness

(604 ) (217 ) (114 )

Time-barred debt and other causes

(91 ) (629 ) (231 )

Net exchange differences

115 193 253

Balance at the end

15,871 13,367 9,834

As indicated in Note 2.2.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, although they are not recognized in our consolidated balance sheet, we continue to attempt to collect on these write-offs until our rights to receive the related assets are fully extinguished, either because they become time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

185


Table of Contents

Risk Concentrations

The tables below show a breakdown of the balances of financial instruments registered in our consolidated balance sheet according to their concentration in geographical areas and to the residence of the customer or counterparty, as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. It does not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan-loss provisions.

2011 Risks On-Balance

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
Mexico United
States
Latin
America
Rest Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial assets held for trading

12,958 33,305 11,675 4,672 5,452 2,539 70,603

Debt securities

5,075 2,068 10,933 565 2,030 305 20,975

Equity instruments

662 363 741 69 125 238 2,198

Derivatives

7,221 30,874 2 4,039 3,297 1,996 47,430

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

234 311 1,470 509 454 2,977

Debt securities

117 77 6 508 1 708

Equity instruments

117 234 1,464 1 453 2,269

Available-for-sale portfolio

26,546 8,895 7,825 8,151 5,164 656 57,237

Debt securities

22,371 8,685 7,764 7,518 5,068 602 52,008

Equity instruments

4,175 210 61 633 96 54 5,229

Loans and receivables

203,348 44,305 42,489 44,625 46,479 7,704 388,949

Loans and advances to credit institutions

3,034 11,531 4,877 2,712 2,197 1,663 26,013

Loans and advances to customers

198,948 32,445 37,612 41,222 43,592 6,035 359,855

Debt securities

1,365 328 692 690 6 3,081

Held-to-maturity investments

7,373 3,582 10,955

Hedging derivatives

395 3,493 485 253 16 56 4,698

Total risks in financial assets

250,854 93,890 63,943 58,210 57,565 10,955 535,419

Risks Off-Balance

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
Mexico United
States
Latin
America
Rest Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial guarantees

16,175 12,289 1,098 4,056 4,733 1,554 39,904

Contingent exposures

30,848 21,506 11,929 22,002 6,192 1,288 93,767

Total contingent risks

47,023 33,795 13,027 26,058 10,925 2,842 133,669

TOTAL

297,877 127,685 76,970 84,268 68,490 13,797 669,088

186


Table of Contents

2010 Risks On-Balance

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
Mexico United
States
Latin
America
Rest Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial assets held for trading

18,903 22,899 9,578 3,951 5,549 2,404 63,284

Debt securities

9,522 2,839 8,853 654 2,086 405 24,359

Equity instruments

3,041 888 725 148 136 322 5,260

Derivatives

6,340 19,172 3,149 3,327 1,677 33,665

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

284 98 1,437 481 476 1 2,777

Debt securities

138 66 7 480 691

Equity instruments

146 32 1,430 1 476 1 2,086

Available-for-sale portfolio

25,230 7,689 10,158 7,581 4,291 1,234 56,183

Debt securities

20,725 7,470 10,106 6,903 4,211 1,187 50,602

Equity instruments

4,505 219 52 678 80 47 5,581

Loans and receivables

218,399 30,985 40,540 39,944 37,320 5,847 373,035

Loans and advances to credit institutions

6,786 7,846 5,042 864 2,047 1,018 23,603

Loans and advances to customers

210,102 23,139 35,498 38,649 34,999 4,822 347,209

Debt securities

1,511 431 274 7 2,223

Held-to-maturity investments

7,504 2,443 9,947

Hedging derivatives

234 2,922 281 131 35 3,603

Total risks in financial assets

270,554 67,036 61,994 52,088 47,636 9,521 508,829

Risks Off-Balance

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
Mexico United
States
Latin
America
Rest Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial guarantees

20,175 6,773 1,006 3,069 3,953 1,465 36,441

Contingent exposures

35,784 19,144 11,421 17,604 5,711 910 90,574

Total contingent risks

55,959 25,917 12,427 20,673 9,664 2,375 127,015

TOTAL

326,513 92,953 74,421 72,761 57,300 11,896 635,844

2009 Risks On-Balance

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
Mexico United
States
Latin
America
Rest Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial assets held for trading

22,893 25,583 11,612 3,076 4,329 2,240 69,733

Debt securities

14,487 7,434 10,157 652 1,646 296 34,672

Equity instruments

3,268 624 1,455 35 207 194 5,783

Derivatives

5,138 17,525 2,389 2,476 1,750 29,278

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

330 73 1,153 436 344 2,337

Debt securities

157 42 3 435 1 639

Equity instruments

173 31 1,150 1 343 1,698

Available-for-sale portfolio

30,177 11,660 7,709 7,828 4,876 1,266 63,516

Debt securities

24,838 11,429 7,688 7,082 4,806 1,223 57,066

Equity instruments

5,339 231 21 746 70 43 6,450

Loans and receivables

206,097 34,613 31,469 40,469 34,926 6,167 353,741

Loans and advances to credit institutions

2,568 11,280 3,269 2,441 1,724 918 22,200

Loans and advances to customers

203,529 23,333 28,200 37,688 33,098 5,239 331,087

Debt securities

340 104 10 454

Held-to-maturity investments

2,625 2,812 5,437

Hedging derivatives

218 2,965 266 117 3 25 3,595

Total risks in financial assets

262,340 77,706 52,210 51,926 44,478 9,698 498,359

187


Table of Contents

Risks Off-Balance

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
Mexico United
States
Latin
America
Rest Total
(In Millions of Euros)

Financial guarantees

15,739 7,826 897 3,330 3,704 1,689 33,185

Contingent exposures

37,804 24,119 9,421 15,990 3,743 1,246 92,323

Total contingent risks

53,543 31,945 10,318 19,320 7,447 2,935 125,508

TOTAL

315,883 109,651 62,528 71,246 51,925 12,633 623,866

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Debt Securities

Not Applicable.

B. Warrants and Rights

Not Applicable.

C. Other Securities

Not Applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

Our ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BBVA”. The Bank of New York Mellon is the depositary (the “Depositary”) issuing ADSs pursuant to an amended and restated deposit agreement dated June 29, 2007 among BBVA, the Depositary and the holders from time to time of ADSs (the “Deposit Agreement”). Each ADS represents the right to receive one share. The table below sets forth the fees payable, either directly or indirectly, by a holder of ADSs as of the date of this Annual Report.

Category

Depositary Actions

Associated Fee / By Whom Paid

(a) Depositing or substituting the underlying shares

Issuance of ADSs

Up to $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADSs delivered (charged to person depositing the shares or receiving the ADSs)

(b) Receiving or distributing dividends

Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions; distribution of share dividends or other free share distributions; distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs

Not applicable

(c) Selling or exercising rights

Distribution or sale of securities

Not applicable

(d) Withdrawing an underlying security

Acceptance of ADSs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited securities

Up to $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADSs surrendered (charged to person surrendering or to person to whom withdrawn securities are being delivered)

188


Table of Contents

Category

Depositary Actions

Associated Fee / By Whom Paid

(e) Transferring, splitting or grouping receipts

Transfers, combining or grouping of depositary receipts

Not applicable

(f) General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis

Other services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADSs

Not applicable

(g) Expenses of the Depositary

Expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with

•   stock transfer or other taxes (including Spanish income taxes) and other governmental charges;

•   cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at request of holder of ADS or person depositing shares for the issuance of ADSs;

•   transfer, brokerage or registration fees for the registration of shares or other deposited securities on the share register and applicable to transfers of shares or other deposited securities to or from the name of the custodian;

•   reasonable and customary expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars

Expenses payable by holders of ADSs or persons depositing shares for the issuance of ADSs; expenses payable in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars are payable out of such foreign currency

The Depositary may remit to us all or a portion of the Depositary fees charged for the reimbursement of certain of the expenses we incur in respect of the ADS program established pursuant to the Deposit Agreement upon such terms and conditions as we may agree from time to time. In the year ended December 31, 2011, the Depositary reimbursed us $589 thousand with respect to certain fees and expenses. The table below sets forth the types of expenses that the Depositary has agreed to reimburse and the amounts reimbursed in 2011.

Category of Expenses

Amount
Reimbursed in
the Year Ended
December 31,
2011
(In Thousands of
Dollars)

NYSE Listing Fees

139

Investor Relations Marketing

188

Professional Services

188

Annual Shareholders’ General Meeting Expenses

74

189


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not Applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2011, BBVA, under the supervision and with the participation of BBVA’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Global Accounting and Information Management Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Based upon their evaluation, BBVA’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Global Accounting and Information Management Officer concluded, that BBVA’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a reasonable assurance level in ensuring that information relating to BBVA, including its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in reports that it files under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to the management, including principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

During 2012 we have implemented certain procedural changes in our filing process in order to further bolster and strengthen our disclosure controls and procedures in light of the fact that the exhibits to certain Forms 6-K submitted to the SEC were inadvertently omitted at the time of their original submission due to a technical anomaly resulting from the possible defective use of the software we used in making such submissions.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of BBVA is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. BBVA’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of BBVA;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of BBVA’s management and directors; and

190


Table of Contents

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of BBVA’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“ COSO ”). Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Deloitte S.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which follows below.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group (the “Group”—Note 3) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance

191


Table of Contents

with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Group and our report dated April 26, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid—Spain

April 26, 2012

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in BBVA’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The charter for our Audit and Compliance Committee provides that the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee is required to have experience in financial matters as well as knowledge of the accounting standards and principles required by the banking regulators, and we have determined that Mr. José Luis Palao García Suelto, the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee, has such experience and knowledge and is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined by the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Mr. Palao is independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In addition, we believe that the remaining members of the Audit and Compliance Committee have an understanding of applicable generally accepted accounting principles, experience analyzing and evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by our Consolidated Financial Statements, an understanding of internal controls over

192


Table of Contents

financial reporting, and an understanding of audit committee functions. Our Audit and Compliance Committee has experience overseeing and assessing the performance of BBVA and its consolidated subsidiaries and our external auditors with respect to the preparation, auditing and evaluation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

BBVA’s Code of Ethics and Conduct applies, among others, to its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer. This code establishes the principles that guide these officers’ respective actions: ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality. It also establishes the limitations and defines the conflicts of interest arising from their status as senior executives. We have not waived compliance with, nor made any amendment to, the Code of Ethics and Conduct in 2011. BBVA’s Code of Ethics and Conduct can be found on its website at www.bbva.com.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table provides information on the aggregate fees billed by our principal accountants, Deloitte, S.L., by type of service rendered for the periods indicated.

Year ended December 31,

Services Rendered

2011 2010
(In Millions of Euros)

Audit Fees(1)

7.8 7.3

Audit-Related Fees(2)

0.9 1.3

Tax Fees(3)

0.1 0.3

All Other Fees(4)

1.2 0.6

Total

10.0 9.5

(1)

Aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by Deloitte, S.L. for the audit of BBVA’s annual financial statements or services that are normally provided by Deloitte, S.L. in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years. Total audit fees billed by Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates, were 17.6 million and 16.4 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(2)

Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for assurance and related services by Deloitte, S.L. that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of BBVA’s financial statements and are not reported under (1) above.

(3)

Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by Deloitte, S.L. for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.

(4)

Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services provided by Deloitte, S.L. other than the services reported in (1), (2) and (3) above. Services in this category consisted primarily of consultancy and implementation of new regulation.

The Audit and Compliance Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

In order to assist in ensuring the independence of our external auditor, the regulations of our Audit and Compliance Committee provides that our external auditor is generally prohibited from providing us with non-audit services, other than under the specific circumstance described below. For this reason, our Audit and Compliance Committee has developed a pre-approval policy regarding the contracting of BBVA’s external auditor, or any affiliate of the external auditor, for professional services. The professional services covered by such policy include audit and non-audit services provided to BBVA or any of its subsidiaries reflected in agreements dated on or after May 6, 2003.

193


Table of Contents

The pre-approval policy is as follows:

1.

The hiring of BBVA’s external auditor or any of its affiliates is prohibited, unless there is no other firm available to provide the needed services at a comparable cost and that could deliver a similar level of quality.

2.

In the event that there is no other firm available to provide needed services at a comparable cost and delivering a similar level of quality, the external auditor (or any of its affiliates) may be hired to perform such services, but only with the pre-approval of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

3.

The Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee has been delegated the authority to approve the hiring of BBVA’s external auditor (or any of its affiliates). In such an event, however, the Chairman would be required to inform the Audit and Compliance Committee of such decision at the Committee’s next meeting.

4.

The hiring of the external auditor for any of BBVA’s subsidiaries must also be pre-approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee.

5.

Agreements entered into prior to May 6, 2003 between BBVA or any of its subsidiaries and any of their respective external auditors, required the approval of the Audit and Compliance Committee in the event that services provided under such agreements continued after May 6, 2004.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

2011

Total Number of
Ordinary Shares
Purchased
Average Price
Paid per Share
(or Unit)
Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares (or
Units) that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs

January 1 to January 31

62,048,653 8.11

February 1 to February 28

45,342,926 9.03

March 1 to March 31

64,872,181 8.68

April 1 to April 30

41,735,541 8.47

May 1 to May 31

45,733,255 8.18

June 1 to June 30

50,583,268 7.74

July 1 to July 31

76,019,234 7.56

August 1 to August 31

56,722,957 6.28

September 1 to September 30

56,033,924 5.78

October 1 to October 31

67,918,692 6.43

November 1 to November 30

44,897,738 6.05

December 1 to December 31

41,086,404 6.49

Total

652,994,773 7.39

During 2011, we sold a total of 664,643,557 shares for an average price of 7.53 per share.

194


Table of Contents
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and through the date of this Annual Report, the principal independent accountant engaged to audit our financial statements, Deloitte S.L., has not resigned, indicated that it has declined to stand for re-election after the completion of its current audit or been dismissed. For each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, Deloitte S.L. has not expressed reliance on another accountant or accounting firm in its report on our audited annual accounts for such periods.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Compliance with NYSE Listing Standards on Corporate Governance

On November 4, 2003, the SEC approved rules proposed by the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”) intended to strengthen corporate governance standards for listed companies. In compliance therewith, the following is a summary of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to domestic issuers under the NYSE listing standards.

Independence of the Directors on the Board of Directors and Committees

Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, (i) a majority of a U.S. company’s board of directors must be composed of independent directors, (ii) all members of the audit committee must be independent and (iii) all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must have a compensation committee and a nominations committee and all members of such committees must be independent. In each case, the independence of directors must be established pursuant to highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE and, in the case of the audit committee, the NYSE and the SEC.

Subject to certain exceptions not applicable to us and except as indicated below, Spanish law does not contain any requirement that members of the board of directors or the committees thereof be independent, nor does Spanish law provide for the time being any definition of what constitutes independence for the purpose of board or committee membership or otherwise.

With respect to board committees, pursuant to RD 771/2011, the Bank of Spain will determine which credit entities should have a Compensation Committee, taking into account, among other things, their size, internal organization and the complexity of their activities. The Chairman and the members of the Compensation Committee, if any, will be members of the Board of Directors with no executive functions. In addition, according to the Securities Market Act, listed companies should have an Audit Committee and at least one of its members must be an independent director.

Moreover, pursuant to certain non-binding recommendations applicable to listed companies in Spain, the Audit and Compliance Committee and the Compensation and Appointment Committees of such companies should be composed of a majority of non-executive directors and chaired by an independent director. These recommendations also contain a definition of what constitutes independence for the purpose of board or committee membership.

Pursuant to article 1 of our Board regulations BBVA considers that independent directors are those who fulfill the requirements described below:

Independent directors are external directors appointed for their personal and professional background who can pursue their duties without being constrained by their relations with the Company, its significant shareholders or its executives.

Independent directors may not:

a)

Have been employees or executive directors in Group companies, unless three or five years, respectively, have passed since they ceased to be so.

195


Table of Contents
b)

Receive any amount or benefit from the Company or its Group companies for any reason other than remuneration of their directorship, unless it is insignificant.

Neither dividends nor supplementary pension payments that the director may receive from earlier professional or employment relationships shall be taken into account for the purposes of this section, provided they are not subject to conditions and the company paying them may not at its own discretion suspend, alter or revoke their accrual without breaching its obligations.

c)

Be or have been a partner in the external auditors’ firm or in charge of the auditor’s report with respect to the Company or any other Group company during the last three years.

d)

Be executive director or senior manager in any other company on which a Company executive director or senior manager is external director.

e)

Maintain or have maintained during the past year an important business relationship with the Company or any of its Group companies, either on his/her own behalf or as relevant shareholder, director or senior manager of a company that maintains or has maintained such relationship.

“Business relationships” shall mean relationships as provider of goods and/or services, including financial, advisory and/or consultancy services.

f)

Be significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of any organization that receives or has received significant donations from the Company or its Group during the last three years.

Those who are merely trustees on a foundation receiving donations shall not be ineligible under this section.

g)

Be married to or linked by equivalent emotional relationship, or related by up to second-degree family ties to an executive director or senior manager of the Company.

h)

Have not been proposed by the Appointments Committee for appointment or renewal.

i)

Fall within the cases described under letters a), e), f) or g) of this section, with respect to any significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board. In cases of family relationships described under letter g), the limitation shall not only apply to the shareholder, but also to the directors it nominates for the Company’s Board.

Directors owning shares in the Company may be independent providing they comply with the above conditions and their shareholding is not legally considered as significant.

Our Board of Directors has a large number of non-executive directors and eleven out of the 14 members of our Board are independent under the definition of independence described above. In addition, our Audit and Compliance Committee is composed exclusively of independent directors and the committee chairman is required to have experience in financial management and an understanding of the standards and accounting procedures required by the governmental authorities that regulate the banking sector. In accordance with the non-binding recommendation, our Board of Directors has an Appointments Committee and a Compensation Committee which are composed mainly of independent directors.

Separate Meetings for Independent Directors

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, independent directors must meet periodically outside of the presence of the executive directors. Under Spanish law, this practice is not contemplated as such. We note, however, that our independent directors meet periodically outside the

196


Table of Contents

presence of our executive directors anytime the Audit and Compliance Committee or the Appointments Committee and the Compensation Committee meet, since these Committees are comprised solely of non- executive directors. In addition, our independent directors meet outside the presence of our executive directors as often as they deem fit, and usually prior to meetings of the Board of Directors or its Committees.

Code of Ethics

The NYSE listing standards require U.S. companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. For information with respect to BBVA’s code of business conduct and ethics see “Item 16B. Code of Ethics”.

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reference is made to Item 19 for a list of all financial statements filed as a part of this Annual Report.

197


Table of Contents
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number

Description

1.1 Amended and Restated Bylaws ( Estatutos ) of the Registrant.
8.1 Consolidated Companies Composing Registrant (see Appendix I to XII to our Consolidated Financial Statements included herein).
10.1 Share Purchase Agreement entered into between the Company and Doğuş Holding A.Ş. on November 1, 2010.
10.2 Share Purchase Agreement entered into between the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation and GE Araştirma ve Müşavirlik Limited Şirketi on November 1, 2010.
10.3 Shareholders’ Agreement entered into between the Company, Doğuş Holding A.Ş., Doğuş Nakliyat ve Ticaret, A.Ş. and Doğuş Araştirma Geliştirme ve Müşavirlik Hizmetleri A.Ş. on November 1, 2010.(*)
12.1 Section 302 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Certification.
12.2 Section 302 President and Chief Operating Officer Certification.
12.3 Section 302 Chief Accounting Officer Certification.
13.1 Section 906 Certification.
15.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(*)

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this agreement. Confidential portions have been redacted and separately filed with the SEC.

We will furnish to the Commission, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of our long-term debt.

198


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and had duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

By:

/s/ RICARDO GOMEZ BARREDO

Name:

RICARDO GOMEZ BARREDO

Title:

Head of Global Accounting and Information Management Department

Date April 26, 2012

199


Table of Contents

CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

F-1

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

•   Consolidated balance sheets

F-2

•   Consolidated income statements

F-5

•   Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses

F-7

•   Consolidated statements of changes in equity

F-8

•   Consolidated statements of cash flows

F-11

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.       Introduction, basis for presentation of the consolidated financial statements and internal control of financial information

F-13

2.       Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

F-16

3.      Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group

F-43

4.       Allocation of earnings and the new system of shareholder remuneration

F-46

5.      Earnings per share

F-48

6.      Bases and methodology for business segment reporting

F-49

7.      Risk management

F-52

8.      Fair value of financial instruments

F-83

9.      Cash and balances with central banks

F-89

10.   Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

F-89

11.   Other financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

F-94

12.   Available-for-sale financial assets

F-94

13.   Loans and receivables

F-100

14.   Held-to-maturity investments

F-103

15.    Hedging derivatives (receivable and payable) and Fair-value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk

F-106

16.    Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

F-110

17.   Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

F-112

18.   Reinsurance assets

F-115

19.   Tangible assets

F-116

20.   Intangible assets

F-120

21.   Tax assets and liabilities

F-123

22.   Other assets and liabilities

F-126

23.   Financial liabilities at amortized cost

F-126

24.   Liabilities under insurance contracts

F-133

25.   Provisions

F-133

26.   Pensions and other post-employment commitments

F-134

27.   Common stock

F-144

28.   Share premium

F-147

29.   Reserves

F-147

30.   Treasury stock

F-150

31.   Valuation adjustments

F-151

32.   Non-controlling interests

F-151

33.   Capital base and capital management

F-152

34.   Contingent risks and commitments

F-155

35.   Assets assigned to other own and third-party obligations

F-155

36.   Other contingent assets and liabilities

F-155

37.   Purchase and sale commitments and future payment obligations

F-156

38.   Transactions for the account of third parties

F-156

39.   Interest Income and Expense and Similar Items

F-157

40.   Dividend income

F-160

41.   Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

F-160


Table of Contents

42.   Fee and commission income

F-161

43.   Fee and commission expenses

F-161

44.   Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)

F-162

45.   Other operating income and expenses

F-163

46.   Administration costs

F-163

47.   Depreciation and amortization

F-168

48.   Provisions (net)

F-168

49.   Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

F-168

50.   Impairment losses on other assets (net)

F-169

51.    Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

F-169

52.    Gains (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued transactions

F-169

53.   Consolidated statements of cash flows

F-170

54.   Accountant fees and services

F-171

55.   Related party transactions

F-171

56.    Remuneration and other benefits of the Board of Directors and Members of the Bank’s Management Committee

F-173

57.    Detail of the Directors’ holdings in companies with similar business activities

F-178

58.   Other information

F-178

59.   Subsequent events

F-181

APPENDICES

APPENDIX I

Financial Statements of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. A-1

APPENDIX II

Additional information on consolidated subsidiaries composing the BBVA Group A-10

APPENDIX III

Additional information on the jointly controlled companies accounted for under the proportionate consolidation method in the BBVA Group A-18

APPENDIX IV

Additional information on investments and jointly controlled companies accounted for under the equity method in the BBVA Group A-19

APPENDIX V

Changes and notification of investments and divestments in the BBVA Group in 2011 A-20

APPENDIX VI

Fully consolidated subsidiaries with more than 10% owned by non-BBVA Group shareholders as of December 31, 2011 A-24

APPENDIX VII

BBVA Group’s securitization funds A-25

APPENDIX VIII

Details of the outstanding Subordinated Debt and Preferred Securities issued by the Bank or entities in the Group consolidated as of December 31, 2011. A-26

APPENDIX IX

Consolidated balance sheets held in foreign currency as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
A-30

APPENDIX X

Risks related to the developer and real-estate sector in Spain A-31

APPENDIX XI

Glossary

A-36

APPENDIX XII

Additional disclosure required by the Regulation S-X

A-47


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group (the “Group” – Note 3) as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated income statements, statements of recognized income and expense, statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the controlling Company’s Directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boards (“IFRS – IASB”).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 26, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid – Spain

April 26, 2012

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros

ASSETS

Notes 2011 2010 2009

CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS

9 30,939 19,981 16,344

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

10 70,602 63,283 69,733

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

Debt securities

20,975 24,358 34,672

Equity instruments

2,198 5,260 5,783

Trading derivatives

47,429 33,665 29,278

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

11 2,977 2,774 2,337

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

Debt securities

708 688 639

Equity instruments

2,269 2,086 1,698

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

12 58,144 56,456 63,521

Debt securities

52,914 50,875 57,071

Equity instruments

5,230 5,581 6,450

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

13 381,076 364,707 346,117

Loans and advances to credit institutions

26,107 23,637 22,239

Loans and advances to customers

351,900 338,857 323,442

Debt securities

3,069 2,213 436

HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS

14 10,955 9,946 5,437

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

15 146 40

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

15 4,552 3,563 3,595

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

16 2,090 1,529 1,050

INVESTMENTS IN ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

17 5,843 4,547 2,922

Associates

5,567 4,247 2,614

Jointly controlled entities

276 300 308

INSURANCE CONTRACTS LINKED TO PENSIONS

REINSURANCE ASSETS

18 26 28 29

TANGIBLE ASSETS

19 7,330 6,701 6,507

Property, plants and equipment

5,740 5,132 4,873

For own use

4,905 4,408 4,182

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

835 724 691

Investment properties

1,590 1,569 1,634

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

20 8,677 8,007 7,248

Goodwill

6,798 6,949 6,396

Other intangible assets

1,879 1,058 852

TAX ASSETS

21 7,841 6,649 6,273

Current

1,509 1,113 1,187

Deferred

6,332 5,536 5,086

OTHER ASSETS

22 6,490 4,527 3,952

Inventories

3,994 2,788 1,933

Rest

2,496 1,739 2,019

TOTAL ASSETS

597,688 552,738 535,065

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

F-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Notes 2011 2010 2009

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

10 51,303 37,212 32,830

Deposits from central banks

Deposits from credit institutions

Customer deposits

Debt certificates

Trading derivatives

46,692 33,166 29,000

Short positions

4,611 4,046 3,830

Other financial liabilities

OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

11 1,825 1,607 1,367

Deposits from central banks

Deposits from credit institutions

Customer deposits

Debt certificates

Subordinated liabilities

Other financial liabilities

1,825 1,607 1,367

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST

23 479,904 453,164 447,936

Deposits from central banks

33,147 11,010 21,166

Deposits from credit institutions

59,356 57,170 49,146

Customer deposits

282,173 275,789 254,183

Debt certificates

81,930 85,179 99,939

Subordinated liabilities

15,419 17,420 17,878

Other financial liabilities

7,879 6,596 5,624

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

15 (2 )

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

15 2,710 1,664 1,308

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

16

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE CONTRACTS

24 7,737 8,034 7,186

PROVISIONS

25 7,561 8,322 8,559

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

26 5,577 5,980 6,246

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

350 304 299

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

291 264 243

Other provisions

1,343 1,774 1,771

TAX LIABILITIES

21 2,330 2,195 2,208

Current

772 604 539

Deferred

1,558 1,591 1,669

OTHER LIABILITIES

22 4,260 3,067 2,908

TOTAL LIABILITIES

557,630 515,263 504,302

F-3


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Notes 2011 2010 2009

STOCKHOLDERS’ FUNDS

40,952 36,689 29,362

Common Stock

27 2,403 2,201 1,837

Issued

2,403 2,201 1,837

Unpaid and uncalled (-)

Share premium

28 18,970 17,104 12,453

Reserves

29 17,940 14,360 12,074

Accumulated reserves (losses)

17,580 14,305 11,765

Reserves (losses) of entities accounted for using the equity method

360 55 309

Other equity instruments

51 37 12

Equity component of compound financial instruments

Other equity instruments

51 37 12

Less: Treasury stock

30 (300 ) (552 ) (224 )

Income attributed to the parent company

3,004 4,606 4,210

Less: Dividends and remuneration

(1,116 ) (1,067 ) (1,000 )

VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS

31 (2,787 ) (770 ) (62 )

Available-for-sale financial assets

(682 ) 333 1,951

Cash flow hedging

30 49 188

Hedging of net investment in foreign transactions

(158 ) (158 ) 219

Exchange differences

(1,937 ) (978 ) (2,236 )

Non-current assets held-for-sale

Entities accounted for using the equity method

188 (16 ) (184 )

Other valuation adjustments

(228 )

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

32 1,893 1,556 1,463

Valuation adjustments

36 (86 ) 18

Rest

1,857 1,642 1,445

TOTAL EQUITY

40,058 37,475 30,763

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

597,688 552,738 535,065

Millions of Euros

MEMORANDUM ITEM

Notes 2011 2010 2009

CONTINGENT RISKS

34 39,904 36,441 33,185

CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

34 93,766 90,574 92,323

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

F-4


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
Notes 2011 2010 2009

INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME

39 24,188 21,134 23,775

INTEREST AND SIMILAR EXPENSES

39 (11,028 ) (7,814 ) (9,893 )

NET INTEREST INCOME

13,160 13,320 13,882

DIVIDEND INCOME

40 562 529 443

SHARE OF PROFIT OR LOSS OF ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

41 600 335 120

FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME

42 5,618 5,382 5,305

FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSES

43 (1,058 ) (845 ) (875 )

NET GAINS (LOSSES) ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

44 1,114 1,441 892

Financial instruments held for trading

1,054 643 321

Other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

4 83 79

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

56 715 492

Rest

EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (NET)

365 453 652

OTHER OPERATING INCOME

45 4,247 3,543 3,400

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts

3,317 2,597 2,567

Financial income from non-financial services

656 647 493

Rest of other operating income

274 299 340

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

45 (4,042 ) (3,248 ) (3,153 )

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

(2,436 ) (1,815 ) (1,847 )

Changes in inventories

(298 ) (554 ) (417 )

Rest of other operating expenses

(1,308 ) (879 ) (889 )

GROSS INCOME

20,566 20,910 20,666

ADMINISTRATION COSTS

46 (9,104 ) (8,207 ) (7,662 )

Personnel expenses

(5,311 ) (4,814 ) (4,651 )

General and administrative expenses

(3,793 ) (3,393 ) (3,011 )

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

47 (847 ) (761 ) (697 )

PROVISIONS (NET)

48 (510 ) (482 ) (458 )

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS (NET)

49 (4,226 ) (4,718 ) (5,473 )

Loans and receivables

(4,201 ) (4,563 ) (5,199 )

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

(25 ) (155 ) (274 )

NET OPERATING INCOME

5,879 6,742 6,376

F-5


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
Notes 2011 2010 2009

NET OPERATING INCOME

5,879 6,742 6,376

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON OTHER ASSETS (NET)

50 (1,885 ) (489 ) (1,618 )

Goodwill and other intangible assets

(1,444 ) (13 ) (1,100 )

Other assets

(441 ) (476 ) (518 )

GAINS (LOSSES) ON DERECOGNIZED ASSETS NOT CLASSIFIED AS NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

51 46 41 20

NEGATIVE GOODWILL

1 99

GAINS (LOSSES) IN NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE NOT CLASSIFIED AS DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

52 (270 ) 127 859

INCOME BEFORE TAX

3,770 6,422 5,736

INCOME TAX

21 (285 ) (1,427 ) (1,141 )

INCOME FROM CONTINUING TRANSACTIONS

3,485 4,995 4,595

INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED TRANSACTIONS (NET)

NET INCOME

3,485 4,995 4,595

Net Income attributed to parent company

3,004 4,606 4,210

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

32 481 389 385
Euros
Note 2011 2010 2009

Basic earnings per share

5 0.64 1.14 1.07

Diluted earnings per share

5 0.64 1.14 1.07

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated income statement for the year ending December 31, 2011.

F-6


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses for the years ended

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

NET INCOME RECOGNIZED IN INCOME STATEMENT

3,485 4,995 4,595

OTHER RECOGNIZED INCOME (EXPENSES)

(1,894 ) (813 ) 1,061

Available-for-sale financial assets

(1,240 ) (2,166 ) 1,502

Valuation gains/(losses)

(1,351 ) (1,963 ) 1,520

Amounts removed to income statement

89 (206 ) (18 )

Reclassifications

22 3

Cash flow hedging

(32 ) (190 ) (32 )

Valuation gains/(losses)

(61 ) (156 ) (21 )

Amounts removed to income statement

29 (34 ) (11 )

Amounts removed to the initial carrying amount of the hedged items

Reclassifications

Hedging of net investment in foreign transactions

(377 ) (27 )

Valuation gains/(losses)

(377 ) (27 )

Amounts removed to income statement

Reclassifications

Exchange differences

(960 ) 1,384 68

Valuation gains/(losses)

(963 ) 1,380 141

Amounts removed to income statement

3 4 (73 )

Reclassifications

Non-current assets held for sale

Valuation gains/(losses)

Amounts removed to income statement

Reclassifications

Actuarial gains and losses in post-employment plans

(240 )

Entities accounted for using the equity method

204 228 (88 )

Valuation gains/(losses)

204 228 (88 )

Amounts removed to income statement

Reclassifications

Rest of recognized income and expenses

(90 )

Income tax

464 308 (362 )

TOTAL RECOGNIZED INCOME/EXPENSES

1,591 4,182 5,656

Attributed to the parent company

987 3,898 5,078

Attributed to minority interests

604 284 578

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of recognized income and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011.

F-7


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company Non-
controlling
Interests
(Note 32)
Total
Equity
Stockholders’ Funds Valuation
Adjust-

ments
(Note  31)
Total
Common
Stock
(Note 27)
Share
Premium
(Note 28)
Reserves (Note 29) Other
Equity
Instruments
Less:
Treasury
Stock
(Note 30)
Income
Attributed

to the
Parent
Company
Less:
Dividends
and
Remune-

rations
(Note 4)
Total
Stock-

holders’
Funds

2011

Accumulated
Reserves

(Losses)
Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted
for Using
the Equity
Method

Balances as of January 1, 2011

2,201 17,104 14,305 55 37 (552 ) 4,606 (1,067 ) 36,689 (770 ) 35,919 1,556 37,475

Effect of changes in accounting policies

Effect of correction of errors

Adjusted initial balance

2,201 17,104 14,305 55 37 (552 ) 4,606 (1,067 ) 36,689 (770 ) 35,919 1,556 37,475

Total income/expense recognized

3,004 3,004 (2,017 ) 987 604 1,591

Other changes in equity

202 1,866 3,275 305 14 252 (4,606 ) (49 ) 1,259 1,259 (267 ) 992

Common stock increase

68 (68 )

Common stock reduction

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

134 1,866 2,000 2,000 2,000

Increase of other equity instruments

14 14 14 14

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

Dividend distribution

(937 ) (937 ) (937 ) (273 ) (1,210 )

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

(14 ) 252 238 238 238

Transfers between total equity entries

3,239 300 (4,606 ) 1,067

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

Payments with equity instruments

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

118 5 (179 ) (56 ) (56 ) 6 (50 )

Of which:

Acquisition of the free allotment rights

(179 ) (179 ) (179 ) (179 )

Balances as of December 31, 2011

2,403 18,970 17,580 360 51 (300 ) 3,004 (1,116 ) 40,952 (2,787 ) 38,165 1,893 40,058

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2011.

F-8


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company Non-
controlling
Interests
(Note 32)
Total
Equity
Stockholders’ Funds Valuation
Adjust-

ments
(Note  31)
Total
Common
Stock
(Note 27)
Share
Premium
(Note 28)
Reserves (Note 29) Other
Equity
Instruments
Less:
Treasury
Stock
(Note 30)
Income
Attributed

to the
Parent
Company
Less:
Dividends
and
Remune-

rations
(Note 4)
Total
Stockholders’
Funds

2010

Accumulated
Reserves
(Losses)
Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted

for Using
the Equity
Method

Balances as of January 1, 2010

1,837 12,453 11,765 309 12 (224 ) 4,210 (1,000 ) 29,362 (62 ) 29,300 1,463 30,763

Effect of changes in accounting policies

Effect of correction of errors

Adjusted initial balance

1,837 12,453 11,765 309 12 (224 ) 4,210 (1,000 ) 29,362 (62 ) 29,300 1,463 30,763

Total income/expense recognized

4,606 4,606 (708 ) 3,898 284 4,182

Other changes in equity

364 4,651 2,540 (254 ) 25 (328 ) (4,210 ) (67 ) 2,721 2,721 (191 ) 2,530

Common stock increase

364 4,651 5,015 5,015 5,015

Common stock reduction

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

Increase of other equity instruments

25 25 25 25

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

Dividend distribution

(558 ) (1,067 ) (1,625 ) (1,625 ) (197 ) (1,822 )

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

(105 ) (328 ) (433 ) (433 ) (433 )

Transfers between total equity entries

2,865 (213 ) (3,652 ) 1,000

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

Payments with equity instruments

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

(220 ) (41 ) (261 ) (261 ) 6 (255 )

Balances as of December 31, 2010

2,201 17,104 14,305 55 37 (552 ) 4,606 (1,067 ) 36,689 (770 ) 35,919 1,556 37,475

F-9


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company Non-
controlling
Interests
(Note  32)
Total
Equity
Stockholders’ Funds Valuation
Adjustments
(Note 31)
Total
Common
Stock
(Note 27)
Share
Premium
(Note 28)
Reserves (Note 29) Other
Equity
Instruments
Less:
Treasury
Stock
(Note 30)
Income
Attributed

to the
Parent
Company
Less:
Dividends
and
Remunerations
(Note 4)
Total
Stockholders’
Funds

2009

Accumulated
Reserves

(Losses)
Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted

for Using
the Equity
Method

Balances as of January 1, 2009

1,837 12,770 8,801 609 89 (720 ) 5,020 (1,820 ) 26,586 (930 ) 25,656 1,049 26,705

Effect of changes in accounting policies

Effect of correction of errors

Adjusted initial balance

1,837 12,770 8,801 609 89 (720 ) 5,020 (1,820 ) 26,586 (930 ) 25,656 1,049 26,705

Total income/expense recognized

4,210 4,210 868 5,078 578 5,656

Other changes in equity

(317 ) 2,964 (300 ) (77 ) 496 (5,020 ) 820 (1,434 ) (1,434 ) (164 ) (1,598 )

Common stock increase

Common stock reduction

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

Increase of other equity instruments

10 10 10 10

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

Dividend distribution

(1,000 ) (1,000 ) (1,000 ) (144 ) (1,144 )

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

(238 ) 496 258 258 258

Transfers between total equity entries

3,378 (178 ) (5,020 ) 1,820

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

Payments with equity instruments

(317 ) (87 ) (404 ) (404 ) (404 )

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

(176 ) (122 ) (298 ) (298 ) (20 ) (318 )

Balances as of December 31, 2009

1,837 12,453 11,765 309 12 (224 ) 4,210 (1,000 ) 29,362 (62 ) 29,300 1,463 30,763

F-10


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
Notes 2011 2010 2009

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES (1)

53 19,811 8,503 2,567

Net income for the year

3,485 4,995 4,595

Adjustments to obtain the cash flow from operating activities:

3,090 (534 ) (591 )

Depreciation and amortization

847 761 697

Other adjustments

2,243 (1,295 ) (1,288 )

Net increase/decrease in operating assets

17,340 6,452 (9,781 )

Financial assets held for trading

7,319 (6,450 ) (3,566 )

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

203 437 582

Available-for-sale financial assets

1,131 (7,064 ) 15,741

Loans and receivables

6,461 18,590 (23,377 )

Other operating assets

2,226 939 839

Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities

30,291 9,067 (12,359 )

Financial liabilities held for trading

14,090 4,383 (10,179 )

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

218 240 334

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

16,265 5,687 (3,564 )

Other operating liabilities

(282 ) (1,243 ) 1,050

Collection/Payments for income tax

285 1,427 1,141

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES (2)

53 (6,622 ) (7,078 ) (643 )

Investment

8,524 8,762 2,396

Tangible assets

1,313 1,040 931

Intangible assets

612 464 380

Investments

430 1,209 2

Subsidiaries and other business units

4,653 77 7

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

1,516 1,464 920

Held-to-maturity investments

4,508 156

Other settlements related to investing activities

Divestments

1,902 1,684 1,753

Tangible assets

175 261 793

Intangible assets

1 6 147

Investments

1 1

Subsidiaries and other business units

18 69 32

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

870 1,347 780

Held-to-maturity investments

838

Other collections related to investing activities

F-11


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros
Notes 2011 2010 2009

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)

53 (1,269 ) 1,148 (74 )

Investment

6,282 12,410 10,012

Dividends

1,031 1,218 1,567

Subordinated liabilities

230 2,846 1,667

Common stock amortization

Treasury stock acquisition

4,825 7,828 6,431

Other items relating to financing activities

196 518 347

Divestments

5,013 13,558 9,938

Subordinated liabilities

1,205 3,103

Common stock increase

4,914

Treasury stock disposal

5,013 7,439 6,835

Other items relating to financing activities

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES (4)

(960 ) 1,063 (161 )

NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS (1+2+3+4)

10,960 3,636 1,689

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

19,967 16,331 14,642

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

30,927 19,967 16,331

Millions of Euros

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND EQUIVALENT AT END OF THE YEAR

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Cash

4,611 4,284 4,218

Balance of cash equivalent in central banks

26,316 15,683 12,113

Other financial assets

Less: Bank overdraft refundable on demand

TOTAL CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

9 30,927 19,967 16,331

Of which:

Held by consolidated subsidiaries but not available for the Group

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011.

F-12


Table of Contents

LOGO

Notes to consolidated income statements for the year ended

December  31, 2011

1. Introduction, basis for presentation of the consolidated financial statements and internal control of financial information

1.1 Introduction

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (hereinafter “the Bank” or “BBVA”) is a private-law entity subject to the laws and regulations governing banking entities operating in Spain. It carries out its activity through branches and agencies across the country and abroad.

The Bylaws and other public information are available for consultation at the Bank’s registered address (Plaza San Nicolás, 4 Bilbao).

In addition to the transactions it carries out directly, the Bank heads a group of subsidiaries, jointly-controlled and associated entities which perform a wide range of activities and which together with the Bank constitute the Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group (hereinafter, “the Group” or “the BBVA Group”). In addition to its own individual financial statements, the Bank is therefore obliged to prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2011, the BBVA Group was made up of 293 fully consolidated and 27 proportionately consolidated companies, as well as 73 companies consolidated using the equity method (see Notes 3 and 17 and Appendices II to VII).

The BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements for the years ending December 31, 2010 and 2009 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meetings “AGM” held on March 11, 2011 and March 12, 2010, respectively.

The 2011 consolidated financial statements of the Group and the 2011 financial statements of the Bank have been approved by the shareholders at the AGM held on March 16, 2012.

1.2 Basis for the presentation of the consolidated financial statements

The BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards endorsed by the European Union (EU-IFRS) required to be applied under the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, dated December 22 (and as amended thereafter) and in compliance with IFRS-IASB. This Bank of Spain Circular is the regulation that implements and adapts the EU-IFRS for Spanish banks.

The BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were prepared by applying the principles of consolidation, accounting policies and valuation criteria described in Note 2 , so that they present fairly the Group’s consolidated equity and financial position as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 together with the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows generated during 2011, 2010 and 2009.

These consolidated financial statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and each of the other entities in the Group. However, they include the adjustments and reclassifications required to harmonize the accounting policies and valuation criteria used by most of the Group (see Note 2.2 ).

F-13


Table of Contents

All obligatory accounting standards and valuation criteria with a significant effect in the consolidated financial statements were applied in their preparation.

The amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in millions of euros, unless it is more convenient to use smaller units. Some items that appear without a total in these consolidated financial statements do so because of the size of the units used. Also, in presenting amounts in millions of euros, the accounting balances have been rounded up or down. It is therefore possible that the amounts appearing in some tables are not the exact arithmetical sum of their component figures.

The percentage changes in amounts have been calculated using figures expressed in thousands of euros.

1.3 Comparative information

As mentioned in Note 6, the BBVA Group’s business areas were redefined in 2011. This involved changes to the structure current in 2010 and 2009. In order to make it easier to compare information against these years, the information for 2010 and 2009 has been reworked in accordance with the criteria used in 2011, as established by IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”.

1.4 Seasonal nature of income and expenses

The nature of the most significant operations carried out by the BBVA Group’s entities is mainly related to traditional activities carried out by financial institutions, which are not significantly affected by seasonal factors.

1.5 Responsibility for the information and for the estimates made

The information contained in the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of the Bank’s directors, who at times have to make estimates to determine the balances of some assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments recorded in them. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

Impairment on certain financial assets (see Notes 7, 8, 12, 13, 14 and 17).

The assumptions used to quantify certain provisions (see Note 25 ) and for the actuarial calculation of post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments (see Note 26 ).

The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets (see Notes 16, 19, 20 and 22).

The valuation of goodwill arising on consolidation (see Notes 17 and 20).

The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities in organized markets (see Notes 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 and 15).

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available as of December 31, 2011 on the events analyzed, future events may make it necessary to modify them (either up or down) over the coming years. This would be done in accordance with applicable regulations and prospectively, recording the effects of the changes in the estimates in the corresponding consolidated income statements.

F-14


Table of Contents

1.6 Control of the BBVA Group’s financial reporting

The financial information prepared by the BBVA Group is subject to a system of internal control (Internal Control over Financial Reporting or ICFR). Its aim is to provide reasonable security with respect to its reliability and integrity, and to ensure that the transactions carried out and processed use the criteria established by the Group’s management and comply with applicable laws and regulations.

The ICFR was developed by the Group’s management in accordance with international standards established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (hereinafter, “COSO). This stipulates five components that must form the basis of the effectiveness and efficiency of systems of internal control:

Assessment of all of the risks that could arise during the preparation of financial information.

Design the necessary controls to mitigate the most critical risks.

Monitoring of the controls to ensure they perform correctly and are effective over time.

Establishment of an appropriate system of information flows to detect and report system weaknesses or flaws.

Establishment of a suitable control environment to track all of these activities.

The ICFR is a dynamic model that evolves continuously over time to reflect the reality of the Group’s business at any time, together with the risks affecting it and the controls designed to mitigate these risks. It is subject to continuous evaluation by the internal control units.

The internal control units within each company comply with a common and standard methodology issued by the corporate internal control units, which also perform a supervisory role over them, as can be seen from the following diagram:

LOGO

As well as the evaluation that the Internal Control Units performs, ICFR Model is subject to regular evaluations by the Internal Audit Department and is supervised by the Group’s Audit and Compliance Committee.

As a foreign private issuer in the United States, the BBVA Group submits Annual Reports on Form 20F to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and thus complies with the requirements pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

In the evaluation by the Internal Audit Department and the Internal Control Units, no weaknesses were detected that could have a material or significant impact on the BBVA Group consolidated financial statements for the year 2011.

F-15


Table of Contents

1.7 Mortgage market policies and procedures

The additional disclosures required by Bank of Spain Circular 5/2011, applying Royal Decree 716/2009, dated April 24, 2009 (which developed certain aspects of Law 2/1981, dated 25 March, on the regulation of the mortgage market and other mortgage and financial market regulations) are set out in more detail in the Bank’s individual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.

2. Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

The Glossary (Appendix XI) includes the definition of some of the financial and economic terms used in Note 2 and subsequent Notes.

2.1 Principles of consolidation

In terms of its consolidation, the BBVA Group is made up of three types of companies: subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates.

Subsidiaries: Subsidiaries are those companies which the Group has the capacity to control. (See the Glossary, Appendix XI, for a more detailed definition of subsidiaries and control).

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are consolidated with those of the Bank using the global integration method.

The share of minority interests from subsidiaries in the Group’s consolidated equity is presented under the heading “Non-controlling interests” in the consolidated balance sheets. Their share in the profit or loss for the year is presented under the heading “Net income attributed to non-controlling interests” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 32 ).

Note 3 includes information related to the main subsidiaries in the Group as of December 31, 2011. Appendix II includes other significant information on these companies.

Jointly controlled entities : These are entities that are not dependent on a third party, but meet all the conditions for being considered a “joint business” (see the definition of jointly controlled entities in Appendix XI, Glossary). The BBVA Group has applied the following criteria in relation to the consolidation of its jointly controlled entities:

Jointly-controlled financial entity: Since it is a financial entity, the best way of reflecting its activities within the Group’s consolidated financial statements is considered to be the proportionate method of consolidation.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the proportionately consolidated jointly controlled financial entities increased the main figures in the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements as shown in the table below:

Millions of Euros

Contribution to the Group by Entities Accounted for

Under the Proportionate Method

2011 (*) 2010 2009

Assets

18,935 1,040 869

Liabilities

15,232 891 732

Net income

200 19 17

(*)

Increases are due basically to Garanti

As of December 31, 2011, the most significant contribution of jointly controlled entities under the proportionate consolidation method is from Garanti (see Note 3). No additional information is presented with respect to the other entities as the holdings in these cases are not significant.

F-16


Table of Contents

Appendix III shows the main figures for jointly controlled entities consolidated under the proportionate method.

Jointly-controlled non-financial entity. The effect of distributing the balance sheet and income statement amounts belonging to jointly controlled non-financial entities in the Group’s consolidated financial statements would distort the information provided to investors. It is therefore considered more appropriate to reflect these investments in the Group’s consolidated financial statements using the equity method.

Appendix IV shows the main figures for jointly controlled entities consolidated using the equity method. Note 17 details the impact that application of the proportionate consolidation method on these entities would have had on the consolidated balance sheet and income statement.

Associate entities : Associates are companies in which the Group is able to exercise significant influence, without having total or joint control. Significant influence is deemed to exist when the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights of an investee directly or indirectly.

However, certain entities in which the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights are not included as Group associates, since the Group does not have the capacity to exercise significant influence over these entities. Investments in these entities, which do not represent significant amounts for the Group, are classified as “Available-for-sale financial assets.”

In contrast, some investments in entities in which the Group holds less than 20% of the voting rights are accounted for as Group associates, as the Group is considered to have the power to exercise significant influence over these entities.

Appendix IV shows the most significant information related to the associates (see Note 17), which are consolidated using the equity method.

In all cases, results of subsidiaries acquired by the BBVA Group in a particular year are included taking into account only the period from the date of acquisition to year-end. Similarly, the results of companies disposed of during any year are included only taking into account the period from the start of the year to the date of disposal.

Individual financial statements –

The separate financial statements of the parent company of the Group (Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.) are prepared under Spanish regulations (Circular 4/2004 of the Bank of Spain, and subsequent amendments). The Bank uses the cost method to account for its investment in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled companies, as permitted by IAS 27.

Appendix I shows BBVA’s individual financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

2.2 Accounting policies and valuation criteria applied

The accounting standards and policies and the valuation criteria applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements may differ from those used by some of the entities in the BBVA Group. For this reason, the necessary adjustments and reclassifications have been introduced in the consolidation process to standardize these principles and criteria and comply with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, of December 22, 2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB.

The accounting standards and policies and valuation criteria used in preparing these consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2.2.1 Financial Instruments

Measurement of financial instruments and recognition of changes in subsequent fair value

All financial instruments are initially accounted for at fair value which, unless there is evidence to the contrary, shall be the transaction price.

F-17


Table of Contents

All the changes in the financial instruments, except in trading derivatives, arising from the accrual of interests and similar items are recognized under the headings “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses”, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the accrual took place (see Note 39). The dividends paid from other companies are recognized under the heading “Dividend income” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the right to receive them arises (see Note 40).

The changes in fair value after the initial recognition, for reasons other than those mentioned in the preceding paragraph, are treated as described below, according to the categories of financial assets and liabilities:

“Financial assets held for trading” and “Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss”

The assets and liabilities recognized in these chapters of the consolidated balance sheets are measured at fair value and changes in value (gains or losses) are recognized as their net value under the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 44). However, changes resulting from variations in foreign exchange rates are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

“Available-for-sale financial assets”

Assets recognized under these headings in the consolidated balance sheets are measured at their fair value. Subsequent changes in this measurement (gains or losses) are recognized temporarily for their amount net of tax effect, under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Changes in the value of non-monetary items by changes in foreign exchange rates are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Changes in foreign exchange rates resulting from monetary items are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

The amounts recognized under the headings “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” continue to form part of the Group’s consolidated equity until the asset is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet or until an impairment loss is recognized in the financial instrument in question. If these assets are sold, these amounts are derecognized and entered under the headings “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” or “Exchange differences (net)”, as appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they are derecognized.

The gains from sales of other equity instruments considered strategic investments registered under “Available-for-sale financial assets” are recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) in non-current assets held-for-sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement, even if they had not been classified in a previous balance sheet as non-current assets held for sale (see Note 52 ).

The net impairment losses in “Available-for-sale financial assets” over the year are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 49 ) in the consolidated income statements for that year.

F-18


Table of Contents

“Loans and receivables”, “Held-to-maturity investments” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured at “amortized cost” using the “effective interest rate” method. This is because the consolidated entities intend to hold such financial instruments to maturity.

Net impairment losses of assets recognized under these headings arising in a particular year are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Loans and receivables” or “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Other financial instruments not valued at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 49 ) in the consolidated income statement for that year.

“Hedging derivatives” and “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured at fair value.

Changes produced subsequent to the designation of the hedging relationship in the measurement of financial instruments designated as hedged items as well as financial instruments designated as hedge accounting instruments are recognized as follows:

In fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized under the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement, with a balancing item under the headings where hedging items (“Hedging derivatives”) and the hedged items are recognized, as applicable.

In fair value hedges of interest rate risk of a portfolio of financial instruments (portfolio-hedges), the gains or losses that arise in the measurement of the hedging instrument are recognized in the consolidated income statement, and the gains or losses that arise from the change in the fair value of the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) are recognized in the consolidated income statement, using, as a balancing item, the headings “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” in the consolidated balance sheets, as applicable.

In cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the hedging instruments relating to the effective portion are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Cash flow hedging” in the consolidated balance sheets. These differences are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement at the time when the gain or loss in the hedged instrument affects profit or loss, when the forecast transaction is executed or at the maturity date of the hedged item. Almost all of the hedges used by the Group are for interest-rate risks. Therefore, the valuation changes are recognized under the headings “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses” as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 39 ).

Differences in the measurement of the hedging items corresponding to the ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are recognized directly in the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement.

In the hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the differences produced in the effective portions of hedging items are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Hedging of net investments in foreign transactions” in the consolidated balance sheets. These differences in valuation are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statement when the investment in a foreign operation is disposed of or derecognized.

F-19


Table of Contents

Other financial instruments

The following exceptions are applicable with respect to the above general criteria:

Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying asset and are settled by delivery of those instruments remain in the consolidated balance sheet at acquisition cost; this may be adjusted, where appropriate, for any impairment loss.

Valuation adjustments arising from financial instruments classified at the consolidated balance sheet date as non-current assets held for sale are recognized with a balancing entry under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Non-current assets held for sale” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment losses on financial assets –

Definition of impaired financial assets

A financial asset is considered to be impaired – and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of impairment – when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which:

In the case of debt instruments (loans and debt securities), give rise to an adverse impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was arranged. So they are considered impaired when there are reasonable doubts that the balances will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed.

In the case of equity instruments, mean that their carrying amount may not be fully recovered.

As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial instruments is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes known. The recoveries of previously recognized impairment losses are registered, if appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment is reversed or reduced, with an exception: any recovery of previously recognized impairment losses for an investment in an equity instrument classified as financial assets available for sale is not recognized through consolidated financial statements, but under the heading “Valuation Adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheet.

In general, amounts collected in relation to impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the principal not yet paid.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered to be remote, this amount is written-off on the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions that may be taken in order to collect the amount until the rights extinguish in full either because it is time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

We assess the evolution of recognized amounts individually, in the case of significant financial assets and for assets which are not susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups of instruments with similar risk characteristics, or collectively, in the case of smaller financial assets susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups.

According to our established policy, the recovery of a recognized amount is considered to be remote and, therefore, removed from our consolidated balance sheet in the following cases:

Any loan (except for those carrying an effective guarantee) of a company in bankruptcy and/or in the last phases of a “concurso de acreedores” (the Spanish equivalent of a Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding), and

F-20


Table of Contents

Financial assets (bonds, obligations, etc.) whose issuer’s solvency capability has been downgraded in an irrevocable way.

Additionally, loans classified as substandard secured loans are written off within a maximum period of four years from their due date, while substandard unsecured loans (such as commercial and consumer loans, credit cards, etc.) are written off within two years from their due date.

Calculation of impairment on financial assets

The impairment on financial assets is determined by type of instrument and other circumstances that could affected, taking into account the guarantees received by the owners of the financial instruments to assure (in part or in full) the performance of transactions. The BBVA Group recognizes impairment charges directly against the impaired asset when the likelihood of recovery is deemed remote, and uses an offsetting or allowance account when it records non-performing loan provisions for the estimated losses.

Impairment of debt securities measured at amortized cost

The amount of impairment losses of debt securities at amortized cost is measured depending on whether the impairment losses are determined individually or collectively.

Impairment losses determined individually

The amount of the impairment losses incurred on these instruments relates to the positive difference between their respective carrying amounts and the present values of their expected future cash flows. These cash flows are discounted using the original effective interest rate. If a financial instrument has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective rate determined under the contract.

As an exception to the rule described above, the market value of quoted debt instruments is deemed to be a fair estimate of the present value of their future cash flows.

The following is to be taken into consideration when estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments:

All the amounts that are expected to be recovered over the residual life of the instrument; including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collaterals and other credit enhancements provided for the instrument (after deducting the costs required for foreclosure and subsequent sale). Impairment losses include an estimate for the possibility of collecting accrued, past-due and uncollected interest.

The various types of risk to which each instrument is subject.

The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.

In respect to impairment losses resulting from the materialization of insolvency risk of the obligors (credit risk), a debt instrument is impaired:

When there is evidence of a reduction in the obligor’s capacity to pay, whether manifestly by default or for other reasons; and/or

When country-risk materializes, understood as the common risk among debtors who are resident in a particular country as a result of factors other than normal commercial risk.

The Group has policies, methods and procedures for hedging its credit risk, for insolvency attributable to counterparties and country-risk. These policies, methods and procedures are applied to the arrangement, study and documentation of debt instruments, contingent risks and commitments, as well as the detection of their deterioration and in the calculation of the amounts needed to cover their credit risk.

F-21


Table of Contents

Impairment losses determined collectively

The determined collectively losses are calculated by using statistical procedures, and they are deemed equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific transactions.

The BBVA Group uses the concept of expected loss to quantify the cost of the credit risk and include it in the calculation of the risk-adjusted return of its transactions. The parameters necessary for its calculation are also used to calculate economic capital and to calculate BIS II regulatory capital under internal models (see Note 33 ).

These models allow us to estimate the expected loss of the credit risk of each portfolio, in the one-year period after the reporting date, considering the characteristics of the counterparty and the guarantees and collateral associated with the transactions.

The expected loss is calculated taking into account three factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The probability of default is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction. PD is measured using a time horizon of one year; i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year. The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty. We assign a PD of 100% where there is a default.

Loss given default (“ LGD ”) is the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty and the valuation of the guarantees and collateral associated with the related transaction.

Once the PD is calculated, our models estimate the allowance for loan losses taking into account the LGD, according to the criteria set forth above. In order to calculate the LGD at each balance sheet date, we evaluate the estimated cash flows from the sale of the collateral by estimating its sale price (in the case of real estate collateral, we take into account declines in property values which could affect the value of such collateral, mainly in Spain) and its estimated cost of sale. In the event of a default, we become contractually entitled to the property at the end of the foreclosure process or when purchased from borrowers in distress, and recognize the collateral at its fair value. After the initial recognition of these non-current assets classified as held for sale or inventories, respectively, they are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less their estimated cost of sale.

The calculation of the expected loss also takes into account the adjustment to the cycle of the aforementioned factors, especially PD and LGD.

The methodology for determining the allowance for determined collectively losses, the Group seeks to identify the amounts of losses which, although incurred at the reporting date, have not yet been disclosed and which the Group knows, on the basis of historical experience and other specific information, will arise following the reporting date.

The calculation of the not reported incurred loss adjusts the expected loss taking into account two parameters:

The point-in-time parameter is an adjustment to eliminate the through-the-cycle component of the expected loss.

F-22


Table of Contents

The loss identification period (LIP) is the time period between the occurrence of a specific impairment event and objective evidence of impairment becoming apparent on an individual basis; in other words, the time between the loss event and the date an entity identified its occurrence.

However, as required by the Bank of Spain, until the Spanish regulatory authority has verified and approved these internal models for the calculation of the allowance for collective losses incurred, these must also be calculated based on the information provided by the Bank of Spain related to the Spanish banking industry.

Country Risk Allowance or Provision

Country risk is understood as the risk associated with customers resident in a specific country due to circumstances other than normal commercial risk. Country risk comprises sovereign risk, transfer risk and other risks arising from international financial activity. On the basis of the countries’ economic performance, political situation, regulatory and institutional framework, and payment capacity and record, the BBVA Group classifies the transactions in different groups, assigning to each group the provisions for insolvencies percentages, which are derived from those analyses.

However, due to the dimension of the Group, and to the proactive management of its country risk exposure, the allowances recognized in this connection are not material with respect to the credit loss allowances recognized. As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, these country risk allowances represent 0.43%, 0.37% and 0.52% of the credit loss allowances recognized of the Group.

Impairment of other debt instruments

The impairment losses on debt securities included in the “Available-for-sale financial asset” portfolio are equal to the positive difference between their acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment), after deducting any impairment loss previously recognized in the consolidated income statement, and their fair value.

When there is objective evidence that the negative differences arising on measurement of these assets are due to impairment, they are no longer considered as “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

If all, or part of the impairment losses are subsequently recovered, the amount is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the recovery occurred.

Impairment of equity instruments

The amount of the impairment in the equity instruments is determined by the category where is recognized:

Equity instruments measured at fair value : The criteria for quantifying and recognizing impairment losses on equity instruments are similar to those for “Debt instruments”, with the exception that any recovery of previously recognized impairment losses for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available for sale is not recognized in the consolidated income statement but under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (see Note 31 ).

Equity instruments measured at cost : The impairment losses on equity instruments measured at acquisition cost are equal to the difference between their carrying amount and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the market rate of return for similar securities. These impairment losses are determined taking into account the equity of the investee (except for valuation adjustments due to cash flow hedges) for the last approved (consolidated) balance sheet, adjusted for the unrealized gains at the measurement date.

F-23


Table of Contents

Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they arise as a direct reduction of the cost of the instrument. These losses may only be reversed subsequently in the event of the sale of these assets.

2.2.2 Transfers and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets is determined by the form in which risks and benefits associated with the assets involved are transferred to third parties. Thus the financial assets are only derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash flows that they generate are extinguished, or when their implicit risks and benefits have been substantially transferred to third parties. In the latter case, the financial asset transferred is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, and any right or obligation retained or created as a result of the transfer is simultaneously recognized.

Similarly, financial liabilities are derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet only if their obligations are extinguished or acquired (with a view to subsequent cancellation or renewed placement).

The Group is considered to have transferred substantially all the risks and benefits if such risks and benefits account for the majority of the risks and benefits involved in ownership of the transferred assets. If substantially all the risks and benefits associated with the transferred financial asset are retained:

The transferred financial asset is not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and continues to be measured using the same criteria as those used before the transfer.

A financial liability is recognized at the amount equal to the amount received, which is subsequently measured at amortized cost.

In the specific case of securitizations, this liability is recognized under the heading “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Debt certificates” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 23 ). In securitizations where the risks and benefits of the transferred assets are substantially retained by the BBVA Group, the part acquired by another company in the consolidated Group is deducted from the recognized financial liabilities (securitized bonds), as established by paragraph 42 of IAS 39.

Both the income generated on the transferred (but not derecognized) financial asset and the expenses of the new financial liability continue to be recognized.

The criteria followed with respect to the most common transactions of this type made by the BBVA Group are as follows:

Purchase and sale commitments: Financial instruments sold with a repurchase agreement are not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheets and the amount received from the sale is considered financing from third parties.

Financial instruments acquired with an agreement to subsequently resell them are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and the amount paid for the purchase is considered credit given to third parties.

Special purpose vehicles : In those cases where the Group sets up entities, or has a holding in such entities, known as special purpose vehicles, in order to allow its customers access to certain investments, or for transferring risks or for other purposes, in accordance with internal criteria and procedures and with applicable regulations, the Group determines whether control over the entity in question actually exists (as described in Note 2.1), and therefore whether it should be subject to consolidation.

F-24


Table of Contents

Among other elements, such methods and procedures take into consideration the risks and profits obtained by the Group, and also take into account all relevant elements, including the guarantees granted or the losses associated with collection of the corresponding assets retained by the Group. Such entities include the so-called asset securitization funds, which are fully consolidated in those cases in which, based on the aforementioned analysis, it is determined that the Group has maintained control.

In the specific instance of the securitization funds to which the BBVA Group’s entities transfer their loan portfolios, the following indications of the existence of control are considered for the purpose of analyzing the possibility of consolidation:

The securitization funds’ activities are undertaken in the name of the entity in accordance with its specific business requirements, with a view to generating benefits or gains from the securitization funds’ operations.

The entity retains a decision-making power with a view to securing most of the gains derived from the securitization funds’ activities or has delegated this power in some kind of “auto-pilot” mechanism (the securitization funds are structured so that all the decisions and activities to be performed are pre-defined at the time of their creation).

The entity is entitled to receive the bulk of the profits from the securitization funds and is accordingly exposed to the risks inherent in their business activities. The entity retains the bulk of the securitization funds’ residual profit.

The entity retains the bulk of the securitization funds’ asset risks.

If there is control based on the preceding guidelines, the securitization funds are integrated into the consolidated Group. If the Group’s exposure to the changes in future net cash flows of securitized assets is not significant, the risks and benefits inherent to them will be deemed to have been substantially transferred. In this case, the Group could derecognize the securitized assets from the consolidated balance sheet.

The BBVA Group has applied the most stringent criteria for determining whether or not it retains the risks and rewards on such assets for all securitizations performed since January 1, 2004. As a result of these analyses, the Group has concluded that none of the securitizations undertaken since that date meet the prerequisites for derecognizing the securitized assets from the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 13.2 and Appendix VII), as it retains substantially all the expected credit losses and possible changes in net cash flows, while retaining the subordinated loans and lines of credit extended by the BBVA Group to these securitization funds.

2.2.3 Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are considered those contracts that require their issuer to make specific payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred when a specific borrower breaches its payment obligations on the terms – whether original or subsequently modified – of a debt instrument, irrespective of the legal form it may take. Financial guarantees may take the form of a deposit, financial guarantee, insurance contract or credit derivative, among others.

In their initial recognition, financial guarantees provided on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and we simultaneously recognize a credit on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet for the amount of the fees and commissions received at the inception of the transactions and the amounts receivable at the present value of the fees, commissions and interest outstanding.

F-25


Table of Contents

Financial guarantees, irrespective of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required for them. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost (see Note 2.2.1 ).

The provisions made for financial guarantees considered impaired are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for contingent risks and commitments” on the liability side in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25 ). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively, to “Provisions (net)” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 48 ).

Income from guarantee instruments is registered under the heading “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee (see Note 42 ).

2.2.4 Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

The heading “Non-current assets held-for-sale” in the consolidated balance sheets includes the carrying amount of financial or non-financial assets that are not part of the BBVA Group’s operating activities. The recovery of this carrying amount is expected to take place through the price obtained on its disposal (see Note 16 ).

This heading includes individual items and groups of items (“disposal groups”) and disposal groups that form part of a major business unit and are being held for sale as part of a disposal plan (“discontinued operations”). The individual items include the assets received by the subsidiaries from their debtors, and those consolidated under the proportionate consolidated method, in full or partial settlement of the debtors’ payment obligations (assets foreclosed or donated in repayment of debt and recovery of lease finance transactions), unless the Group has decided to make continued use of these assets. The BBVA Group has units that specialize in real estate management and the sale of this type of asset.

Symmetrically, the heading “Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the balances payable arising from disposal groups and discontinued operations.

Non-current assets held for sale are generally measured at fair value less sale costs, or their carrying amount, calculated on the date of their classification within this category, whichever is the lower. Non-current assets held for sale are not depreciated while included under this heading.

The fair value of non-current assets held for sale from foreclosures or recoveries is determined taking in consideration the valuations performed by authorized appraisers in each of the geographical areas in which the assets are located. The BBVA Group applies the rule that these appraisals may not be older than one year, and their age is reduced if there is indication of deterioration in the assets.

Gains and losses generated on the disposal of assets and liabilities classified as non-current held for sale, and related impairment losses and subsequent recoveries, where pertinent, are recognized in “Gains/(losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 52 ). The remaining income and expense items associated with these assets and liabilities are classified within the relevant consolidated income statement headings.

F-26


Table of Contents

2.2.5 Tangible assets

Property, plants and equipment for own use: this heading includes the assets under ownership or acquired under lease finance, intended for future or current use by the BBVA Group and that it expects hold for more than one year. It also includes tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or part settlement of financial assets representing receivables from third parties and those assets expected to be held for continuing use.

Property, plants and equipment for own use are presented in the consolidated balance sheets at acquisition cost, less any accrued depreciation and, where appropriate, any estimated impairment losses resulting from comparing this net carrying amount of each item with its corresponding recoverable value.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value; the land on which the buildings and other structures stand is considered to have an indefinite life and is therefore not depreciated.

The tangible asset depreciation charges are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation and amortization” (see Note 47) and are based on the application of the following depreciation rates (determined on the basis of the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):

Amortization Rates for Tangible Assets

Type of Assets

Annual Percentage

Buildings for own use

1,33% - 4%

Furniture

8% - 10%

Fixtures

6% - 12%

Office supplies and hardware

8% - 25%

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets, in particular the buildings for own use, is based on up-to-date independent appraisals that are no more than 3-5 years old at most, unless there are other indications of impairment.

At each accounting close, the Group entities analyze whether there are internal or external indicators that a tangible asset may be impaired. When there is evidence of impairment, the entity then analyzes whether this impairment actually exists by comparing the asset’s net carrying amount with its recoverable amount. When the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount, the carrying amount is written down to the recoverable amount and depreciation charges going forward are adjusted to reflect the asset’s remaining useful life.

Similarly, if there is any indication that the value of a tangible asset has been recovered, the consolidated entities will estimate the recoverable amounts of the asset and recognize it in the consolidated income statement, recording the reversal of the impairment loss registered in previous years and thus adjusting future depreciation charges. In no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.

Upkeep and maintenance expenses relating to tangible assets held for own use are recognized as an expense in the year they are incurred and recognized in the consolidated income statements under the heading “Administration costs – General and administrative expenses – Property, fixtures and equipment “ (see Note 46.2).

Other assets leased out under an operating lease: The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to record the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets for own use.

F-27


Table of Contents

Investment properties : The heading “Tangible assets – Investment properties” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the net values (purchase cost minus the corresponding accumulated depreciation, and if appropriate, estimated impairment losses) of the land, buildings and other structures that are held either to earn rentals or for capital appreciation through sale and that are neither expected to be sold off in the ordinary course of business nor are destined for own use (see Note 19).

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment properties, calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and record the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets for continued use.

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets is based on up-to-date independent appraisals that are no more than one year old at most, unless there are other indications of impairment.

2.2.6 Inventories

The balance under the heading “Other assets – Inventories” in the consolidated balance sheets mainly reflects the land and other properties that the BBVA Group’s real estate companies hold for development and sale as part of their real estate development activities (see Note 22 ).

The cost value of inventories includes the costs incurred for their acquisition and transformation, as well as other direct and indirect costs incurred in giving them their current condition and location.

The cost value of real estate assets accounted for as inventories is comprised of: the acquisition cost of the land, the cost of urban planning and construction, non-recoverable taxes and costs corresponding to construction supervision, coordination and management. The financial expenses incurred during the year increase by the cost value provided that the inventories require more than a year to be in a condition to be sold. With respect to properties purchased from borrowers in distress, which are accounted for as inventory under IAS 2, any balance of the related loans (net of the related allowance for loan losses) are considered part of the cost value of these real estate assets.

Properties purchased from borrowers in distress are measured, at the acquisition date and subsequent period, at the lower of their related loan carrying amount and the fair value of the property acquired less costs to sell. The differences resulting if the fair value less costs to sell is lower than the loan carrying amounts recorded on the balance sheet is charged to the line item “Impairment losses on other assets (net)” in the income statement of the period. In the case of real estate assets accounted for as inventories, the BBVA Group’s criteria for determining their fair value is mainly based on independent appraisals of no more than one year, or less if there are other indications of impairment. The Spanish consolidated entities mainly use the services of valuation and appraisal companies. None of them is linked to the BBVA Group and all are entered in the official Bank of Spain register.

The amount of any inventory valuation adjustment for reasons such as damage, obsolescence, reduction in sale price to its net realizable value, as well as losses for other reasons and, if appropriate, subsequent recoveries of value up to the limit of the initial cost value, are registered under the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 50 ) for the year in which they are incurred.

In the sale transactions, the carrying amount of inventories is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and recognized as an expense under the heading “Other operating expenses – Changes in inventories” in the year which the income from its sale is recognized. This income is recognized under the heading “Other operating income – Financial income from non-financial services” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 45 ).

F-28


Table of Contents

2.2.7 Business combinations

The aim of a business combination is to obtain control of one or more businesses. It is accounted for by applying the acquisition method.

According to this method, the acquirer has to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed, including those that the acquired entity had not recognized in the accounts. The method involves the measurement of the consideration received for the business combination and its allocation to the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities measured according to their fair value, at the purchase date.

In addition, the purchasing entity shall recognize an asset in the consolidated balance sheet under the heading “Intangible asset – Goodwill” if on the purchase date there is a positive difference between:

the sum of the price paid, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of stock previously held in the acquired business, and

the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

If this difference is negative, it shall be recognized directly in the income statement under the heading “Negative Goodwill in business combinations”.

Non-controlling interests in the acquired entity may be measured in two ways: either at their fair value; or at the proportional percentage of net assets identified in the acquired entity. The form of valuing the non-controlling holdings may be chosen in each business combination. So far, the BBVA Group has always opted for the second method.

The purchase of non-controlling interests subsequent to the takeover of the entity is recognized as capital transactions; in other words, the difference between the price paid and the carrying amount of the percentage of non-controlling interests acquired is charged directly to equity.

2.2.8 Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents payment in advance by the acquiring entity for the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. It is only recognized as goodwill when the business combinations are acquired at a price. Goodwill is never amortized. It is subject periodically to an impairment analysis, and is written off if it is clear that there has been impairment.

Goodwill is assigned to one or more units generating cash flows that expect to be the beneficiaries of the synergies derived from the business combinations. The cash-generating units represent the Group’s smallest identifiable asset groups that generate cash flows for the Group and that are largely independent of the flows generated from the Group’s other assets or groups of assets. Each unit or units to which goodwill is allocated

is the lowest level at which the entity manages goodwill internally;

is not larger than a business segment.

The cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment (including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount). This analysis is performed at least annually and always if there is any indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a cash-generating unit to which a part of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that unit, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests, in the event they are not valued at fair value, is compared with its recoverable amount.

F-29


Table of Contents

The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit is equal to the fair value less sale costs and its value in use, whichever is greater. Value in use is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections that the unit’s management estimates and is based on the latest budgets approved for the coming years. The main assumptions used in its calculation are: a sustainable growth rate to extrapolate the cash flows indefinitely, and the discount rate used to discount the cash flows, which is equal to the cost of the capital assigned to each cash-generating unit, and equivalent to the sum of the risk-free rate plus a risk premium inherent to the businesses tested.

If the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds the related recoverable amount, the Group recognizes an impairment loss; the resulting loss is apportioned by reducing, first, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, second, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the rest of the assets. This is done by allocating the remaining loss in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the unit. In the event the non-controlling interests are valued at fair value, the deterioration of goodwill attributable to minority interests will be recognized. In any case, an impairment loss recognized for goodwill shall not be reversed in a subsequent period.

They are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 50 ).

Other intangible assets

These assets may have an indefinite useful life if, based on an analysis of all relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the consolidated entities. In all other cases they have a finite useful life. The BBVA Group has not recognized any intangible assets with an indefinite useful life

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized according to the duration of this useful life, using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets. The depreciation charge of these assets is recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation and amortization” (see Note 47 ).

The consolidated entities recognize any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with charge to the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 50 ). The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the recovery of impairment losses recognized in prior years, are similar to those used for tangible assets.

2.2.9 Insurance and reinsurance contracts

The assets of the BBVA Group’s insurance companies are recognized according to their nature under the corresponding headings of the consolidated balance sheets and their registration and valuation is carried out according to the criteria set out in IFRS 4.

The heading “Reinsurance assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amounts that the consolidated entities are entitled to receive under the reinsurance contracts entered into by them with third parties and, more specifically, the share of the reinsurer in the technical provisions recognized by the consolidated insurance entities (see Note 18 ).

The heading “Liabilities under insurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the technical provisions for direct insurance and inward reinsurance recognized by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at period-end (see Note 24 ).

F-30


Table of Contents

The income or expenses reported by the BBVA Group’s insurance companies on their insurance activities is recognized, attending to its nature in the corresponding items of the consolidated income statements.

The consolidated insurance entities of the BBVA Group credit the amounts of the premiums written to the income statement and charge the cost of the claims incurred on final settlement thereof to their income statements. At the close of each year the amounts collected and unpaid, as well as the costs incurred and unpaid are accrued at this date.

The most significant provisions registered by consolidated insurance entities with respect to insurance policies issued by them are set out by their nature in Note 24 .

According to type of product, the provisions may be as follows:

Life insurance provisions: Represents the value of the net obligations undertaken with the life insurance policyholder. These provisions include:

Provisions for unearned premiums. These are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums accrued until the closing date has to be allocated to the period from the closing date to the end of the insurance policy period.

Mathematical reserves: Represents the value of the life insurance obligations of the insurance companies at the year-end, net of the policyholder’s obligations, arising from life insurance contracted.

Non-life insurance provisions:

Provisions for unearned premiums. These provisions are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums accrued until year-end that has to be allocated to the period between the year-end and the end of the policy period.

Provisions for unexpired risks: The provision for unexpired risks supplements the provision for unearned premiums by the amount by which that provision is not sufficient to reflect the assessed risks and expenses to be covered by the insurance companies in the policy period not elapsed at the year-end.

Provision for claims: This reflects the total amount of the outstanding obligations arising from claims incurred prior to the year-end. Insurance companies calculate this provision as the difference between the total estimated or certain cost of the claims not yet reported, settled or paid, and the total amounts already paid in relation to these claims.

Provision for bonuses and rebates : This provision includes the amount of the bonuses accruing to policyholders, insurees or beneficiaries and the premiums to be returned to policyholders or insurees, as the case may be, based on the behavior of the risk insured, to the extent that such amounts have not been individually assigned to each of them.

Technical provisions for reinsurance ceded : Calculated by applying the criteria indicated above for direct insurance, taking account of the assignment conditions established in the reinsurance contracts in force.

Other technical provisions : Insurance companies have recognized provisions to cover the probable mismatches in the market reinvestment interest rates with respect to those used in the valuation of the technical provisions.

The BBVA Group controls and monitors the exposure of the insurance companies to financial risk and, to this end, uses internal methods and tools that enable it to measure credit risk and market risk and to establish the limits for these risks.

F-31


Table of Contents

2.2.10 Tax assets and liabilities

Expenses on corporation tax applicable to the BBVA Group’s Spanish companies and on similar taxes applicable to consolidated entities abroad are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when they result from transactions on which the profits or losses are recognized directly in equity, in which case the related tax effect is also recognized in equity.

The current corporate income tax expense is calculated by aggregating the current tax arising from the application of the corresponding tax rate to the tax for the year (after deducting the tax credits allowable for tax purposes) and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, defined as at the amount expected to be payable or recoverable in future fiscal years for the differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax bases (the “tax value”), and tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. These amounts are measured applying to each temporary difference the tax rates that are expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled (see Note 21 ).

The “Tax Assets” chapter of the consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the assets of a tax nature, and distinguishes between: “Current” (amounts recoverable by tax in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (covering taxes recoverable in future years, including loss carry forwards or tax credits for deductions and tax rebates pending application).

The “Tax Liabilities” chapter of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the liabilities of a tax nature, except for provisions for taxes, broken down into: “Current” (income tax payable on taxable profit for the year and other taxes payable in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (income taxes payable in subsequent years).

Deferred tax liabilities in relation to taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or jointly controlled entities are recognized as such, except where the Group can control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is unlikely that it will reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient taxable profits in the future against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized and are not from the initial recognition (except in the case of a business combination) of other assets or liabilities in a transaction that does not affect the fiscal outcome or the accounting result.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed by the consolidated entities at each balance sheet date in order to ascertain whether they are still current, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.

The income and expenses directly recognized in equity that do not increase or decrease taxable income are accounted as temporary differences.

2.2.11 Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities

The heading “Provisions” in the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts recognized to cover the BBVA Group’s current obligations arising as a result of past events. These are certain in terms of nature but uncertain in terms of amount and/or extinguishment date. The settlement of these obligations is deemed likely to entail an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits (see Note 25). The obligations may arise in connection with legal or contractual provisions, valid expectations formed by Group companies relative to third parties in relation to the assumption of certain responsibilities or through virtually certain developments of particular aspects of the regulations applicable to the operation of entities; and, specifically, future legislation to which the Group will certainly be subject.

F-32


Table of Contents

The provisions are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets when each and every one of the following requirements is met:

They represent a current obligation that has arisen from a past event;

At the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements, there is more probability that the obligation will have to be met than that it will not;

It is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and

The amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated.

Among other concepts, these provisions include the commitments made to employees by some of the Group entities (mentioned in section 2.2.12 ), as well as provisions for tax and legal litigation.

Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of events beyond the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement; however, they are disclosed in the Notes to financial statements, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits (see Note 36 ).

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations of the Group that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events beyond the control of the entity. They also include the existing obligations of the entity when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them; or when, in extremely rare cases, their amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

2.2.12 Pensions and other post-employment commitments

Below is a description of the most significant accounting criteria relating to the commitments to employees, in terms of post-employment benefits and other long-term commitments, of certain BBVA Group companies in Spain and abroad (see Note 26 ).

Commitments’ valuation: assumptions and actuarial gains/losses recognition

The present values of the commitments are quantified on a case-by-case basis. Costs are calculated using the projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit/commitment and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

The actuarial assumptions should take into account that:

They are unbiased, in that they are not unduly aggressive nor excessively conservative.

They are compatible with each other and adequately reflect the existing economic relations between factors such as inflation, foreseeable wage increases, discount rates and the expected return on plan assets, etc. The expected return on plan assets is calculated by taking into account both market expectations and the particular nature of the assets involved.

The future levels of wages and benefits are based on market expectations at the consolidated balance sheet date for the period over which the obligations are to be settled.

The rate used to discount the commitments is determined by reference to market yields at the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements on high quality bonds.

F-33


Table of Contents

The BBVA Group recognizes actuarial differences originating in the commitments assumed with staff taking early retirement, benefits awarded for seniority and other similar items under the heading “Provisions (net)” of the consolidated income statement for the period (see Note 48 ) in which these differences occur. The BBVA Group recognizes the actuarial gains or losses arising on all other defined-benefit post-employment commitments directly under the heading “Valuation adjustments” of equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 26 ).

Consequently, the Group does not apply the option of deferring actuarial gains and losses to any of its employee commitments using the so-called corridor approach.

Post-employment benefit commitments

Pensions: The BBVA Group’s post-employment benefit commitments are either defined-contribution or defined-benefit.

Defined-contribution commitments: The amounts of these commitments are established as a percentage of certain remuneration items and/or as a fixed pre-established amount. The contributions made in each period by the BBVA Group’s companies for these commitments are recognized with a charge to the heading “Personnel expenses- Defined-contribution plan expense” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 46).

Defined-benefit commitments: Some of the BBVA Group’s companies have defined-benefit commitments for the permanent disability and death of certain current employees and early retirees, as well as defined-benefit retirement commitments applicable only to certain groups of current employees, or early retired employees and retired employees. These commitments are either funded by insurance contracts or recorded as internal provisions.

The amounts recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” (see Note 25) are the differences, at the date of the consolidated financial statements, between the present values of the commitments for defined-benefit commitments, adjusted by the past service cost and the fair value of plan assets.

The current contributions made by the Group’s companies for defined-benefit commitments covering current employees are charged to the heading “Administration cost – Personnel expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 46 ).

Early retirements: The BBVA Group has offered certain employees in Spain the possibility of taking early retirement before the age stipulated in the collective labor agreement in force and has put into place the corresponding provisions to cover the cost of the commitments acquired by this item. The present values for early retirement are quantified on a case-by-case basis and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25 ).

The early retirement commitments in Spain include the compensation and indemnities and contributions to external pension funds payable during the period of early retirement. The commitments relating to this group of employees after they have reached normal retirement age are dealt in the same way as pensions.

Other post-employment welfare benefits Some of the BBVA Group’s companies have welfare benefit commitments whose effects extend beyond the retirement of the employees entitled to the benefits. These commitments relate to certain current employees and retirees, depending upon the employee group to which they belong.

The present values of post-employment welfare benefits are quantified on a case-by-case basis and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25 ).

F-34


Table of Contents

Other long-term commitments to employees

Some of the BBVA Group’s companies are obliged to deliver goods and services to groups of employees. The most significant of these, in terms of the type of compensation and the event giving rise to the commitments are as follows: loans to employees, life insurance, study assistance and long-service awards.

Some of these commitments are measured using actuarial studies, so that the present values of the vested obligations for commitments with personnel are quantified on a case-by-case basis. They are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Other provisions” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25 ).

The welfare benefits delivered by the Spanish companies in the BBVA Group to active employees are recognized under the heading “Personnel expenses – Other personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 46 ).

Other commitments for current employees accrue and are settled on a yearly basis, so it is not necessary to record a provision in this connection.

2.2.13 Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions, when the instruments granted do not vest until the counterparty completes a specified period of service, shall be accounted for those services as they are rendered by the counterparty during the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. These services are measured at fair value, unless this value cannot be calculated reliably. In this case, they are measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments committed, taking into account the date on which the commitments were assumed and the terms and other conditions included in the commitments.

When the initial compensation agreement includes what may be considered market conditions among its terms, any changes in these conditions will not be reflected in the consolidated income statement, as these have already been accounted for in calculating the initial fair value of the equity instruments. Non-market vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating the initial fair value of instruments, but they are taken into account when determining the number of instruments to be granted. This will be recognized on the consolidated income statement with the corresponding increase in equity.

2.2.14 Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized in the accounts when the BBVA Group agrees to terminate employment contracts with its employees and has established a detailed plan to do so. As of December 31, 2011, there were no redundancy plans in the Group entities, so it is not necessary to recognize a provision for this item.

2.2.15 Treasury stock

The value of equity instruments issued by the BBVA Group’s entities and held by them – basically, shares and derivatives on the Bank’s shares held by some consolidated companies that comply with the requirements to be recognized as equity instruments – are recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Treasury stock” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 30 ).

These financial assets are recognized at acquisition cost, and the gains or losses arising on their disposal are credited or debited, as appropriate, to the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Reserves” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 29 ).

F-35


Table of Contents

2.2.16 Foreign-currency transactions and exchange differences

The BBVA Group’s functional currency, and thus the currency in which the consolidated financial statements are presented, is the euro. All balances and transactions denominated in currencies other than the euro are deemed to be denominated in “foreign currency”.

Conversion to euros of the balances held in foreign currency is performed in two consecutive stages:

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the entity operates) and

Conversion to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of the entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency

Transactions in foreign currencies carried out by the consolidated entities (or accounted for using the equity method) not based in European Monetary Union countries are initially accounted in their respective currencies. Subsequently, the monetary balances in foreign currencies are converted to their respective functional currencies using the exchange rate at the close of the financial year.

In addition,

Non-monetary items valued at their historical cost are converted to the functional currency at the exchange rate in force on the purchase date.

Non-monetary items valued at their fair value are converted at the exchange rate in force on the date on which such fair value was determined.

Income and expenses are converted at the period’s average exchange rates for all the operations carried out during the period. When applying this criterion the BBVA Group considers whether significant variations have taken place in exchange rates during the financial year which, owing to their impact on the statements as a whole, require the application of exchange rates as of the date of the transaction instead of such average exchange rates.

Conversion of functional currencies to euros

The balances in the financial statements of consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are converted to euros as follows:

Assets and liabilities: at the average spot exchange rates as of the date of each of the consolidated financial statements.

Income and expenses and cash flows are converted by applying the exchange rate in force on the date of the transaction, and the average exchange rate for the financial year may be used, unless it has undergone significant variations.

Equity items: at the historical exchange rates.

The exchange differences produced when converting the balances in foreign currency to the functional currency of the consolidated entities and their subsidiaries are generally recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statements. However, the exchange differences in non-monetary items are recognized temporarily in equity under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” in consolidated balance sheets.

The exchange differences arising from the conversion to euros of balances in the functional currencies of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheets. Meanwhile, the

F-36


Table of Contents

differences arising from the conversion to euros of the financial statements of entities accounted for by the equity method are recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Entities accounted for using the equity method” until the item to which they relate is derecognized, at which time they are recognized in the income statement.

The breakdown of the main consolidated balances in foreign currencies as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, with reference to the most significant foreign currencies, is set forth in Appendix IX.

2.2.17 Recognition of income and expenses

The most significant criteria used by the BBVA Group to recognize its income and expenses are as follows:

Interest income and expenses and similar items: As a general rule, interest income and expenses and similar items are recognized on the basis of their period of accrual using the effective interest rate method. The financial fees and commissions that arise on the arrangement of loans (basically origination and analysis fees) must be deferred and recognized in the income statement over the expected life of the loan. The direct costs incurred in arranging these transactions can be deducted from the amount thus recognized. These fees are part of the effective rate for loans. Also dividends received from other companies are recognized as income when the consolidated companies’ right to receive them arises.

However, when a debt instrument is deemed to be impaired individually or is included in the category of instruments that are impaired because of amounts more than three months past-due, the recognition of accrued interest in the consolidated income statement is interrupted. This interest is recognized for accounting purposes as income, as soon as it is received.

Commissions, fees and similar items: Income and expenses relating to commissions and similar fees are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to the nature of such items. The most significant items in this connection are:

Those relating to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized when collected/paid.

Those arising from transactions or services that are provided over a period of time, which are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.

Those relating to single acts, which are recognized when this single act is carried out.

Non-financial income and expenses: These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.

Deferred collections and payments: These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.

2.2.18 Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services

The heading “Other operating income – Financial income from non-financial services” in the consolidated income statements includes the carrying amount of the sales of assets and income from the services provided by the consolidated Group companies that are not financial institutions. In the case of the Group, these companies are mainly real estate and service companies (see Note 45 ).

2.2.19 Leases

Lease contracts are classified as finance from the start of the transaction, if they transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset forming the subject-matter of the contract. Leases other than finance leases are classified as operating leases.

F-37


Table of Contents

When the consolidated entities act as the lessor of an asset in finance leases, the aggregate present values of the lease payments receivable from the lessee plus the guaranteed residual value (normally the exercise price of the lessee’s purchase option on expiration of the lease agreement) are recognized as financing provided to third parties and, therefore, are included under the heading “Loans and receivables” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

When the consolidated entities act as lessors of an asset in operating leases, the acquisition cost of the leased assets is recognized under “Tangible assets – Property, plants and equipment – Other assets leased out under an operating lease” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 19 ). These assets are depreciated in line with the criteria adopted for items of tangible assets for own use, while the income arising from the lease arrangements is recognized in the consolidated income statements on a straight-line basis within “Other operating income – Rest of other operating income” (see Note 45 ).

If a fair value sale and leaseback results in an operating lease, such as the transactions indicated in Note 16.1 , the profit or loss generated by the sale is recognized in the consolidated income statement at the time of sale. If such a transaction gives rise to a finance lease, the corresponding gains or losses are amortized over the lease period.

The assets leased out under operating lease contracts to other entities in the Group are treated in the consolidated financial statements as for own use, and thus rental expense and income is eliminated and the corresponding depreciation is registered.

2.2.20 Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses

The consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses reflect the income and expenses generated each year. They distinguish between income and expenses recognized as results in the consolidated income statements and “Other recognized income (expenses)” recognized directly in consolidated equity. “Other recognized income (expenses)” include the changes that have taken place in the year in the “Valuation adjustments” broken down by item.

The sum of the changes to the heading “Valuation adjustments” of the consolidated total equity and the consolidated net income of the year forms the “Total recognized income/expenses of the year”.

2.2.21 Consolidated statements of changes in equity

The consolidated statements of changes in equity reflect all the movements generated in each year in each of the headings of the consolidated equity, including those from transactions undertaken with shareholders when they act as such, and those due to changes in accounting criteria or corrections of errors, if any.

The applicable regulations establish that certain categories of assets and liabilities are recognized at their fair value with a charge to equity. These charges, known as “Valuation adjustments” (see Note 31), are included in the Group’s total consolidated equity net of tax effect, which has been recognized as deferred tax assets or liabilities, as appropriate.

2.2.22 Consolidated statements of cash flows

The indirect method has been used for the preparation of the consolidated statement of cash flows. This method starts from the entity’s consolidated net income and adjusts its amount for the effects of transactions of a non-cash nature, any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments, and items of income or expense associated cash flows classified as investment or finance. As well as cash, short-term, highly liquid investments subject to a low risk of changes in value, such as cash and deposit balances from central banks, are classified as cash and equivalents.

F-38


Table of Contents

When preparing these financial statements the following definitions have been used:

Cash flows: Inflows and outflows of cash and equivalents.

Operating activities: The typical activities of credit institutions and other activities that cannot be classified as investment or financing activities.

Investing activities: The acquisition, sale or other disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash and cash equivalents or in operating activities.

Financing activities: Activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the Group’s equity and of liabilities that do not form part of operating activities.

2.2.23 Entities and branches located in countries with hyperinflationary economies

According to the criteria established by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IAB in order to assess whether an economy has a hyperinflationary inflation rate, the country’s economic environment is evaluated, analyzing whether certain circumstances exist, such as:

The country’s population prefers to keep its wealth or savings in non-monetary assets or in a relatively stable foreign currency;

Prices may be quoted in that currency;

Interest rates, wages and prices are linked to a price index;

The cumulative inflation rate over three years is approaching, or exceeds, 100%.

The fact that any of these circumstances is fulfilled will not be a decisive factor in considering an economy hyperinflationary, but it does provide some reasons to consider it as such.

Since the close of 2009, the economy of Venezuela can be considered hyperinflationary under the above criteria. The financial statements as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 of the BBVA Group’s entities located in Venezuela (see Note 3) have therefore been adjusted to correct for the effects of inflation. Pursuant to the requirements of IAS 29, the monetary headings (mainly loans and credits) have not been re-expressed, while the non-monetary headings (mainly tangible fixed assets) have been re-expressed in accordance with the change in the country’s Consumer Price Index.

The historical differences as of January 1, 2009 between the re-expressed costs and the historical costs under the non-monetary headings were credited to “Reserves” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009, while the differences for 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the re-expression of the income statement for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were recognized in the consolidated income statement for those years. The effects of these adjustments for inflation on the consolidated income statements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were not significant.

2.3 Recent IFRS pronouncements

Changes introduced in 2011 –

The following modifications to the IFRS or their interpretations (“IFRIC”) came into force in 2011. They have not had a significant impact on the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year:

IAS 24 Revised – “Related party disclosures”: This amendment to IAS 24 deals with the disclosures of related parties in the financial statements. It contains two significant new points:

A partial exemption for certain disclosures has been introduced when the related part is produced an entity that is dependent on or related to the government (or equivalent government institution).

The definition of “related party” has been amended and some of the relations that were not explicit in the rule have been clarified.

F-39


Table of Contents

IAS 32 Revised – “Financial instruments: Presentation – Classification of rights issues”: The amendment to IAS 32 clarifies the classification of rights issues (instruments that entitle the holder to acquire instruments from the entity at a fixed price) when they are in a currency other than the issuer’s functional currency.

The proposed amendment establishes that those rights, options or warrants issued to acquire a fixed number of own equity instruments for a fixed amount will be classified as equity regardless of the currency in which the right is exercised, provided that the entity offers them pro rata to all of the existing shareholders.

Amendment to IFRIC 14 – “Prepayments of a minimum funding requirement”: This amendment corrects the fact that under the previous version of IFRIC 14, in certain circumstances some prepayments of minimum funding requirements to pension funds could not be recognized as assets.

IFRIC 19 – “Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity instruments”: This addresses the accounting procedure, from the point of view of the debtor, used when a financial liability is totally or partially extinguished through the issue of equity instruments to the creditor. The interpretation is not applicable to this type of transaction when the counterparties are shareholders or related parties and act as such, nor when the exchange for equity instruments is in accordance with the original terms of the financial liability. In this case, the issue of equity instruments shall be measured at fair value on the date the liability is extinguished and any difference between this value and the carrying amount of the liability shall be recognized on the income statement for the period.

Third annual improvements project, improvements to IFRS: The third annual improvement project, improvements to IFRS, incorporates small modifications that will mostly be applicable for accounting years following January 1, 2011. The modifications mainly deal with eliminating inconsistencies in some IFRS and clarifying the terminology used.

Standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective as of December 31, 2011 –

New International Financial Reporting Standards together with their interpretations (IFRIC) had been published at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements. These were not obligatory as of December 31, 2011. Although in some cases the IASB permits early adoption before they enter into force, the BBVA Group has not done so as of this date, as it is still analyzing the effects that will result from them.

IFRS 9 – “Financial Instruments – Classification and Measurement”: On November 12, 2009, the IASB published IFRS 9 – “Financial Instruments” as the first stage of its plan to replace IAS 39 – “Financial Instruments: Recognition and measurement”. IFRS 9, which introduces new classification and measurement requirements for financial assets, will be mandatory from January 1, 2015 onwards, although early adoption has been permitted from December 31, 2009 onwards. However, the European Commission has decided not to adopt IFRS 9 and postpone its entry into force, thus making it impossible for European entities to apply this standard early.

The new standard includes significant differences with respect to the current one. They include the following:

Approval of a new classification model based on two single categories of amortized cost and fair value;

Elimination of the current “Held-to-maturity-investments” and “Available-for-sale financial assets” categories;

Limitation of the analysis of impairment of assets measured at amortized cost; and

No separation of embedded derivatives in financial contracts on the entity’s assets.

F-40


Table of Contents

Amendment of IFRS 7 – “Disclosures – Transfer of financial assets”: There has been a modification of the disclosure requirements applicable to transfers of financial assets in which the assets are not derecognized from the balance sheets, and to transfers of financial assets in which the assets qualify for derecognition, but with which the entity still has some continuing involvement. The information disclosed must allow the following:

understanding of the relationship between transferred financial assets that are not derecognized in their entirety and associated liabilities; and

evaluation of the nature of, and the risks associated with, the entity’s continuing involvement in the transferred and derecognized financial assets.

Disclosures are also required for asset transfers when the transfers have been distributed unevenly over the year.

These modifications will be applied to the years starting after July 1, 2011, although early adoption is permitted.

IAS 12 Revised – “Income Taxes – Deferred Tax: recovery of underlying Assets”: IAS 12 establishes that the deferred tax assets and liabilities will be calculated by using the tax base and the tax rate corresponding according to the form in which the entity expects to recover or cancel the corresponding asset or liability: by the use of the asset or by its sale.

The IASB has published a modification to IAS 12 which includes the assumption when calculating the assets and liabilities for deferred taxes that the recovery of the underlying asset will be carried out through its sale in investment property valued at fair value under IAS 40 “Investment Property”. However, an exception is admitted if the investment is depreciable and is managed according to a business model whose objective is to use the profits from the investment over time, and not from its sale.

At the same time, IAS 12 includes the content of SIC 21 – “Income Taxes – Recovery of revalued non-depreciable assets”. This interpretation is withdrawn.

These modifications will be applied retrospectively to the accounting years following January 1, 2012, although early adoption is permitted.

IFRS 10 – “Consolidated financial statements”: IFRS 10 establishes a single consolidation model based on the principle of control, and applicable to all types of entities. Likewise, it introduces a definition of control, according to which a reporting entity controls another entity when it is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvements with the entity and has the ability to affect the amount of returns through its power over the entity.

The new standard will replace IAS 27 – “Consolidated and separate financial statements” and SIC 12 – “Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities”. It will be applied to accounting years starting from January 1, 2013. However, early adoption is permitted. In this case it must be applied together with IFRS 11 and IFRS 12.

IFRS 11 – “Joint arrangements”: IFRS 11 introduces new consolidation principles applicable to all joint arrangements and will replace SIC 13 – “Jointly Controlled Entities” and IAS 31 – “Interests in Joint Ventures”.

The new standard defines joint arrangements and establishes that they shall be classified as joint operations or as joint ventures based on the rights and obligations arising from the arrangement. A joint operation is when the parties who have joint control have rights to the assets of the arrangement and obligations to the liabilities of the arrangement. A joint venture is when the parties who have joint control have rights to the net assets of the arrangement.

Joint operations shall be accounted for by including them in the financial statements of the entities controlling the assets, liabilities, income and expenses corresponding to them according to the

F-41


Table of Contents

contractual agreement. Joint ventures shall be accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method. They can no longer be accounted for by the proportionate consolidation method.

IFRS 11 shall be applied to accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013. However, early adoption is permitted. In this case it must be applied together with IFRS 10 and IFRS 12.

IFRS 12 – “Disclosure of Interests in other entities”: IFRS 12 is a new standard on the disclosure requirements for all types of holdings in other entities, including subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities.

IFRS 12 shall be applied to accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013. However, early adoption is permitted. In this case it must be applied together with IFRS 10 and IFRS 11.

IFRS 13 – “Fair Value Measurement”: IFRS 13 provides guidelines for fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. Under the new definition, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The requirements of the standard do not extend the use of fair value accounting. However, they do provide a guide about how fair value should be applied when its use is required or permitted by other standards.

This new standard shall be prospectively applied as of January 1, 2013. Early adoption is permitted.

IAS 1 amended – “Presentation of Financial Statements”: The modifications made to IAS 1 include improvements and clarifications regarding the presentation of “Other recognized income (expenses)” (valuation adjustments). The main change introduced is that the presentation of the concepts must distinguish those that can be reclassified to earnings in the future from those that cannot.

The revision to IAS 1 shall be applied to accounting years starting on or after July 1, 2012, although early adoption is permitted.

Amended IAS 19 – “Employee Benefits”: The amended IAS 19 introduces modifications to the accounting of post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments.

All changes in the fair value of assets from post-employment plans and obligations in the defined benefit plans shall be recognized in the period in which they occur; they shall be recognized as valuation adjustments in equity and shall not be considered as earnings in future years. Thus, the options under the current standard to defer these changes in value (“corridor method”) or to recognize them in the year’s earnings have been eliminated. The Group’s policy will be to transfer the amounts recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments” to the heading “Reserves” in the consolidated balance sheet.

The presentation of fair value changes in assets in plans and changes in post-employment benefit obligations of defined-benefit plans has been clarified:

Greater disclosure of information is required.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013, although early adoption is permitted.

IAS 32 revised – “Financial Instruments: Presentation”: The changes made to IAS 32 clarify the following aspects on asset and liability netting:

The legal right to net recognized amounts must not depend on a future event and must be legally enforceable under all circumstances, including cases of default or insolvency of either party.

F-42


Table of Contents

Settlements in which the following conditions are met shall be accepted as equivalent to “settlements for net amount”:

all or practically all of the credit and liquidity risk is eliminated

settlement of the asset and liability is performed in one single settlement process

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2014, although early adoption is permitted.

IFRS 7 revised – “Financial Instruments: Information to be disclosed”: The changes made to IAS 7 introduce new disclosures of information on asset and liability netting: The entities must submit a breakdown of information on the gross and net amounts of the financial assets that have been or may be netted, and for all recognized financial instruments included in some type of master netting agreement, whether or not they have been netted.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013.

3. Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group

The BBVA Group is an international diversified financial group with a significant presence in retail banking, wholesale banking, asset management and private banking. It also operates in other sectors, such as insurance, real estate, operating leases, etc.

Appendices II to IV inclusive provide relevant information as of December 31, 2011 on the Group’s subsidiaries, proportionately consolidated jointly controlled entities, and investments and jointly controlled entities accounted for by the equity method. Appendix V shows the main changes in investments in 2011, and Appendix VI gives details of the subsidiaries under the full consolidation method and which, based on the information available, were more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of December 31, 2011.

The following table sets forth information related to the Group’s total assets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the Group’s income attributed to the parent company for 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by the companies in the group according to their activity:

Millions of Euros
Total Assets Contributed
to the Group
Total Net Income
Contributed to the Group

Contribution to Consolidated Group.

Entities by Main Activities

2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Banks and other financial services

577,914 533,143 516,431 2,105 3,757 3,535

Insurance and pension fund managing companies

17,226 17,034 16,168 873 826 755

Other non-financial services

2,548 2,561 2,466 26 23 (80 )

Total

597,688 552,738 535,065 3,004 4,606 4,210

The total assets and earnings as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by the geographical areas in which the BBVA Group operates, are included in Note 6.

The BBVA Group’s activity is mainly located in Spain, Mexico, South America and the United States, with an active presence in other European countries and Asia:

Spain: The Group’s activity in Spain is principally through Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., which is the parent company of the BBVA Group. The Group also has other companies that operate in Spain’s banking sector, insurance sector, real estate sector, services and as operating lease companies.

F-43


Table of Contents

Rest of Europe: The Group’s activity in Europe is carried out through representative offices (Moscow and Istanbul), operational branches (Germany, Belgium, France, Italy and the United Kingdom) and banks and financial institutions in Ireland, Switzerland, Italy and Portugal. In March 2011, the BBVA Group acquired 25.01% of the share capital of the Turkish bank Turkiye Garanti Bankasi, AS (hereinafter, “Garanti”). Garanti heads up a group of banking and financial institutions that operate in Turkey, Holland, and some countries in Eastern Europe.

Asia: The Group’s activity in Asia is carried out through operational branches (in Taipei, Seoul, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Singapore) and representative offices (in Beijing, Shanghai and Mumbai). The BBVA Group also has several agreements with the CITIC Group (“CITIC”) for a strategic alliance in the Chinese market (see Note 17). The investment in the CITIC Group includes the investment in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (“CIFH”) and China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”).

Mexico: The Group’s presence in Mexico dates back to 1995. It operates both in the banking sector through BBVA Bancomer, S.A., and in the insurance and pensions business, mainly through Seguros Bancomer S.A. de C.V., Pensiones Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and Administradora de Fondos para el Retiro Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. All these are part of the BBVA Bancomer Financial Group.

South America: The BBVA Group’s activity in South America is mainly focused on the banking, insurance and pensions sectors, in the following countries: Chile, Venezuela, Colombia, Peru, Argentina, Panama, Paraguay and Uruguay. It is also active in Bolivia and Ecuador in the pensions sector.

The Group owns more than 50% of most of the companies based in these countries. Appendix II shows a list of the companies which, although less than 50% owned by the BBVA Group, are as of December 31, 2011 fully consolidated as a result of agreements between the Group and the other shareholders, giving the BBVA Group effective control of these entities (see Note 2.1).

United States (including Puerto Rico): The Group’s activity in the United States is mainly carried out through a group of companies with BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. at their head. This bank was acquired by BBVA in 2007 and in 2008 it merged the three Texas-based banks it owned, State National Bancshares, Inc., Texas National Bank, Inc. and Laredo National Bank, Inc.

In 2009, BBVA Compass, Inc. acquired some of the assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank, Inc. (hereinafter, “Guaranty”) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Garanty is based in the United States. The BBVA group also has a significant presence in Puerto Rico through the bank BBVA Puerto Rico.

Below we give more details of the most important changes that have taken place in the BBVA Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

2011 –

Acquisition of a capital holding in the bank Garanti: On March 22, 2011, through the execution of the agreements signed in November 2010 with the Dogus group and having obtained the corresponding authorizations, BBVA completed the acquisition of a 24.89% holding of the share capital of Turkiye Garanti Bankasi, AS. Subsequently, an additional 0.12% holding was acquired on the market, taking the BBVA Group’s total holding in the share capital of Garanti to 25.01% as of December 31, 2011. The total price of both acquisitions amounted to USD 5,876 million (approximately 4,408 million).

The agreements with the Dogus group include an arrangement for the joint management of the bank and the appointment of some of the members of its Board of Directors by the BBVA Group.

F-44


Table of Contents

BBVA also has a perpetual option to purchase an additional 1% of Garanti Bank five years after the initial purchase. If it exercised this option the BBVA Group would have effective control of the company.

As of December 31, 2011, the goodwill registered by these acquisitions amounted to 1,262 million (see Note 20.1), although this amount is provisional, as under IFRS 3 a period of one year is allowed to make a definitive determination. BBVA financed part of this acquisition with funds from the capital increase carried out on November 29, 2010 (see Note 27).

This 25.01% holding in Garanti is consolidated in the BBVA Group using the proportionate consolidation method due to the aforementioned joint management agreements, and its contribution to the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, represents 3.06% of the Group’s total assets ( 18,309 million) and 2.66% of its total liabilities ( 14,850 million) at that date.

The contribution from Garanti to the main items on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 4,937 million to various portfolios of financial assets, 11,160 million to “Loans and receivables” and 14,187 million to “Financial liabilities at amortized cost.”

The contribution of Garanti to the BBVA Group’s consolidated income statement from the date of its acquisition to December 31, 2011, after making the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 428 million to “Net interest income”, 580 million to “Gross income”, and 193 million to “Consolidated net income for the year”. This represents a total of 6.43% of the Group’s consolidated net income in 2011.

If this business combination had been performed at the start of 2011, it is estimated that after the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, Garanti would have contributed 266 million to Group’s consolidated net income for 2011.

Purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco: In May 2010, the BBVA Group announced that it had reached an agreement to acquire, through its subsidiary BBVA Uruguay, the Credit Uruguay Banco, from a French financial group. On January 18, 2011, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco was completed for approximately 78 million, generating goodwill for an insignificant amount.

Takeover of Finanzia Banco de Crédito S.A.U.: The Directors of the entities Finanzia Banco de Crédito, S.A.U. and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., in meetings of their respective boards of directors held on January 28, 2011 and February 1, 2011, respectively, approved a project for the takeover of Finanzia Banco de Crédito, S.A.U. by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and the subsequent transfer of all its equity interest to Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., which acquired all the rights and obligations of the company it had purchased through universal succession.

The merger agreement was submitted for approval at the AGM of the shareholders of the companies involved. The merger was entered into the Companies Register on July 1, 2011, and thus on this date the target bank was dissolved, although for accounting purposes the takeover was carried out on January 1, 2011, with no effect at the consolidated level.

2010 –

On April 1, 2010, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of an additional 4.93% of CNCB’s capital was finalized for 1,197 million. After the acquisition, BBVA’s holding of the share capital of CIFH and CNCB amounted to 29.68% and 15%, respectively (see Note 17.1).

F-45


Table of Contents

2009 –

Purchase of assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank: On August 21, 2009, BBVA Compass Inc acquired certain Guaranty Bank assets and liabilities from FDIC through a public auction for qualified investors. BBVA Compass Inc. acquired assets, mostly loans, for approximately USD 11,441 million (approximately 8,016 million) and assumed liabilities, mostly customer deposits, for USD 12,854 million (approximately 9,006 million). On December 31, 2009, using the purchase method, the comparison between the fair values assigned at the time of the purchase to the assets and liabilities acquired from Guaranty Bank (including the cash payment that FDIC made in consideration of the transaction (USD 2,100 million) generated a difference 99 million, recognized under the heading “Negative goodwill” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year 2009. The assets and liabilities acquired amounted to 1.5% and 1.8%, respectively, of the BBVA Group’s total assets on the acquisition date.

At the same time, the purchase included a loss-sharing agreement with the U.S. supervisory body FDIC under which the latter undertook to assume 80% of the losses of the loans purchased by the BBVA Group up to the first USD 2,285 million, and up to 95% of the losses if they exceeded this amount. This commitment has a maximum term of 5 and 10 years, according to the different portfolios in which the loans were classified.

Takeovers of Banco de Crédito Local de España, S.A. and BBVA Factoring E.F.C., S.A.: The directors of the subsidiaries Banco de Crédito Local de España, S.A. (Unipersonal), and BBVA Factoring E.F.C., S.A. (Unipersonal), in meetings of their respective boards of directors held on January 26, 2009, and of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. in its board of directors meeting held on January 27, 2009, approved respective projects for the takeover of both companies by BBVA and the subsequent transfer of all their equity interest to BBVA, which acquired all the rights and obligations of the companies it had purchased through universal succession.

The merger agreement was submitted for approval at the AGM of the shareholders of the companies involved. Both takeovers were entered into the Companies Register on June 5, 2009, and thus on this date the companies acquired were dissolved, although for accounting purposes the takeover was carried out on January 1, 2009, with no effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

4. Allocation of earnings and the new system of shareholder remuneration

New scheme for shareholder remuneration –

The new shareholder remuneration scheme called the “Dividend Option” was implemented in 2011 through two share capital increases charge to voluntary reserves approved by the Bank’s Shareholders’ Annual General Meeting held on March 11, 2011, as the fifth point of the Agenda. Under the new scheme, BBVA has offered its shareholders the chance to receive part of their remuneration in the form of free shares; however, they can still choose to receive it in cash by selling the rights assigned to them in each capital increase either to BBVA (by the Bank exercising its commitment to repurchase the free allotment rights) or on the market.

Shareholder remuneration in 2011 –

In 2011, the following payments were made and settled to shareholders:

A third interim dividend on 2010 earnings was paid and settled on January 10, 2011 for a gross amount of 0.09 per share ( 0.0729 net).

To implement the “Dividend Option”, the first capital increase charged to voluntary reserves was carried out in April 2011. As a result, the Bank’s share capital increased by 29,740,199.65, through the issue and circulation of 60,694,285 shares with a par value of 0.49 each (see Note 27). The Bank also acquired 909,945,425 pre-emptive subscription rights, at the guaranteed fixed price of 0.149 gross each, for a total of 135,581,868.33.

F-46


Table of Contents

An interim dividend on 2011 earnings was paid and settled on July 8, 2011 for a gross amount of 0.10 per share ( 0.081 net).

The second capital increase charged to voluntary reserves under the “Dividend Option” program was carried out in October 2011. As a result, the Bank’s share capital increased by 38,422,617.94, through the issue and circulation of 78,413,506 shares with a par value of 0.49 each (see Note 27). The Bank also acquired 433,637,066 pre-emptive subscription rights, at the guaranteed fixed price of 0.10 gross each, for a total of 43,363,706.60.

On December 20, 2011, the Board of Directors agreed to pay a second interim dividend on 2011 earnings for a gross amount of 0.10 ( 0.079) per share. It was paid to the shareholders on January 10, 2012.

Dividends –

The aggregate amount of the interim dividends declared as of December 31, mentioned above, net of the amount collected by the BBVA Group companies, was 937 million and was recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Dividends and remuneration” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The provisional financial statement prepared by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. for 2011 in accordance with legal requirements evidenced the existence of sufficient earnings for the distribution of the amounts to the interim dividend, as follows:

Millions of Euros

Available amount for interim dividend payments

May 31,
2011
November 30,
2011

Profit at each of the dates indicated, after the provision for income tax

976 1,969

Less –

Estimated provision for Legal Reserve

(6 ) (40 )

Acquisition by the bank of the free allotment rights in 2011 capital increase

(136 ) (179 )

Interim dividends for 2011 already paid

(455 )

Maximum amount distributable

834 1,295

Amount of proposed interim dividend

455 490

BBVA cash balance available to the date

1,540 1,321

The table below shows the allocation of the Bank’s earnings for 2011 that the Board of Directors will submit to approval by the General Shareholders’ Meeting:

Millions of Euros

Allocation of Earnings

2011

Net income for year of 2011 (*)

1,428

Distribution:

Interim dividends

945

Acquisition by the bank of the free allotment rights(**)

179

Legal reserve

41

Voluntary reserves

263

(*)

Net income of BBVA, S.A. (Appendix I).

(**)

Concerning to the remuneration to shareholders who choose to be pay in cash at the “Dividend Option”.

F-47


Table of Contents

5. Earnings per share

According to the criteria established by IAS 33:

Basic earnings per share are determined by dividing the “Net income attributed to Parent Company” by the weighted average number of shares outstanding throughout the year, excluding the average number of treasury sales held over the year.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by using a method similar to that used to calculate basic earnings per share; the weighted average number of shares outstanding, and the net income attributed to the parent company if appropriate, is adjusted to take into account the potential dilutive effect of certain financial instruments that could generate the issue of new Bank shares (share option commitments with employees, warrants on parent company shares, convertible debt instruments) or for discontinued operations.

The following transactions were carried out in 2011, 2010 and 2009 with an impact in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

In 2011 and 2010 the Bank has carried out capital increases with pre-emptive subscription rights for former shareholders (see Note 27 ). According to IAS 33, when calculating the basic and diluted earnings per share all the years prior to the exercise of the rights must be taken into account, and a corrective factor applied to the denominator (the weighted average number of shares outstanding) only in the case of capital increases other than those for conversion of securities into shares. This corrective factor is the result of dividing the fair value per share immediately before the exercise of rights by the theoretical ex-rights fair value per share. For these purposes the basic and diluted earnings per share have been recalculated for 2010 and 2009 as in the following table.

In 2009 and 2011 the Bank issued subordinated securities that were mandatory convertible into ordinary newly issued BBVA shares.

In 2009 the Bank issued subordinated securities that were mandatory convertible into ordinary newly issued BBVA shares amounting to 2,000 million. At its meeting on June 22, 2011, the Board of Directors of BBVA agreed to convert all these bonds dated July 15, 2011 (see Note 27 ).

On December 30, 2011 , the Bank issued subordinate securities that were mandatory convertible into ordinary newly issued BBVA shares amounting to 3,430 million (see Note 23.4 ).

Since the conversion of both bond issues is mandatory on the date of their final maturity, in accordance with the IAS 33 criteria the following adjustments must be applied to both the calculation of the diluted earnings per share as well as the basic earnings per share:

In the numerator, the net income attributed to the parent company is increased by the amount of the annual coupon of the subordinated convertible bond.

In the denominator, the weighted average number of shares outstanding is increased by the estimated number of shares after the conversion.

Thus, as can be seen in the following table, for 2011, 2010 and 2009 the figures for basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are the same, as the dilution effect of the mandatory conversion must also be applied to the calculation of the basic earnings per share.

F-48


Table of Contents

The calculation of earnings per share in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

2011 2010 (*) 2009 (*)

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share (millions of euros)

Net income attributed to parent company

3,004 4,606 4,210

Adjustment: Mandatory convertible bonds interest expenses

38 70 18

Net income adjusted (millions of euros) (A)

3,042 4,676 4,228

Denominator for basic earnings per share (number of shares outstanding)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (1)

4,635 3,762 3,719

Weighted average number of shares outstanding x corrective factor (2)

3,876 3,925

Adjustment: Average number of estimated shares to be converted

134 221 39

Adjusted number of shares (B)

4,769 4,097 3,964

Basic earnings per share (Euros per share)A/B

0.64 1.14 1.07

Diluted earnings per share (Euros per share)A/B

0.64 1.14 1.07

(1)

‘Weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions of euros), excluded weighted average of treasury shares during the period

(2)

Corrective factor, due to the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription right, applied for the previous years.

(*)

Data recalculated due to the mentioned corrective factor.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, except for the aforementioned convertible bonds, there were no other financial instruments, share option commitments with employees or discontinued transactions that could potentially affect the calculation of the diluted earnings per share for the years presented.

6. Bases and methodology for business segment reporting

Business segment reporting represents a basic tool in the oversight and management of the BBVA Group’s various activities. The Group compiles reporting information on as disaggregated a level as possible, and all data relating to the businesses these units manage is recognized in full. These disaggregated units are then amalgamated in accordance with the organizational structure preordained by the Group management into higher level units and, ultimately, the business segments themselves. Similarly, all the incorporated entities making up the BBVA Group are also assigned to the different business segments according to the geographical areas where they carry out their activity.

Once the composition of each of the business areas in the BBVA Group has been defined, certain management criteria are applied, noteworthy among which are the following:

Capital base: Capital is allocated to each business based on capital at risk (CaR) criteria, in turn predicated on unexpected loss at a specific confidence level, determined as a function of the Group’s target capital ratio.

This target solvency level is set on two different scales: strict capital (which conditions the capital provision that is the basis for calculating the return on equity in each business) the second level is total capital (which determines the additional allocation in terms of subordinated debt and preferred securities). The calculation of the CaR combines credit risk, market risk, structural risk associated with the balance sheet, equity positions, operational risk, fixed assets risks and technical risks in the case of insurance companies. Internal models were used that have been defined following the guidelines and requirements established under the Basel II Capital Accord, with economic criteria prevailing over regulatory ones.

F-49


Table of Contents

Due to its sensitivity to risk, CaR is an element linked to management policies of the different Group businesses. It makes the capital allocation between them objective and standard, in accordance with the risks incurred, and makes it easier to compare the profitability of the different businesses. In addition, as the CaR is calculated in a way that is standard and integrated for all kinds of risks and for each operation, balance or risk position, the risk-adjusted return can be determined for each business and an aggregate calculated for the return by customer, product, segment, unit or business area.

Internal transfer prices: The calculation of the net interest income of each business is performed by applying the internal transfer rates to both the asset and liability entries. These rates are made up by a market rate (based on the review period for the transaction) and a liquidity premium.

In 2010, the liquidity squeeze in domestic and international financial markets made access to financing by Spanish credit institutions more expensive. BBVA was no exception to the rising cost. As a result, since January 2011 and retroactively for 2010 data, the liquidity premium allocated to the business areas through the reference internal rate system has been modified upwards so that it better reflects the situation of the financial markets. The allocation of profits across business generation and distribution units (e.g., in asset management products) is performed at market prices.

Allocation of operating expenses: Both direct and indirect expenses are allocated to the business areas, except for those items for which there is no clearly defined or close link with the businesses, as they represent corporate or institutional expenses incurred on behalf of the overall Group.

Cross-selling: On certain occasions, adjustments are made to eliminate overlap accounted for in the results of two or more units as result of cross-selling focus.

Description of the BBVA Group’s business segments

Following the acquisition of the stake in the Turkish bank Garanti and its consolidation, started on March 2011, into the accompanying financial statements of the Group, BBVA is beginning to have a relevant presence, in terms of both the balance sheet and income, in Europe and Asia. Furthermore, since the start of the international financial crisis, the importance of geographical location of businesses in order to obtain a better perception of the risks and a better estimate for future growth capacity has been made evident. Finally, new regulations recommend local management of structural risks as a way of avoiding possible contagion between the financial systems of different countries. As a result of the above, in 2011 the Group’s businesses have been restructured into the following business areas:

Spain: This includes:

Retail Network, including the segments of individual customers, private banking, small companies and businesses in the domestic market.

Corporate and Business Banking (CBB), which manages the SME, companies and corporations, public institutions and developer segments.

Corporate and Investment Banking (C&IB), responsible for business with large corporations and multinationals.

Global Markets (GM), which covers treasury and distribution activities on the Spanish market.

Other units, including BBVA Seguros and Asset Management (AM), which manages Spanish mutual fund and pension funds.

Eurasia: This groups together the activity carried out in the rest of Europe and Asia and that in 2010 reported under Spain and Portugal (BBVA Portugal, Consumer Finance Italy and Portugal

F-50


Table of Contents

and the retail business of the branches in Paris, London and Brussels), or under Wholesale Banking & Asset Management (WB&AM). Corporate and Investment Banking, Markets, CNCB and CIFH. It also includes the holding in Garanti.

Mexico: Includes the banking, pensions and insurance businesses in the country.

United States: Includes the BBVA Group’s business in the United States and in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

South America: Includes the banking, pensions and insurance businesses in South America.

Finally, the Corporate Activities segment covers all those that are not imputed to the business segments. Basically, it records costs from head offices with a strictly corporate function and makes allocations to corporate and miscellaneous provisions, such as early retirement. It also includes the Financial Management unit, which performs management functions for the Group as a whole, essentially management of asset and liability positions in euro-denominated interest rates and in exchange rates, as well as liquidity and capital management functions, the Industrial and Financial Holdings unit and the Group’s non-international real-estate businesses. The management of structural interest-rate risks in currencies other than the euro is located in the corresponding business areas.

The breakdown of the BBVA Group’s total assets by business segments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Total Assets by Business Areas

2011 2010 2009

Spain

309,912 297,642 294,843

Eurasia

53,398 45,975 48,402

Mexico

74,283 75,152 62,855

South America

63,444 51,671 44,378

The United States

55,413 57,575 77,676

Subtotal Assets by Business areas

556,450 528,015 528,154

Corporate Activities

41,238 24,723 6,911

Total Assets BBVA Group

597,688 552,738 535,065

F-51


Table of Contents

The net income and main data in the consolidated income statements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 by business segment is as follows.

Millions of Euros
Business Areas

Main Results by Business Segments

BBVA Group Spain Eurasia Mexico South
America
United
States
Corporate
Activities

2011

Net interest income

13,160 4,399 801 3,827 3,164 1,590 (621 )

Gross income

20,566 6,357 1,952 5,550 4,457 2,277 (27 )

Net operating income (*)

10,615 3,556 1,307 3,539 2,415 786 (987 )

Income before tax

3,770 1,914 1,170 2,299 1,877 (1,061 ) (2,430 )

Net income

3,004 1,363 1,027 1,741 1,007 (722 ) (1,413 )

2010

Net interest income

13,320 4,878 345 3,688 2,495 1,794 121

Gross income

20,910 7,055 1,080 5,496 3,797 2,551 932

Net operating income (*)

11,942 4,240 785 3,597 2,129 1,034 158

Income before tax

6,422 3,160 675 2,281 1,670 309 (1,673 )

Net income

4,606 2,255 588 1,707 889 239 (1,072 )

2009

Net interest income

13,882 5,571 387 3,307 2,566 1,679 372

Gross income

20,666 7,875 953 4,870 3,637 2,412 919

Net operating income (*)

12,307 5,031 675 3,316 2,058 1,047 180

Income before tax

5,735 3,890 611 1,770 1,575 (1,428 ) (683 )

Net income

4,210 2,801 473 1,357 780 (950 ) (251 )

(*)    Gross Income less Administrative Cost and Amortization

7. Risk management

Financial institutions that deal in financial instruments must assume or transfer one or more types of risk in their transactions. The main risks associated with financial instruments are:

Credit risk: This arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party.

Market risk : This is originated by the likelihood of losses in the value of the positions held as a result of changes in the market prices of financial instruments. It includes three types of risks:

Interest-rate risk: This arises from variations in market interest rates.

Currency risk: This is the risk resulting from variations in foreign-currency exchange rates.

Price risk: This is the risk resulting from variations in market prices, either due to factors specific to the instrument itself, or alternatively to factors which affect all the instruments traded on a specific market.

Liquidity risk: This arises from the possibility that a company cannot meet its payment commitments, or to do so must resort to borrowing funds under onerous conditions, or risking its image and the reputation of the entity.

F-52


Table of Contents

Principles and policies –

The aim of the Global Risk Management (GRM) function is to preserve the BBVA Group’s solvency, help define its strategy with respect to risk and assume and facilitate the development of its businesses. Its activity is governed by the following principles:

The risk management function is single, independent and global.

The risks assumed by the Group must be compatible with the capital adequacy target and must be identified, measured and assessed. Risk monitoring and management procedures and sound mechanisms of control and mitigation systems must likewise be in place.

All risks must be managed integrally during their life cycle, and be treated differently depending on their nature and with active portfolio management based on a common measure (economic capital).

It is each business area’s responsibility to propose and maintain its own risk profile, within its autonomy in the corporate action framework (defined as the set of risk control policies and procedures defined by the Group), using an appropriate risk infrastructure to control their risks.

The infrastructures created for risk control must be equipped with means (in terms of people, tools, databases, information systems and procedures) that are sufficient for their purpose, so that there is a clear definition of roles and responsibilities, thus ensuring efficient assignment of resources among the corporate area and the risk units in business areas.

In the light of these principles, the BBVA Group has developed an integrated risk management system that is structured around three main components: a corporate risk governance scheme (with suitable segregation of duties and responsibilities); a set of tools, circuits and procedures that constitute the various risk management regimes; and an internal control system that is appropriate to the nature and size of the risks assumed.

Corporate governance system –

The BBVA Group has developed a system of corporate governance that is in line with the best international practices and adapted it to the requirements of the regulators in the country in which its different units operate.

With respect to the risks assumed by the Group, the Board of Directors of the Bank is responsible for establishing the general principles that define the risk objectives profile of the entities, approving the management policies for control and management of these risks and ensuring regular monitoring of the internal systems of risk information and control. The Board is supported in this function by the Standing Committee and the Risk Committee. The main mission of the latter is to assist the Board in carrying out its functions associated with risk control and management.

According to Article 36 of the Board Regulations, the Risk Committee is assigned the following duties for these purposes:

To analyze and evaluate proposals related to the Group’s risk management and oversight policies and strategies.

To monitor the extent to which the risks actually assumed match the established risk profiles.

To assess and approve, where applicable, any transactions whose size could compromise the Group’s capital adequacy or recurrent earnings, or that present significant potential operational or reputational risks.

To ensure that the Group possesses the means, systems, structures and resources in accordance with best practices to develop its risk management strategy.

F-53


Table of Contents

The risk management and control function is distributed among the risk units within the business areas and the Corporate Risk Area, which defines global policy and strategies. The risk units in the business areas propose and manage the risk profiles within their area of autonomy, though they always respect the corporate framework for action.

The Corporate Risk Area combines a vision by risk type with a global vision. It is divided into five units, as follows:

Corporate Risk Management: Responsible for the management and control of credit, market, technical, structural, real estate and non-banking risks.

Validation & Control: Manages the internal control and operational risk systems, the internal validation of the measurement models and the acceptance of new risks.

Technology & Methodologies: Responsible for the management of the technological and methodological developments required for risk management in the Group.

Technical Secretariat: Undertakes technical tests of the proposals made to the Risk Management Committee and the Risk Committee; prepares and promotes the regulations applicable to social and environmental risk management.

This structure gives the Corporate Risk Area reasonable security with respect to:

integration, control and management of all the Group’s risks;

the application throughout the Group of standard principles, policies and metrics; and

the necessary knowledge of each geographical area and each business.

This organizational scheme is complemented by various committees, which include the following:

The Internal Control and Operational Risk Global Committee: Its task is to undertake a review at both Group and business unit level of the control environment and the effectiveness of the operational risk internal control and management systems; as well as to monitor and analyze the main operational risks the Group is subject to, including those that are cross-cutting in nature. This committee is therefore the highest operational risk management body in the Group.

The Global Risk Management Committee: This committee is made up of the risk managers from the risk units located in the business areas and the managers of the Corporate Risk Area units. Among its responsibilities are the following: establishing the Group’s risk strategy (especially as regards policies and structure of this function in the Group), presenting its proposal to the appropriate governing bodies for their approval, monitoring the management and control of risks in the Group and adopting any actions necessary.

The GRM Risk Management Committee: Made up of the corporate directors of the Group’s risk unit and those responsible for risks in the different countries and business areas. It reviews the Group’s risk strategy and the general implementation of the main risk projects and initiatives in the business areas.

The Risk Management Committee: Its permanent members are the Global Risk Management director, the Corporate Risk Management director and the Technical Secretariat. The other committee members propose the operations that are analyzed in its working sessions. The committee analyzes and, if appropriate, authorizes, financial programs and operations within its scope and submits the proposals whose amounts exceed the set limits to the Risks Committee, when its opinion on them is favorable.

The Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO): The committee is responsible for actively managing structural interest rate and foreign exchange risk positions, global liquidity and the Group’s capital resources.

F-54


Table of Contents

The Technology and Methodologies Committee: The committee decides on the effectiveness of the models and infrastructures developed to manage and control risks that are integrated in the business areas, within the framework of the operational model of Global Risk Management.

The New Products Committee: The committee’s functions are to assess and, if appropriate, to approve the characteristics of new products before they are put on the market; to undertake subsequent control and monitoring for newly authorized products; and to foster business in an orderly way to enable it to develop in a controlled environment.

Tools, circuits and procedures –

The BBVA Group has an established integrated risk management system that meets the needs derived from different types of risk to which it is subject. It is set out in a number of manuals. These manuals provide the measuring tools for the acceptance, assessment and monitoring of risks, define the circuits and procedures applicable to operations by entities and the criteria for their management.

The BBVA Group’s main activities with respect to the management and control of its risks are as follows:

Calculation of exposure to risks of the different portfolios, taking into account any possible mitigating factors (guarantees, balance netting, collaterals, etc.).

Calculation of the probabilities of default (hereinafter, “PD”).

Estimation of the foreseeable losses in each portfolio, assigning a PD to new operations (rating and scoring).

Measurement of the risk values of the portfolios in different scenarios through historical simulations.

Establishment of limits to potential losses according to the different risks incurred.

Determination of the possible impacts of structural risks on the Group’s consolidated income statement.

Determination of limits and alerts to guarantee the Group’s liquidity.

Identification and quantification of operational risks by business lines to make their mitigation easier through the appropriate corrective actions.

Definition of the effective circuits and procedures to achieve established objectives, etc.

Internal control system –

The BBVA Group’s internal control system is based on the best practices developed in “Enterprise Risk Management – Integrated Framework” by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) as well as in “Framework for Internal Control Systems in Banking Organizations” by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS).

The Group’s system for internal control is therefore part of the Integral Risk Management Framework. This is the system within the Group that involves its Board of Directors, management and its entire staff. It is designed to identify and manage risks facing the Group entities in such a way as to ensure that the business targets established by the Group’s management are met. The Integrated Risk Management Framework is made up of specialized units (Risks, Compliance, Global Accounting and Management Information, and Legal Services), and the Internal Control, Operational Risk and Internal Audit functions.

F-55


Table of Contents

Among the principles underpinning the Internal Control system are the following:

Its core element is the “process.”

The form in which the risks are identified, assessed and mitigated must be unique for each process; and the systems, tools and information flows that support the internal control and operational risk activities must be unique, or at least be administered fully by a single unit.

The responsibility for internal control lies with the Group’s business units, and at a lower level, with each of the entities that make them up. Each business unit’s Internal Control and Operational Risk Management is responsible for implementing the system of control within its scope of responsibility and managing the existing risk by proposing any improvements to processes it considers appropriate.

Given that some business units have a global scope of responsibility, there are cross-cutting control functions which supplement the control mechanisms mentioned earlier.

The Internal Control and Operational Risk Committee in each business unit is responsible for approving suitable mitigation plans for each existing risk or weakness. This committee structure culminates at the Group’s Global Internal Control and Operational Risk Committee.

The specialized units promote policies and draw up internal regulations. It is the responsibility of the Corporate Risk Area to develop them further and apply them.

Risk concentrations –

In the trading area, limits are approved each year by the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee on exposures to trading, structural interest rate, structural exchange rate, equity and liquidity; this applies both to the banking entities and to the asset management, pension and insurance businesses. These limits factor in many variables, including economic capital and earnings volatility criteria, and are reinforced with alert triggers and a stop-loss scheme.

In relation to credit risk, maximum exposure limits are set by customer and country; generic limits are also set for maximum exposure to specific operations or products. Limits are allocated based on iso-risk curves, determined as the sum of maximum foreseeable losses and economic capital, and its ratings-based equivalence in terms of gross nominal exposure.

There is a threshold in terms of a maximum risk concentration level of 10% of Group equity: up to this level the authorization of new risks requires in-depth knowledge of the client, and the markets and sectors in which it operates.

For retail portfolios, potential concentrations of risk in geographical areas or certain risk profiles are analyzed in relation to overall risk and earnings volatility; where appropriate, the mitigating measures considered most appropriate are established.

7.1 Credit risk

7.1.1 Maximum credit risk exposure

The BBVA Group’s maximum credit risk exposure by headings in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, is given below. It does not recognize the availability of collateral or other credit enhancements to guarantee compliance with payment obligations. The details are broken down by financial instrument and counterparties.

F-56


Table of Contents

In the case of financial assets recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, exposure to credit risk is considered equal to its gross accounting value, not including valuation adjustments (impairment losses, uncollected interest payments, derivatives and others), with the sole exception of trading and hedging derivatives.

The maximum exposure to credit risk on financial guarantees granted is the maximum that the Group would be liable for if these guarantees were called in, and that is their carrying amount.

The information on trading and hedging derivatives set out in the next table is a better reflection of the maximum credit risk exposure than the amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheet because it does not only include the market value on the date of the transactions (the carrying amount only shows this figure); it also estimates the potential risk of these transactions on their due date.

However, credit risk originating from the derivatives in which the Group operates is mitigated through the contractual rights existing for offsetting accounts at the time of their settlement. This has reduced the Group’s exposure to credit risk to 37,817 million as of December 31, 2011 ( 27,933 million and 27,026 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively).

F-57


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Maximum Credit Risk Exposure

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Financial assets held for trading

20,975 24,358 34,672

Debt securities

10 20,975 24,358 34,672

Government

17,989 20,397 31,290

Credit institutions

1,882 2,274 1,384

Other sectors

1,104 1,687 1,998
Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 708 691 639

Debt securities

11 708 691 639

Government

129 70 60

Credit institutions

44 87 83

Other sectors

535 535 496

Available-for-sale financial assets

52,008 50,602 57,067

Debt securities

12 52,008 50,602 57,067

Government

35,801 33,074 38,345

Credit institutions

7,137 11,235 12,646

Other sectors

9,070 6,293 6,076

Loans and receivables

388,949 373,037 353,741

Loans and advances to credit institutions

13.1 26,013 23,604 22,200

Loans and advances to customers

13.2 359,855 347,210 331,087

Government

35,090 31,224 26,219

Agriculture

4,841 3,977 3,924

Industry

37,217 36,578 42,799

Real estate and construction

50,989 55,854 55,766

Trade and finance

55,748 53,830 48,936

Loans to individuals

139,063 135,868 126,488

Other

36,907 29,879 26,955

Debt securities

13.3 3,081 2,223 454

Government

2,128 2,040 342

Credit institutions

631 6 4

Other sectors

322 177 108

Held-to-maturity investments

14 10,955 9,946 5,438

Government

9,896 8,792 4,064

Credit institutions

451 552 754

Other sectors

608 602 620

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

58,683 44,762 42,836

Subtotal

532,278 503,396 494,393

Valuation adjustments

594 299 436

Total Financial Assets Risk

532,872 503,695 494,829

Financial guarantees

39,904 36,441 33,185

Drawable by third parties

88,978 86,790 84,925

Government

3,143 4,135 4,567

Credit institutions

2,417 2,303 2,257

Other sectors

83,419 80,352 78,101

Other contingent risks

4,787 3,784 7,398

Total Contingent Risks and Commitments

34 133,670 127,015 125,508

Total Maximum Credit Exposure

666,542 630,710 620,337

The amount of financial assets that would be irregular if their conditions had not been renegotiated is not significant with respect to the BBVA Group’s total loans and receivables as of December 31, 2011.

F-58


Table of Contents

7.1.2 Mitigation of credit risk, collateralized credit risk and other credit enhancements

In most cases, maximum exposure to credit risk is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate the Group’s exposure. The BBVA Group applies a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy deriving from a banking approach focused on relationship banking. The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, as the assumption of risks by the Group requires the prior verification of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or that the debtor can generate sufficient resources to allow the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore organized into three different levels in the BBVA Group:

Analysis of the financial risk of the operation, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds;

The constitution of guarantees that are adequate, or at any rate generally accepted, for the risk assumed; monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees; and finally,

Assessment of the repayment risk (asset liquidity) of the guarantees received.

The procedures for the management and valuation of collaterals are set out in the Internal Manuals on Credit Risk Management Policies (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collateral assigned in transactions with customers.

The methods used to value the collateral are in line with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real-estate collateral, the market price in market securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All collaterals assigned must be properly drawn up and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The following is a description of the main types of collateral for each financial instrument class:

Financial instruments held for trading: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument.

Trading and hedging derivatives: In derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction.

The Group trades a wide range of credit derivatives. Through these contracts, the Group either purchases or sells protection on either a single-name or index basis. The Group uses credit derivatives to mitigate credit risk in its loan portfolio and other cash positions and to hedge risks assumed in other market transactions with clients and counterparties.

Credit derivatives can follow different settlement and payment conventions, all of which are in accordance with ISDA standards. The most common types of settlement triggers include bankruptcy of the reference credit entity, acceleration of indebtedness, failure to pay, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the entity.

Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and Available-for-sale financial assets: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

Loans and receivables:

Loans and advances to credit institutions: These usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

F-59


Table of Contents

Loans and advances to customers: Most of these operations are backed by personal guarantees extended by the counterparty. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash guarantees, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

Debt securities: Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

Held-to-maturity investments: Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

Financial guarantees, other contingent risks and drawable by third parties: These have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

The Group’s collateralized credit risk as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, excluding balances deemed impaired, is broken down in the table below:

Millions of Euros

Collateralized Credit Risk

2011 2010 2009

Mortgage loans

130,703 132,628 127,957

Operating assets mortgage loans

3,732 3,638 4,050

Home mortgages

109,199 108,224 99,493

Rest of mortgages (1)

17,772 20,766 24,414

Secured loans, except mortgage

29,353 18,154 20,917

Cash guarantees

332 281 231

Secured loan (pledged securities)

590 563 692

Rest of secured loans (2)

28,431 17,310 19,994

Total

160,056 150,782 148,874

(1)

Refers to loans which are secured with real estate properties (other than residential properties) in respect of which we provide financing to the borrower to buy or to construct such properties.

(2)

Includes loans which collateral is cash, other financial assets or partial guarantees.

As of December 31, 2011, in relation to mortgages, the average weighted amount pending loan amortization was 52% of the collateral pledged (53% as of December 31, 2010 and 54% as of December 31, 2009).

7.1.3 Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

The BBVA Group has tools (“scoring” and “rating”) that enable it to rank the credit quality of its operations and customers based on an assessment and its correspondence with the probability of default (“PD”) scales. To analyze the performance of PD, the Group has a series of tracking tools and historical databases that collect the pertinent information generated internally, which can basically be grouped together in scoring and rating models.

Scoring

Scoring is a decision-making model that contributes to both the arrangement and management of retail loans: consumer loans, mortgages, credit cards for individuals, etc. Scoring is the tool used to decide to whom a loan should be assigned, what amount should be assigned and what strategies can help establish the price, because it is an algorithm that sorts transactions by their credit quality. This algorithm enables the BBVA Group to assign a score to each transaction requested by a customer, on the basis of a series of objective characteristics that have statistically been shown to discriminate between the quality and risk of this type of transactions. The advantage of scoring lies in its simplicity and homogeneity: all that is needed is a series of objective data for each customer, and this data is analyzed automatically using an algorithm.

F-60


Table of Contents

There are three types of scoring, based on the information used and on its purpose:

Reactive scoring: measures the risk of a transaction requested by an individual using variables relating to the requested transaction and to the customer’s socio-economic data available at the time of the request. The new transaction is approved or rejected depending on the score given.

Behavioral scoring: scores transactions for a given product in an outstanding risk portfolio of the entity, enabling the credit rating to be tracked and the customer’s needs to be anticipated. It uses transaction and customer variables available internally. Specifically, variables that refer to the behavior of both the product and the customer.

Proactive scoring: gives a score at customer level using variables related to the individual’s general behavior with the entity, and to his/her payment behavior in all the contracted products. The purpose is to track the customer’s credit quality and it is used to pre-grant new transactions.

Rating

Rating tools, as opposed to scoring tools, do not assess transactions but focus on the rating of customers instead: companies, corporations, SMEs, public authorities, etc. A rating tool is an instrument that, based on a detailed financial study, helps determine a customer’s ability to meet his/her financial obligations. The final rating is usually a combination of various factors: on the one hand, quantitative factors, and on the other hand, qualitative factors. It is a middle road between an individual analysis and a statistical analysis.

The main difference between ratings and scorings is that the latter are used to assess retail products, while ratings use a wholesale banking customer approach. Moreover, scorings only include objective variables, while ratings add qualitative information. And although both are based on statistical studies, adding a business view, rating tools give more weight to the business criterion compared to scoring tools.

For portfolios where the number of defaults is very low (sovereign risk, corporates, financial entities, etc.) the internal information is supplemented by “benchmarking” of the external rating agencies (Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch). To this end, each year the PDs compiled by the rating agencies at each level of risk rating are compared, and the measurements compiled by the various agencies are mapped against those of the BBVA master rating scale.

Once the default probability of a transaction or customer has been calculated, a “business cycle adjustment” is carried out. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation. The aim is to capture representative information of the behavior of portfolios over a complete economic cycle. This probability is linked to the Master Rating Scale prepared by the BBVA Group to enable uniform classification of the Group’s various asset risk portfolios.

F-61


Table of Contents

The table below shows the abridged scale used to classify the BBVA Group’s outstanding risk as of December 31, 2011:

Internal rating

Probability of default
(basic points)

Reduced List (17 groups)

Average Minimum
from >=
Maximum

AAA

1 2

AA+

2 2 3

AA

3 3 4

AA-

4 4 5

A+

5 5 6

A

8 6 9

A-

10 9 11

BBB+

14 11 17

BBB

20 17 24

BBB-

31 24 39

BB+

51 39 67

BB

88 67 116

BB-

150 116 194

B+

255 194 335

B

441 335 581

B-

785 581 1,061

C

2,122 1,061 4,243

The table below outlines the distribution of exposure, including derivatives, by internal ratings, to corporates, financial entities and institutions (excluding sovereign risk), of the BBVA Group’s main entities as of December 31, 2011:

2011

Credit Risk Distribution by Internal Rating

Amount
(Millions of Euros)
%

AAA/AA+/AA/AA-

47,047 18.42 %

A+/A/A-

94,192 36.88 %

BBB+

23,685 9.27 %

BBB

10,328 4.04 %

BBB-

10,128 3.97 %

BB+

12,595 4.93 %

BB

11,361 4.45 %

BB-

14,695 5.75 %

B+

10,554 4.13 %

B

11,126 4.36 %

B-

6,437 2.52 %

CCC/CC

3,266 1.28 %

Total

255,414 100.00 %

From all the possible range of transactions/customers with a credit rating, and therefore with a probability of default, homogeneous probability levels are established to classify the portfolio. The concentration of levels will be higher when more discrimination is needed and lower when discrimination is not so important. These levels represent the ratings needed to ensure proper classification of the portfolio.

F-62


Table of Contents

These different values and their probability of default (PD) limits have been determined using as a reference the rating scales and default rates applied by the external agencies Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. Thus, the PD levels for the BBVA Group’s Master Rating Scale are established. Although this scale is common to the entire Group, the calibrations (mapping scores to PD sections/Master Rating Scale levels) are carried out at tool level for each country in which the Group has tools available.

7.1.4 Policies for preventing excessive risk concentration

In order to prevent the build-up of excessive concentrations of credit risk at the individual, country and sector levels, the BBVA Group maintains maximum permitted risk concentration indices updated at individual and portfolio sector levels tied to the various observable variables within the field of credit risk management. The limit on the Group’s exposure or financial commitment to a specific customer therefore depends on the customer’s credit rating, the nature of the risks involved, and the Group’s presence in a given market, based on the following guidelines:

The aim is, as far as possible, to combine the customer’s credit needs (commercial/financial, short-term/long-term, etc.) with the interests of the Group.

Any legal limits that may exist concerning risk concentration are taken into account (relationship between risks with a customer and the capital of the entity that assumes them), the markets, the macroeconomic situation, etc.

To undertake a proper management of risk concentration, and if necessary generate actions on such risks, a number of different levels of monitoring have been established according to the amount of global risks maintained with the same customer. Any risk concentrations with the same customer or group may generate losses of more than 18 million are authorized and monitored by the Risk Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. In terms of exposure, this amount is equivalent to 10% of the BBVA Group’s eligible capital for a customer with an AAA credit rating and 1% for a customer with a BB credit rating.

7.1.5 Sovereign risk exposure

Sovereign risk management

The risk associated with the transactions involving sovereign risk is identified, measured, controlled and tracked by a centralized unit integrated in the Group’s Risk Area. Its basic functions involve the preparation of individual reports on the countries where sovereign risk exists (called “financial programs”), tracking such risks, assigning ratings to these countries and, in general, supporting the Group in terms of providing information related to transactions involving sovereign risk. The risk policies established in the financial programs are approved by the relevant risk committees.

The country risk unit tracks the evolution of the risks associated with the various countries to which we are exposed (including sovereign risk) on an ongoing basis in order to adapt its risk and mitigation policies to any macroeconomic and political changes that may occur. Moreover, it regularly updates its internal ratings and forecasts for these countries. The internal rating assignment methodology is based on the assessment of quantitative and qualitative parameters which are in line with those used by certain multilateral organizations (such as the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank), rating agencies and export credit organizations.

F-63


Table of Contents

The table below provides a breakdown of our financial instruments, as of December 31, 2011, by type of counterparty and the country of residence of such counterparty. The below figures do not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan loss provisions (see Note 7.1.7).

As of December 31, 2011

Risk Exposure by Country

Sovereign
Risk (1)
Financial
Institutions
Other
Sectors
Total %
(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Spain

56,473 6,883 178,068 241,424 51.1 %

Turkey

3,414 220 8,822 12,456 2.6 %

United Kingdom

120 7,381 3,566 11,067 2.3 %

Italy

4,301 492 4,704 9,497 2.0 %

Portugal

279 829 6,715 7,824 1.7 %

France

619 1,903 3,038 5,561 1.2 %

Germany

592 1,048 911 2,551 0.5 %

Ireland

7 183 212 401 0.1 %

Greece

109 5 32 146 0.0 %

Rest of Europe

739 4,419 6,072 11,230 2.4 %

Europe

66,654 23,363 212,141 302,157 63.9 %

Mexico

22,875 5,508 31,110 59,493 12.6 %

The United States

3,501 3,485 42,589 49,576 10.5 %

Rest of countries

7,281 3,803 50,563 61,647 13.0 %

Total Rest of countries

33,657 12,796 124,262 170,716 36.1 %

Total Exposure to Financial Instruments

100,311 (2) 36,159 336,403 472,873 100.0 %

(1)

In addition, there were undrawn lines of credit, granted mainly to Spanish public authorities, amounting to 3,525 million. For more information about drawable lines of credit see Note 34.

(2)

Relates mainly to government debt securities held by the Group in countries where we operate. These securities are used by the Group’s Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) to manage the interest-rate risk concerning the balance sheet of our subsidiaries located in such countries and by our insurance subsidiaries for managing risks related to pension and insurance commitments.

Sovereign risk exposure in Europe

The European sovereign debt crisis deepened in 2011. Contagion of the financial tension during the year extended, first, to countries in the European periphery that were not subject to bailout programs, such as Italy and Spain; and subsequently, as doubts increased about the capacity of governments in the euro zone to resolve the crisis, to certain core countries in Europe with sounder finances.

As for the sovereign risk of European countries, despite the agreements reached at the European summit held at the end of July 2011, sovereign debt markets, including those in Spain, and especially those in Italy, continue to be subject to intense pressure.

As part of the exercise carried out by the European Banking Authority (EBA) to assess the minimum capital levels of European banking groups, as defined in the European Union’s Capital Requirement Directive (CRD), certain information on the exposure of the Group’s credit institutions to European sovereign risk as of September 30, 2011 was published on December 8, 2011. The table below provides a breakdown of the exposure of the Group’s credit institutions to European sovereign risk as of December 31, 2011, by type of financial instrument and the country of residence of the counterparty. The below figures do not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan loss provisions (see “Valuation and impairment methods” below).

F-64


Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011
Debt securities Loans and
Receivables
Derivatives (2) Total %

Exposure to
Sovereign Risk by
European Union
Country (1)

Financial
Assets Held-for-
Trading
Available-for-
Sale Financial
Assets
Held-to-
Maturity
Investments
Direct
Exposure
Indirect
Exposure
(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Spain

4,366 15,225 6,520 26,637 96 52,844 89.1 %

Italy

350 634 2,956 184 (23 ) 4,101 6.9 %

France

338 12 254 (3 ) 601 1.0 %

Germany

513 6 69 (3 ) (2 ) 583 1.0 %

Portugal

39 11 13 216 (1 ) 278 0.5 %

United Kingdom

120 (3 ) 117 0.2 %

Greece

10 84 15 (8 ) 101 0.2 %

Hungary

53 53 0.1 %

Ireland

7 1 8 0.0 %

Rest of Europe

155 351 130 2 638 1.1 %

Total Exposure to Sovereign Counterparties (European Union) (1)

5,761 16,429 9,896 27,182 89 (34 ) 59,323 100.0 %

(1)

This table shows the exposure to sovereign risk pursuant to EBA criteria. Therefore, exposure to Turkey ( 3,414 million) and exposure of the Group insurance companies ( 3,972 million) are not included.

(2)

Includes Credit Derivative Swaps (CDS), which are reflected at their fair value.

The table below provides a breakdown of the notional value of the CDS in which the Group’s credit institutions acted as sellers or buyers of protection against sovereign risks in European countries, based on the country whose risk is covered by the CDS. The main counterparties of these CDS are credit institutions with a high credit quality. The CDS contracts we enter contain market standards clauses, including with respect to the events that would trigger payouts under the contracts.

As of December 31, 2011
Credit derivatives (CDS) and other contracts in
which the Group acts as a protection seller
Credit derivatives (CDS) and other contracts in
which the Group acts as a protection buyer

Exposure to
Sovereign Risk by
European Union Country

Notional Value Fair Value Notional Value Fair Value
(in millions of euros)

Spain

20 2 20 (2 )

Italy

283 38 465 (61 )

Germany

182 4 184 (6 )

France

102 3 123 (6 )

Portugal

85 21 93 (22 )

United Kingdom

20 2 20 (2 )

Greece

53 25 66 (33 )

Hungary

2 (0 )

Ireland

82 10 82 (9 )

Rest of Europe

294 31 329 (29 )

Total Exposure to Sovereign Counterparties (European Union)

1,119 136 1,382 (170 )

F-65


Table of Contents

As reflected in the tables reproduced above, our exposure to sovereign risk in Europe relates mainly to Spain and Italy. The table below provides a breakdown of the total exposure faced by the Group’s credit institutions to these two countries as of December 31, 2011, by type of financial instrument and the country of residence of the counterparty, based on the maturity of the financial instruments.

As of December 31, 2011
Debt securities Loans and
Receivables
Derivatives Total %

Maturities

Financial
Assets
Held-for-
Trading
Available-
for- Sale
Financial
Assets
Held-to-
Maturity
Investments
Direct
Exposure
Indirect
Exposure
(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Spain

Up to 1 Year

2,737 779 36 9,168 1 12,721 21.4 %

1 to 5 Years

1,025 11,630 1,078 4,265 67 18,065 30.5 %

Over 5 Years

604 2,816 5,406 13,204 27 22,057 37.2 %

Italy

Up to 1 Year

172 22 3 89 286 0.5 %

1 to 5 Years

73 34 2,378 20 (18 ) 2,487 4.2 %

Over 5 Years

105 578 575 75 (4 ) 1,329 2.2 %

Rest of Europe

Up to 1 Year

512 197 69 281 3 (1 ) 1,061 1.8 %

1 to 5 Years

224 233 61 18 (1 ) 1 536 0.9 %

Over 5 Years

309 140 290 62 (8 ) (11 ) 782 1.3 %

Total Exposure to Sovereign Counterparties (European Union)

5,761 16,429 9,896 27,182 89 (34 ) 59,323 100.0 %

Valuation and impairment methods

The valuation methods used to assess the instruments that are subject to sovereign risks are the same ones used for other instruments included in the relevant portfolios and are detailed in Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We take into account the exceptional circumstances that have taken place over the last two years in connection with the sovereign debt crisis in Europe. Specifically, the fair value of sovereign debt securities of European countries has been considered equivalent to their listed price in active markets, except for Greek sovereign debt securities. With regard to sovereign debt securities issued by Greece, owing to its economic situation and considering the various agreements reached at the summits of European leaders on the plan for restructuring Greek sovereign debt, the Group has recognized impairment losses on these assets for a total amount of €81 million, applying an expected loss of 50% of the nominal value of the Greek sovereign debt, irrespective of its maturity. This impairment has been estimated by considering the recommendations issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA). These impairment losses were charged to our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Reclassification of securities between portfolios

Note 14 describes the reclassification carried out in the third quarter of 2011, in accordance with IFRS-7, amounting to 1,817 million in sovereign debt securities issued by Italy, Greece and Portugal from the heading “Available-for-sale financial assets” to the heading “Held-to-maturity investments” of the consolidated balance sheet.

F-66


Table of Contents

7.1.6 Financial assets past due but not impaired

The table below provides details of financial assets past due as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, but not considered to be impaired, listed by their first past-due date:

Millions of Euros

Financial Assets Past Due but Not Impaired 2011

Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
1 to 2 Months
Past-Due
2 to 3 Months
Past-Due

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

1,998 392 366

Government

186 47 23

Other sectors

1,812 345 343

Debt securities

Total

1,998 392 366

Millions of Euros

Financial Assets Past Due but Not Impaired 2010

Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
1 to 2 Months
Past-Due
2 to 3 Months
Past-Due

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

1,082 311 277

Government

122 27 27

Other sectors

960 284 250

Debt securities

Total

1,082 311 277

Millions of Euros

Financial Assets Past Due but Not Impaired 2009

Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
1 to 2 Months
Past-Due
2 to 3 Months
Past-Due

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

2,653 336 311

Government

45 32 19

Other sectors

2,608 304 292

Debt securities

Total

2,653 336 311

F-67


Table of Contents

7.1.7 Impaired assets and impairment losses

The table below shows the composition of the impaired financial assets and risks as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

Impaired Risks.

Breakdown by Type of Asset and by Sector

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Asset Instruments Impaired

Available-for-sale financial assets

125 140 212

Debt securities

125 140 212

Loans and receivables

15,685 15,472 15,311

Loans and advances to credit institutions

28 101 100

Loans and advances to customers

15,647 15,361 15,197

Debt securities

10 10 14

Total ‘Asset Instruments Impaired (1)

15,810 15,612 15,523

Contingent Risks Impaired

Contingent Risks Impaired (2)

219 324 405

Total impaired risks (1) + (2)

16,029 15,936 15,928

Of which:

Government

135 124 87

Credit institutions

84 129 172

Other sectors

15,590 15,360 15,264

Mortgage

9,639 8,627 7,932

With partial secured loans

83 159 37

Rest

5,868 6,574 7,295

Contingent Risks Impaired

219 324 405

Total impaired risks (1) + (2)

16,029 15,936 15,928

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the impaired financial assets and contingent risks are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Changes in Impaired Financial Assets and Contingent Risks

2011 2010 2009

Balance at the beginning

15,936 15,928 8,859

Additions (1)

13,045 13,207 17,298

Recoveries (2)

(9,079 ) (9,138 ) (6,524 )

Net additions (1)+(2)

3,966 4,069 10,774

Transfers to write-off

(4,093 ) (4,307 ) (3,737 )

Exchange differences and other

221 246 32

Balance at the end

16,029 15,936 15,928

Recoveries on entries (%)

70 69 38

F-68


Table of Contents

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by geographical area and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

Millions of Euros

Impaired Assets by Geographic Area and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2011

Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than 12
Months
Past-Due
Total

Spain

4,640 1,198 1,187 4,482 11,507

Rest of Europe

217 38 41 235 531

Mexico

809 141 130 199 1,280

South América

767 66 38 109 980

The United States

634 211 117 549 1,511

Rest of the world

1 1

Total

7,068 1,653 1,513 5,572 15,810

Millions of Euros

Impaired Assets by Geographic Area and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2010

Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than 12
Months
Past-Due
Total

Spain

5,279 1,064 798 4,544 11,685

Rest of Europe

106 24 24 55 209

Mexico

753 60 69 324 1,206

South América

720 51 31 74 876

The United States

1,110 84 111 331 1,636

Rest of the world

1

Total

7,968 1,284 1,034 5,327 15,612

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as on December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by type of loan in accordance with its associated guarantee, and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

Millions of Euros

Impaired Assets by Type of Guarantees and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2011

Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than 12
Months
Past-Due
Total

Unsecured loans

3,414 598 534 1,541 6,087

Mortgage

3,570 1,055 979 4,033 9,639

Residential mortgage

1,080 390 357 1,373 3,200

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

630 210 160 795 1,795

Other than those currently use as a family residential property of the borrower

490 138 167 659 1,454

Plots and other real state assets

1,370 317 295 1,206 3,188

Other partially secured loans

83 83

Others

Total

7,067 1,653 1,513 5,574 15,810

F-69


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Impaired Assets by Type of Guarantees and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2010

Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
More than 12
Months
Past-Due
Total

Unsecured loans

4,309 338 271 1,710 6,628

Mortgage

3,301 946 763 3,617 8,627

Residential mortgage

629 304 271 1,472 2,676

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

561 128 100 602 1,391

Rest of residential mortgage

701 132 99 593 1,525

Plots and other real state assets

1,410 382 293 950 3,035

Other partially secured loans

159 159

Others

198 198

Total

7,967 1,284 1,034 5,327 15,612

Below is the accumulated financial income accrued as of 31 December 2011, 2010 and 2009 with origin in the impaired assets that, as mentioned above in Note 2.2.1, are not recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements as there are doubts as to the possibility of collection:

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Financial Income from Impaired Assets

1,908 1,717 1,485

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the non-performing loan and coverage ratios (see Glossary) of the transactions registered under the “Loans and advances to customers” and “Contingent risk” headings of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets were:

Percentage (%)

BBVA Group Ratios

2011 2010 2009

NPA ratio

4.0 4.1 4.3

NPA coverage ratio

61 62 57

F-70


Table of Contents

7.1.8 Impairment losses

Below is a breakdown of the provisions recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets to cover estimated impairment losses as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 in financial assets and contingent risks, according to the different headings under which they are classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

Millions of Euros

Impairment losses and provisions for contingent risks

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Available-for-sale portfolio

12 569 619 449

Loans and receivables

13 9,469 9,473 8,805

Loans and advances to customers

13.2 9,410 9,396 8,720

Loans and advances to credit institutions

13.1 47 67 68

Debt securities

13.3 12 10 17

Held to maturity investment

14 1 1 1

Impairment losses

10,039 10,093 9,255

Provisions for Contingent Risks and Commitments

25 291 264 243

Total

10,330 10,357 9,498

Of which:

For impaired portfolio

7,058 7,507 6,549

For currently non-impaired portfolio

3,272 2,850 2,949

Below are the changes in 2011 and 2010 in the estimated impairment losses, broken down by the headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

Millions of Euros

2011

Notes Available-for-
sale portfolio
Held to
maturity
investment
Loans and
receivables
Contingent
Risks and
Commitments
Total

Balance at the beginning

619 1 9,473 264 10,356

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

62 6,041 17 6,121

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

(37 ) (1,513 ) (24 ) (1,574 )

Impairment losses (net)

48-49 25 4,528 (6 ) 4,547

Entities incorporated in the year

305 12 318

Transfers to written-off loans

(75 ) (4,039 ) (4,114 )

Exchange differences and other

(798 ) 22 (776 )

Balance at the end

569 1 9,469 291 10,330

(*)

Including the impairment losses on financial assets (Note 49) and the provisions for contingent risks (Note 48)

F-71


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

2010

Notes Available-for-
sale porfolio
Held to
maturity
investment
Loans and
receivables
Contingent
Risks and
Commitments
Total

Balance at the beginning

449 1 8,805 243 9,498

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

187 7,020 62 7,268

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

(32 ) (2,204 ) (40 ) (2,276 )

Impairment losses (net)

48-49 155 4,816 22 4,993

Transfers to written-off loans

(57 ) (4,431 ) (4,488 )

Exchange differences and other

72 283 (1 ) 354

Balance at the end

619 1 9,473 264 10,357

(*)

Including the impairment losses on financial assets (Note 49) and the provisions for contingent risks (Note 48)

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in financial assets derecognized from the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as their recovery is considered unlikely (hereinafter “write-offs”) is shown below:

Millions of Euros

Changes in Impaired Financial Assets Written-Off from the Balance Sheet

2011 2010 2009

Balance at the beginning

13,367 9,834 6,872

Increase:

4,284 4,788 3,880

Decrease:

(1,895 ) (1,447 ) (1,172 )

Re-financing or restructuring

(4 ) (1 )

Cash recovery

(327 ) (253 ) (188 )

Foreclosed assets

(29 ) (5 ) (48 )

Sales of written-off

(840 ) (342 ) (590 )

Debt forgiveness

(604 ) (217 ) (114 )

Expiry and other causes

(91 ) (629 ) (231 )

Net exchange differences

115 193 253

Balance at the end

15,871 13,367 9,834

As indicated in

Note 2.2.1 , although they have been derecognized from the balance sheet, the BBVA Group continues to attempt to collect on these write-offs, until the rights to receive them are fully extinguished, either because it is time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

7.2 Market risk

As well as the most common market risks (mentioned earlier), other market risks have to be considered for the administration of certain positions: credit spread risk, basis risk, volatility and correlation risk.

Value at Risk (VaR) is the basic measure to manage and control the BBVA Group’s market risks. It estimates the maximum loss, with a given confidence level, that can be produced in market positions of a portfolio within a given time horizon. VaR is calculated in the Group at a 99% confidence level and a 1-day time horizon.

F-72


Table of Contents

BBVA and BBVA Bancomer have received approval from the Bank of Spain to use a model developed by the BBVA Group to calculate bank capital requirements for market risk. This model estimates VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which consists of estimating the losses or gains that would have been produced in the current portfolio if the changes in market conditions occurring over a specific period of time were repeated. Using this information, it infers the maximum foreseeable loss in the current portfolio with a determined level of confidence. It presents the advantage of precisely reflecting the historical distribution of the market variables and not requiring any assumption of specific probability distribution. The historical period used in this model is two years.

In addition, the Bank follows the guidelines set out by Spanish and European authorities regarding other metrics to meet the Bank of Spain’s regulatory requirements. The new measurements of market risk for the trading portfolio include the calculation of stressed VaR (which quantifies the level of risk in extreme historical situations) and the quantification of default risks and downgrading of credit ratings of bonds and credit portfolio derivatives.

The limit structure of the BBVA Group’s market risk determines a system of VaR and economic capital limits by market risk for each business unit, with specific ad-hoc sub-limits by type of risk, activity and trading desk.

Validity tests are performed periodically on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the positions assessed with a certain level of probability (backtesting), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing). In addition, BBVA Research (the BBVA Group’s Research Department) carries out stress analysis by simulating historical crisis scenarios and evaluating the impacts resulting from profound market alterations.

Trends in market risk in 2011 –

The changes in the BBVA Group’s market risk in 2011, measured as VaR without smoothing (see Glossary) with a 99% confidence level and a 1-day horizon are as follows:

LOGO

This represents a daily average VaR of 24 million in 2011, compared with 33 million in 2010 and 26 million in 2009. The number of risk factors currently used to measure portfolio risk is around 2,200. This number varies according to the possibility of doing business with other underlying assets and in other markets.

F-73


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, VaR amounted to 18 million, 28 million and 31 million, respectively. These figures can be broken down as follows:

Millions of Euros

VaR by Risk Factor

2011 2010 2009

Interest/Spread risk

27 29 38

Currency risk

3 3 2

Stock-market risk

7 4 9

Vega/Correlation risk

4 12 15

Diversification effect (*)

(23 ) (21 ) (33 )

Total

18 28 31

VaR medium in the period

24 33 26

VaR max in the period

36 41 33

VaR min in the period

16 25 18

(*)

The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the average individual risk factors and the total VaR figure that includes the implied correlation between all the variables and scenarios used in the measurement.

The stress testing is carried out using historical crisis scenarios and economic scenarios supplied by BBVA Research as a base:

Historical scenarios: The base historical scenario is the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008.

Economic crisis scenarios: Unlike the historical scenarios, economic stress scenarios are updated monthly. The decision about which of the scenarios should be used is taken by the Market Stress Committee, in which BBVA Research takes an active part through the construction of ad hoc scenarios. The fundamental aim of this committee is to identify the most significant market risk positions in each of the BBVA Group’s treasuries and assess the impact of changes in their risk drivers. To do so, the Stress Committee must identify and quantify unlikely but plausible crisis scenarios in the financial markets. This is achieved thanks to the participation of BBVA Research as a key member of the Committee. In addition, the economic stress scenarios are designed individually and are coherent with the positions of each of the treasuries. As a result, there may be no coherence at Group level and thus the impacts cannot be aggregated.

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading portfolio, as of December 31, the main risks were interest rate and credit spread risks, which fell by 3 million on the figure for December 31, 2010. Equity risk increased by 3 million, while currency risk and volatility and correlation risk fell by 0.1 million and 8 million respectively.

The changes in the average daily VaR ratio in 2011 with respect to 2010 is basically the result of Global Market Europe reducing its average risk by 24% in 2011 (with a daily average VaR of 16 million) and, to a lesser extent, because Global Market Bancomer cut its risk by 39% (with a daily average VaR in 2011 of 5 million).

The internal market risk model is validated periodically by back testing. In 2011, portfolio losses in BBVA SA were higher than daily VaR on 3 occasions (2 in the case of BBVA Bancomer). This number of exceptions is within the bands set in the tests used in the Basel model. This is why no significant changes have been made either to the methodology of measurement, nor to the parametrics of the current measurement model.

F-74


Table of Contents

Structural interest-rate risk –

The aim of on-balance-sheet interest rate risk management is to maintain the BBVA Group’s exposure to market interest-rate fluctuations at levels in keeping with its risk strategy and profile. In pursuance of this, the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) undertakes active balance sheet management through operations intended to optimize the levels of risk borne according to expected earnings and respect the maximum levels of accepted risk.

ALCO uses the interest-rate risk measurements performed by the Risk Area. Acting as an independent unit, the Risk Area periodically quantifies the impact that a variation of 100 basis points in market interest rates would have on the BBVA Group’s net interest income and economic value.

In addition, the Group performs probability calculations that determine the economic capital (maximum loss of economic value) and risk margin (maximum estimated loss of operating income) originating from structural interest rate risk in banking activity (excluding the Treasury area), based on interest rate curve simulation models. The Group regularly performs stress tests and sensitivity analyses to complement its assessment of its interest-rate risk profile.

All these risk measurements are subsequently analyzed and monitored. The levels of risk assumed and the degree of compliance with the limits authorized by the Executive Committee are reported to the various managing bodies of the BBVA Group.

Below are the average interest-rate risk exposure levels in terms of sensitivity of the main financial institutions in the BBVA Group in 2011:

Impact on Net Interest Income (*) Impact on Economic Value (**)

Sensitivity to interest-rate analysis 2011

100 Basis-Point
Increase
100 Basis-Point
Decrease
100 Basis-Point
Increase
100 Basis-Point
Decrease

Europe

0.50 % 3.34 % 0.78 % -1.07 %

BBVA Bancomer

3.33 % -3.33 % 2.06 % -3.06 %

BBVA Compass

3.85 % -3.32 % 3.06 % -7.42 %

BBVA Puerto Rico

2.83 % -2.75 % -2.45 % 3.95 %

BBVA Chile

-3.01 % 2.98 % -11.57 % 10.45 %

BBVA Colombia

1.24 % -1.26 % 0.17 % -0.50 %

BBVA Banco Continental

1.78 % -1.74 % -9.22 % 9.91 %

BBVA Banco Provincial

1.95 % -1.85 % -1.47 % 1.52 %

BBVA Banco Francés

0.69 % -0.70 % -1.35 % 1.38 %

BBVA Group

1.98 % -0.82 % 0.91 % -1.96 %

(*)

Percentage relating to “1 year” net Interest margin forecast in each unit.

(**)

Percentage relating to each unit’s Equity

As part of the measurement process, the BBVA Group has established the assumptions regarding the movement and behavior of certain items, such as those relating to products with no explicit or contractual maturity. These assumptions are based on studies that estimate the relationship between the interest rates on these products and market rates. They enable specific balances to be classified into trend-based balances (long-term) and seasonal or volatile balances (short-term residual maturity).

Structural currency risk –

Structural currency risk is basically caused by exposure to variations in currency exchange rates that arise in the BBVA Group’s foreign subsidiaries and the provision of funds to foreign branches financed in a different currency to that of the investment.

F-75


Table of Contents

ALCO is the body responsible for arranging hedging transactions to limit the capital impact of fluctuations in exchange rates, based on their projected trend, and to guarantee the equivalent euro value of the foreign currency earnings expected to be obtained from these investments.

Structural currency risk management is based on the measurements performed by the Risk Area. These measurements use an exchange-rate scenario simulation model which quantifies possible changes in value for a given confidence interval and a pre-established time horizon. The Standing Committee authorizes the system of limits and alerts for these risk measurements, which include a sub-limit on the economic capital (an unexpected loss arising from the currency risk of investments financed in foreign currency).

In 2011, the average asset exposure sensitivity to a 1% depreciation in exchange rates stood at 154 million, with 37% in the Mexican peso, 23% in South American currencies, 20% in Asian and Turkish currencies, and 18% in the US dollar.

Structural equity risk –

The BBVA Group’s exposure to structural equity risk is basically derived from investments in industrial and financial companies with medium- and long-term investment horizons. This exposure is mitigated through net short positions held in derivatives of their underlying assets, used to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

The aggregate sensitivity of the BBVA Group’s consolidated equity to a 1% fall in the price of shares stood at -39.4 million as of December 31, 2011, and its impact on consolidated earnings for the year is estimated at 1.8 million. These figures are estimated taking into account the exposure in shares valued at market prices, or if not applicable, at fair value (except for the positions in the Treasury Area portfolios) and the net delta-equivalent positions in options on their underlyings.

The Risk Area is responsible for measuring and effectively monitoring structural risk in the equity portfolio. To do so, it estimates the sensitivity figures and the capital necessary to cover possible unexpected losses due to the variations in the value of the companies making up the Group’s equity portfolio, at a confidence level that corresponds to the institution’s target rating, and taking into account the liquidity of the positions and the statistical performance of the assets under consideration. These figures are supplemented by periodic stress tests, back-testing and scenario analyses.

7.3 Liquidity risk

The aim of liquidity risk management, tracking and control is to ensure, in the short term, that the payment commitments of the BBVA Group entities can be duly met without having to resort to borrowing funds under burdensome terms, or damaging the image and reputation of the entities. In the medium term the aim is to ensure that the Group’s financing structure is ideal and that it is moving in the right direction with respect to the economic situation, the markets and regulatory changes.

Management of liquidity and structural finance within the BBVA Group is based on the principle of financial autonomy of the entities that make it up. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability in periods of high risk.

The management and monitoring of liquidity risk is carried out comprehensively in each of the BBVA Group’s business units using a double (short and long-term) approach. The short-term liquidity approach has a time horizon of up to 366 days. It is focused on the management of payments and collections from the Treasury and market activity, and includes operations specific to the area and the Bank’s possible liquidity requirements. The medium-term approach is focused on financial management of the whole consolidated balance sheet, with a time horizon of one year or more.

F-76


Table of Contents

The ALCO within each management unit is responsible for the comprehensive management of liquidity. The Financial Management unit, as part of the Financial Division, analyzes the implications of the Bank’s various projects in terms of finance and liquidity and its compatibility with the target financing structure and the situation of the financial markets. The Financial Management unit executes the resolutions agreed by ALCO in accordance with the agreed budgets and manages liquidity risk using a broad scheme of limits, sub-limits and alerts approved by the Standing Committee. The Risk Area measures and controls these limits independently and provides the managers with support tools and metrics needed for decision-making.

Each of the local risk areas, which are independent from the local manager, complies with the corporative principles of liquidity risk control established by GRM, the Global Unit in charge of Structural Risks for the entire BBVA Group.

At the level of each BBVA Group entity, the managing areas request and propose a scheme of quantitative and qualitative limits and alerts related to short and medium term liquidity risks. Once agreed with GRM, controls and limits are proposed to the Bank’s Board of Directors (through its delegate bodies), for approval at least once a year. The proposals submitted by GRM are adapted to the situation of the markets according to the risk tolerance level aimed for by the Group.

The development of a new Liquidity and Finance Manual demanded strict adjustment of liquidity risk management in terms of limits, sub-limits and alerts, as well as in procedures. In accordance with the manual, GRM carries out regular measurements of risk incurred and monitors the consumption of limits. It develops management tools and adapts valuation models, carries out regular stress tests and reports on the liquidity risk levels to ALCO and the Group’s Management Committee on a monthly basis. Its reports to the management areas and GRM Management Committee are more frequent.

Under the current Contingency Plan, the frequency of communication and the nature of information provided is decided by the Liquidity Committee at the proposal of the Technical Liquidity Group (TLG). In the event of any alert or possible crisis, the TLG carries out an initial analysis of the liquidity situation (short or long term) of the entity affected.

The TLG is made up of specialized staff from the Short-Term Cash Desk, the Global Accounting & Information Management (GA&IM), the Financial Management and the Structural Risk areas. If the alert signals established make clear that a critical situation has arisen, the TLG informs the Liquidity Committee (made up of managers of the corresponding areas). The Liquidity Committee is responsible for calling the Financing Committee, if appropriate, which is made up of the Group’s President and COO and the managers from the Financial Area, the Risk Area, Global Business and the Business Area of the country affected.

One of the most significant aspects that have affected the BBVA Group in 2011 was the continuation of the sovereign debt crisis, which started in 2010. The role played by official bodies in the euro zone and the ECB have been key in calming the markets and ensuring liquidity in the European banking system. However, the Group has not had to make use of the extraordinary measures established by the Spanish authorities to mitigate the liquidity tension affecting many Spanish banks.

Given this situation, the regulators have established new regulatory requirements with the aim of strengthening the balance sheets of banks and making them more resistant to potential short-term liquidity shocks. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is the metric proposed by the Bank Supervisory Committee of the Bank for International Settlements in Basel to achieve this objective. It aims to ensure that financial institutions have a sufficient stock of liquid assets to allow them to survive a 30-day liquidity stress scenario. According to the most recent document published by the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision in December 2010, this ratio will remain subject to revision by the regulating bodies until mid-2013, and it will be incorporated as a regulatory requirement on January 1, 2015, though it must be reported to supervisory bodies as of January 2012.

F-77


Table of Contents

In order to increase the weight of medium and long-term funding on the banks’ balance sheets, the regulators have defined a new long-term funding ratio (over 12 months) called the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). It will be under review until mid-2016 and become a regulatory requirement starting on January 1, 2018.

Although the precise definition of these new ratios has still not been decided, the BBVA Group has outlined a plan to adapt to them. This will allow it to adopt best practices and the most effective and strict criteria for their implementation sufficiently in advance.

7.4 Risk concentrations

Below is a breakdown of the balances of financial instruments registered in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets by their concentration in geographical areas and according to the residence of the customer or counterparty. It does not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan-loss provisions:

Millions of Euros

Risks by Geographical Areas 2011

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
México USA South
América
Rest Total

Financial assets –

Financial assets held for trading

12,958 33,305 11,675 4,672 5,452 2,539 70,603

Debt securities

5,075 2,068 10,933 565 2,030 305 20,975

Equity instruments

662 363 741 69 125 238 2,198

Derivatives

7,221 30,874 2 4,039 3,297 1,996 47,430

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

234 311 1,470 509 454 2,977

Debt securities

117 77 6 508 1 708

Equity instruments

117 234 1,464 1 453 2,269

Available-for-sale portfolio

26,546 8,895 7,825 8,151 5,164 656 57,237

Debt securities

22,371 8,685 7,764 7,518 5,068 602 52,008

Equity instruments

4,175 210 61 633 96 54 5,229

Loans and receivables

203,348 44,305 42,489 44,625 46,479 7,704 388,949

Loans and advances to credit institutions

3,034 11,531 4,877 2,712 2,197 1,663 26,013

Loans and advances to customers

198,948 32,445 37,612 41,222 43,592 6,035 359,855

Debt securities

1,365 328 692 690 6 3,081

Held-to-maturity investments

7,373 3,582 10,955

Hedging derivatives

395 3,493 485 253 16 56 4,698

Total Risk in Financial Assets

250,854 93,890 63,943 58,210 57,565 10,955 535,419

Contingent risks and commitments

Contingent risks

16,175 12,289 1,098 4,056 4,733 1,554 39,904

Contingent commitments

30,848 21,506 11,929 22,002 6,192 1,288 93,767

Total Contingent Risk

47,023 33,795 13,027 26,058 10,925 2,842 133,669

Total Risks in Financial Instruments

297,877 127,685 76,970 84,268 68,490 13,797 669,088

F-78


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Risks by Geographical Areas 2010

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
México EE.UU. South
América
Rest Total

Financial assets –

Financial assets held for trading

18,903 22,899 9,578 3,951 5,549 2,404 63,284

Debt securities

9,522 2,839 8,853 654 2,086 405 24,359

Equity instruments

3,041 888 725 148 136 322 5,260

Derivatives

6,340 19,172 3,149 3,327 1,677 33,665

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

284 98 1,437 481 476 1 2,777

Debt securities

138 66 7 480 691

Equity instruments

146 32 1,430 1 476 1 2,086

Available-for-sale portfolio

25,230 7,689 10,158 7,581 4,291 1,234 56,183

Debt securities

20,725 7,470 10,106 6,903 4,211 1,187 50,602

Equity instruments

4,505 219 52 678 80 47 5,581

Loans and receivables

218,399 30,985 40,540 39,944 37,320 5,847 373,035

Loans and advances to credit institutions

6,786 7,846 5,042 864 2,047 1,018 23,603

Loans and advances to customers

210,102 23,139 35,498 38,649 34,999 4,822 347,209

Debt securities

1,511 431 274 7 2,223

Held-to-maturity investments

7,504 2,443 9,947

Hedging derivatives

234 2,922 281 131 35 3,603

Total Risk in Financial Assets

270,554 67,036 61,994 52,088 47,636 9,521 508,829

Contingent risks and commitments

Contingent risks

20,175 6,773 1,006 3,069 3,953 1,465 36,441

Contingent commitments

35,784 19,144 11,421 17,604 5,711 910 90,574

Total Contingent Risk

55,959 25,917 12,427 20,673 9,664 2,375 127,015

Total Risks in Financial Instruments

326,513 92,953 74,421 72,761 57,300 11,896 635,844

F-79


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Risks by Geographical Areas 2009

Spain Europe,
Excluding
Spain
México EE.UU. South
América
Rest Total

Financial assets –

Financial assets held for trading

22,893 25,583 11,612 3,076 4,329 2,240 69,733

Debt securities

14,487 7,434 10,157 652 1,646 296 34,672

Equity instruments

3,268 624 1,455 35 207 194 5,783

Derivatives

5,138 17,525 2,389 2,476 1,750 29,278

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

330 73 1,153 436 344 2,337

Debt securities

157 42 3 435 1 639

Equity instruments

173 31 1,150 1 343 1,698

Available-for-sale portfolio

30,177 11,660 7,709 7,828 4,876 1,266 63,516

Debt securities

24,838 11,429 7,688 7,082 4,806 1,223 57,066

Equity instruments

5,339 231 21 746 70 43 6,450

Loans and receivables

206,097 34,613 31,469 40,469 34,926 6,167 353,741

Loans and advances to credit institutions

2,568 11,280 3,269 2,441 1,724 918 22,200

Loans and advances to customers

203,529 23,333 28,200 37,688 33,098 5,239 331,087

Debt securities

340 104 10 454

Held-to-maturity investments

2,625 2,812 5,437

Hedging derivatives

218 2,965 266 117 3 25 3,595

Total Risk in Financial Assets

262,340 77,706 52,210 51,926 44,478 9,698 498,359

Contingent risks and commitments

Contingent risks

15,739 7,826 897 3,330 3,704 1,689 33,185

Contingent commitments

37,804 24,119 9,421 15,990 3,743 1,246 92,323

Total Contingent Risk

53,543 31,945 10,318 19,320 7,447 2,935 125,508

Total Risks in Financial Instruments

315,883 109,651 62,528 71,246 51,925 12,633 623,866

The breakdown of the main figures in the most significant foreign currencies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is set forth in Appendix IX.

F-80


Table of Contents

7.5 Residual maturity

Below is a breakdown by contractual maturity of the balances of certain headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding any valuation adjustments or impairment losses:

Millions of Euros

Contractual Maturities

2011

Demand Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
years
Total

Asset –

Cash and balances with central banks

28,066 1,444 660 330 426 30,927

Loans and advances to credit institutions

2,771 7,551 1,393 3,723 7,608 2,967 26,013

Loans and advances to customers

18,021 38,741 22,887 45,818 93,138 141,251 359,855

Debt securities

842 2,297 2,761 8,025 39,603 34,199 87,727

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

1,798 1,877 4,704 16,234 27,368 51,981

Liabilities –

Deposits from central banks

3 19,463 2,629 11,040 1 33,136

Deposits from credit institutions

2,202 27,266 4,374 5,571 15,964 3,669 59,047

Deposits from customers

116,924 69,738 17,114 41,397 28,960 6,861 280,994

Debt certificates (including bonds)

2,032 1,880 11,361 45,904 17,144 78,321

Subordinated liabilities

110 38 4,893 9,500 14,541

Other financial liabilities

5,015 1,283 355 490 1,254 1,307 9,704

Short positions

1,446 2 3,163 4,611

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

1,687 1,636 5,232 15,533 25,313 49,401

F-81


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Contractual Maturities
2010

Demand Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
Years
Total

Asset –

Cash and balances with central banks

17,275 1,497 693 220 282 19,967

Loans and advances to credit institutions

2,471 10,590 1,988 1,658 4,568 2,329 23,604

Loans and advances to customers

16,543 33,397 21,127 49,004 85,800 141,338 347,209

Debt securities

497 3,471 12,423 8,123 35,036 28,271 87,821

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

636 1,515 3,503 13,748 17,827 37,229

Liabilities –

Deposits from central banks

50 5,102 3,130 2,704 1 10,987

Deposits from credit institutions

4,483 30,031 4,184 3,049 9,590 5,608 56,945

Deposits from customers

111,090 69,625 21,040 45,110 21,158 6,818 274,841

Debt certificates (including bonds)

96 5,243 10,964 7,159 42,907 15,843 82,212

Subordinated liabilities

537 3 248 2,732 13,251 16,771

Other financial liabilities

4,177 1,207 175 433 647 1,564 8,203

Short positions

651 10 3,385 4,046

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

826 1,473 3,682 12,813 16,037 34,831

F-82


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Contractual Maturities
2009

Demand Up to 1
Month
1 to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 5
Years
Over 5
Years
Total

Asset –

Cash and balances with central banks

14,650 535 248 735 163 16,331

Loans and advances to credit institutions

3,119 8,484 1,549 1,914 4,508 2,626 22,200

Loans and advances to customers

4,313 31,155 19,939 40,816 94,686 140,178 331,087

Debt securities

1,053 4,764 15,611 10,495 37,267 29,080 98,270

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

637 2,072 3,863 13,693 12,608 32,873

Liabilities –

Deposits from central banks

213 4,807 3,783 12,293 21,096

Deposits from credit institutions

1,836 24,249 5,119 5,145 6,143 6,453 48,945

Deposits from customers

106,942 55,482 34,329 32,012 18,325 6,293 253,383

Debt certificates (including bonds)

10,226 16,453 15,458 40,435 14,614 97,186

Subordinated liabilities

500 689 2 1,529 14,585 17,305

Other financial liabilities

3,825 822 141 337 480 20 5,625

Short positions

448 16 3,366 3,830

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

735 1,669 3,802 13,585 10,517 30,308

8. Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of a financial asset or a liability on a given date is the amount for which it could be exchanged or settled, respectively, on that date between two knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction under market conditions. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of a financial asset or a liability is the price that would be paid for it on an organized, transparent and deep market (“quoted price” or “market price”).

If there is no market price for a given financial asset or liability, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments; or, in the absence thereof, by using mathematical measurement models that are sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. The estimates used in such models take into consideration the specific features of the asset or liability to be measured and, in particular, the various types of risk associated with the asset or liability. However, the limitations inherent in the measurement models and possible inaccuracies in the assumptions and parameters required by these models may mean that the estimated fair value of an asset or liability does not coincide exactly with the price for which the asset or liability could be exchanged or settled on the date of its measurement.

The fair value of the financial derivatives included in the held for trading portfolios is assimilated to their daily quoted price if there is an active market for these financial instruments. If for any reason their quoted price cannot be established on a given date, these derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets.

The fair value of OTC derivatives (“present value” or “theoretical price”) is equal to the sum of future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted at the measurement date; these derivatives are valued using methods recognized by international financial markets: the “net present value” (NPV) method, option price calculation models, etc.

F-83


Table of Contents

Determining the fair value of financial instruments –

Below is a comparison of the carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and their respective fair values:

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Fair Value and Carrying Amount

Notes Carrying
Amount
Fair Value Carrying
Amount
Fair Value Carrying
Amount
Fair Value

ASSETS –

Cash and balances with central banks

9 30,939 30,939 19,981 19,981 16,344 16,344

Financial assets held for trading

10 70,602 70,602 63,283 63,283 69,733 69,733

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

11 2,977 2,977 2,774 2,774 2,337 2,337

Available-for-sale financial assets

12 58,144 58,144 56,456 56,456 63,521 63,521

Loans and receivables

13 381,076 389,204 364,707 371,359 346,117 354,933

Held-to-maturity investments

14 10,955 10,190 9,946 9,189 5,437 5,493

Fair value changes of the hedges items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

15 146 146 40 40

Hedging derivatives

15 4,552 4,552 3,563 3,563 3,595 3,595

LIABILITIES –

Financial assets held for trading

10 51,303 51,303 37,212 37,212 32,830 32,830

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

11 1,825 1,825 1,607 1,607 1,367 1,367

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

23 479,904 473,886 453,164 453,504 447,936 448,537

Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk.

15 (2 ) (2 )

Hedging derivatives

15 2,710 2,710 1,664 1,664 1,308 1,308

In the case of financial instruments whose carrying amount is not the same as their theoretical fair value, the fair value has been calculated in the following manner:

The fair value of “Cash and balances with central banks” has been considered equivalent to its carrying amount, because they are mainly short-term balances.

The fair value of “Held-to-maturity investments” is equivalent to their quoted price in active markets.

The fair values of “Loans and receivables” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” have been estimated by discounting estimated future cash flows using the market interest rates prevailing at each year-end.

F-84


Table of Contents

The “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk” item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets registers the difference between the carrying amount of the hedged deposits lent, registered under “Loans and Receivables,” and the fair value calculated using internal models and observable variables of market data (see Note 15 ).

For financial instruments whose carrying amount is equivalent to their fair value, the measurement processes used are set forth below:

Level 1 : Measurement using market observable quoted prices for the financial instrument in question, secured from independent sources and linked to active markets. This level includes listed debt securities, listed equity instruments, some derivatives and mutual funds.

Level 2 : Measurement that applies techniques using inputs drawn from observable market data.

Level 3 : Measurement using techniques, where some of the inputs are not taken from market observable data. As of December 31, 2011, the affected instruments accounted for approximately 0.31% of financial assets and 0.004% of the Group’s financial liabilities. Model selection and validation was undertaken by control areas outside the market units.

The following table shows the main financial instruments carried at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down by the measurement technique used to determine their fair value:

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Fair Value by Levels

Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

ASSETS –

Financial assets held for trading

10 22,986 46,915 700 28,914 33,568 802 39,608 29,236 889

Debt securities

19,731 793 451 22,930 921 508 33,043 1,157 471

Equity instruments

2,033 97 68 5,034 92 134 5,504 94 185

Trading derivatives

1,222 46,025 182 950 32,555 160 1,060 27,985 233

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

11 2,358 619 2,326 448 1,960 377

Debt securities

647 61 624 64 584 54

Equity instruments

1,711 558 1,702 384 1,376 323

Available-for-sale financial assets

12 41,286 15,249 1,067 41,500 13,789 668 49,747 12,367 818

Debt securities

37,286 15,025 602 37,024 13,352 499 44,387 12,146 538

Equity instruments

4,000 224 465 4,476 437 169 5,360 221 280

Hedging derivatives

15 289 4,263 265 3,298 302 3,293

LIABILITIES –

Financial liabilities held for trading

10 5,813 45,467 23 4,961 32,225 25 4,936 27,797 96

Trading derivatives

1,202 45,467 23 916 32,225 25 1,107 27,797 96

Short positions

4,611 4,046 3,830

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

11 1,825 1,607 1,367

Hedging derivatives

15 2,710 96 1,568 319 989

The heading “Available-for-sale-financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, additionally includes 541 million, 499 million and 589 million, respectively, accounted for at cost, as indicated in the section of this Note entitled “Financial instruments at cost”.

F-85


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the main measurement techniques, hypotheses and inputs used in the estimation of fair value of the financial instruments classified under Levels 2 and 3, based on the type of financial asset and liability and the corresponding balances as of December 31, 2011:

Financial
Instruments Level 2

Measurement techniques

Main assumptions

Main inputs used

2011

Fair value (millions of euros)

Trading portfolio

Debt securities

793
Equity instruments 97

¡ Debt securities

Present-value method.

Calculation of the present value of financial instruments as the current value of future cash flows (discounted at market interest rates), taking into account:

•   the estimate of prepayment rates;

•   the issuer credit risk; and

•   current market interest rates.

•   Net Asset Value (NAV) published recurrently, but not more frequently than every quarter.

•   Risk premiums.

•   Observable market interest rates

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Debt securities 61
Equity instruments 558
Available-for-sale financial assets
Debt securities 15,025
Equity instruments 224
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 1,825

¡ Equity instruments

For share, currency, inflation or commodity
derivatives:

For share, currency, or commodity derivatives:

•   The Black-Scholes assumptions take into account

possible convexity adjustments

•   Forward structure of the underlying asset.

Assets
Analytic/semi-analytic formulae Trading derivatives 46,025
For interest rate derivatives:

•   Volatility of options.

•   Black-Scholes assumptions apply a lognormal process for forward rates and consider possible convexity adjustments.

•   Observable correlations between underlying assets.

Hedging Derivatives 4,263

For share, currency,

or commodity derivatives:

•   Monte Carlo simulations.

Local volatility model: assumes a constant diffusion of the underlying asset with the volatility depending on the value of the underlying asset and the term.

¡ Derivatives

For interest-rate derivatives: Liabilities
For interest-rate derivatives:

•   The term structure of interest rates.

•   Black-Derman-Toy Model, Libor Market Model and SABR.

•   HW 1 factor

This model assumes that:

•   The forward rates in the term structure of the interest rate curve are perfectly correlated

•   Volatility of underlying asset.

Trading derivatives 45,467
For credit derivatives:

For credit derivatives:

•   Diffusion models.

These models assume a constant diffusion of default intensity.

•   Credit default swap (CDS) prices.

Hedging Derivatives 2,710

•   Historical CDS volatility.

Determining the current value of financial instruments as the current value of future cash flows (discounted at market interest rates), taking into account:

Trading portfolio

•   estimate of prepayment rates;

Debt securities 451

•   issuer credit risk; and

•   Present-value method.

•   current market interest rates.

¡ Debt securities

•   “Time default” model for financial instruments in the collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) family.

In the case of measurement of asset-backed securities (ABSs), future prepayments are calculated on the conditional prepayment rates that the issuers themselves provide.

•   Prepayment rates

•   Default correlation

•   Credit spread (1)

Equity instruments 68
Available-for-sale financial assets

The “time-to-default” model is used to measure default probability. One of the main variables used is the correlation of defaults extrapolated from several index tranches (ITRA00 and CDX) with the underlying portfolio of our CDOs.

Debt securities

602

•   Credit spread (1)

¡ Equity instruments

•   Present-value method.

Net asset value (NAV) for hedge fund and for equity

instruments listed in thin or less active markets.

•   NAV supplied by the fund manager or issuer of the securities.

Equity instruments 465

Trading derivatives for interest-rate futures and forwards:

•   Present-value method.

•   “Libor Market” model.

The “Libor Market” model models the complete term structure of the interest-rate curve, assuming a constant elasticity of variance (CEV) lognormal process. The CEV lognormal process is used to measure the presence of a volatility shift.

•   Correlation decay.(2)

Assets

¡ Trading derivatives

For variable income and foreign exchange options:

Trading derivatives

182

•   Monte Carlo simulations

•   Numerical integration

•   Heston

The options are measured through generally accepted valuation models, to which the observed implied volatility is added.

•   Vol-of-Vol (3)

•   Reversion factor (4)

•   Volatility Spot Correlation (5)

Liabilities

•   Credit baskets

These models assume a constant diffusion of default intensity.

•   Default correlation.

•   Historical CDS volatility

Trading derivatives

23

F-86


Table of Contents
(1)

Credit spread: The spread between the interest rate of a risk-free asset (e.g. Treasury securities) and the interest rate of any other security that is identical in every respect except for asset quality. Spreads are considered as Level 3 inputs when referring to illiquid securities, based on spreads of similar issuers.

(2)

Correlation decay: This is the factor that allows us to calculate changes in correlation between the different pairs of forward rates.

(3)

Vol-of-Vol: Volatility of implied volatility. This is a statistical measure of the changes of the spot volatility.

(4)

Reversion Factor: The speed with which volatility reverts to its natural value.

(5)

Volatility- Spot Correlation: A statistical measure of the linear relationship (correlation) between the spot price of a security and its volatility.

The changes in the balance of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

Financial Assets Level 3
Changes in the Period

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Balance at the beginning

1,469 25 1,707 96 3,853 84

Valuation adjustments recognized in the income statement (*)

(1 ) (12 ) (123 ) 12 (146 ) 6

Valuation adjustments not recognized in the income statement

(18 ) 33

Acquisitions, disposals and liquidations

268 9 (334 ) (100 ) (634 ) (1 )

Net transfers to Level 3

33 236 (1,375 ) 7

Exchange differences

(2 ) 1 1 17 (24 )

Exchange differences

1,767 23 1,469 25 1,707 96

(*)

Profit or loss that are attributable to gains or losses relating to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period

The financial instruments transferred between the different levels of measurement in 2011 are at the following amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011:

Millions of Euros
From: Level I Level 2 Level 3

Transfer between levels

To: Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2

ASSETS

Financial assets held for trading

12 32 16 36

Available-for-sale financial assets

432 23 49 39

LIABILITIES –

F-87


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, the effect on the consolidated income and consolidated equity of changing the main hypotheses used for the measurement of Level 3 financial instruments for other reasonably possible models, taking the highest (most favorable hypotheses) or lowest (least favorable) value of the range deemed probable, would be as follows:

Millions of Euros
Potential Impact on
Consolidated Income
Statement
Potential Impact on Total
Equity

Financial Assets Level 3

Sensitivity Analysis

Most
Favorable
Hypotheses
Least
Favorable
Hypotheses
Most
Favorable
Hypotheses
Least
Favorable
Hypotheses

ASSETS

Financial assets held for trading

21 (71 )

Available-for-sale financial assets

14 (87 )

LIABILITIES –

Financial liabilities held for trading

1 (1 )

Total

22 (72 ) 14 (87 )

Loans and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss –

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no loans or financial liabilities at fair value other than those recognized under the headings “Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss” and “Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Financial instruments at cost –

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, equity instruments, derivatives with these equity instruments as underlyings, and certain discretionary profit-sharing arrangements in some companies, were recognized at cost in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets because their fair value could not be reliably determined, as they are not traded in organized markets and thus their unobservable inputs are significant. On the above dates, the balance of these financial instruments recognized in the portfolio of available-for-sale financial assets amounted to 541 million, 499 million and 589 million, respectively.

The table below outlines the financial assets and liabilities carried at cost that were sold in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

Millions of Euros

Sales of financial instruments at cost

2011 2010 2009

Amount of Sale

19 51 73

Carrying Amount at Sale Date

8 36 64

Gains/Losses

11 15 9

F-88


Table of Contents

9. Cash and balances with central banks

The breakdown of the balance under the headings “Cash and balances with central banks” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Deposits from central banks” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Cash and Balances with Central Banks

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Cash

4,611 4,284 4,218

Balances at the Central Banks

25,821 15,349 11,534

Reverse repurchase agreements

37 495 334 579

Accrued interests

12 14 13

Total

30,939 19,981 16,344

Millions of Euros

Deposits from Central Banks

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Deposits from Central Banks

23,937 10,904 19,939

Repurchase agreements

37 9,199 82 1,156

Accrued interest until expiration

11 24 71

Total

23 33,147 11,010 21,166

10. Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

10.1 Breakdown of the balance

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Financial Assets and Liabilities Held-for-Trading

2011 2010 2009

ASSETS –

Debt securities

20,975 24,358 34,672

Equity instruments

2,198 5,260 5,783

Trading derivatives

47,429 33,665 29,278

Total

70,602 63,283 69,733

LIABILITIES –

Trading derivatives

46,692 33,166 29,000

Short positions

4,611 4,046 3,830

Total

51,303 37,212 32,830

F-89


Table of Contents

10.2 Debt securities

The breakdown by type of instrument of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Debt Securities Held-for-Trading

Breakdown by type of instrument

2011 2010 2009

Issued by Central Banks

402 699 326

Spanish government bonds

4,324 7,954 13,463

Foreign government bonds

13,263 11,744 17,500

Issued by Spanish financial institutions

566 722 431

Issued by foreign financial institutions

1,316 1,552 954

Other debt securities

1,104 1,687 1,998

Total

20,975 24,358 34,672

10.3 Equity instruments

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Equity Instruments Held-for-Trading

Breakdown by Issuer

2011 2010 2009

Shares of spanish companies

Credit institutions

62 304 666

Other sectors

600 2,738 2,602

Subtotal

662 3,042 3,268

Shares of foreign companies

Credit institutions

128 167 156

Other sectors

1,408 2,051 2,359

Subtotal

1,536 2,218 2,515

Total

2,198 5,260 5,783

10.4 Trading derivatives

The trading derivatives portfolio arises from the Group’s need to manage the risks incurred by it in the course of normal business activity. As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, trading derivatives were principally contracted in over-the-counter (OTC) markets, with credit entities not resident in Spain as the main counterparties, and related to foreign-exchange, interest-rate and equity risk.

F-90


Table of Contents

Below is a breakdown by transaction type of the fair value of outstanding financial trading derivatives recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, divided into organized and OTC markets:

Millions of Euros

Outstanding Financial Trading
Derivatives 2011

Currency
Risk
Interest
Rate
Risk
Equity
Price
Risk
Precious
Metals

Risk
Commodities
Risk
Credit
Risk
Other
Risks
Total

Organized markets

Financial futures

1 2 7 10

Options

(11 ) (147 ) 5 (9 ) (162 )

Other products

Subtotal

(10 ) 2 (140 ) 5 (9 ) (152 )

OTC markets

Credit institutions

Forward transactions

(178 ) (178 )

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

(220 ) (220 )

Swaps

(333 ) (3,988 ) 67 1 40 (4,213 )

Options

105 605 (747 ) 1 (36 )

Other products

11 (432 ) (421 )

Subtotal

(406 ) (3,592 ) (680 ) 1 40 (432 ) 1 (5,068 )

Other financial institutions

Forward transactions

(7 ) (7 )

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

(21 ) (21 )

Swaps

1,460 12 (2 ) 1,470

Options

9 (177 ) (64 ) (232 )

Other products

577 577

Subtotal

2 1,262 (52 ) (2 ) 577 1,787

Other sectors

Forward transactions

392 392

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

311 311

Swaps

41 2,553 409 40 3,043

Options

(69 ) 164 330 9 434

Other products

8 (18 ) (10 )

Subtotal

364 3,036 739 40 (18 ) 9 4,170

Subtotal

(40 ) 706 7 1 78 127 10 889

Total

(50 ) 708 (133 ) 6 69 127 10 737

Of which:

Asset Trading Derivatives

8,966 32,858 3,178 45 284 2,064 34 47,429

Liability Trading Derivatives

(9,016 ) (32,150 ) (3,311 ) (39 ) (215 ) (1,937 ) (24 ) (46,692 )

F-91


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Outstanding Financial Trading
Derivatives 2010

Currency
Risk
Interest
Rate
Risk
Equity
Price
Risk
Precious
Metals Risk
Commodities
Risk
Credit
Risk
Other
Risks
Total

Organized markets

Financial futures

2 6 8

Options

(3 ) (348 ) (11 ) (7 ) (369 )

Other products

Subtotal

(3 ) 2 (342 ) (11 ) (7 ) (361 )

OTC markets

Credit institutions

Forward transactions

(96 ) (96 )

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

15 15

Swaps

(541 ) (1,534 ) (4 ) 2 28 (2,049 )

Options

(97 ) (786 ) 45 1 (837 )

Other products

(1 ) 11 (175 ) (165 )

Subtotal

(735 ) (2,294 ) 41 2 28 (175 ) 1 (3,132 )

Other financial institutions

Forward transactions

54 54

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

4 4

Swaps

1,174 31 (5 ) 1,200

Options

(12 ) (56 ) (144 ) (212 )

Other products

319 319

Subtotal

42 1,122 (113 ) (5 ) 319 1,365

Other sectors

Forward transactions

385 385

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

22 22

Swaps

18 1,628 145 (15 ) 1,776

Options

(41 ) 81 395 435

Other products

14 (5 ) 9

Subtotal

362 1,745 540 (15 ) (5 ) 2,627

Subtotal

(331 ) 573 468 2 8 139 1 860

Total

(334 ) 575 126 (9 ) 1 139 1 499

Of which:

Asset Trading Derivatives

6,007 22,978 3,343 14 186 1,125 12 33,665

Liability Trading Derivatives

(6,341 ) (22,404 ) (3,216 ) (23 ) (185 ) (986 ) (11 ) (33,166 )

F-92


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Outstanding Financial Trading
Derivatives 2009

Currency
Risk
Interest
Rate
Risk
Equity
Price
Risk
Precious
Metals Risk
Commodities
Risk
Credit
Risk
Other
Risks
Total

Organized markets

Financial futures

2 7 9

Options

(143 ) (143 )

Other products

Subtotal

2 (136 ) (134 )

OTC markets

Credit institutions

Forward transactions

251 251

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

30 30

Swaps

(568 ) (1,559 ) (126 ) 2 18 (2,233 )

Options

(3 ) (243 ) (536 ) (6 ) 3 (785 )

Other products

(66 ) (66 )

Subtotal

(320 ) (1,772 ) (662 ) 2 12 (66 ) 3 (2,803 )

Other financial institutions

Forward transactions

28 28

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

(2 ) (2 )

Swaps

932 29 1 962

Options

(1 ) (55 ) (341 ) (397 )

Other products

345 345

Subtotal

27 875 (312 ) 1 345 936

Other sectors

Forward transactions

351 351

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

(1 ) (1 )

Swaps

7 1,383 44 (9 ) 1,425

Options

45 155 336 3 1 540

Other products

18 (3 ) (51 ) (36 )

Subtotal

403 1,555 377 (6 ) (51 ) 1 2,279

Subtotal

110 658 (597 ) 2 7 228 4 412

Total

110 660 (733 ) 2 7 228 4 278

Of which:

Asset Trading Derivatives

5,953 19,398 2,836 2 59 1,018 12 29,278

Liability Trading Derivatives

(5,843 ) (18,738 ) (3,569 ) (52 ) (790 ) (8 ) (29,000 )

F-93


Table of Contents

11. Other financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Other Financial Assets Designated at Fair Value through

Profit or Loss. Breakdown by Type of Instruments

2011 2010 2009

ASSETS –

Debt securities

708 688 639

Unit-linked products

113 103 95

Other securities

595 585 544

Equity instruments

2,269 2,086 1,698

Unit-linked products

1,677 1,467 1,242

Other securities

592 619 456

Total

2,977 2,774 2,337

LIABILITIES –

Other financial liabilities

1,825 1,607 1,367

Unit-linked products

1,825 1,607 1,367

Total

1,825 1,607 1,367

12. Available-for-sale financial assets

12.1 Breakdown of the balance

The breakdown of the balance by the main financial instruments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Available-for-Sale Financial Assets

2011 2010 2009

Debt securities

53,050 51,064 57,293

Impairment losses

(136 ) (189 ) (222 )

Subtotal

52,914 50,875 57,071

Equity instruments

5,663 6,010 6,676

Impairment losses

(433 ) (429 ) (226 )

Subtotal

5,230 5,581 6,450

Total

58,144 56,456 63,521

F-94


Table of Contents

12.2 Debt securities

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Debt securities”, broken down by the nature of the financial instruments, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale 2011

Amortized Cost Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Domestic Debt Securities

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

20,597 58 (1,384 ) 19,271

Other debt securities

4,426 125 (300 ) 4,251

Issue by Central Banks

Issue by credit institutions

3,307 80 (247 ) 3,140

Issue by other issuers

1,119 45 (53 ) 1,111

Subtotal

25,023 183 (1,684 ) 23,522

Foreign Debt Securities

Mexico

4,815 176 4,991

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

4,742 164 4,906

Other debt securities

73 12 85

Issue by Central Banks

Issue by credit institutions

59 11 70

Issue by other issuers

14 1 15

The United States

7,355 243 (235 ) 7,363

Government securities

996 36 (12 ) 1,020

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

487 8 (12 ) 483

States and political subdivisions

509 28 537

Other debt securities

6,359 207 (223 ) 6,343

Issue by Central Banks

Issue by credit institutions

631 22 (36 ) 617

Issue by other issuers

5,728 185 (187 ) 5,726

Other countries

17,403 619 (984 ) 17,038

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

11,617 345 (666 ) 11,296

Other debt securities

5,786 274 (318 ) 5,742

Issue by Central Banks

849 6 855

Issue by credit institutions

3,080 184 (266 ) 2,998

Issue by other issuers

1,857 84 (52 ) 1,889

Subtotal

29,573 1,038 (1,219 ) 29,392

Total

54,596 1,221 (2,903 ) 52,914

F-95


Table of Contents

A significant part of the increase in “Other countries” is due primarily to the incorporation of the Garanti group into the consolidated BBVA Group.

Millions of Euros

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale 2010

Amortized Cost Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Domestic Debt Securities

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

16,543 58 (1,264 ) 15,337

Other debt securities

5,386 49 (206 ) 5,229

Issue by Central Banks

Issue by credit institutions

4,222 24 (156 ) 4,090

Issue by other issuers

1,164 25 (50 ) 1,139

Subtotal

21,929 107 (1,470 ) 20,566

Foreign Debt Securities

Mexico

9,653 470 (17 ) 10,106

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

8,990 441 (14 ) 9,417

Other debt securities

663 29 (3 ) 689

Issue by Central Banks

Issue by credit institutions

553 28 (2 ) 579

Issue by other issuers

110 1 (1 ) 110

The United States

6,850 216 (234 ) 6,832

Government securities

767 13 (9 ) 771

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

580 6 (8 ) 578

States and political subdivisions

187 7 (1 ) 193

Other debt securities

6,083 203 (225 ) 6,061

Issue by Central Banks

Issue by credit institutions

2,981 83 (191 ) 2,873

Issue by other issuers

3,102 120 (34 ) 3,188

Other countries

13,606 394 (629 ) 13,371

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

6,743 169 (371 ) 6,541

Other debt securities

6,863 225 (258 ) 6,830

Issue by Central Banks

944 1 945

Issue by credit institutions

4,431 177 (188 ) 4,420

Issue by other issuers

1,488 47 (70 ) 1,465

Subtotal

30,109 1,080 (880 ) 30,309

Total

52,038 1,187 (2,350 ) 50,875

F-96


Table of Contents

The decrease in the balance under the heading “Debt securities” in 2010 is mainly due to the sale of securities and changes in the valuations of these portfolios.

Millions of Euros

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale 2009

Amortized Cost Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Domestic Debt Securities

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

18,312 309 (70 ) 18,551

Other debt securities

6,265 178 (125 ) 6,318

Subtotal

24,577 487 (195 ) 24,869

Foreign Debt Securities

The United States

6,804 174 (173 ) 6,805

Government securities

628 11 (2 ) 637

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

414 4 (2 ) 416

States and political subdivisions

214 7 221

Other debt securities

6,176 163 (171 ) 6,168

Other countries

25,064 893 (560 ) 25,397

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

17,058 697 (392 ) 17,363

Other debt securities

8,006 196 (168 ) 8,034

Subtotal

31,868 1,067 (733 ) 32,202

Total

56,445 1,554 (928 ) 57,071

As of December 31, 2011, the credit ratings of the issuers of debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio are as follows:

Available for Sale financial assets

Debt Securities by Rating

Fair Value
(Millions of Euros)
%

AAA

3,022 5.7 %

AA+

5,742 10.9 %

AA

1,242 2.3 %

AA-

18,711 35.4 %

A+

735 1.4 %

A

2,320 4.4 %

A-

949 1.8 %

With rating BBB+ or below

14,212 26.9 %

Without rating

5,981 11.3 %

Total

52,914 100.0 %

F-97


Table of Contents

12.3 Equity instruments

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Equity instruments” as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Equity Instruments Available-for-Sale 2011

Amortized Cost Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Equity instruments listed

Listed Spanish company shares

3,802 468 (2 ) 4,268

Credit institutions

2 2

Other entities

3,800 468 (2 ) 4,266

Listed foreign company shares

361 5 (91 ) 275

United States

41 (12 ) 29

Mexico

Other countries

320 5 (79 ) 246

Subtotal

4,163 473 (93 ) 4,543

Unlisted equity instruments

Unlisted Spanish company shares

36 36

Credit institutions

1 1

Other entities

35 35

Unlisted foreign companies shares

638 13 651

United States

560 2 562

Mexico

1 1

Other countries

77 11 88

Subtotal

674 13 687

Total

4,837 486 (93 ) 5,230

Millions of Euros

Equity Instruments Available-for-Sale 2010

Amortized Cost Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Equity instruments listed

Listed Spanish company shares

3,378 1,212 (7 ) 4,583

Credit institutions

3 3

Other entities

3,375 1,212 (7 ) 4,580

Listed foreign company shares

270 8 (25 ) 253

United States

12 1 13

Other countries

258 7 (25 ) 240

Subtotal

3,648 1,220 (32 ) 4,836

Unlisted equity instruments

Unlisted Spanish company shares

25 25

Credit institutions

1 1

Other entities

24 24

Unlisted foreign companies shares

657 63 720

United States

594 55 649

Other countries

63 8 71

Subtotal

682 63 745

Total

4,330 1,283 (32 ) 5,581

F-98


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Equity Instruments Available-for-Sale 2009

Amortized Cost Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Equity instruments listed

Listed Spanish company shares

3,657 1,738 (12 ) 5,383

Credit institutions

Other entities

3,657 1,738 (12 ) 5,383

Listed foreign company shares

266 12 (28 ) 250

United States

16 (8 ) 8

Other countries

250 12 (20 ) 242

Subtotal

3,923 1,750 (40 ) 5,633

Unlisted equity instruments

Unlisted Spanish company shares

26 26

Credit institutions

1 1

Other entities

25 25

Unlisted foreign companies shares

682 109 791

United States

625 104 729

Other countries

57 5 62

Subtotal

708 109 817

Total

4,631 1,859 (40 ) 6,450

12.4 Gains/losses

The changes in the gains/losses, net of taxes, recognized under the equity heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Changes in Valuation Adjustments – Available-for-Sale

Financial Assets

2011 2010 2009

Balance at the beginning

333 1,951 931

Valuation gains and losses

(1,349 ) (1,952 ) 1,520

Income tax

264 540 (483 )

Amounts transferred to income

70 (206 ) (18 )

Balance at the end

(682 ) 333 1,951

Of which:

Debt securities

(1,027 ) (746 ) 456

Equity instruments

345 1,079 1,495

The losses recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated income statement for 2011 correspond mainly to Spanish government debt securities.

Of the losses recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and originating in debt securities, some 38.9% were generated over more than twelve months. However, no impairment has been estimated, as following an analysis of these unrealized losses it can be concluded that they were temporary, because: the interest payment dates of all the fixed-income securities have been satisfied; and because there is no evidence that the issuer will not continue to comply with his payment obligations, nor that future payments of both principal and interests will not be sufficient to recover the cost of the debt securities.

F-99


Table of Contents

The losses recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statement amounted to 25, 155 and 277 million for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively (see Note 49 ).

13. Loans and receivables

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Loans and Receivables

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Loans and advances to credit institutions

13.1 26,107 23,637 22,239

Loans and advances to customers

13.2 351,900 338,857 323,442

Debt securities

13.3 3,069 2,213 436

Total

381,076 364,707 346,117

13.1 Loans and advances to credit institutions

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Reciprocal accounts

78 168 226

Deposits with agreed maturity

8,389 7,307 8,301

Demand deposits

2,731 2,008 2,091

Other accounts

9,026 6,299 6,125

Reverse repurchase agreements

37 5,788 7,822 5,457

Total gross

7.1.1 26,012 23,604 22,200

Valuation adjustments

95 34 39

Impairment losses

7.1.8 (47 ) (67 ) (68 )

Accrued interests and fees

143 101 110

Hedging derivatives and others

(1 ) (1 ) (3 )

Total net

26,107 23,637 22,239

F-100


Table of Contents

13.2 Loans and advances to customers

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Loans and Advances to Customers

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Mortage secured loans

130,703 132,630 127,957

Other secured loans

29,353 18,155 20,917

Other loans (*)

118,650 102,001 98,238

Credit accounts

14,980 23,705 19,683

Commercial credit

13,152 21,229 24,031

Receivable on demand and other

13,070 11,172 8,155

Credit cards

10,179 8,074 7,098

Finance leases

8,127 8,141 8,222

Reverse repurchase agreements

37 4,827 4,760 987

Financial paper

1,166 1,982 602

Impaired assets

7.1.7 15,647 15,361 15,198

Total gross

7.1. 359,855 347,210 331,087

Valuation adjustments

(7,954 ) (8,353 ) (7,634 )

Impairment losses

7.1.8 (9,410 ) (9,396 ) (8,720 )

Accrued interests and fees

453 195 320

Hedging derivatives and others

1,003 848 756

Total net

351,901 338,857 323,442

(*)

Includes principally our customers’ commercial and consumer loans

As of December 31, 2011, 31% of “Loans and advances to customers” with a maturity greater than one year were concluded with fixed-interest rates and 69% with variable interest.

“Loans and advances to customers” includes finance lease arrangements provided by various entities in the Group for their customers to finance the purchase of assets, including movable and immovable property. The breakdown of the finance leases as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Financial Lease Arrangements

2011 2010 2009

Movable property

4,876 4,748 4,963

Real Estate

3,251 3,393 3,259

Fixed rate

58 % 42 % 38 %

Floating rate

42 % 58 % 62 %

The heading “Loans and receivables – Loans and advances to customers” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets also includes certain mortgage loans that, as mentioned in Note 35 and pursuant to the Mortgage Market Act, are considered a suitable guarantee for the issue of long-term mortgage covered bonds. This heading also includes some loans that have been securitized and not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheets (see

Note 2.2.2 ).

F-101


Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets corresponding to these securitized loans are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Securitized Loans

2011 2010 2009

Securitized mortgage assets

33,163 31,884 33,786

Other securitized assets

7,004 10,563 10,597

Commercial and industrial loans

3,344 6,263 4,356

Finance leases

594 771 1,380

Loans to individuals

2,942 3,403 4,536

Rest

124 126 325

Total

40,168 42,447 44,383

Of which:

Liabilities associated to assets retained on the balance sheet (*)

7,510 8,846 9,012

(*)

These liabilities are recognized under “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Debt securities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 3.2 and 23).

Other securitized loans were derecognized from the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as the Group did not retain any attendant risks or benefits, as specified below:

Millions of Euros

Derecognized Securitized Loans

2011 2010 2009

Securitized mortgage assets

7 24 116

Other securitized assets

128 176 276

Total

135 200 392

13.3 Debt securities

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Debt securities

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Government

2,128 2,040 342

Credit institutions

631 6 4

Other sectors

322 177 108

Total gross

7.1 3,081 2,223 453

Valuation adjustments

7.1.8 (12 ) (10 ) (17 )

Total net

3,069 2,213 436

F-102


Table of Contents

14. Held-to-maturity investments

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Held-to-Maturity Investments 2011

Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Domestic Debt Securities

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

6,520 1 (461 ) 6,060

Other domestic debt securities

853 (65 ) 788

Issue by credit institutions

255 (11 ) 244

Issue by other issuers

598 (54 ) 544

Subtotal

7,373 1 (526 ) 6,848

Foreign Debt Securities

Government and other government agency debt securities

3,376 9 (236 ) 3,149

Other debt securities

206 3 (16 ) 193

Subtotal

3,582 12 (252 ) 3,342

Total

10,955 13 (778 ) 10,190

Millions of Euros

Held-to-Maturity Investments 2010

Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Domestic Debt Securities

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

6,611 2 (671 ) 5,942

Other domestic debt securities

892 (63 ) 829

Issue by credit institutions

290 (13 ) 277

Issue by other issuers

602 (50 ) 552

Subtotal

7,503 2 (734 ) 6,771

Foreign Debt Securities

Government and other government agency debt securities

2,181 10 (20 ) 2,171

Issue by credit institutions

262 6 (21 ) 247

Subtotal

2,443 16 (41 ) 2,418

Total

9,946 18 (775 ) 9,189

F-103


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Held-to-Maturity Investments 2009

Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Domestic Debt Securities

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

1,674 21 (13 ) 1,682

Other domestic debt securities

952 8 (18 ) 942

Subtotal

2,626 29 (31 ) 2,624

Foreign Debt Securities

Government and other government agency debt securities

2,399 64 (7 ) 2,456

Other debt securities

412 7 (6 ) 413

Subtotal

2,811 71 (13 ) 2,869

Total

5,437 100 (44 ) 5,493

The foreign securities held by the Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 as held-to-maturity investments portfolio correspond basically to European issuers.

After analyzing the unrealized losses, it was decided that, with the exception of those recognized for Greece’s sovereign debt, the rest were temporary, as the interest payment dates of all the securities have been satisfied; and because there is no evidence that the issuer will not continue to comply with the payment obligations, nor that future payments of both principal and interests will not be sufficient to recover the cost of the debt securities.

The following is a summary of the gross changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets:

Millions of Euros

Held-to-Maturity Investments
Changes on the Period

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the beginning

9,947 5,438 5,285

Acquisitions

4,969 426

Reclassifications

1,817

Redemptions and others

(808 ) (460 ) (273 )

Balance at the end

10,956 9,947 5,438

Impairment

7.1.8 (1 ) (1 ) (1 )

Total

10,955 9,946 5,437

In the third quarter of 2011, some debt securities amounting to 1,817 million were reclassified from “Available-for-sale financial assets” to “Held-to-maturity investments”, as the intention of the Group had changed with respect to some of the sovereign debt securities due to the current market situation (see

Note 7.1.5 .).

F-104


Table of Contents

Information about the fair value and carrying amounts of these reclassified financial assets is given here:

Millions of Euros
As of Reclassification date As of December 31, 2011

Debt Securities reclassified to “Held to
Maturity Investments”

Carrying
Amount
Fair Value Carrying
Amount
Fair Value

Italy sovereign debt

1,739 1,739 1,749 1,645

Greece sovereign debt

56 56 63 28

Portugal sovereign debt

22 22 23 22

Total

1,817 1,817 1,835 1,695

The changes in fair value recognized in “Total Equity – Valuation adjustments”, for the reclassified financial assets are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Change in Fair Value Recognised

From
January 01, 2011
to reclassification
2010

Italy sovereign debt

(11 ) (69 )

Greece sovereign debt

(13 ) (30 )

Portugal sovereign debt

(1 ) (2 )

Total

(25 ) (101 )

The following table presents the amount recognized in the 2011 income statement from the valuation at amortized cost of the reclassified financial assets, as well as the impact recognized on the income statement and under the heading “Total Equity – Valuation adjustments”, as of December 31, 2011, if the reclassification was not performed.

Millions of Euros
Recognized in Effect of not Reclassifying

Effect on Income Statement and Other
Comprehensive Income

Income
Statement
Income Statement Equity
“Valuation
Adjustments”

Greece sovereign debt

(6 ) (92 )

Greece sovereign debt (*)

(64 ) (63 ) (29 )

Portugal sovereign debt

(1 )

Total

(71 ) (63 ) (121 )

(*)

Includes the impact on income statement for the impairment recognized after the reclassification

With respect to these reclassified values, the undiscounted future cash flows that, at the date of reclassification, were expected to be recovered, are indicated below:

Millions of Euros

Estimated Cash Flows
(Millions of Euros)

Debt Securities reclassified to “Held to Maturity Investments”

Effective
Interest Rate
%
Reclassified
Amount
Amortised Cost
Valuation

Italy sovereign debt

3.79 1,739 61

Greece sovereign debt

2.12 56 69

Portugal sovereign debt

3.34 22 3

Total

2.91 1,817 133

F-105


Table of Contents

15. Hedging derivatives (receivable and payable) and Fair-value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk

The balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Hedging derivatives and Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of
interest rate risk

2011 2010 2009

ASSETS –

Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

146 40

Hedging derivatives

4,552 3,563 3,595

LIABILITIES –

Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

(2 )

Hedging derivatives

2,710 1,664 1,308

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the main positions hedged by the Group and the derivatives assigned to hedge those positions were:

Fair value hedge:

Available-for-sale fixed-interest debt securities: This risk is hedged using interest-rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).

Long-term fixed-interest debt securities issued by the Group: This risk is hedged using interest-rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).

Available-for-sale equity instruments: This risk is hedged using equity swaps.

Fixed-interest loans: This risk is hedged using interest-rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).

Fixed-interest deposit portfolio hedges: This risk is hedged using fixed-variable swaps and interest-rate options. The valuation of the deposit hedges corresponding to interest-rate risk is recognized under the heading “Changes in the fair value of the hedged items in the portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk.”

Cash-flow hedges: Most of the hedged items are floating interest-rate loans. This risk is hedged using foreign-exchange and interest-rate swaps.

Net foreign-currency investment hedges : The risks hedged are foreign-currency investments in the Group’s subsidiaries based abroad. This risk is hedged mainly with foreign-exchange options and forward currency purchases.

Note 7 analyzes the Group’s main risks that are hedged using these financial instruments.

F-106


Table of Contents

The details by hedged risk of the fair value of the hedging derivatives recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Hedging Derivatives by Markets and Transaction
Type 2011

Currency
Risk
Interest Rate
Risk
Equity Price
Risk
Other Risks Total

OTC markets

Credit institutions

Fair value hedge

1,679 27 3 1,709

Of which: Macro hedge

(331 ) (331 )

Cash flow hedge

(45 ) 89 44

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

(2 ) (2 )

Subtotal

(47 ) 1,767 27 3 1,751

Other financial Institutions

Fair value hedge

93 93

Of which: Macro hedge

(41 ) (41 )

Cash flow hedge

(2 ) (2 )

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

Subtotal

(2 ) 93 91

Other sectors

Fair value hedge

17 (1 ) 16

Of which: Macro hedge

(6 ) (6 )

Cash flow hedge

(16 ) (16 )

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

Subtotal

1 (1 )

Total

(49 ) 1,861 26 3 1,842

Of which:

Asset Hedging Derivatives

34 4,474 41 3 4,552

Liability Hedging Derivatives

(83 ) (2,612 ) (15 ) (2,710 )

F-107


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Hedging Derivatives by Markets and Transaction Type
2010

Currency
Risk
Interest
Rate Risk
Equity
Price Risk
Other Risks Total

OTC markets

Credit institutions

Fair value hedge

1,645 7 3 1,655

Of which: Macro hedge

(282 ) (282 )

Cash flow hedge

(4 ) 160 156

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

3 (6 ) (3 )

Subtotal

(1 ) 1,799 7 3 1,808

Other financial Institutions

Fair value hedge

109 5 114

Of which: Macro hedge

(20 ) (20 )

Cash flow hedge

(1 ) (1 )

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

Subtotal

108 5 113

Other sectors

Fair value hedge

(12 ) (12 )

Of which: Macro hedge

(2 ) (2 )

Cash flow hedge

(10 ) (10 )

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

Subtotal

(22 ) (22 )

Total

(1 ) 1,885 12 3 1,899

Of which:

Asset Hedging Derivatives

14 3,486 60 3 3,563

Liability Hedging Derivatives

(15 ) (1,601 ) (48 ) (1,664 )

F-108


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Hedging Derivatives by Markets and Transaction Type
2009

Currency
Risk
Interest
Rate Risk
Equity
Price Risk
Other Risks Total

OTC markets

Credit institutions

Fair value hedge

1,985 (32 ) 1,953

Cash flow hedge

17 258 (4 ) (4 ) 267

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

1 (27 ) (26 )

Subtotal

18 2,216 (36 ) (4 ) 2,194

Other financial Institutions

Fair value hedge

123 (21 ) 102

Subtotal

123 (21 ) 102

Other sectors

Fair value hedge

(9 ) (9 )

Subtotal

(9 ) (9 )

Total

18 2,330 (57 ) (4 ) 2,287

Of which:

Asset Hedging Derivatives

22 3,492 81 3,595

Liability Hedging Derivatives

(4 ) (1,162 ) (138 ) (4 ) (1,308 )

The cash flows forecasts for the coming years for cash flow hedging recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 are:

Millions of Euros

Cash Flows of Hedging Instruments

3 Months or
Less
From 3
Months to 1
Year
From 1 to 5
Years
More than 5
Years
Total

Receivable cash inflows

54 157 591 1,304 2,106

Payable cash outflows

54 144 556 1,733 2,487

The cash flows indicated above will impact the consolidated income statements until 2055. The amounts previously recognized in equity from cash flow hedge that were removed from equity and included in consolidated income statement in the heading “Gains or losses of financial assets and liabilities (net)” or in the heading “Exchange differences (net)” during the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 reached 32 million, 34 million and 11 million, respectively.

The amount for derivatives designated as accounting hedges that did not pass the effectiveness test in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was not significant.

F-109


Table of Contents

16. Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

The composition of the balance under the heading “Non-current assets held for sale” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down by the origin of the assets, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Non-Current Assets Held-for-Sale Breakdown by type of Asset

2011 2010 2009

From:

Property, plants and equipment

195 252 397

Buildings for own use

130 188 313

Operating leases

65 64 84

Foreclosures and recoveries

2,191 1,513 861

Foreclosures

2,048 1,427 795

Recoveries from financial leases

143 86 66

Accrued amortization (*)

(60 ) (79 ) (41 )

Impairment losses

(236 ) (157 ) (167 )

Total

2,090 1,529 1,050

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale.

The changes in the balances under this heading in 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

Millions of Euros

2011

Foreclosed Recovered Assets
from Operating
Lease
From Own Use
Assets (*)
Total

Cost –

Balance at the beginning

1,427 86 173 1,686

Additions

1,326 91 99 1,516

Contributions from merger transactions

17 3 19

Retirements

(670 ) (31 ) (140 ) (841 )

Transfers

(53 ) 29 (32 ) (55 )

Balance at the end

2,048 178 100 2,325

Impairment –

Balance at the beginning

122 16 20 157

Additions

384 21 4 408

Retirements

(90 ) (5 ) (1 ) (97 )

Transfers

(229 ) (5 ) (233 )

Balance at the end

187 32 17 236

Total

1,861 146 83 2,090

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

F-110


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

2010

Foreclosed Recovered Assets
from Operating
Lease
From Own Use
Assets (*)
Total

Cost –

Balance at the beginning

748 64 406 1,217

Additions

1,407 106 1,513

Contributions from merger transactions

Retirements

(671 ) (64 ) (282 ) (1,017 )

Transfers

(56 ) (19 ) 49 (27 )

Balance at the end

1,427 86 173 1,686

Impairment –

Balance at the beginning

124 10 33 167

Additions

198 11 12 221

Retirements

(32 ) (3 ) (9 ) (44 )

Transfers

(169 ) (2 ) (16 ) (188 )

Balance at the end

122 16 20 157

Total

1,306 70 153 1,529

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

Millions of Euros

2009

Foreclosed Recovered Assets
from Operating
Lease
From Own Use
Assets (*)
Total

Cost –

Balance at the beginning

364 27 116 506

Additions

701 100 117 919

Contributions from merger transactions

Retirements

(245 ) (79 ) (456 ) (780 )

Transfers

(74 ) 15 629 572

Balance at the end

746 63 406 1,217

Impairment –

Balance at the beginning

49 7 6 62

Additions

105 12 17 134

Retirements

(3 ) (2 ) (2 ) (7 )

Transfers

(8 ) (14 ) (22 )

Balance at the end

143 17 7 167

Total

603 47 399 1,050

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

16.1 From tangible assets for own use

The most significant changes in the balance under the heading “Non-current assets held for sale – From tangible assets for own use”, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, were a result of the following operations:

In 2009, 1,150 properties (offices and other singular buildings) belonging to the Group in Spain were reclassified to this heading at a carrying amount of 426 million; as of December 31, 2008, they were recorded under the heading “Tangible assets – Property, plants and equipment – For own use” of the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 19). A sales plan has been established for these properties.

F-111


Table of Contents

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank sold 4, 164 and 971, properties in Spain, to investors not related to the BBVA Group for a total price of 79, 404 and 1,263 million, respectively; at market prices and without making funds available to the buyers to pay the price of these transactions.

At the same time, the Bank signed long-term operating leases with the buyers of the properties, 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30 years, which were renewable under certain conditions. The amount of the annual initial income from the properties under these operating leases reached 122 million, though this income is updated annually based on the conditions established in said contracts.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amounts registered under this item in the accompanying consolidated income statements under this heading were 138, 113 and 31 million, respectively (see Note 46.2 ).

In the sales agreements for said properties, purchase options on behalf of the Bank were included upon the termination of the respective operating lease contracts; the exercise price of the option will be determined by an independent expert on a case-by-case basis. As a result, the Bank considered these sales as firm sales and registered the profits for this item under market conditions of 67, 273 and 914 million, under the headings “Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the accompanying consolidated income statements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 (see Note 52 ).

The current value of the future minimum payments the Bank will incur in the effective period of the operating lease contracts, as of December 31, 2011, is 112 million in 1 year, 364 million between 2 and 5 years and 652 million in more than 5 years.

16.2 From foreclosures or recoveries

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the balance under the heading “Non-current assets held for sale – Foreclosures or recoveries” was made up of 1,703, 1,105 and 441 million of assets for residential use, 290, 214 and 209 million of assets for tertiary use (industrial, commercial or offices) and 14, 10 and 27 million of assets for agricultural use, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, mean maturity of the assets through foreclosures or recoveries was less than 2 years.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, some of the sales operations of these assets were financed by Group entities. The amount of the loans granted to the buyers of these assets over 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 163, 193 and 40 million, respectively, with a mean percentage financed of 93%, 90% and 90%, respectively, of the price of sale.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amount of gains from the sale of assets financed by Group entities (and, therefore, are not recognized consolidated income statements), reached 30, 32 and 32 million, respectively.

17. Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

The breakdown of the balances of “Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Investments in Entities Accounted for Using the Equity Method

2011 2010 2009

Associate entities

5,567 4,247 2,614

Jointly controlled entities

276 300 308

Total

5,843 4,547 2,922

F-112


Table of Contents

17.1 Associates

The following table shows the carrying amount of the most significant of the Group’s investments in associates:

Millions of Euros

Investments in Entities Accounted for Using the Equity Method

2011 2010 2009

Grupo CITIC (*)

5,387 4,022 2,296

Tubos Reunidos, S.A. (**)

51 51 52

BBVA Elcano Empresarial II, S.C.R.R.S., S.A.

23 37 49

BBVA Elcano Empresarial, S.C.R.R.S., S.A.

23 37 49

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L. (***)

84

Rest of associate

83 100 84

Total

5,567 4,247 2,614

(*)

The goodwil amounted to 1,696 million as of December 31 2011

(**)

Company that quoted in Madrid’s stock exchange market.

(***)

Since November 2010 the company had been accounted from associated to jointly controlled entities.

Appendix IV shows the details of the associates as of December 31, 2011.

The following is a summary of the gross changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets:

Millions of Euros

Associates Entities. Changes in the Year Breakdown of Goodwill

2011 2010 2009

Balance at the beginning

4,247 2,614 894

Acquisitions and capital increases (*)

425 1,210 53

Disposals

(20 ) (9 ) (2 )

Transfers and others (**)

915 432 1,669

Balance at the end

5,567 4,247 2,614

Of which:

Goodwill

1,700 1,574 844

CITIC Group

1,696 1,570 841

Rest

4 4 3

(*)

The change of 2011 correspond basically to the capital increase on CNCB at which the Group attended to maintain their percentage of participation, with a payment of 425 million. The change of 2010 correspond basically to the acquisition of 4.93% of CNCB formalized in April 2010.

(**)

The changes of 2011 and 2010 correspond principally to the good and recurrent results in CNCB together with the positive evolution of the exchange rates. The change of 2009 correspond to the reclassification from the heading “Available-for-sale financial assets” of CNCB.

Agreement with the CITIC Group –

The BBVA Group’s investment in the CITIC Group includes the investment in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (“CIFH”) and China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”). As of December 31, 2011, BBVA had a 29.68% holding in CIFH and 15% in CNCB.

F-113


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, the BBVA Group maintained several agreements with the CITIC Group that were strategic for both: for BBVA, as financial activity could be developed in continental China through this alliance and, for CNCB, as it allows CITIC to develop its international business. The BBVA Group has the status of “sole strategic investor” in CNCB.

17.2 Investments in jointly-controlled entities

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Jointly Controlled Entities

2011 2010 2009

Corporación IBV Participaciones Empresariales S.A.

78 71 157

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L.

68 88

Fideicomiso F/403853-5 BBVA Bancomer SºS ZIBAT

20 22 20

I+D Mexico, S.A.

16 22 15

Fideicomiso Hares BBVA Bancomer F/47997-2 (*)

15

Fideicomiso F/70413 Mirasierra

12 14 12

Fideicomiso F/402770-2 Alamar

10 11 10

Fideicomiso F/403112-6 Dos lagos

10 11 9

Altitude Software SGPS, S.A.

10 10 9

Las Pedrazas Golf, S.L.

7 10

Rest

45 41 61

Total

276 300 308

Of which

Goodwill

9 9 5

(*)

Since august 2010 the company had been accounted from jointly controlled entities to fully consolidated subsidiary.

If the jointly-controlled entities accounted for using equity method had been accounted for by the proportionate method, the effect on the Group’s main consolidated figures as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 would have been as follows:

Millions of Euros

Jointly Controlled Entities. Effect on the Group’s main figures

2011 2010 2009

Assets

1,025 1,062 863

Liabilities

703 313 469

Net operating income

28 15 (12 )

Details of the jointly-controlled entities consolidated using the equity method as of December 31, 2011 are shown in Appendix IV.

F-114


Table of Contents

17.3 Associates and jointly-controlled entities accounted for by the equity method

The following table provides relevant information of the balance sheet and income statement of associates and jointly-controlled entities accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively (see Appendix IV).

Millions of Euros

Associates and Jointly Controlles
Entities

2011 (*) 2010 (*) 2009 (*)

Financial Main figures

Associates Jointly
Controlled
Entities
Associates Jointly
Controlled
Entities
Associates Jointly
Controlled
Entities

Current Assets

28,789 249 19,979 279 10,611 347

Non-current Assets

18,598 694 17,911 780 8,463 514

Current Liabilities

39,326 152 32,314 179 10,356 108

Non-current Liabilities

8,061 790 5,576 879 8,719 754

Net sales

1,121 158 855 168 605 84

Operating Income

575 28 450 15 244 (12 )

Net Income

424 (5 ) 339 1 166 (14 )

(*)

Dates of the company’s financial statements updated at the most recent available information.

Information applying the corresponding ownership and without the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments.

17.4 Notifications about acquisition of holdings

Appendix V provides notifications on acquisitions and disposals of holdings in associates or jointly-controlled entities, in compliance with Article 155 of the Corporations Act and Article 53 of the Securities Market Act 24/1988.

17.5 Impairment

No impairment losses on the goodwill of jointly-controlled entities and associated were recognized in 2011 or 2010.

In 2009, 3 million in impairment losses on the goodwill of jointly-controlled entities were recognized, of which most are related to Econta Gestión Integral, S.L.

18. Reinsurance assets

This heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets reflects the amounts receivable by consolidated entities from reinsurance contracts with third parties.

Millions of Euros

Reinsurance Asset

2011 2010 2009

Reinsurance assets

26 28 29

F-115


Table of Contents

19. Tangible assets

The breakdown of the balance and changes of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the related items, is as follows:

Millions of Euros
For Own Use Total Tangible
Asset of Own
Use
Investment
Properties
Assets Leased
out under an
Operating Lease
Total

Tangible Assets. Breakdown by
Type of Assets and Changes in the
year 2011

Land and
Buildings
Work in
Progress
Furniture,
Fixtures and
Vehicles

Cost –

Balance at the beginning

3,406 215 5,455 9,075 1,841 1,015 11,931

Additions

134 247 533 914 98 301 1,314

Retirements

(38 ) (36 ) (157 ) (231 ) (15 ) (72 ) (318 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

187 3 176 367 14 97 477

Disposal of entities in the year

Transfers

59 (73 ) (17 ) (31 ) (206 ) (237 )

Exchange difference and other

(8 ) (3 ) 162 150 (26 ) 64 188

Balance at the end

3,740 353 6,152 10,244 1,911 1,199 13,355

Accrued depreciation –

Balance at the beginning

889 3,747 4,636 66 272 4,974

Additions (Note 47)

96 399 495 10 8 512

Retirements

(13 ) (126 ) (139 ) (1 ) (40 ) (180 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

31 128 159 13 172

Disposal of entities in the year

Transfers

3 (18 ) (15 ) (105 ) (121 )

Exchange difference and other

31 119 150 (27 ) 206 329

Balance at the end

1,037 4,248 5,285 49 353 5,687

Impairment –

Balance at the beginning

31 31 206 19 256

Additions

5 3 8 73 80

Retirements

(1 ) (4 ) (5 ) (1 ) (8 ) (13 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

8 8 1 9

Exchange difference and other

12 12 (7 ) 6

Balance at the end

43 12 54 272 11 338

Net tangible assets –

Balance at the beginning

2,486 215 1,708 4,408 1,569 724 6,701

Balance at the end

2,660 353 1,892 4,905 1,590 835 7,330

F-116


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros
For Own Use Total Tangible
Asset of Own
Use
Investment
Properties
Assets Leased
out under an
Operating Lease
Total

Tangible Assets. Breakdown by
Type of Assets and Changes in the
year 2010

Land and
Buildings
Work in
Progress
Furniture,
Fixtures and
Vehicles

Cost –

Balance at the beginning

2,734 435 5,599 8,768 1,803 989 11,560

Additions

194 179 357 730 66 245 1,041

Retirements

(49 ) (45 ) (156 ) (250 ) (8 ) (2 ) (260 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

Disposal of entities in the year

Transfers

387 (335 ) (81 ) (29 ) 32 (221 ) (218 )

Exchange difference and other

140 (19 ) (264 ) (144 ) (52 ) 4 (192 )

Balance at the end

3,406 215 5,455 9,075 1,841 1,015 11,931

Accrued depreciation –

Balance at the beginning

750 3,818 4,568 53 265 4,886

Additions (Note 47)

86 362 448 15 7 470

Retirements

(6 ) (142 ) (148 ) (1 ) (1 ) (150 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

Disposal of entities in the year

Transfers

27 (47 ) (20 ) (1 ) (110 ) (131 )

Exchange difference and other

32 (244 ) (212 ) 111 (101 )

Balance at the end

889 3,747 4,636 66 272 4,974

Impairment –

Balance at the beginning

15 4 19 116 32 167

Additions

8 1 9 83 92

Retirements

(2 ) (5 ) (7 ) (14 ) (21 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

Exchange difference and other

10 10 7 1 18

Balance at the end

31 31 206 19 256

Net tangible assets –

Balance at the beginning

1,969 435 1,777 4,182 1,634 691 6,507

Balance at the end

2,486 215 1,708 4,408 1,569 724 6,701

F-117


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros
For Own Use Total tangible
asset of Own
Use
Investment
Properties
Assets Leased
out under an
Operating Lease
Total

Tangible Assets. Breakdown by
Type of Assets and Changes in
the year 2009

Land and
Buildings
Work in
Progress
Furniture,
Fixtures and
Vehicles

Cost –

Balance at the beginning

3,030 422 4,866 8,318 1,786 996 11,100

Additions

120 102 437 659 74 210 943

Retirements

(22 ) (73 ) (661 ) (756 ) (35 ) (2 ) (793 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

Disposal of entities in the year

Transfers

(747 ) (16 ) (23 ) (786 ) (11 ) (212 ) (1,009 )

Exchange difference and other

353 980 1,333 (11 ) (3 ) 1,319

Balance at the end

2,734 435 5,599 8,768 1,803 989 11,560

Accrued depreciation –

Balance at the beginning

729 3,128 3,857 45 259 4,161

Additions (Note 47)

66 349 415 11 8 434

Retirements

(15 ) (511 ) (526 ) (1 ) (527 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

Disposal of entities in the year

Transfers

(253 ) (15 ) (268 ) (2 ) (103 ) (373 )

Exchange difference and other

223 867 1,090 (1 ) 102 1,191

Balance at the end

750 3,818 4,568 53 265 4,886

Impairment –

Balance at the beginning

16 3 19 8 5 32

Additions

7 17 24 93 38 155

Retirements

(2 ) (17 ) (19 ) (1 ) (20 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

Exchange difference and other

(6 ) 1 (5 ) 16 (11 )

Balance at the end

15 4 19 116 32 167

Net tangible assets –

Balance at the beginning

2,285 422 1,735 4,442 1,734 732 6,908

Balance at the end

1,969 435 1,777 4,182 1,634 691 6,507

F-118


Table of Contents

The reduction in the balance under the heading “Tangible assets – For own use – Land and buildings” in 2009 is mainly the result of the transfer of some properties owned by the Bank in Spain to the heading “Non-current assets held for sale”, as mentioned in Note 16 .

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the totally amortized intangible assets still in use amounted to 1,572, 480 and 1,583 million, respectively.

The main activity of the Group is carried out through a network of bank branches located geographically as shown in the following table:

Number of Branches

Bank Branches by Geographical Location

2011 2010 2009

Spain

3,016 3,024 3,055

Mexico

1,999 1,985 1,987

South America

1,567 1,456 1,495

The United States

746 752 785

Rest of the world (*)

129 144 144

Total

7,457 7,361 7,466

(*)

Garanti branches are not included

The following table shows the detail of the net carrying amount of the tangible assets corresponding to Spanish or foreign entities as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

Millions of Euros

Tangible Assets by Spanish and Foreign Subsidiaries Net Assets
Values

2011 2010 2009

Foreign subsidiaries

3,301 2,741 2,473

BBVA and Spanish subsidiaries

4,029 3,960 4,034

Total

7,330 6,701 6,507

The amount of tangible assets under financial lease schemes on which it is expected to exercise the purchase option was insignificant as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

F-119


Table of Contents

20. Intangible assets

20.1 Goodwill

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the cash-generating units (“CGU”) that originated them, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

‘Goodwill. Breakdown by CGU and
Changes of the year 2011

Balance at the
Beginning
Additions Exchange
Difference
Impairment Rest Balance at the
End

The United States

5,773 79 (1,444 ) 1 4,409

Turkey

1,384 (122 ) 1,262

Mexico

678 11 (57 ) 632

Colombia

236 4 240

Chile

202 (14 ) 188

Rest

60 7 67

Total

6,949 1,402 (110 ) (1,444 ) 1 6,798

Millions of Euros

‘Goodwill. Breakdown by CGU and
Changes of the year 2010

Balance at the
Beginning
Additions Exchange
Difference
Impairment Rest Balance at the
End

The United States

5,357 418 (2 ) 5,773

Mexico

593 85 678

Colombia

205 31 236

Chile

173 29 202

Rest

68 1 1 (13 ) 3 60

Total

6,396 1 564 (13 ) 1 6,949

Millions of Euros

‘Goodwill. Breakdown by CGU and
Changes of the year 2009

Balance at the
Beginning
Additions Exchange
Difference
Impairment Rest Balance at the
End

The United States

6,676 (226 ) (1,097 ) 4 5,357

Mexico

588 9 (4 ) 593

Colombia

193 12 205

Chile

143 30 173

Rest

59 9 68

Total

7,659 (175 ) (1,097 ) 9 6,396

United States –

The most significant goodwill of the Group corresponds to the CGU of the United States (including Puerto Rico) and is equal to its value in use. This is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections that the Group’s Management estimates based on the latest budgets available for the next five years.

As of December 31, 2011, the Group used a sustainable growth rate of 4.0%, (4.2% and 4.3% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively) to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity which was based on the US real GDP growth rate. The rate used to discount the cash flows is the cost of capital assigned to the CGU, and stood at 11.4% as of December 31, 2011 (11.4% and 11.2% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively), which consists of the free risk rate plus a risk premium.

F-120


Table of Contents

Turkey –

As stated in Note 3, in 2011 the Group acquired 25.01% of the share capital of the Turkish bank Garanti. This acquisition has involved the provisional recognition at the time of the purchase of 1,384 million in goodwill on the acquisition date. The calculation of this goodwill is subject to change, since the fair values are being calculated according to the purchase method set out in IFRS-3, and they may be modified during a period of up to one year from the acquisition date (March 2011).

The detail of the carrying amount of the consolidated assets and liabilities of the Garanti Group previous to its acquisition and the corresponding fair values, gross of tax, which according to the acquisition method have been estimated provisionally at the moment of purchase, is as follows:

Millions of euros

Valuation and calculation of goodwill for the acquisition of 25.01% stake in Garanti

Carrying
Amount
Fair Value

Acquisition cost (A)(*)

3,650

Value of the 25.01% of Garanti at the moment of the acquisition

Cash

536 536

Loans and receivables

9,640 9,479

Financial assets

4,051 4,103

Tangible assets

176 243

Intangibles assets obtained from previous business combinations

4

Intangible assets identify at the date of the business combination (**)

589

Other assets

837 836

Financial liabilities

(12,466 ) (12,475 )

Other liabilities

(967 ) (967 )

Non-recognised contingent liabilities

Deferred tax

28 (78 )

Total fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (b)

1,840 2,266

Goodwill (A) – (B)

1,384

(*)

Cost of acquisition is the price paid net of the amount of hedges, dividends declared and the value of the control premium that is included in the purchase agreement (see Note 3).

(**)

The amount of intangible assets identified at the time of purchase, mainly corresponds to the goodwill allocated to the mark and the “core deposits.”

The valuations are being reviewed by independent experts (other than the Group’s accounts auditor), applying different valuation methods on the basis of each asset and liability. The valuation methods used are: based on the present value of the cash flows that business or asset is expected to generate in the future, the Market Transaction Method and the Cost Method.

Impairment tests –

As described in Note 2.2.8, the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are periodically tested for impairment by including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount. This analysis is performed at least annually and always if there is any indication of impairment. These estimates have been verified by independent experts, not by the Group’s accounts auditor.

The Group performed the necessary goodwill impairment tests with the following results:

As of December 31, 2011: Impairment losses of 1,444 million have been estimated in the United States cash-generating unit which have been recognized under “Impairment losses on other

F-121


Table of Contents

assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for 2011 (see Note 50 ). This loss has been attributed to a lower forecast of the benefits expected from this CGU in relation to those anticipated initially due to the fact that:

the economic recovery is slower than expected and demand for loans is lower than forecasted; this, together with the low interest rate prediction all imply a slowdown in net interest income growth below the initial expectations; and

growing regulatory pressure, with the implementation of new regulations, will imply lower-than-expected fee income, basically for cards, while operating costs will rise with respect to the expectations.

Both the US CGU’s fair values and the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities are based on the estimates and assumptions that the Group’s Management has deemed most likely given the circumstances. However, some changes to the valuation assumptions used could result in differences in the impairment test result.

If the discount rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by up to 585 million and 671 million, respectively. If the growth rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by 517 million and 452 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010: There were no indications of impairment in the goodwill recognized by the Group as of that date, except for the insignificant impairment estimated on the goodwill of investments in Rentrucks, Alquiler y Servicios de Transportes, S.A. and in BBVA Finanzia SpA (for 9 and 4 million, respectively).

As of December 31, 2009: Impairment losses of 1,097 million have been estimated in the United States cash-generating unit which have been recognized under “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for 2009 (see Note 50 ). This loss was attributed to the significant decline in economic and credit conditions in the states in which the Group operates in the United States.

20.2 Other intangible assets

The breakdown of the balance and changes of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the related items, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Other Intangible Assets

2011 2010 2009

Computer software acquisition expenses

1,138 749 464

Other deferred charges

34 28 29

Other intangible assets

708 282 360

Impairment

(1 ) (1 ) (1 )

Total

1,879 1,058 852

Millions of Euros

Other Intangible Assets. Changes Over the Period

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the beginning

1,058 852 780

Additions

1,201 458 362

Amortization in the year

47 (334 ) (291 ) (262 )

Exchange differences and other

(46 ) 39 (28 )

Impairment

50

Balance at the end

1,879 1,058 852

F-122


Table of Contents

The increase of the additions to the table above in 2011 with respect to previous years is due, primarily, to the intangible assets recognized for the Garanti purchase transaction.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the totally amortized intangible assets still in use amounted to 224, 294 and 1,061 million, respectively.

21. Tax assets and liabilities

21.1 Consolidated tax group

Pursuant to current legislation, the BBVA Consolidated Tax Group includes the Bank as the Parent company, and, as subsidiaries, the Spanish subsidiaries that meet the requirements provided for under Spanish legislation regulating the taxation regime for the consolidated net income of corporate groups.

The Group’s other banks and subsidiaries file tax returns in accordance with the tax legislation in force in each country.

21.2 Years open for review by the tax authorities

The years open to review in the BBVA Consolidated Tax Group as of December 31, 2011 are 2007 and following for the main taxes applicable.

The rest of the Spanish consolidated entities in general have the last four years open for inspection by the tax authorities for the main taxes applicable, except for those in which there has been an interruption of the limitation period due to the start of an inspection.

In 2011, as a result of action by the tax authorities, tax inspections proceedings were instituted for the years since (and including) 2006, some of which were contested. After considering the temporary nature of certain of the items assessed in the proceedings, provisions were set aside for the liabilities, if any, that might arise from these assessments according to our best estimates.

In view of the varying interpretations that can be made of the applicable tax legislation, the outcome of the tax inspections of the open years that could be conducted by the tax authorities in the future could give rise to contingent tax liabilities which cannot be objectively quantified at the present time. However, the Banks’ Board of Directors and its tax advisers consider that the possibility of these contingent liabilities becoming actual liabilities is remote and, in any case, the tax charge which might arise therefore would not materially affect the Group’s accompanying consolidated financial statements for 2011.

F-123


Table of Contents

21.3 Reconciliation

The reconciliation of the Group’s corporate tax expense resulting from the application of the standard tax rate and the expense registered by this tax in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Reconciliation of the Corporate Tax Expense Resulting from the Application of the Standard
Rate and the Expense Registered by this Tax

2011 2010 2009

Corporation tax (30%)

1,131 1,927 1,721

Decreases due to permanent differences:

(914 ) (559 ) (633 )

Tax credits and tax relief at consolidated Companies

(169 ) (180 ) (223 )

Other items (net)

(745 ) (379 ) (410 )

Net increases (decreases) due to temporary differences

262 (19 ) 96

Charge for income tax and other taxes

479 1,349 1,184

Deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded (utilized)

(262 ) 19 (96 )

Income tax and other taxes accrued in the period

217 1,368 1,088

Adjustments to prior years’ income tax and other taxes

68 59 53

Income tax and other taxes

285 1,427 1,141

The effective tax rate for the Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Effective Tax Rate

2011 2010 2009

Income from:

Consolidated Tax Group

487 2,398 4,066

Other Spanish Entities

2 (70 ) (77 )

Foreign Entities

3,281 4,094 1,747

Total

3,770 6,422 5,736

Income tax and other taxes

285 1,427 1,141

Effective Tax Rate

7.55 % 22.22 % 19.89 %

In 2011, it presented an effective tax rate that was lower than in previous years due, primarily, to the greater contribution in comparable terms of the income with low or zero tax rate (especially dividends and earnings from entities by the equity method) and of the earnings of foreign entities (especially in the Americas and Garanti) where tax rates are low.

F-124


Table of Contents

21.4 Tax recognized in equity

In addition to the income tax recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements, the Group has recognized the following tax charges for these items in the consolidated equity:

Millions of Euros

Tax Recognized in Total Equity

2011 2010 2009

Charges to total equity

Debt securities

(276 )

Equity instruments

(75 ) (354 ) (441 )

Subtotal

(75 ) (354 ) (717 )

Credits to total equity (*)

Debt securities and others

234 192 1

Subtotal

234 192 1

Total

159 (162 ) (716 )

(*)

Tax asset credit to total equity as of December 31, 2010, due primarily to debt instruments unrealized losses.

21.5 Deferred taxes

The balance under the heading “Tax assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the tax receivables relating to deferred tax assets; the balance under the heading “Tax liabilities” includes the liabilities relating to the Group’s various deferred tax liabilities.

The details of the most important tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Tax Assets and Liabilities

2011 2010 2009

Tax assets –

Current

1,509 1,113 1,187

Deferred

6,332 5,536 5,086

Pensions

1,317 1,392 1,483

Portfolio

2,143 1,546 987

Other assets

257 234 221

Impairment losses

1,673 1,648 1,632

Other

636 699 737

Tax losses

306 17 26

Total

7,841 6,649 6,273

Tax Liabilities –

Current

772 604 539

Deferred

1,558 1,591 1,669

Portfolio

1,008 1,280 1,265

Charge for income tax and other taxes

549 311 404

Total

2,330 2,195 2,208

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the estimated balance of temporary differences in connection with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and investments in jointly controlled entities was 527, 503 and 432 million, respectively.

F-125


Table of Contents

22. Other assets and liabilities

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Other Assets and Liabilities

2011 2010 2009

ASSETS –

Inventories

3,994 2,788 1,933

Of which:

Real estate companies

3,813 2,729 1,930

Transactions in transit

86 26 55

Accrued interest

609 538 581

Unaccrued prepaid expenses

443 402 421

Other prepayments and accrued income

166 136 160

Other items

1,801 1,175 1,383

Total

6,490 4,527 3,952

LIABILITIES –

Transactions in transit

44 58 49

Accrued interest

2,252 2,162 2,079

Unpaid accrued expenses

1,529 1,516 1,412

Other accrued expenses and deferred income

723 646 667

Other items

1,964 847 780

Total

4,260 3,067 2,908

The heading “Inventories” includes the net carrying amount of the purchases of land and property that the Group’s real estate companies hold for sale or for their business. The amounts reflected under this heading include real estate assets purchased by those companies from distressed customers (mainly in Spain). As of December 31, 2011, the carrying amount of these properties amounted approximately 3.2 billion net of an accumulated valuation adjustment due to impairment losses amounted to 1.8 billion.

The principal companies in the Group that engage in real estate business activity and make up nearly the entire amount in the “Inventories” heading of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows: Anida Operaciones Singulares, S.L.; Anida Desarrollos Inmobiliarios, S.A. and Desarrollo Urbanístico Chamartín, S.A.

23. Financial liabilities at amortized cost

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Financial Liabilities at Amortized Cost

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Deposits from central banks

9 33,147 11,010 21,166

Deposits from credit institutions

23.1 59,356 57,170 49,146

Customer deposits

23.2 282,173 275,789 254,183

Debt certificates

23.3 81,930 85,179 99,939

Subordinated liabilities

23.4 15,419 17,420 17,878

Other financial liabilities

23.5 7,879 6,596 5,624

Total

479,904 453,164 447,936

F-126


Table of Contents

23.1 Deposits from credit institutions

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instruments, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Deposits from Credit Institutions

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Reciprocal accounts

298 140 68

Deposits with agreed maturity

32,859 38,265 30,608

Demand deposits

2,095 1,530 1,273

Other accounts

343 696 733

Repurchase agreements

37 23,452 16,314 16,263

Subtotal

59,047 56,945 48,945

Accrued interest until expiration

309 225 201

Total

23 59,356 57,170 49,146

The breakdown by geographical area and the nature of the related instruments of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding interest accrued pending maturity, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Deposits from Credit Institutions 2011

Demand Deposits Deposits with
Agreed Maturity
Repos Total

Spain

472 8,364 394 9,230

Rest of Europe

399 14,652 12,496 27,547

Mexico

359 1,430 9,531 11,320

South América

251 2,863 478 3,593

The United States

799 4,965 553 6,318

Rest of the world

112 928 1,040

Total

2,393 33,202 23,453 59,047

Millions of Euros

Deposits from Credit Institutions 2010

Demand Deposits Deposits with
Agreed Maturity
Repos Total

Spain

961 7,566 340 8,867

Rest of Europe

151 16,160 6,315 22,626

Mexico

161 3,060 8,645 11,866

South América

195 2,349 349 2,892

The United States

147 6,028 665 6,840

Rest of the world

56 3,799 3,855

Total

1,671 38,961 16,314 56,945

Millions of Euros

Deposits from Credit Institutions 2009

Demand Deposits Deposits with
Agreed Maturity
Repos Total

Spain

456 6,414 822 7,692

Rest of Europe

382 15,404 4,686 20,472

Mexico

158 854 9,581 10,593

South América

179 722 364 1,265

The United States

150 5,611 811 6,572

Rest of the world

16 2,336 2,352

Total

1,341 31,341 16,263 48,945

F-127


Table of Contents

23.2 Customer deposits

The breakdown of this heading of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, by type of financial instruments, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Customer Deposits

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Government and other government agencies

40,602 30,983 15,297

Spanish

4,269 4,484 3,904

Foreign

12,289 13,563 10,995

Repurchase agreements

37 24,016 12,920 389

Accrued interests

28 16 9

Other resident sectors

108,217 116,218 93,190

Current accounts

28,212 18,705 20,243

Savings accounts

16,003 24,521 27,137

Fixed-term deposits

49,105 49,160 35,135

Repurchase agreements

37 14,154 23,197 10,186

Other accounts

35 46 31

Accrued interests

708 589 458

Non-resident sectors

133,355 128,590 145,696

Current accounts

45,742 39,567 33,697

Savings accounts

30,860 26,435 23,394

Fixed-term deposits

49,770 56,752 83,754

Repurchase agreements

37 6,317 5,370 4,415

Other accounts

210 122 103

Accrued interests

456 344 333

Total

23 282,173 275,789 254,183

Of which:

In euros

152,375 151,806 114,066

In foreign currency

129,799 123,983 140,117

Of which:

Deposits from other creditors without valuation adjustment

281,364 275,055 253,566

Accrued interests

809 734 617

The breakdown by geographical area of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, by type of instrument and geographical area, disregarding valuation adjustments, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Customer Deposits 2011

Demand
Deposits
Savings
Deposits
Deposits with
Agreed
Maturity
Repos Total

Spain

31,249 16,160 51,012 26,509 124,929

Rest of Europe

4,600 1,310 29,571 1,656 37,136

Mexico

16,987 6,804 8,123 4,479 36,393

South America

16,118 11,429 15,670 182 43,399

The United States

14,791 12,768 9,640 37,199

Rest of the world

245 234 1,446 1,925

Total

83,990 48,705 115,462 32,826 280,981

F-128


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Customer Deposits 2010

Demand
Deposits
Savings
Deposits
Deposits with
Agreed
Maturity
Repos Total

Spain

21,848 24,707 67,838 18,639 133,032

Rest of Europe

3,784 482 18,245 1,609 24,120

Mexico

16,646 7,079 9,582 3,630 36,937

South America

12,039 8,765 14,142 132 35,078

The United States

13,985 11,363 17,147 42,495

Rest of the world

357 201 2,621 3,179

Total

68,659 52,597 129,575 24,009 274,840

Millions of Euros

Customer Deposits 2009

Demand
Deposits
Savings
Deposits
Deposits with
Agreed
Maturity
Repos Total

Spain

23,835 27,245 38,370 7,572 97,022

Rest of Europe

2,975 457 18,764 3 22,199

Mexico

12,697 5,809 9,224 4,205 31,935

South America

11,693 7,784 11,407 209 31,093

The United States

11,548 10,146 46,292 67,986

Rest of the world

440 181 2,527 3,148

Total

63,188 51,622 126,584 11,988 253,382

23.3 Debt certificates (including bonds)

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Debt Certificates

2011 2010 2009

Promissory notes and bills

7,501 13,215 29,582

Bonds and debentures

74,429 71,964 70,357

Total

81,930 85,180 99,939

The breakdown of the most significant outstanding issuances, repurchases or refunds of debt instruments issued by the consolidated companies as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is shown on Appendix VIII.

The changes in the balances under this heading, together with the Subordinated Liabilities for 2011, 2010 and 2009 are included in

Note 58.4.

23.3.1 Promissory notes and bills

The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by currency, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Promissory notes and bills

2011 2010 2009

In euros

6,672 7,672 11,024

In other currencies

829 5,543 18,558

Total

7,501 13,215 29,582

These promissory notes were issued mainly by BBVA, S.A. and BBVA Banco de Financiación, S.A.

F-129


Table of Contents

23.3.2 Bonds and debentures issued

The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by financial instrument and currency, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Bonds and debentures issued

2011 2010 2009

In Euros –

64,181 62,811 60,760

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at floating interest rates

4,648 6,776 8,593

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at fixed interest rates

9,381 7,493 5,932

Covered bonds

33,842 30,864 30,369

Hybrid financial instruments

288 373 389

Securitization bonds realized by the Group

6,755 8,047 8,407

Other securities (**)

5,709 6,306 4,339

Accrued interest and others (*)

3,557 2,952 2,731

In Foreign Currency –

10,248 9,153 9,597

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at floating interest rates

2,225 3,767 4,808

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at fixed interest rates

5,058 2,681 2,089

Covered bonds

289 316 306

Hybrid financial instruments

1,397 1,119 1,342

Securitization bonds realized by the Group

755 799 605

Other securities (**)

473 456 425

Accrued interest and others (*)

51 15 22

Total

74,428 71,964 70,357

(*)

Hedging operations and issuance costs.

(**)

Mainly territorial covered bonds

The following table shows the weighted average interest rates of fixed and floating rate bonds and debentures issued in euros and foreign currencies in effect as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

2011 2010 2009

Interests Rates of Promissory Notes and Bills Issued

Euros Foreign
Currency
Euros Foreign
Currency
Euros Foreign
Currency

Fixed rate

3.81 % 5.13 % 3.75 % 5.31 % 3.86 % 5.00 %

Floating rate

2.38 % 4.88 % 1.30 % 3.00 % 0.90 % 2.56 %

Most of the foreign-currency issuances are denominated in U.S. dollars.

23.4 Subordinated liabilities

The breakdown of this heading of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, by type of financial instruments, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Subordinated Liabilities

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Subordinated debt

12,781 11,569 12,117

Preferred securities

1,760 5,202 5,188

Subtotal

14,541 16,771 17,305

Valuation adjustments

878 649 573

Total

23 15,419 17,420 17,878

F-130


Table of Contents

Of the above, the issuances of BBVA International, Ltd., BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U. and BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U, BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A.U. and BBVA Global Finance, Ltd, are subordinately guaranteed by the Bank.

Subordinated debt

These issuances are non-convertible subordinated debt and, accordingly, for debt seniority purposes, they rank behind ordinary debt. The breakdown of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding valuation adjustments, by currency of issuance and interest rate, is disclosed in Appendix VIII. The variations of the balance in 2011 are mainly the result of the following transactions:

Conversion of subordinated bond issues

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, subordinated debt included an issue of convertible subordinated obligations into Bank shares amounting to 2,000 million, carried out by BBVA in September 2009 (hereinafter, “Convertible bonds”). These obligations have a 5% annual coupon, payable quarterly, and can be converted into Bank shares after the first year, at the Bank’s discretion, at each of the coupon payment dates, and by obligation on the date of their final maturity date (October 15, 2014). These obligations were recognized as financial liabilities since the number of Bank shares to be delivered can vary.

The Board of Directors of BBVA, at its meeting on June 22, 2011, agreed to the mandatory conversion of all convertible bonds. The conversion took place on July 15, 2011, an interest payment date, according to the procedure established to that effect under the terms and conditions of the issue. As a result, an increase of the Bank’s common stock was carried out (approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting on July 27, 2009, in using the power delegated by the Annual General Meeting held on March 14, 2008 in Point Six of the Agenda) through the issue of ordinary BBVA shares needed to address the conversion of the Convertible Bonds (see Note 27 ).

Mandatory convertible subordinated bond issue

The BBVA Board of Directors, at its meeting on November 22, 2011, agreed, in virtue of the authorization conferred by the AGM of March 14, 2008, to proceed to the issue of mandatory convertible subordinated obligations into new ordinary BBVA shares (hereinafter, the “Issue” or “Mandatory Convertible Subordinated Obligations” or “Bonds”) for a maximum amount of 3,475 million.

This issue excluded the right to preemptive subscription since it was exclusively designed for holders of preferred securities held by BBVA Capital Finance, S.A. Unipersonal (series A, B, C and D) and BBVA International Limited (series F), all secured by BBVA, S.A., who accept the purchase offer for those preferred securities on behalf of BBVA.

Thus, those who accepted the purchase offer would subscribe a nominal amount of “Mandatory Convertible Subordinated Obligations” equivalent to 100% of the nominal amount or cash for the preferred securities they owned and that would be acquired by BBVA.

As of December 30, 2011, the purchase offer for preferred securities and the subscription of “Bonds” amounted to 3,430 million, which represented 98.71% of the total preferred securities to be repurchased. The “Issue” was carried out at 100% of the nominal value of the “Convertible Bonds”, which was 100. Thus, the Bank issued 34,300,002 “Bonds” for a total amount of 3,430 million. These “Bonds” were recognized as financial liabilities since the number of Bank shares to be delivered can vary. The remuneration of the “Bonds” was 6.5% annual over nominal, payable on a quarterly basis.

F-131


Table of Contents

Without prejudice to the issuer’s authority to convert the “Bonds” at any date of remuneration, on June 30, 2012, it is expected that 50% of the nominal value of the “Bonds” in circulation at said date shall be mandatorily converted into new ordinary BBVA, S.A. shares, and that the total conversion of the “Issue” take place on June 30, 2013. The conversion will be in terms of the market price of the BBVA share, according to the terms and conditions established in the “Issue” brochure.

Preferred securities

The breakdown by issuer of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Preferred Securities by Issuer

2011 2010 2009

BBVA International, Ltd. (1) (2)

9 500 500

BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U. (1) (2)

36 2,975 2,975

Banco Provincial, S.A

37 67

BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U. (3)

1,696 1,671 1,628

Phoenix Loan Holdings, Inc.

19 19 18

Total

1,760 5,202 5,188

(1)

Traded on the Spanish AIAF market,

(2)

The increase is due to the purchase offer and redemption of the preferred shares mentioned above

(3)

Traded on the London Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange

These issues were fully subscribed by third parties outside the Group and are wholly or partially redeemable at the issuer company’s option after five or ten years from the issue date, depending on the terms of each issue.

The variation in the balance under this heading in 2011 is due primarily to the purchase transaction and early amortization of preferred securities of 3,430 million indicated in the section above.

The breakdown of the issues of preferred securities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding valuation adjustments, by currency of issuance and interest rate of the issues, is disclosed in Appendix VIII.

23.5 Other financial liabilities

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Other financial liabilities

2011 2010 2009

Creditors for other financial liabilities

2,223 2,295 1,776

Collection accounts

2,239 2,068 2,049

Creditors for other payment obligations

2,927 1,829 1,799

Dividend payable but pending payment (Note 4)

490 404

Total

7,879 6,596 5,624

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the “Dividend payable but pending payment” corresponds to the third interim dividend against the 2011 and 2010 results, paid in January of the following years, (see Note 4 ). As of December 31, 2009, this heading did not include the third interim dividend, as it was paid in December 2009.

F-132


Table of Contents

24. Liabilities under insurance contracts

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Liabilities under Insurance Contracts Technical Reserve and
Provisions

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Mathematical reserves

6,514 6,766 5,994

Provision for unpaid claims reported

741 759 712

Provisions for unexpired risks and other provisions

482 509 480

Total

7,737 8,034 7,186

25. Provisions

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, based on type of provisions, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Provisions. Breakdown by concepts

2011 2010 2009

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

5,577 5,980 6,246

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

350 304 299

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

291 264 243

Other provisions

1,343 1,774 1,771

Total

7,561 8,322 8,559

(*)

Provisions or contingencies that individually are not significant.

The changes in the heading “Provisions for contingent risks and commitments” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are presented in Note 7.1.8, together with the changes of impairment losses.

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the balances under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Provisions for Pensions and Similar Obligations. Changes Over the Period

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the beginning

5,980 6,246 6,359

Add –

Charges to income for the year

613 606 747

Interest expenses and similar charges

39.2 259 259 274

Personnel expenses

46.1 51 37 44

Provision expenses

303 310 429

Charges to equity (*)

26.2 9 64 149

Transfers and other changes

(8 ) 16 26

Less –

Payments

(794 ) (815 ) (980 )

Amount used and other changes

(223 ) (137 ) (55 )

Balance at the end

5,577 5,980 6,246

(*)

Correspond to actuarial losses (gains) arising from certain defined-benefit post-employment pension commitments and welfare benefits recognized in “Equity” (See Note 2.2.12).

F-133


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Provisions for Taxes, Legal Contingents and Other Provisions. Changes Over the Period

2011 2010 2009

Balance at beginning

2,078 2,070 1,898

Add –

Charge to income for the year

235 145 152

Acquisition of subsidiaries

61

Transfers and other changes

41 360

Less –

Available funds

(84 ) (90 ) (103 )

Amount used and other variations

(597 ) (88 ) (237 )

Balance at the end

1,693 2,078 2,070

Ongoing legal proceedings and litigation –

The Group is party to certain legal actions in a number of jurisdictions, including, among others, Spain, Mexico and the United States, arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA considers that none of such actions is material, individually or in the aggregate, and none of such actions is expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of the actions arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA has not disclosed to the markets any contingent liability that could arise from such actions as it does not consider them material.

26. Pensions and other post-employment commitments

As stated in Note 2.2.12 , the Group has both defined-benefit and defined-contribution post-employment commitments with employees; the latter is gradually increasing mainly because it is the scheme applying to new hires and because pre-existing defined-benefit commitments have been mostly closed.

26.1 Defined-contribution commitments

The defined-contribution plans are settled through contributions made by the Group annually on behalf of its beneficiaries, who are, almost exclusively, active employees in the Group. These contributions are accrued and charged to the consolidated income statement in the corresponding financial year (see

Note 2.2.12 ). No liability is therefore recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for this purpose.

The amounts registered under this item in the accompanying consolidated income statements for contributions to these plans in 2011, 2010 and 2009 were 80, 84 and 68 million, respectively (see Note 46.1 ).

26.2 Defined-benefit plans and other long-term commitments

Pension commitments in defined-benefit plans correspond mainly to employees who have retired or taken early retirement from the Group and to certain groups of employees still active in the Group in the case of pension benefits, and to the majority of active employees in the case of permanent disability and death benefits.

A breakdown of the Group’s total amounts for pension commitments in defined-benefit plans and other post-employment commitments (such as early retirement and welfare benefits) for the last five years can be found in the table below. The commitments are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the corresponding accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25 ).

F-134


Table of Contents

Commitments and Plan Assets in Defined-Benefit Plans and Other Post-
Employment Commitments

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009 2008 2007

Pension and post-employment benefits

7,680 8,082 7,996 7,987 7,816

Assets and insurance contracts coverage

2,122 2,102 1,750 1,628 1,883

Net assets

(19 ) (34 )

Net liabilities (*)

5,577 5,980 6,246 6,359 5,967

(*)

Registered under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

This information is presented below in greater detail, broken down by beneficiaries from Group companies in Spain and other beneficiaries, as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Pensions and Early-Retirement
Commitments and Welfare Benefits:
Spain and Abroad

Millions of Euros
Commitments in Spain Commitments Abroad Total BBVA Group
2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Post-employment benefits

Pension commitments

2,773 2,857 2,946 1,026 1,122 998 3,799 3,979 3,944

Early retirements

2,904 3,106 3,309 2,904 3,106 3,309

Post-employment welfare benefits

204 220 222 773 777 521 977 997 743

Total post-employment benefits (1)

5,881 6,183 6,477 1,799 1,899 1,519 7,680 8,082 7,996

Insurance contracts coverage

Pension commitments

379 430 455 379 430 455

Other plan assets

Pension commitments

1,010 1,052 953 1,010 1,052 953

Post-employment welfare benefits

733 620 342 733 620 342

Total plan assets and insurance contracts coverage (2)

379 430 455 1,743 1,672 1,295 2,122 2,102 1,750

Total net commitments (1) – (2)

5,502 5,753 6,022 56 227 224 5,558 5,980 6,246

of which:

Net assets

(19 ) (19 )

Net liabilities (*)

5,502 5,753 6,022 75 227 224 5,577 5,980 6,246

(*)

Registered under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

The balance under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 included 206 million, for commitments for post-employment benefits maintained with previous members of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Management Committee. No charges for those concepts were recognized in the consolidated income statements in 2011.

In addition to the commitments to employees indicated above, the Group has other less relevant commitments. These include long-service awards, consisting in a cash payment of a certain amount or in the allotment of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. shares. These awards are granted to certain groups of employees when they complete a given number of years of effective service

F-135


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the actuarial liabilities for the outstanding awards amounted to 36, 39 and 39 million, respectively. Of that sum, 11, 11 and 13 million corresponded to Spanish companies and 25, 28 and 26 million corresponded to companies and branches abroad, respectively. The commitments above are recognized under the heading “Other provisions” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25 ).

The net charges registered in the accompanying consolidated income statements and under the heading “Equity” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 2.2.12) for the commitments in post-employment benefits in entities in Spain and abroad, are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Total Post-employments Benefits BBVA Group: Income Statements and Equity Effects.

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Interest and similar expenses

39.2 259 259 274

Interest cost

376 375 364

Expected return on plan assets

(118 ) (116 ) (90 )

Personnel expenses

131 121 112

Defined-contribution plan expense

46.1 80 84 68

Defined-benefit plan expense

46.1 51 37 44

Other personnel expenses – Welfare benefits

Provision – Pension funds and similar obligations

48 365 405 552

Pension funds

13 9 (5 )

Early retirements

290 301 434

Other provisions

62 95 123

Total Effects in Income Statements: Debit (Credit)

755 785 938

Total Effects in equity: Debit (Credit) (*)

9 64 149

(*)

Correspond to actuarial losses (gains) arising from pension commitments and certain welfare benefits recognized in “Valuation Adjustments”. For Early retirements are recognized in the Income Statements (see Note 2.2.12.).

26.2.1 Commitments in Spain

The most significant actuarial assumptions used as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, to quantify these commitments with employees in Spain are as follows:

Actuarial Assumptions Commitments with
employees in Spain

2011 2010 2009

Mortality tables

PERM/F 2000P. PERM/F 2000P. PERM/F 2000P.

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

4.5% / AA
Corporate
Bond Yield Curve
4.5% / AA
Corporate
Bond Yield Curve
4.5% / AA
Corporate
Bond Yield Curve

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

2% 2% 2%

Salary growth rate (cumulative annual)

At least 3% At least 3% At least 3%

Retirement age

First date at which the employees are entitled to retire or contractually agreed at the individual level in the case of early retirements

F-136


Table of Contents

The breakdown of the various commitments to employees in Spain is as follows:

Pension commitments

The breakdown of pension commitments in defined-benefit plans as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Pension Commitments Spain

2011 2010 2009

Pension commitments to retired employees

2,669 2,765 2,847

Vested contingencies in respect of current employees

104 92 99

Total (*)

2,773 2,857 2,946

(*)

Recognized under the heading “Provisions-Provisions for pension and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

To fund some pension commitments in Spain, insurance contracts have been written with insurance companies not related to the Group. These commitments are funded by plan assets and therefore are presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the net amount of the commitment less plan assets As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the plan assets related to the aforementioned insurance contracts (for 379, 430 and 455 million, respectively) equaled the amount of the commitments covered; therefore, no amount for this item was included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The rest of commitments for pensions in Spain include defined-benefit commitments for which insurance has been contracted with BBVA Seguros, S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros, which is 99.95% owned by the Group. As it is an entity consolidated within the BBVA Group, the assets in which the insurance company has invested the amount of the policies cannot be considered plan assets under IAS 19 and are presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under different headings of “assets”, depending on the classification of their corresponding financial instruments. The commitments are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25 ).

Early retirements

In 2011, the Spanish companies in the Group offered certain employees the possibility of taking early retirement before the age stipulated in the collective labor agreement in force. This offer was accepted by 669 employees (683 and 857 in 2010 and 2009, respectively).

The early retirements commitments in Spain as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” (see Note 25 ) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and amounted to 2,904 million, 3,106 million and 3,309 million, respectively.

The cost of early retirements for the year was recognized under the heading “Provision Expense (Net) – Transfers to funds for pensions and similar obligations – Early retirements” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 48 ).

F-137


Table of Contents

Post-employment welfare benefits

The details of these commitments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Post-Employment Welfare Benefits Commitments in Spain

2011 2010 2009

Post-employment welfare benefit commitments to retired employees

162 180 183

Vested post-employment welfare benefit contingencies in respect of current employees

42 40 39

Total Commitments (*)

204 220 222

(*)

Recognized under the heading “Provisions-Provisions for pension and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

Changes in commitments with employees

The changes in the net commitments with employees in Spain in 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Net Commitments in Spain : Changes in the year 2011

Pensions Early
Retirements
Welfare
Benefits
Total
Spain

Balance at the Beginning

2,427 3,106 220 5,753

Interest cost

106 121 10 237

Expected return on plan assets

Current service cost

10 2 12

Cost for early retirements

297 297

Past service cost or changes in the plan

Benefits paid in the period

(161 ) (611 ) (18 ) (790 )

Acquisitions and divestitures

Effect of curtailments and settlements

Contributions in the period

Actuarial gains and losses

10 (3 ) (4 ) 3

Exchange differences

Other changes

2 (6 ) (6 ) (10 )

Balance at the End

2,394 2,904 204 5,502

Millions of Euros

Net Commitments in Spain : Changes in the year 2010

Pensions Early
Retirements
Welfare
Benefits
Total
Spain

Balance at the Beginning

2,491 3,309 222 6,022

Interest cost

107 127 10 244

Expected return on plan assets

Current service cost

4 2 6

Cost for early retirements

296 296

Past service cost or changes in the plan

Benefits paid in the period

(170 ) (627 ) (18 ) (815 )

Effect of curtailments and settlements

Contributions in the period

Actuarial gains and losses

(9 ) 6 (1 ) (4 )

Other changes

4 (5 ) 5 4

Balance at the End

2,427 3,106 220 5,753

F-138


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Net Commitments in Spain : Changes in the year 2009

Pensions Early
Retirements
Welfare
Benefits
Total
Spain

Balance at the Beginning

2,624 3,437 221 6,282

Interest cost

114 135 10 259

Expected return on plan assets

Current service cost

18 2 20

Cost for early retirements

430 430

Past service cost or changes in the plan

31 5 36

Benefits paid in the period

(249 ) (712 ) (19 ) (980 )

Acquisitions and divestitures

Effect of curtailments and settlements

Contributions in the period

Actuarial gains and losses

2 4 (3 ) 3

Other changes

(49 ) 15 6 (28 )

Balance at the End

2,491 3,309 222 6,022

26.2.2 Commitments abroad

The main defined-benefit plans with employees abroad correspond to those in Mexico, Portugal and the United States, which jointly represent 94% of the total commitments with employees abroad as of December 31, 2011, and 22% of the total commitments with employees in the Group as a whole (95% and 22%, and 94% and 18%, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009). Those commitments are not available for new employees.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the breakdown by country of the various commitments with employees of the BBVA Group abroad is as follows:

Millions of Euros
Commitments Plan Assets Net Commitments

Post-Employment Commitments Abroad

2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Pension Commitments

Mexico

491 508 398 520 519 424 (29 ) (11 ) (26 )

Portugal

154 288 321 154 290 320 (0 ) (2 ) 1

The United States

285 236 195 283 191 163 2 45 32

Rest of countries

97 90 84 53 52 46 44 38 38

Subtotal

1,027 1,122 998 1,010 1,052 953 16 70 45

Post-Employment Welfare Benefits

Mexico

761 766 511 732 620 342 29 146 169

Portugal

The United States

Rest of countries

12 11 10 1 11 11 10

Subtotal

773 777 521 733 620 342 40 157 179

Total

1,800 1,899 1,519 1,743 1,672 1,295 56 227 224

The plan assets related to these commitments are to be used directly to settle the vested obligations and meet the following conditions: they are not owned by the Group entities; they are available only to pay post-employment benefits; and they cannot be returned to the Group entities.

F-139


Table of Contents

The vested obligations related to these commitments are presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets net of the plan assets recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” (see Note 25 ).

Commitments with employees in Mexico –

In Mexico, the main actuarial assumptions used in quantifying the commitments with employees as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

Post-Employment Actuarial Assumptions in Mexico

2011 2010 2009

Mortality tables

EMSSA 97 EMSSA 97 EMSSA 97

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

8.75 % 8.75 % 9.25 %

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

3.75 % 3.75 % 3.75 %

Medical cost trend rate

6.75 % 6.75 % 6.75 %

Expected rate of return on plan assets

8.25 % 9.00 % 9.40 %

Pension commitments in Mexico: The changes in these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s companies in Mexico are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Pension Commitments and Plan Assets in Mexico:
Changes in the period

Commitments Plan Assets Net Commitments
2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the Beginning

508 398 387 519 424 436 (11 ) (26 ) (49 )

Interest cost

41 40 35 41 40 35

Expected return on plan assets

40 42 37 (40 ) (42 ) (37 )

Current service cost

7 7 4 7 7 4

Past service cost or changes in the plan

8 1 8 1

Benefits paid in the period

(34 ) (36 ) (31 ) (34 ) (36 ) (31 ) (0 )

Effect of curtailments and settlements

(1 ) (1 )

Contributions in the period

30 45 3 (30 ) (45 ) (3 )

Actuarial gains and losses

7 33 30 5 66 6 2 (33 ) 24

Exchange differences

(40 ) 57 6 (41 ) 61 6 1 (4 )

Other changes

2 (33 ) 1 (83 ) (33 ) 1 83

Balance at the End

491 508 398 520 519 424 (29 ) (11 ) (26 )

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the plan assets covering these obligations correspond entirely to fixed-income securities. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the return on these assets amounted to 45 million, 108 million and 43 million, respectively.

F-140


Table of Contents

Post-employment welfare benefits in Mexico: The changes in these calculations reflecting these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all the Group’s companies in Mexico are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Welfare Benefits Commitments and Plan Assets in
Mexico: Changes in the period

Commitments Plan Assets Net Commitments
2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the Beginning

766 511 360 620 342 301 146 169 59

Interest cost

63 54 37 63 54 37

Expected return on plan assets

50 45 28 (50 ) (45 ) (28 )

Current service cost

24 19 11 24 19 11

Past service cost or changes in the plan

Benefits paid in the period

(23 ) (18 ) (18 ) (23 ) (18 ) (18 )

Effect of curtailments and settlements

(10 ) (4 ) (10 ) (4 )

Contributions in the period

124 69 9 (124 ) (69 ) (9 )

Actuarial gains and losses

8 127 119 15 49 16 (7 ) 78 103

Exchange differences

(67 ) 73 6 (54 ) 49 6 (13 ) 24

Other changes

84 (84 )

Balance at the End

761 766 511 732 620 342 29 146 169

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the plan assets covering these obligations corresponded entirely to fixed-income securities, which produced a return amounting to 65, 94 and 44 million, respectively.

The sensitivity analysis to changes in medical cost trend rates for 2011 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Welfare Benefits in Mexico. Sensitivity Analysis

1%
Increase
1%
Decrease

Increase/Decrease in current service cost and interest cost

21 (16 )

Increase/Decrease in commitments

152 (119 )

Pension Commitments in Portugal –

In Portugal, the main actuarial assumptions used in quantifying the commitments with employees as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

Post-Employment Actuarial Assumptions in Portugal

2011 2011 2010

Mortality tables

TV 88/90 TV 88/90 TV 88/90

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

5.75 % 5.35 % 5.35 %

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

1.75 % 1.75 % 2.00 %

Salary growth rate (cumulative annual)

2.75 % 2.75 % 3.00 %

Expected rate of return on plan assets

3.80 % 4.40 % 4.50 %

F-141


Table of Contents

The changes in these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s companies in Portugal are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Pensions Net Commitments in Portugal: Changes in the
period

Commitments Plan Assets Net Commitments
2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the Beginning

288 321 283 290 320 283 (2 ) 1

Interest cost

15 17 16 15 17 16

Expected return on plan assets

12 13 13 (12 ) (13 ) (13 )

Current service cost

3 5 4 3 5 4

Cost for early retirements

13 9 13 9

Past service cost or changes in the plan

Benefits paid in the period

(186 ) (16 ) (16 ) (186 ) (16 ) (16 )

Effect of curtailments and settlements

10 10

Contributions in the period

34 17 29 (34 ) (17 ) (29 )

Actuarial gains and losses

(2 ) (25 ) 24 (15 ) (44 ) 11 13 19 13

Exchange differences

Other changes

22 (22 ) 20 3 (22 )

Balance at the End

154 288 321 154 290 320 (2 ) 1

In 2011, in compliance with the new regulations, part of the pensions in payment ( 170 million) have been transferred to the Portugues Social Security

The distribution of the main categories of plan assets related to these commitments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s companies in Portugal is as follows:

Percentage

Plan Assets Categories in Portugal

2011 2010 2009

Equity instruments

Debt securities

81.3 91.5 93.2

Property, Land and Buildings

0.7 0.5

Cash

18.0 8.0 5.2

Other investments

1.6

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the return on plan assets related to these pension commitments reached - 3, - 31, and 24 million, respectively.

Pension commitments in the United States –

In the United States, the main actuarial assumptions used in quantifying the commitments with employees as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

Post-Employment Actuarial Assumptions in the
United States

2011 2010 2009

Mortality tables

RP 2000 Projected &
adjusted
RP 2000 Projected RP 2000 Projected

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

4.28 % 5.44 % 5.93 %

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

2.50 % 2.50 % 2.50 %

Salary growth rate (cumulative annual)

3.50 % 3.50 % 3.50 %

Expected rate of return on plan assets

6.41 % 7.50 % 7.50 %

F-142


Table of Contents

The changes of these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009, for all of the Group’s companies in the United States, are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Pensions Net Commitments in the United States
Changes in the period

Commitments Plan Assets Net Commitments
2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the Beginning

236 195 168 191 163 135 45 32 33

Interest cost

11 12 11 11 12 11

Expected return on plan assets

14 13 10 (14 ) (13 ) (10 )

Current service cost

4 5 4 4 5 4

Cost for early retirements

Past service cost or changes in the plan

Benefits paid in the period

(9 ) (7 ) (6 ) (8 ) (7 ) (6 ) (1 )

Acquisitions and divestitures

(8 ) (8 )

Effect of curtailments and settlements

(3 ) (3 )

Contributions in the period

33 2 12 (33 ) (2 ) (12 )

Actuarial gains and losses

46 16 24 53 7 17 (7 ) 9 7

Exchange differences

7 14 (6 ) 6 12 (5 ) 1 2 (1 )

Other changes

1 2 (2 ) 1

Balance at the End

285 236 195 283 191 163 2 45 32

The distribution of the main category of plan assets related to these commitments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all the companies in the United States is as follows:

Percentage

Plan Assets Categories for Pension Commitments in the United States

2011 2010 2009

Equity instruments

62.4 63.6

Debt securities

93.0 35.7 35.1

Property, Land and Buildings

Cash

7.0 1.9 1.3

Other investments

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the return on plan assets related to these pension commitments reached 67, 20, and 27 million, respectively.

F-143


Table of Contents

Post-employment and welfare benefits in other countries –

The changes in these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s remaining companies abroad are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Pensions Net Commitments ans Welfare Benefits in
Other Countries. Changes in the period

Commitments Plan Assets Net Commitments
2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009

Balance at the Beginning

100 93 77 51 45 43 49 48 34

Interest cost

9 8 6 9 8 6

Expected return on plan assets

(2 ) (1 ) 2 1 1 (2 ) (3 ) (2 )

Current service cost

1 (4 ) 1 (4 )

Cost for early retirements

Past service cost or changes in the plan

(1 ) 4 (2 ) (2 ) 1 6

Benefits paid in the period

(3 ) (3 )

Acquisitions and divestitures

(1 ) (1 )

Effect of curtailments and settlements

1 1

Contributions in the period

(1 ) (1 ) 1 2 2 (2 ) (3 ) (2 )

Actuarial gains and losses

(1 ) (1 ) (1 ) 1 (2 ) (1 ) (1 )

Exchange differences

4 3 4 3

Other changes

5 4 4 5 1 5 (1 ) 3

Balance at the End

109 100 93 54 51 45 55 49 48

26.2.3 Estimated future payments for commitments with employees in the BBVA Group

The estimated benefit payments over the next ten years for all the companies in Spain, Mexico, Portugal and the United States are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Expected Future Benefits for Post-Employment Commitments

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017-2021

Commitments Spain

788 726 674 616 551 1,769

Of which early retirement Spain

593 534 484 427 366 885

Commitments Mexico

58 57 60 64 69 417

Commitments Portugal

4 4 5 5 5 32

Commitments The United States

9 10 11 12 13 77

Total

859 797 750 697 638 2,295

27. Common stock

As of December 31, 2011, BBVA’s share capital amounted to 2,402,571,431.47, divided into 4,903,207,003 fully subscribed and paid-up registered shares, all of the same class and series, at 0.49 par value each, represented through book-entry accounts. All of the Bank shares carry the same voting and dividend rights, and no single stockholder enjoys special voting rights. There are no shares that do not represent an interest in the Bank’s common stock.

The Bank’s shares are traded on the continuous market in Spain, as well as on the London and Mexico stock markets. BBVA American Depositary Shares (ADSs) traded on the New York Stock Exchange are also traded on the Lima Stock Exchange (Peru), under an exchange agreement between these two markets.

F-144


Table of Contents

Also, as of December 31, 2011, the shares of BBVA Banco Continental, S.A.; Banco Provincial S.A.; BBVA Colombia, S.A.; BBVA Chile, S.A.; BBVA Banco Francés, S.A. and AFP Provida were listed on their respective local stock markets, the last two also being listed on the New York Stock Exchange. BBVA Banco Francés, S.A. is also listed on the Latin American market of the Madrid Stock Exchange.

As of December 31, 2011, Manuel Jove Capellán owned 5.046% of BBVA common stock through the company Inveravante Inversiones Universales, S.L. At that date, State Street Bank and Trust Co., Chase Nominees Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon, SA NV, in their capacity as international custodian/depositary banks, held 7.49%, 7.13% and 3.73% of BBVA common stock, respectively. Of said positions held by the custodian banks, BBVA is not aware of any individual shareholders with direct or indirect holdings greater than or equal to 3% of the BBVA common stock.

On February 4, 2010, the Blackrock, Inc. company reported to the Spanish Securities and Exchange Commission (CNMV) that, as a result of the acquisition (on December 1, 2009) of the Barclays Global Investors (BGI) company, it now has an indirect holding of BBVA common stock totaling 4.45% through the Blackrock Investment Management Company.

BBVA is not aware of any direct or indirect interests through which control of the Bank may be exercised. BBVA has not received any information on stockholder agreements including the regulation of the exercise of voting rights at its annual general meetings or restricting or placing conditions on the free transferability of BBVA shares. No agreement is known that could give rise to changes in the control of the Bank.

The changes in the heading “Common Stock” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets were due to the following common stock increases:

2011 –

“Dividend Option” Program: The AGM held on March 11, 2011, under Point Five of the Agenda, resolved to perform two common stock increases, charged to voluntary reserves to implement the program called the “Dividend Option”. This confers authority on the Board of Directors, pursuant to article 297.1 a) of the Corporations Act, to indicate the date on which said common stock increases must be carried out, within one year of the date on which the agreements are made.

The BBVA Board of Directors, at its meeting on March 29, 2011 agreed to carry out the first of the common stock increases charged to reserves, mentioned above, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the “Dividend Option” program. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s common stock increased by 29,740,199.65, through the issue and circulation of 60,694,285 shares with a 0.49 par value each.

Likewise, BBVA’s Board of Directors, at its meeting on September 27, 2011, agreed to carry out the second common stock increase under the heading of reserves, in accordance with the terms and conditions agreed upon by the AGM of March 11, 2011. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s common stock increased by 38,422,617.94 through the issue and circulation of 78,413,506 shares with a 0.49 par value each.

Convertible bonds: The Board of Directors of BBVA, at its meeting on June 22, 2011, agreed to the mandatory conversion of all convertible bonds issued in September 2009 (see Note 23.4 ). The conversion took place on July 15, 2011, an interest payment date, according to the procedure established to that effect under the terms and conditions of the issue.

As a result of the conversion, an increase of the Bank’s common stock was carried out (previously approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting on July 27, 2009, in using the power delegated by the Annual General Meeting held on March 14, 2008 in point 6 of the Agenda) through the issue and circulation of 273,190,927 ordinary BBVA shares with a 0.49 par value each.

F-145


Table of Contents

The price of the conversion was established, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the issue, as the arithmetic mean of the closing prices of the BBVA share in the Spanish stock market in the five days of trading prior to July 15, 2011, which was 7.3206 per share.

As a result, and in accordance with the conversion agreed upon by the Bank’s Board of Directors at its meeting on June 22, 2011, the common stock increase due to the conversion of those bonds totaled a nominal amount of 133,863,554.23; the total share premium stood at 1,866,057,945.96 (see Note 28 ).

2010 –

The BBVA Board of Directors, at a meeting held on November 1, 2010, agreed, under the delegation conferred by the AGM on March 13, 2009, under Point Five of the Agenda, carried out an increase of the Bank’s common stock with a preemptive subscription right for shareholders. This common stock increase was 364,040,190.36, through the issue and circulation of 742,939,164 new ordinary shares with a 0.49 par value each and represented through book-entry accounts. The subscription price of the shares was 6.75 per share, of which 0.49 corresponded to the par value and 6.26 corresponded to the share premium (see Note 28 ); therefore, the total effective amount of the common stock increase was 5,014,839,357.

Other resolutions of General Shareholders Meeting on the issue of shares and other securities –

Common stock Increases: The Bank’s AGM held on March 11, 2011 agreed, in Point Six of the Agenda, to confer authority on the Board of Directors to increase common stock in accordance with that stipulated in Article 297.1b) of the Corporations Act, on one or several occasions, within the legal deadline of five years from the date the Agreement takes effect, up to the maximum nominal amount of 50% of the subscribed and paid common stock on the date on which the resolution is adopted; that is 1,100,272,529.82. Likewise, an agreement was made to enable the Board of Directors to exclude the preemptive subscription right on those common stock increases in line with the terms of Article 506 of the Corporations Act. This authority is limited to 20% of the common stock of the Bank on the date the agreement is adopted.

Convertible securities: At the AGM held on March 14, 2008 the shareholders resolved to delegate to the Board of Directors for a five-year period the right to issue bonds, convertible and/or exchangeable into BBVA shares for a maximum total of 9,000 million. The powers include the right to establish the different aspects and conditions of each issue, including the power to exclude pre-emptive subscription right of shareholders in accordance with the Corporations Act, to determine the basis and methods of conversion and/or to exchange the Bank’s common stock to address the commitments acquired as a result of those issues.

Under this authorization, the Board of Directors of the Bank agreed at its meeting on July 27, 2009 to issue 2,000 million euros of convertible bonds, excluding the preemptive subscription right. The issue took place in September 2009 (see Note 23.4), and the conversion of all of the bonds in newly issued BBVA shares was completed on July 15, 2011.

Under this authorization, the Board of Directors of the Bank agreed at its meeting on November 22, 2011 to issue 3,475 million euros of convertible bonds. The issue of these convertible bonds is exclusively designed for the holders of retail preferred securities issued by BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U. and BBVA International Limited, all secured by BBVA within the framework of the purchase offer for those preferred securities presented by the Company, and consequently excluding the shareholders’ preemptive subscription rights.

Finally, on December 30, 2011, mandatory convertible bonds were issued, by virtue of the subscription orders received, for a total amount of three billion four-hundred thirty million two-hundred euros ( 3,430,000,200).

F-146


Table of Contents

Other securities: The Bank’s AGM held on March 11, 2011 agreed to delegate to the Board of Directors, the authority to issue, within the five-year maximum period stipulated by law, on one or several occasions, directly or through subsidiaries, with the full guarantee of the Bank, any type of debt instruments, documented in obligations, bonds of any kind, promissory notes, all type of covered bonds, warrants, mortgage participation, mortgage transfers certificates and preferred securities (that are totally or partially exchangeable for shares already issued by the company itself, in the market or which can be settled in cash), or any other fixed-income securities, in euros or any other currency, that can be subscribed in cash or in kind, registered or bearer, unsecured or secured by any kind of collateral, including a mortgage guarantee, with or without incorporation of rights to the securities (warrants), subordinate or otherwise, for a limited or indefinite period of time, up to a maximum nominal amount of 250,000 million.

28. Share premium

The changes in the balances under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are due to the common stock increases carried out in 2011 and 2010 (see Note 27 ).

The amended Spanish Corporation Act expressly permits the use of the share premium balance to increase capital and establishes no specific restrictions as to its use.

29. Reserves

The breakdown of the balance for the main headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Reserves. Breakdown by concepts

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Legal reserve

29.1 440 367 367

Restricted reserve for retired capital

29.2 495 546 560

Reserves for balance revaluations

28 32 48

Voluntary reserves

5,854 4,169 2,918

Total reserves holding company (*)

6,817 5,114 3,893

Consolidation reserves attributed to the Bank and dependents consolidated companies.

11,123 9,246 8,181

Total Reserves

17,940 14,360 12,074

(*)

Total reserves of BBVA, S.A. (See Apendix I).

29.1 Legal reserve

The legal reserve can be used to increase the common stock provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased capital. While it does not exceed 20% of the common stock, it can only be allocated to offset losses exclusively in the case that there are not sufficient available reserves available.

Under the amended Corporations Act, 10% of any profit made each year must be transferred to the legal reserve until the balance of this reserve reaches 20% of the share capital. This limit of 20% of legal reserve will be reached by the Bank once the proposal for the allocation of the 2011 earnings is approved (see Note 4 ).

F-147


Table of Contents

29.2 Restricted reserves

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank’s restricted reserves are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Restricted Reserves

2011 2010 2009

Restricted reserve for retired capital

88 88 88

Restricted reserve for Parent Company shares and loans for those shares

405 456 470

Restricted reserve for redenomination of capital in euros

2 2 2

Total

495 546 560

The restricted reserve for retired capital originated in the reduction of the nominal par value of the BBVA shares made in April 2000.

The most significant heading corresponds to restricted reserves related to the amount of shares issued by the Bank in its possession at each date as well as by the amount of customer loans outstanding at those dates that were granted for the purchase of, or are secured by, the Bank’s shares.

Finally, pursuant to Law 46/1998 on the introduction of the euro, a restricted reserve is recognized as a result of the rounding effect of the redenomination of the Bank’s common stock in euros.

Furthermore, in the individual financial statements for subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, restricted reserves for a total of 2,940, 2,612 and 2,140 million, respectively, were taken into consideration.

F-148


Table of Contents

29.3 Reserves (losses) by entity

The breakdown, by company or corporate group, under the heading “Reserves” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

For the purpose of allocating the reserves and accumulated losses to the consolidated companies and to the holding, the transfers of reserves arising from the dividends paid and transactions between these companies are taken into account in the period in which they took place.

Millions of Euros

Reserves Assigned to the Consolidation Process

2011 2010 2009

Accumulated reserves (losses)

Holding Company (*)

7,711 4,760 1,676

Grupo BBVA Bancomer

5,070 4,306 4,022

BBVA Seguros, S.A.

1,422 1,275 1,052

BBVA Luxinvest, S.A.

1,231 1,231 1,239

Grupo BBVA Banco Provincial

711 593 413

Corporacion General Financiera, S.A.

677 1,356 1,334

Grupo Chile

670 540 419

Compañía de Cartera e Inversiones, S.A.

540 141 123

Cidessa Uno, S.L.

432 1,016 746

Anida Grupo Inmobiliario, S.L.

369 377 401

BBVA Suiza, S.A.

269 249 233

Grupo BBVA Continental

217 183 127

BBVA Panamá, S.A.

178 147 118

BBVA Ireland Public Limited Company

173 144 103

Bilbao Vizcaya Holding, S.A.

157 150 166

Grupo BBVA Puerto Rico

10 5 72

Finanzia, Banco de Crédito, S.A. (**)

(49 ) 146

Grupo Colombia

(38 ) (173 ) (243 )

Compañía Chilena de Inversiones, S.L.

(84 ) (87 ) (135 )

Grupo BBVA Banco Francés

(92 ) (113 ) (139 )

Participaciones Arenal, S.L.

(181 ) (181 ) (181 )

Grupo BBVA Portugal

(188 ) (207 ) (207 )

BBVA Propiedad S.A, (formerly BBVA Propiedad, F.I.I.)

(194 ) (116 ) (12 )

Anida Operaciones Singulares, S.L.

(816 ) (424 ) (22 )

Grupo BBVA USA Bancshares

(852 ) (960 ) 71

Rest

188 143 245

Subtotal

17,580 14,305 11,766

Reserves (losses) of entities accounted for using the equity method:

Grupo CITIC

431 93 31

Tubos Reunidos, S.A.

51 52 51

Servired Sociedad Española de Medios de Pago, S.A

4 12 24

Corporación IBV Participaciones Empresariales, S.A.

1 4 249

Hestenar, S.L.

(15 ) (15 ) (2 )

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L.

(72 ) (44 ) (13 )

Rest

(40 ) (47 ) (31 )

Subtotal

360 55 309

Total Reserves

17,940 14,361 12,075

(*)

Correspond to the Reserve of the Bank after adjustments made by the consolidation process.

(**)

Entity absorbed by BBVA, S.A. for accounting purposes as of January 1, 2011

F-149


Table of Contents

30. Treasury stock

In 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Group companies performed the following transactions with shares issued by the Bank:

2011 2010 2009

Treasury Stock

Number of
Shares
Millions of
Euros
Number of
Shares
Millions of
Euros
Number of
Shares
Millions of
Euros

Balance at beginning

58,046,967 552 16,642,054 224 61,539,883 720

+ Purchases

652,994,773 4,825 821,828,799 7,828 688,601,601 6,431

- Sales and other changes

(664,643,557 ) (5,027 ) (780,423,886 ) (7,545 ) (733,499,430 ) (6,835 )

+/- Derivatives over BBVA shares

(50 ) 45 (92 )

Balance at the end

46,398,183 300 58,046,967 552 16,642,054 224

Of which:

Held by BBVA, S.A.

1,431,838 19 2,838,798 84 8,900,623 128

Held by Corporación General Financiera, S.A.

44,938,538 281 55,207,640 468 7,740,902 96

Held by other subsidiaries

27,807 529 529

Average purchase price in euros

7.39 9.53 9.34

Average selling price in euros

7.53 9.48 8.95

Net gain or losses on transactions (Srockholders’ funds-Reserves)

(14 ) (106 ) (238 )

The percentages of treasury stock held by the Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

2011 2010 2009

Treasury Stock

Min Max Min Max Min Max

% treasury stock

0.649 % 1.855 % 0.352 % 2.396 % 0.020 % 2.850 %

The number of BBVA shares accepted by the Group in pledge as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Shares of BBVA Accepted in Pledge

2011 2010 2009

Number of shares in pledge

119,003,592 107,180,992 92,503,914

Nominal value

0.49 0.49 0.49

% of share capital

2.43 % 2.39 % 2.47 %

The number of BBVA shares owned by third parties but managed by a company in the Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Shares of BBVA Owned by Third Parties but Managed by the Group

2011 2010 2009

Number of shares property of third parties

104,069,727 96,107,765 82,319,422

Nominal value

0.49 0.49 0.49

% of share capital

2.12 % 2.14 % 2.20 %

F-150


Table of Contents

31. Valuation adjustments

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Valuation Adjustments

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Available-for-sale financial assets

12.4 (682 ) 333 1,951

Cash flow hedging

30 49 188

Hedging of net investments in foreign transactions

(158 ) (158 ) 219

Exchange differences

(1,937 ) (978 ) (2,236 )

Non-current assets held for sale

Entities accounted for using the equity method

188 (16 ) (184 )

Other valuation adjustments (*)

(228 )

Total

(2,787 ) (770 ) (62 )

(*)

Actuarial gains and losses (see note 2.2.12)

The balances recognized under these headings are presented net of tax.

32. Non-controlling interests

The breakdown by groups of consolidated companies of the balance under the heading “Non-controlling interests” of total equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Non-Controlling Interest

2011 2010 2009

BBVA Colombia Group

42 36 30

BBVA Chile Group

409 375 280

BBVA Banco Continental Group

580 501 391

BBVA Banco Provincial Group

655 431 590

BBVA Banco Francés Group

162 161 127

Other companies

45 52 45

Total

1,893 1,556 1,463

These amounts are broken down by groups of consolidated companies under the heading “Net income attributed to non-controlling interests” in the accompanying consolidated income statements:

Millions of Euros

Net Income attributed to Non-Controlling Interests

2011 2010 2009

BBVA Colombia Group

9 8 6

BBVA Chile Group

95 89 64

BBVA Banco Continental Group

165 150 126

BBVA Banco Provincial Group

163 98 148

BBVA Banco Francés Group

44 37 33

Other companies

5 7 8

Total

481 389 385

F-151


Table of Contents

33. Capital base and capital management

Capital base

Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008, of 22 May 2008, and its subsequent amendments (the most recent by Bank of Spain Circulars 4/2001, of 30 November 2011, and 9/2010 of 22 December 2010), on the calculation and control of minimum capital base requirements, regulate the minimum capital base requirements for Spanish credit institutions – both as individual entities and as consolidated groups – and how to calculate them, as well as the various internal capital adequacy assessment processes they should have in place and the information they should disclose to the market.

The minimum capital base requirements established by Circular 3/2008 are calculated according to the Group’s exposure to credit and dilution risk, counterparty and liquidity risk relating to the trading portfolio, exchange rate risk and operational risk. In addition, the Group must fulfill the risk concentration limits established in said Circular and the internal Corporate Governance obligations.

Circular 3/2008 implements Spanish regulations on capital base and consolidated supervision of financial institutions, as well as adapting Spanish law to the relevant European Union Capital Requirements Directives, in compliance with the accords by the Committee on Banking Supervision of the Bank for International Settlements in Basel.

Specifically, within the framework of the new accords reached by this Committee, and its implementation by the European Commission, the transfer process to the Spanish solvency regulations under CRD2 (Directives 2009/111, 2009/27 and 2009/83) and CRD3 (Directive 2010/76) was completed. Thus, modifications affecting the definition of eligible capital, transactions related to securitizations, the monitoring of remuneration policies, management of liquidity risks and the requirements for financial instruments held for trading were incorporated into the Spanish regulatory framework.

The BBVA Group is adapting the ongoing regulatory changes and, in addition, is preparing for the significant modifications that will take place in the regulatory framework for solvency of financial entities in 2013, as regards the capital framework for banks (known as “Basel III”) and insurance entities (“Solvency II”):

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Group’s capital exceeded the minimum capital base level required by Bank of Spain regulations in force on each date as shown below:

Millions of Euros

Capital Base

2011 (*) 2010 2009

Basic equity

35,491 34,343 27,114

Common Stock

2,403 2,201 1,837

Parent company reserves

33,656 28,738 20,892

Reserves in consolidated companies

1,552 1,720 1,600

Non-controlling interests

1,662 1,325 1,245

Other equity instruments

5,189 7,164 7,130

Deductions (Goodwill and others)

(10,839 ) (10,331 ) (8,177 )

Attributed net income (less dividends)

1,868 3,526 2,587

Additional equity

5,944 7,472 12,116

Other deductions

(5,303 ) (4,477 ) (2,133 )

Additional equity due to mixed group (**)

1,070 1,291 1,305

Total Equity

37,202 38,629 38,402

Minimum equity required

26,462 25,066 23,282

(*)

Provisional data.

(**)

Mainly insurance companies in the Group.

F-152


Table of Contents

The main changes in 2011 in the amounts of capital resources shown in the above table have been:

The capital increases under the “Dividend Option” program mentioned in Notes 4 and 27.

The goodwill recognized for the acquisition of Garanti mentioned in Note 20.1, which increases the deduction in Capital Base.

The impairment of goodwill of the CGU of the United States mentioned in Note 20.1, which reduces the deduction in Capital Base.

The operation involving the repurchase of preferred securities and subsequent issue of convertible bonds, mentioned in Note 23.4.

However, the conversion of the Convertible Bonds mentioned in Notes 23.4 and 27 has had no impact on the total calculation of the Group’s capital base, given that said bonds were already considered eligible for the purposes of the Group’s basic funds from the date on which they were subscribed and paid since they were obligatorily convertible upon maturity.

In addition to that established in Circular 3/2008, Spanish financial groups and entities must comply with the capital requirements set forth by Royal Decree-Law 2/2011 of 18 February 2011 reinforcing the Spanish financial system. This standard was issued for the purpose of reinforcing the solvency of the Spanish financial entities. It thus established a new minimum requirement in terms of core capital on risk-weighted assets which is more restrictive than the one set out in the aforementioned Circular, and that must be greater than 8% or 10%, as appropriate. This new ratio, which had a temporary purpose, had to be satisfied prior to March 10, 2011, without the BBVA Group having to take any extraordinary actions to adapt to it.

As of December 31, 2011, the Group’s capital exceeded the minimum capital base level required by Royal Decree-Law 2/2011, together with the last issue of mandatory convertible bonds into shares (at the discretion of the issuer on any date of the payment of the remuneration), that comply with the eligibility requirements of the European Banking Authority (EBA), totaled approximately 5,700 million.

Stress test and new recommendations on minimum capital levels

In the first half of 2011, 91 of the main European financial institutions underwent stress tests coordinated by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with the European Central Bank (ECB), the European Commission and the European Systemic Risk Board (ESRB).

The results of these stress tests, released on July 15, 2011, showed that the BBVA Group was one of the European institutions that best maintained its solvency levels, even in the most adverse scenario anticipated at the time, which incorporated the impact of a possible sovereign risk crisis and a substantial reduction in the valuation of the real estate assets.

On October 26, 2011, the EBA, in cooperation with the competent national authorities, announced the conducting of a study on the capital levels of 71 financial institutions throughout Europe based on data available as of September 30, 2011.

As a result of this study and in order to restore market confidence in the European financial system, the EBA issued the recommendation of reaching, as of June 30, 2012, a new minimum capital level in the ratio known as Core Tier 1 (“CT1”), on an exceptional and temporary basis, in order to address, among other issues, the current situati0n of the sovereign risk crisis in Europe. This new recommended level is temporary in nature; as such, the EBA has announced its intention to lift it once confidence in the European financial markets is restored.

F-153


Table of Contents

Based on the information released on December 8, 2011, the BBVA Group would need to increase its capital base by 6,329 million in order to reach this minimum level set for the CT1 ratio as of June 30, 2012. Of this amount, 2,313 million correspond to the temporary increase in the capital base for exposure to the aforementioned sovereign risk.

On January 20, 2012, the BBVA Group submitted to the Bank of Spain a specific action plan following the recommendations of the EBA that will enable it to reach the minimum level set for the CT1 ratio at the end of June 2012. This plan is being examined by the Bank of Spain jointly with the EBA.

The measures already taken under this plan include the issue of convertible subordinated debentures completed on December 30, 2011 (see Note 23.4). This action, together with organic generation of capital and other additional measures envisaged in the plan will enable the BBVA Group to comply with the recommendations issued by the EBA without having to apply for government aid. As of December 31, 2011, 84% of the recommended capital base increase had been reached.

Capital management

Capital management in the BBVA Group has a twofold aim:

Maintain a level of capitalization according to the business objectives in all countries in which it operates and, simultaneously,

Maximize the return on shareholders’ funds through the efficient allocation of capital to the different units, a good management of the balance sheet and appropriate use of the various instruments forming the basis of the Group’s equity: shares, preferred securities and subordinate debt.

This capital management is carried out in accordance with the criteria of the Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008 and subsequent amendments both in terms of determining the capital base and the solvency ratios.

This regulation allows each entity to apply its own internal ratings based (IRB) approach to risk and capital management. The BBVA Group carries out an integrated management of these risks in accordance with its internal policies (see Note 7 ) and its internal capital estimation model has received the Bank of Spain’s approval for certain portfolios.

Capital is allocated to each business area of the BBVA Group (see Note 6) according to economic risk capital (ERC) criteria, which are based on the concept of unexpected loss with a specific confidence level, as a function of a solvency target determined by the Group, at two levels:

Core capital, which determines the allocated capital and is used as a reference to calculate the return on equity (ROE) generated by each business; and

Total capital, which determines the additional allocation in terms of subordinate debt and preferred securities.

Due to its sensitivity to risk, CaR is an element linked to management policies of the BBVA Group businesses themselves. It standardizes capital allocation between them in accordance with the risks incurred and makes it easier to compare profitability. The calculation of the CaR combines credit risk, market risk, structural risk associated with the balance sheet, equity positions, operational risk, fixed assets risks and technical risks in the case of insurance companies. Internal models were used that have been defined following the guidelines and requirements established under the Basel II Capital Accord, with economic criteria prevailing over regulatory ones.

F-154


Table of Contents

34. Contingent risks and commitments

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Financial Guarantees and Drawable by Third Parties

2011 2010 2009

Contingent Risks

Collateral, bank guarantees and indemnities

31,103 28,092 26,266

Rediscounts, endorsements and acceptances

88 49 45

Rest

8,713 8,300 6,874

Total Contingent Risks

39,904 36,441 33,185

Contingent Commitments

Drawable by third parties:

88,978 86,790 84,925

Credit institutions

2,417 2,303 2,257

Government and other government agency

3,143 4,135 4,567

Other resident sectors

24,119 27,201 29,604

Non-resident sector

59,299 53,151 48,497

Other commitments

4,788 3,784 7,398

Total Contingent Commitments

93,766 90,574 92,323

Total contingent Risks and Commitments

133,670 127,015 125,508

Since a significant portion of the amounts above will reach maturity without any payment obligation materializing for the consolidated companies, the aggregate balance of these commitments cannot be considered as an actual future requirement for financing or liquidity to be provided by the BBVA Group to third parties.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009 no issuances of debt securities carried out by associate entities of the BBVA Group, jointly controlled entities (accounted for using the equity method) or non-Group entities have been guaranteed.

35. Assets assigned to other own and third-party obligations

In addition to those mentioned in other notes in these annual financial statements (see Notes 13 and 26 ) as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the assets of consolidated entities that guaranteed their own obligations amounted to 101,108 million, 81,631 million and 81,231 million, respectively. These amounts mainly correspond to the issue of long-term covered bonds (see Note 23.3 ) which, pursuant to the Mortgage Market Act, are admitted as third-party collateral ( 62,908 million as of December 31, 2011) and to assets allocated as collateral for certain lines of short-term finance assigned to the BBVA Group by central banks ( 35,916 million as of December 31, 2011).

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no other BBVA Group assets linked to any third-party obligations.

36. Other contingent assets and liabilities

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no contingent assets or liabilities for significant amounts other than those registered in the financial statements attached.

F-155


Table of Contents

37. Purchase and sale commitments and future payment obligations

The breakdown of sale and purchase commitments of the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Purchase and Sale Commitments

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Financial instruments sold with repurchase commitments

77,138 57,883 32,409

Central Banks

9 9,199 82 1,156

Credit Institutions

23.1 23,452 16,314 16,263

Government and other government agencies

23.2 24,016 12,920 389

Other resident sectors

23.2 14,154 23,197 10,186

Non-resident sectors

23.2 6,317 5,370 4,415

Financial instruments purchased with resale commitments

11,110 12,916 7,023

Central Banks

9 495 334 579

Credit Institutions

13.1 5,788 7,822 5,457

Government and other government agencies

13.2 9

Other resident sectors

13.2 4,621 4,624 178

Non-resident sectors

13.2 206 127 809

Below is a breakdown of the maturity of other future payment obligations, not registered in previous Notes, due later than December 31, 2011:

Millions of Euros

Maturity of Future Payment Obligations

Up to 1 Year 1 to 3 Years 3 to 5 Years Over 5 Years Total

Finance leases

Operating leases

130 38 35 104 307

Purchase commitments

40 40

Technology and systems projects

19 19

Other projects

21 21

Total

170 38 35 104 347

38. Transactions for the account of third parties

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the details of the most significant items under this heading are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Transactions on Behalf of Third Parties

2011 2010 2009

Financial instruments entrusted by third parties

540,519 534,243 530,109

Conditional bills and other securities received for collection

6,681 4,256 4,428

Securities received in credit

2,303 999 489

F-156


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the off-balance sheet customer funds managed by the BBVA Group are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Off-Balance Sheet Customer Funds by Type

2011 2010 2009

Commercialized by the Group

Investment companies and mutual funds

43,134 41,006 39,849

Pension funds

73,783 72,598 57,264

Customer portfolios managed on a discretionary basis

26,349 25,435 26,501

Of which:

Portfolios managed on a discretionary

11,179 10,494 10,757

Commercialized by the Group managed by third parties outside the Group

Investment companies and mutual funds

50 76 85

Pension funds

17 21 24

Saving insurance contracts

Total

143,333 139,136 123,723

39. Interest Income and Expense and Similar Items

39.1. Interest and similar income

The breakdown of the interest and similar income recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Interest and Similar Income. Breakdown by Origin.

2011 2010 2009

Central Banks

250 239 254

Loans and advances to credit institutions

535 402 631

Loans and advances to customers

18,729 16,002 18,119

Government and other government agency

767 485 485

Resident sector

6,135 5,887 7,884

Non resident sector

11,827 9,630 9,750

Debt securities

3,413 3,080 3,342

Held for trading

1,090 956 1,570

Available-for-sale financial assets and held-to-maturity investments

2,323 2,124 1,772

Rectification of income as a result of hedging transactions

(198 ) 63 177

Insurance activity

992 975 940

Other income

467 373 312

Total

24,188 21,134 23,775

The amounts recognized in consolidated equity during the year in connection with hedging derivatives and the amounts derecognized from consolidated equity in 2011, 2010 and 2009 and taken to the consolidated income statement during the year are disclosed in the accompanying consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses.

The following table shows the adjustments in income resulting from hedge accounting, broken down by type of hedge:

Millions of Euros

Adjustments in Income Resulting from Hedge Accounting

2011 2010 2009

Cash flow hedging

62 213 295

Fair value hedging

(260 ) (150 ) (118 )

Total

(198 ) 63 177

F-157


Table of Contents

39.2. Interest and similar expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Interest and Similar Expenses. Breakdown by Origin

2011 2010 2009

Bank of Spain and other central banks

164 184 202

Deposits from credit institutions

1,512 1,081 1,511

Customers deposits

5,471 3,570 4,312

Debt certificates

2,854 2,627 2,681

Subordinated liabilities

693 829 1,397

Rectification of expenses as a result of hedging transactions

(1,025 ) (1,587 ) (1,215 )

Cost attributable to pension funds (Note 26)

259 259 274

Insurance activity

694 707 679

Other charges

406 144 52

Total

11,028 7,814 9,893

The following table shows the adjustments in expenses resulting from hedge accounting, broken down by type of hedge:

Millions of Euros

Adjustments in Expenses Resulting from Hedge Accounting

2011 2010 2009

Cash flow hedging

(35 )

Fair value hedging

(1,025 ) (1,587 ) (1,180 )

Total

(1,025 ) (1,587 ) (1,215 )

39.3. Average return on investments and average borrowing cost

The detail of the average return on investments in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Asset

Average
Balances
Interest and
Similar
Income
Interest
Rates (%)
Average
Balances
Interest and
Similar
Income
Interest
Rates (%)
Average
Balances
Interest and
Similar
Income
Interest
Rates (%)

Cash and balances with central banks

21,245 250 1.18 21,342 239 1.12 18,638 253 1.36

Securities portfolio and derivatives

141,780 4,238 2.99 145,990 3,939 2.70 138,030 4,207 3.05

Loans and advances to credit institutions

26,390 639 2.42 25,561 501 1.96 26,152 697 2.66

Loans and advances to customers

341,922 18,846 5.51 333,021 16,296 4.89 328,969 18,498 5.62

Euros

219,887 7,479 3.40 219,857 7,023 3.19 222,254 9,262 4.17

Foreign currency

122,034 11,367 9.31 113,164 9,273 8.19 106,715 9,236 8.65

Other finance income

215 159 120

Other assets

37,241 32,894 31,180

Totals

568,579 24,188 4.25 558,808 21,134 3.78 542,969 23,775 4.38

F-158


Table of Contents

The average borrowing cost in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Liabilities

Average
Balances
Interest and
Similar
Expenses
Interest
Rates (%)
Average
Balances
Interest and
Similar
Expenses
Interest
Rates (%)
Average
Balances
Interest and
Similar
Expenses
Interest
Rates (%)

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

77,382 2,037 2.63 80,177 1,515 1.89 74,017 2,143 2.89

Customer deposits

276,683 5,644 2.04 259,330 3,550 1.37 249,106 4,056 1.63

Euros

153,514 2,419 1.58 121,956 1,246 1.02 116,422 1,326 1.14

Foreign currency

123,169 3,225 2.62 137,374 2,304 1.68 132,684 2,730 2.06

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

109,860 2,613 2.38 119,684 2,334 1.95 120,228 3,098 2.58

Other finance expenses

734 415 596

Other liabilities

65,980 66,541 70,020

Equity

38,674 33,076 29,598

Totals

568,579 11,028 1.94 558,808 7,814 1.40 542,969 9,893 1.82

The change in the balance under the headings “Interest and similar income” and “Interest and similar expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is the result of changing prices (price effect) and changing volume of activity (volume effect), as can be seen below:

Millions of Euros
2011 / 2010 2010 / 2009

Interest Income and Expense and
Similar Items. Change in the Balance

Volume Effect
(1)
Price Effect
(2)
Total Effect Volume Effect
(1)
Price Effect
(2)
Total Effect

Cash and balances with central banks

(1 ) 12 11 37 (51 ) (14 )

Securities portfolio and derivatives

(114 ) 413 299 243 (511 ) (268 )

Loans and advances to credit institutions

16 122 138 (16 ) (179 ) (195 )

Loans and advances to customers

436 2,114 2,550 228 (2,429 ) (2,201 )

Euros

1 455 456 (100 ) (2,139 ) (2,239 )

Foreign currency

727 1,367 2,094 558 (521 ) 37

Other assets

56 56 39 39

Interest and similar incomes

370 2,684 3,054 693 (3,333 ) (2,641 )

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

(53 ) 575 522 178 (806 ) (628 )

Customer deposits

238 1,855 2,093 166 (672 ) (505 )

Euros

323 850 1,173 63 (143 ) (80 )

Foreign currency

(238 ) 1,159 920 96 (522 ) (425 )

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

(192 ) 471 279 (14 ) (750 ) (764 )

Other liabilities

320 320 (181 ) (181 )

Interest and similar expenses

137 3,077 3,214 288 (2,367 ) (2,079 )

Net Interest Income

(160 ) (562 )

F-159


Table of Contents
(1)

The volume effect is calculated as the result of the interest rate of the initial period multiplied by the difference between the average balances of both periods.

(2)

The price effect is calculated as the result of the average balance of the last period multiplied by the difference between the interest rates of both periods.

40. Dividend income

The balances for this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements correspond to dividends on shares and equity instruments other than those from shares in entities accounted for using the equity method (see Note 41 ), as can be seen in the breakdown below:

Millions of Euros

Dividend Income

2011 2010 2009

Dividends from:

Financial assets held for trading

119 157 131

Available-for-sale financial assets

443 372 312

Total

562 529 443

41. Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

The breakdown of the share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Investments in Entities Accounted for Using the Equity Method

2011 2010 2009

CITIC Group

602 337 164

Corporación IBV Participaciones Empresariales, S.A.

6 16 18

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L.

(19 ) (29 ) (31 )

Hestenar, S.L.

(13 )

Rest

11 11 (18 )

Total

600 335 120

F-160


Table of Contents

42. Fee and commission income

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Fee and Commission Income

2011 2010 2009

Commitment fees

157 133 97

Contingent risks

318 282 260

Letters of credit

54 45 42

Bank and other guarantees

264 237 218

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

25 19 14

Collection and payment services income

2,694 2,500 2,573

Bills receivables

66 60 77

Current accounts

360 402 229

Credit and debt cards

1,619 1,384 1,386

Checks

229 263 453

Transfers and others payment orders

294 274 274

Rest

125 117 154

Securities services income

1,645 1,651 1,636

Securities underwriting

70 64 73

Securities dealing

200 181 188

Custody securities

330 357 304

Investment and pension funds

904 898 916

Rest assets management

140 151 155

Counselling on and management of one-off transactions

13 11 7

Financial and similar counselling services

56 60 43

Factoring transactions

33 29 27

Non-banking financial products sales

97 102 83

Other fees and commissions

581 595 565

Total

5,618 5,382 5,305

43. Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Fee and Commission Expenses

2011 2010 2009

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

4 5 7

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

748 578 610

Credit and debt cards

609 449 410

Transfers and others payment orders

35 28 31

Securities dealing

16 16 21

Rest

88 85 148

Other fees and commissions

306 262 258

Total

1,058 845 875

F-161


Table of Contents

44. Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)

The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by source of the related items, in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets and Liabilities
Breakdown by Heading of the Balance Sheet

2011 2010 2009

Financial assets held for trading

1,054 643 321

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

4 83 79

Other financial instruments not designated at fair value through profit or loss

56 715 492

Available-for-sale financial assets

82 653 504

Loans and receivables

33 25 20

Rest

(59 ) 37 (32 )

Total

1,114 1,441 892

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying income statements by the nature of financial instruments is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets and Liabilities
Breakdown by Nature of the Financial Instrument

2011 2010 2009

Debt instruments

450 782 875

Equity instruments

(322 ) (318 ) 1,271

Loans and advances to customers

37 34 38

Derivatives

876 847 (1,318 )

Customer deposits

4 (2 )

Rest

69 96 29

Total

1,114 1,441 892

The breakdown of the balance of the impact of the derivatives (trading and hedging) under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Derivatives Trading and Hedging

2011 2010 2009

Trading derivatives

Interest rate agreements

(208 ) 133 (213 )

Security agreements

831 712 (993 )

Commodity agreements

46 (5 ) (2 )

Credit derivative agreements

(11 ) (63 ) (130 )

Foreign-exchange agreements

297 79 64

Other agreements

2 (1 ) 10

Subtotal

957 855 (1,264 )

Hedging Derivatives Ineffectiveness

Fair value hedging

(31 ) (8 ) (55 )

Hedging derivative

(112 ) (127 ) 58

Hedged item

81 119 (113 )

Cash flow hedging

(50 ) 1

Subtotal

(81 ) (8 ) (54 )

Total

876 847 (1,318 )

F-162


Table of Contents

In addition, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” of the income statement, net amounts of positive 5 million, negative 287 million and positive 52 million, respectively, were registered for transactions with foreign exchange trading derivatives.

45. Other operating income and expenses

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Other operating income” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Other Operating Income

2011 2010 2009

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts

3,317 2,597 2,567

Financial income from non-financial services

656 647 493

Of Which: Real estate companies

177 202 42

Rest of other operating income

275 299 340

Of Which: Net operating income from rented buildings

54 60 57

Total

4,247 3,543 3,400

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Other operating expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Other Operating Expenses

2011 2010 2009

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

2,436 1,815 1,847

Change in inventories

298 554 417

Of Which: Real estate companies

161 171 29

Rest of other operating expenses

1,308 879 889

Of Which: Contributions to guaranted banks deposits funds

467 386 323

Total

4,042 3,248 3,153

46. Administration costs

46.1 Personnel expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Personnel Expenses

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Wages and salaries

4,122 3,740 3,607

Social security costs

627 567 531

Defined-benefit plan expense

26.2 51 37 44

Defined-contribution plan expense

26.1 80 84 68

Other personnel expenses

431 386 401

Total

5,311 4,814 4,651

F-163


Table of Contents

The breakdown of the average number of employees in the BBVA Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009, by professional categories and geographical areas, is as follows:

Average number of employees

Average Number of Employees by Geographical Areas (*)

2011 2010 2009

Spanish banks

Executive managers

1,115 1,084 1,043

Other line personnel

21,103 20,901 20,700

Clerical staff

4,364 4,644 5,296

Branches abroad

846 666 653

Subtotal

27,428 27,295 27,692

Companies abroad

Mexico

27,108 26,693 26,675

Venezuela

5,418 5,592 5,935

Argentina

4,844 4,247 4,156

Colombia

4,439 4,317 4,289

Peru

4,675 4,379 4,222

United States

11,361 11,033 10,705

Other

5,620 4,796 4,839

Subtotal

63,465 61,057 60,821

Pension fund managers

6,721 6,229 5,642

Other non-banking companies

12,080 10,174 10,261

Total

109,694 104,755 104,416

(*)

Turkey is not included.

The breakdown of the average number of employees in the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, by categories and gender, is as follows:

Number of Employees at the end of year

Professional Category and Gender

2011 2010 2009
Male Female Male Female Male Female

Executive managers

1,723 361 1,659 338 1,646 328

Other line personnel

24,891 21,920 23,779 20,066 21,960 18,687

Clerical staff

26,346 35,404 26,034 35,100 26,913 34,187

Total

52,960 57,685 51,472 55,504 50,519 53,202

46.1.1 BBVA Group general remuneration policy

The BBVA Group considers its remuneration policy to be a key element in value creation. Therefore, the Group has developed an advanced remuneration scheme based on the reciprocal generation of value for employees and for the Group that is in line with the interests of the shareholders and that hinges on prudent risk management.

The Group’s remuneration policy includes, amongst others, the following elements:

Fixed remuneration based on the level of responsibility, which constitutes a significant part of the total compensation.

Variable remuneration that is linked to the realization of previously-defined objectives and prudent management of risks, and also takes current and future risks into consideration.

F-164


Table of Contents

In the general framework of its remuneration policy, BBVA has introduced several principles to be applied specifically to the group of individuals who, within the BBVA Group, carry out professional activities that could significantly affect the entity’s risk profile or who exercise supervisory functions. These individuals include the executive directors and members of the Management Committee, who are listed below.

In the total remuneration, the fixed and variable components are duly balanced, and the fixed component is sufficient to allow the variable remuneration elements to be designed in a flexible manner.

In the case of employees who carry out supervisory functions, the variable remuneration will depend more heavily on the objectives related to their functions, by favoring their independence in terms of the business areas they supervise.

The variable remuneration scheme seeks a balance between the amounts to receive in cash and in shares or financial instruments.

The payments of a part of the total variable remuneration are deferred.

Clauses have been established that may limit or impede, in certain cases, the receipt of part of the outstanding deferred variable remuneration.

Based on these principles, a specific settlement and payment system for Annual Variable Remuneration was developed. It is made up of an ordinary variable remuneration, applicable to all employees, and a specific incentive in shares for the management team, the group indicated above. It has been adapted to the requirements established in Directive 76/2010, which was transposed to Spanish law by means of Royal Decree 771/2011, and is as follows:

For each one of the Annual Variable Remuneration payments, at least 50 percent of the total will be paid in BBVA shares.

The payment of 40 percent of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both from the part in cash and the part paid in shares, will be deferred. The deferred amount will be paid out in thirds over the next three years.

The percent deferred increases in the case of executive directors and members of the Management Committee up to 50 percent of their Annual Variable Remuneration.

The shares that are paid will be unavailable for a period of one year starting from the date of their provision. This retention is applied on the net amount of the shares, after discounting the part necessary to make the tax payment for the shares received.

No hedging transactions can be carried out on the shares received as Annual Variable Remuneration.

46.1.2 Equity-instrument-based employee remuneration

BBVA understands that to better align the interests of its shareholders and to promote the generation of long-term value, it must maintain a specific variable share-based remuneration system for the Bank’s executives, considering their special influence on the Group’s strategy and earnings.

Multi-year Variable Remuneration Plan 2010/2011

The Bank’s Annual General Meeting held on March 12, 2010 approved a Multi-Year Variable Share-Based Remuneration Program for 2010/2011 designed for the members of BBVA’s executive team. The result is obtained by multiplying the number of units assigned at the start of the Program to each beneficiary by a coefficient, between 0 and 2, established based on the evolution of the Bank’s total shareholders return (TSR) in 2010/2011 as compared to the evolution of this same indicator in a group of 18 international reference banks.

F-165


Table of Contents

Once the Program’s duration is finalized, on December 31, 2011, a multiplier coefficient of 2 is applied to the units assigned to each beneficiary. These units reached 3,215,909 as of December 31, 2011.

This Program incorporated some restrictions to granting shares to the beneficiaries after the settlement. These shares are available as follows:

40 percent of the shares received shall be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the time of their delivery;

30 percent of the shares are transferable one year after the settlement date of the Program; and

The remaining 30 percent are transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the Program.

After this Program was established by the AGM, Royal Decree 771/2011 was published demanding the application of certain deferment, unavailability and limitation regulations to the remuneration granted and still unpaid prior to it taking effect, referring to services rendered since 2010.

Thus, this standard and the requirements established in the aforementioned Royal Decree 771/2011 must be applied to the 2010/2011 Program. Therefore, the AGM of the Bank set for March 16, 2012 will address the modification of the settlement and payment system of the 2010/2011 Program previously approved by the AGM to adapt it to the terms established in Royal Decree 771/2011. These specific standards will only apply to those executives, including executive directors and members of the Management Committee, who are beneficiaries of this Program and whose professional activity may significantly influence the entity’s risk profile. The settlement and payments of the shares corresponding to this Program will be made in line with the scheme defined for that effect, as explained in Note 56.

BBVA Compass Long-Term Incentive Plan –

The Remuneration Committee of BBVA Compass has approved various long-term remuneration plans with BBVA shares for members of the management team and key employees of the entity and its affiliates. Currently, the following programs are in effect:

2009-2011 Plan: On November 27, 2009, the Remuneration Committee of BBVA Compass agreed to increase the number of ADS in the existing plan and set up a new plan for the 2009-2011 period, with a completion date of December 31, 2011.

This plan consists of granting “units” or theoretical shares to management staff (similar to those described above) and the granting of “restricted share units” to the rest of the beneficiaries of the Plan.

2010-2012 Plan : In May 2010, the Remuneration Committee of BBVA Compass approved a new long-term share-based remuneration plan solely for members of the executive team of BBVA Compass and its affiliates, for the period 2010-2012, with the completion date on December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2011, the maximum number of “units” and “restricted share units” for covering the payment from both plans was 1,727,384. During the period of operation of each of these plans, the sum of the commitment to be accounted for at year-end is obtained by multiplying the number of “units” assigned by the expected share price and the expected value of the multiplier coefficient, both estimated at the date of the entry into force of each of the plans.

F-166


Table of Contents

Variable Share-based Remuneration System

BBVA’s Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders held on March 11, 2011 approved a new variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team (hereinafter, “the System”).

This new system is based on a specific incentive for the members of the Executive Team (the “Incentive”). It consists of the annual allocation, to each beneficiary, of a number of units that serve as the basis for determining the number of shares that, if applicable, will correspond to them in the settlement of the Incentive based on the level of compliance with three indicators: Total Shareholder Return (TSR), the Group’s attributed net income and the Group’s recurrent Economic Profit (EP). Each of these indicators is scored from 0 to 2, based on the level achieved.

Once the Incentive terminated, on December 31, 2011, a multiplier coefficient of 1.3175 was applied to the units assigned to the beneficiaries. These units reached 6,604,768 as of December 31, 2011.

The resulting shares are subject to the following retention criteria:

40 percent of the shares received shall be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the time of their delivery;

30 percent of the shares are transferable one year after the settlement date of the incentive; and

The remaining 30 percent are transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the incentive.

However, for those executives, including executive directors and members of the Management Committee, who are beneficiaries of this Incentive and whose professional activity may significantly influence the entity’s risk profile, special regulations for settlement and payments are applied to their Annual Variable Remuneration System. This is in line with the scheme defined for that effect, as explained in Note 56.

The cost of said plans is accrued throughout their life. The expense associated in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for those plans reached 51 million, 33 million and 18 million, respectively. It is recognized under the heading “Personnel expenses – Other personnel expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements, and a balancing entry has been made under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Other equity instruments” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, net of tax effect.

46.2 General and administrative expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

General and Administrative Expenses

2011 2010 2009

Technology and systems

662 563 577

Communications

299 284 254

Advertising

378 345 262

Property, fixtures and materials

849 750 643

Of which: Rent expenses (*)

475 397 304

Taxes

359 322 266

Other administration expenses

1,246 1,129 1,009

Total

3,793 3,393 3,011

(*)

The consolidated companies do not expect to terminate the lease contracts early.

F-167


Table of Contents

47. Depreciation and amortization

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Depreciation and Amortization

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Tangible assets

19 513 470 435

For own use

495 448 416

Investment properties

10 15 11

Operating lease

8 7 8

Other Intangible assets

20.2 334 291 262

Total

847 761 697

48. Provisions (net)

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the net allowances charged to the income statement under the headings “Provisions for pensions and similar obligations”, “Provisions for contingent risks and commitments”, “Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies” and “Other provisions” in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Provisions (Net)

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

26 365 405 552

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

7.1.8 (6 ) 22 (170 )

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

25 41 6 5

Other Provisions

25 110 49 71

Total

510 482 458

49. Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

The breakdown of impairment losses on financial assets by the nature of those assets in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Impairment Losses on Financial Assets (Net)

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Available-for-sale financial assets

12 25 155 277

Debt securities

10 4 167

Other equity instruments

15 151 110

Held-to-maturity investments

14 (3 )

Loans and receivables

7.1.8 4,201 4,563 5,196

Of which:

Recovery of written-off assets

327 253 187

Total

4,226 4,718 5,470

F-168


Table of Contents

50. Impairment losses on other assets (net)

The impairment losses on non-financial assets broken down by the nature of those assets in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Impairment Losses on Other Assets (Net)

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Goodwill

20.1 – 17 1,444 13 1,100

Other intangible assets

20.2

Tangible assets

19 80 92 155

For own use

7 9 62

Investment properties

73 83 93

Inventories

22 358 370 334

Rest

3 14 29

Total

1,885 489 1,618

51. Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Gains and Losses on Derecognized Assets Not

Classified as Non-current Assets Held for Sale

2011 2010 2009

Gains

Disposal of investments in entities

56 40 6

Disposal of tangible assets and other

34 17 28

Losses:

Disposal of investments in entities

(38 ) (11 ) (2 )

Disposal of tangible assets and other

(6 ) (5 ) (12 )

Total

46 41 20

52. Gains (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued transactions

The main headings included in the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Gains (Losses) in Non-current Assets Held for Sale

Notes 2011 2010 2009

Gains for real estate

127 374 986

Of which:

Foreclosed

(9 ) 17 5

Sale of buildings for own use (Note 16.1)

16 95 285 925

Impairment of non-current assets held for sale

16 (397 ) (247 ) (127 )

Gains on sale of available-for-sale financial assets

Total

(270 ) 127 859

“Gains for real estate” for 2011, 2010 and 2009 correspond, fundamentally, to the sale of real estate in Spain with subsequent leaseback by the Group. Profits on sales of 67, 273 and 914 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were generated ( Note 16.1 ).

F-169


Table of Contents

53. Consolidated statements of cash flows

Cash flows from operating activities increased in 2011 by 19,811 million ( 8,503 million in 2010). The most significant causes of the change in 2011 occurred under the headings of “Loans and receivables”, “Financial liabilities at amortized cost”, “Available-for-Sale Financial Assets” and “Financial instruments held for trading”.

The most significant variations in cash flows in investing activities in 2011 correspond to the headings “Subsidiaries and other business units” for the purchase of a 25.01% holding in the share capital of Turkiye Garanti Bankasi, AS (Note 3); “Tangible assets” for new property, plants and equipment for own use and finance leases granted (Note 19); “Non-current assets held for sale” for net entries in foreclosed assets (Note 16) and “Held-to-maturity” for amortizations of the portfolio (Note 14).

Cash flows from financing activities decreased in 2011 1,269 million ( 1,148 million up in 2010), corresponding to the most significant changes in 2011 in the acquisition and amortization of own equity instruments.

The table below breaks down the main cash flows related to investing activities in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

Main Cash Flows in Investing Activities
2011

Millions of Euros
Cash Flows in Investment Activities
Investments (-) Divestments (+)

Tangible assets

1,313 175

Intangible assets

612 1

Investments

430

Subsidiaries and other business units

4,653 18

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

1,516 870

Held-to-maturity investments

838

Other settlements related to investment activities

Millions of Euros

Main Cash Flows in Investing Activities

2010

Cash Flows in Investment Activities
Investments (-) Divestments (+)

Tangible assets

1,040 261

Intangible assets

464 6

Investments

1,209 1

Subsidiaries and other business units

77 69

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

1,464 1,347

Held-to-maturity investments

4,508

Other settlements related to investment activities

Millions of Euros

Main Cash Flows in Investing Activities

2009

Cash Flows in Investment Activities
Investments (-) Divestments (+)

Tangible assets

931 793

Intangible assets

380 147

Investments

2 1

Subsidiaries and other business units

7 32

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

920 780

Held-to-maturity investments

156

Other settlements related to investment activities

F-170


Table of Contents

54. Accountant fees and services

The details of the fees for the services contracted by the companies of the BBVA Group in 2011 with their respective auditors and other audit companies are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Fees for Audits Conducted

2011

Audits of the companies audited by firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization and other reports related with the audit

17.6

Other reports required pursuant to applicable legislation and tax regulations issued by the national supervisory bodies of the countries in which the Group operates, reviewed by firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization

3.5

Fees for audits conducted by other firms

In 2011, other companies in the BBVA Group contracted other services (other than audits) as follows:

Millions of Euros

Other Services Contracted

2011

Firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization

3.4

Other firms

18.5

(*)

Including 908 thousand related to fees for tax services.

The services provided by our auditors meet the independence requirements established under Law 44/2002, of 22 November 2002, on Measures Reforming the Financial System and by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); accordingly they did not include the performance of any work that is incompatible with the auditing function.

55. Related party transactions

As financial institutions, BBVA and other companies in the Group engage in transactions with related parties in the normal course of their business. All of these transactions are of little relevance and are carried out in normal market conditions.

55.1 Significant transactions with shareholders

As of December 31, 2011, the balances of transactions with significant shareholders (see Note 27) correspond to “Customer deposits”, at 32 million, “Loans and advances to customers”, at 191 million and “Contingent Risk”, at 29 million, all of them in normal market conditions.

55.2 Transactions with BBVA Group entities

The balances of the main aggregates in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets arising from the transactions carried out by the BBVA Group with associates and jointly controlled companies accounted for using the equity method (see Note 2.1 ), are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Balances arising from transactions with Entities of the Group

2011 2010 2009

Assets:

Loans and advances to credit institutions

520 87 45

Loans and advances to customers

372 457 613

Liabilities:

Deposits from credit institutions

5 3

Customer deposits

94 89 76

Debt certificates

8 142

Memorandum accounts:

Contingent risks

68 55 36

Contingent commitments

236 327 340

F-171


Table of Contents

The balances of the main aggregates in the accompanying consolidated income statements resulting from transactions with associated and jointly controlled entities that are consolidated by the equity method, are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Balances of Income Statement arising from transactions with Entities
of the Group

2011 2010 2009

Income statement:

Financial incomes

14 14 18

Financial costs

2 2 6

There were no other material effects in the consolidated financial statements arising from dealings with these companies, other than the effects from using the equity method (see Note 2.1 ), and from the insurance policies to cover pension or similar commitments, as described in Note 26 . As of December 31, 2011, the notional amount of the futures transactions arranged by the BBVA Group with those companies amounted to 827 million (of which, 737 million correspond to futures transactions with the CITIC Group.

In addition, as part of its normal activity, the BBVA Group has entered into agreements and commitments of various types with shareholders of subsidiaries and associates, which have no material effects on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

55.3 Transactions with members of the Board of Directors and the Management Committee

The information on the remuneration of the members of the BBVA Board of Directors and the Management Committee is included in Note 56 .

As of December 31, 2011, there was no amount disposed of the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and, at that date, the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors), amounted to 6,540 thousand.

The loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 to the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank amounted to 531 and 806 thousand, respectively, and, for the same periods, the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors), amounted to 4,924 and 3,912 thousand, respectively.

The amount disposed of the loans granted as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 to parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Management Committee amounted to 20,593, 28,493 and 51,882 thousand, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, no guarantees were granted to any member of the Board of Directors, and the amount of guarantees granted to members of the Bank’s Management Committee reached 9 thousand. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, no guarantees, financial leases or commercial loans were granted to members of the Board of Directors or to the Bank’s Management Committee.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amount granted for guarantee, financial lease and commercial loan transactions arranged with parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Management Committee reached 10,825, 4,424 and 24,514 thousand, respectively.

F-172


Table of Contents

55.4 Transactions with other related parties

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Group did not perform any transactions with other related parties that did not belong to the normal course of their business, that were not under market conditions or that were relevant for the consolidated equity, income or the entity and financial situation of the BBVA Group.

56. Remuneration and other benefits of the Board of Directors and Members of the Bank’s Management Committee

Remuneration of non-executive directors

The remuneration paid to non-executive directors who are members of the Board of Directors during 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration:

Thousands of Euros

Year 2011 Remuneration of
Non-Executive Directors

Board of
Directors
Standing-
Executive
Committee
Audit
Committee
Risk
Committee
Appointments
Committee
Compensation
Committee
Total

Tomás Alfaro Drake

129 71 102 302

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

129 167 7 36 338

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

129 71 107 307

José Antonio Fernández Rivero (1)

129 214 41 383

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

129 167 43 338

Carlos Loring Martinez de Irujo

129 71 107 307

José Maldonado Ramos

129 111 44 41 43 368

Enrique Medina Fernández

129 167 107 402

Jose Luis Palao García-Suelto (2)

118 134 62 314

Juan Pi Llorens (3)

54 27 11 91

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

129 71 41 43 284

Total (4)

1,330 611 419 561 231 282 3,435

(1)

Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero, apart from the amounts detailed in the table above, also received a total of 652 thousand in early retirement benefit as a former director of BBVA.

(2)

Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto was appointed as director of BBVA on February 1st, 2011.

(3)

Mr. Juan Pi LLorens was appointed as director of BBVA on July 27, 2011.

(4)

Mr. Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who resigned as director on March 29, 2011, has received in the year 2011 the total amount of 104 thousand as compensation for his membership to the Board of Directors, to the Risks Committee and as President of the Audit Committee.

F-173


Table of Contents

Remuneration of executive directors

The remuneration paid to executive directors of the Bank in 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration:

Thousands of Euros

Year 2011 Remuneration of Executive Directors

Fixed
Remuneration
Variable
Remuneration (1)
Total

Chairman and CEO

1,966 3,011 4,977

President and COO

1,748 1,889 3,637

Total

3,714 4,900 8,614

(1)

The figures relate to variable remuneration for 2010 paid in 2011.

In addition, the executive directors were paid remunerations in kind and in other forms in 2011 for a total amount of 32.5 thousand, of which 10.8 thousand correspond to the Chairman and CEO and 21.7 thousand pertain to the President and COO.

Remuneration of the members of the Management Committee (*)

The remuneration paid in 2011 to the members of BBVA’s Management Committee amounted to 9,359 thousand in fixed remuneration and 14,296 thousand in variable remuneration accrued in 2010 and paid in 2011.

In addition, the members of the Management Committee received remuneration in kind and other items totaling 814 thousand in 2011.

(*)

This section includes relevant information on the members of the Management Committee who held this position on December 31, 2011, excluding executive directors.

New Annual Variable Remuneration System

BBVA’s Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders held on March 11, 2011 approved a new variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors.

This new system is based on a specific incentive for the members of the Executive Team (the “Incentive”). It consists of the annual allocation, to each beneficiary, of a number of units that serve as the basis for determining the number of shares that, if applicable, will correspond to them in the settlement of the Incentive based on the level of compliance with three indicators established by the AGM: the course of Total Shareholder Return (TSR); the Group’s recurrent Economic Profit (EP); and the Group’s attributed net income.

The total number of units assigned in the Incentive for 2011 was 155,000 for the Chairman and CEO and 117,000 for the President and COO; and a total of 620,500 units were assigned to all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

This number of units will be divided in three parts associated to each one of the indicators based on the weights established at all times, and each one of these parts will be multiplied by a coefficient ranging from 0 and 2 based on the scale defined each year for each of the indicators.

This Incentive, together with the ordinary variable remuneration in cash that corresponds to each executive, constitutes its annual variable remuneration (the “Annual Variable Remuneration”).

F-174


Table of Contents

The General Meeting held on March 11, 2011 likewise established a new settlement and payment system for the Annual Variable Remuneration applicable to the categories of employees whose professional activities may significantly affect the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee, and was adapted to the requirements established in Directive 76/2010, which was transposed to Spanish law by means of Royal Decree 771/2011 of 3 June 2011 (“Royal Decree 771/2011”).

The new Annual Variable Remuneration settlement system applicable to the executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee established that they will receive at least 50% of the total of said remuneration in shares.

To this effect, if the economic value of the shares resulting from the Incentive corresponding to each executive director or to each member of the Management Committee in its settlement does not equal at least 50% of the amount of their Annual Variable Remuneration, they will be provided, in shares, the proportion of their ordinary variable remuneration that, added to the value of the shares from the Incentive, is needed to satisfy the percentage indicated. For this calculation, the value of the shares is considered to be the average closing price of the BBVA shares corresponding to the trading sessions between December 15, 2011 and January 15, 2012.

Once the amount of cash and shares corresponding to the executive directors and remaining members of the Management Committee in the settlement of their Annual Variable Remuneration has been determined, the payment will be subject to the conditions set forth in the AGM’s agreement in 2011 such that:

The payment of 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both from the part in cash and the part paid in shares, will be deferred. The deferred amount will, when applicable, be paid out in thirds over the next three years.

The shares that are provided each year from the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be unavailable for one additional year from the date they are provided; however, the sale of the number of shares needed to pay the taxes arising from the provision of the shares will be permitted.

The payment of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their provision.

Once 2011 was closed, the Annual Variable Remuneration of the executive directors for 2011 was determined, applying the aforementioned conditions agreed upon by the AGM in March 2011. It includes their ordinary variable remuneration and the Incentive for the Executive Team. Thus, in the first quarter of 2012, they will perceive the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2011: 999,731 and 155,479 BBVA shares for the Chairman and CEO; and 635,865 euros and 98,890 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO. In both cases, the shares will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

Furthermore, in the first quarter of the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 333,244 and 51,826 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 211,955 and 32,963 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of the Annual Variable Remuneration of 2011.

The payment of the deferred portions of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their payment, and will be subject to the updating of the terms set out by the Board of Directors. In addition, the shares provided each year will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

F-175


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, these amounts were recognized under the heading “Other liabilities – Accruals” of the consolidated balance sheet.

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration programs for executive directors and members of the Management Committee

Settlement of the multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2009-2010

In the first quarter of 2011, the Multi-year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2009-2010 was settled for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and other members of the Management Team. This had been approved by the AGM of March 13, 2009 and resulted in, after applying the conditions established initially, a multiplier coefficient of 0 for the units allocated. Thus, the Program was settled with no shares being awarded to its beneficiaries.

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2010-2011

The Bank’s Annual General Meeting held on March 12, 2010 approved a Multi-Year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2010/2011 designed for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and members of the Management Committee (hereinafter, the “2010-2011 Program”). The result is obtained by multiplying the number of units assigned at the start of the Program to each beneficiary by a coefficient, between 0 and 2, established based on the evolution of the Bank’s total shareholders return (TSR) in 2010-2011 as compared to the evolution of this same indicator in a group of 18 international reference banks.

The number of units allocated to the executive directors, in accordance with the agreement of the AGM, was 105,000 for the Chairman and CEO and 90,000 for the President and COO; and a total of 385,000 units were allocated for all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

The aforementioned AGM established that the shares, if applicable, arising from the settlement of the Program be awarded to the beneficiaries, who could have those shares available to them as follows: (i) 40 percent of the shares received will be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the moment they are received; (ii) 30 percent of the shares received will be transferable one year after the settlement date of the Program; and (iii) the remaining 30 percent will be transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the Program.

Once the 2010/2011 Program finalized on December 31, 2011, according to the conditions established initially, the determination of the TSR or BBVA and the 18 reference banks was made. BBVA held fourth place in the comparison table. Therefore, under the terms established by the AGM, a multiplier coefficient of 2 was applied to the units allocated to each beneficiary. Thus, in the settlement of the Program, 210,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the Chairman and CEO; 180,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the President and COO; and 770,000 BBVA shares were awarded to all other members of the Bank’s Management Committee.

After this Program was established by the Board, Royal Decree 771/2011 was published demanding the application of the aforementioned deferment, unavailability and limitation regulations to the remuneration granted and still unpaid prior to it taking effect, referring to services rendered since 2010.

Thus, this standard and the requirements established in the aforementioned Royal Decree 771/2011 must be applied to the 2010/2011 Program. Therefore, the AGM of the Bank set for March 16, 2012 will address the modification of the settlement and payment system of the 2010/2011 Program previously approved by the AGM to adapt it to the terms established to that effect in Royal Decree 771/2011.

F-176


Table of Contents

This change in the settlement and payment system will affect those Bank employees who, as beneficiaries of the 2010-2011 Program are considered to carry out professional activities that may significantly influence the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes, in all cases, all executive directors and other members of the Management Committee.

The new system indicates that executive directors and the remaining members of the Management Committee will only receive 50% of the shares prior to April 15, 2012 corresponding to them as a result of the settlement of the Program. They will receive the remaining 50% deferred in thirds over the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Those shares will also be subject to, according to the requirements of Royal Decree 771/2011, the unavailability criteria indicated in the section regarding the New Annual Variable Remuneration System; as such, they will be unavailable for a period of one year from the date on which they were awarded. Furthermore, the awarding of the deferred shares will be subject to the non-occurrence of any situation that impedes or limits the provision of the Annual Variable Remuneration, which is subject to being updated. The above is in accordance with that set out by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Thus, in the application of this new settlement and payment system for the 2010-2011 Program, the executive directors will, as a result, receive 105,000 BBVA shares (in the case of the Chairman and CEO) and 90,000 shares (in the case of the President and COO) prior to April 15, 2012. Furthermore, on the same dates in the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 35,000 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 30,000 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of this Program.

Scheme for remuneration for non-executive directors with deferred distribution of shares

BBVA has a remuneration system with deferred distribution of shares in place for its non-executive directors that was approved by the AGM held on March 18, 2006 and renewed for an additional 5-year period through an agreement by the AGM held on March 11, 2011.

This system consists in the annual allocation of a number of “theoretical shares” to the non-executive directors equivalent to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in the previous year. This is based on the average closing prices of the BBVA shares during the sixty trading sessions prior to the dates of the ordinary general meetings approving the annual financial statements for each year.

The shares will be subject to being awarded, if applicable, to each beneficiary on the date he or she leaves the position of director for any reason except serious breach of duties.

The number of “theoretical shares” allocated to non-executive director deferred share distribution system beneficiaries in 2011, corresponding to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in 2010, is as follows:

Scheme for Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors with Deferred
Distribution of Shares

Theorical
Shares
assigned
in 2011
Accumulated
Theorical
Shares

Tomás Alfaro Drake

6,144 19,372

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

8,010 47,473

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

7,270 45,319

José Antonio Fernández Rivero

8,673 38,814

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

8,010 48,045

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

7,275 33,098

José Maldonado Ramos

6,733 6,733

Enrique Medina Fernández

9,527 61,314

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

6,315 31,039

Total (*)

67,957 331,207

F-177


Table of Contents

(*) Additionally, were also assigned to Don Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who resigned as director as of March 29, 2011, 9,806 theoretical shares

Pension commitments

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments to the President and COO are 16,831 thousand, of which 2,417 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings. As of this date, there are no other pension obligations to executive directors.

Also, 99 thousand in insurance premiums were paid on behalf of non-executive directors who are members of the Board of Directors.

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments for the Management Committee members, excluding executive directors, amounted to 60,312 thousand. Of these, 8,832 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings.

Termination of the contractual relationship

There were no commitments as of December 31, 2011 for the payment of compensation to executive directors.

In the case of the President and COO, the contract lays down that in the event that he lose this status due to a reason other than his own will, retirement, disability or dereliction of duty, he shall take early retirement with a pension, which can be received as life income or common stock, equal to 75% of their pensionable salary if this occurs before he reaches the age of 55, or 85% after that age.

57. Detail of the Directors’ holdings in companies with similar business activities

Pursuant to Article 229.2 of the Spanish Corporations Act, as of December 31, 2011, no member of BBVA’s Board of Directors had a direct or indirect ownership interest in companies engaging in an activity that is identical, similar or complementary to the corporate purpose of BBVA, except for Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto, who at that date, held a direct holding of 3,977 shares in Banco Santander, S.A. and 5,147 shares in Caixabank, S.A. In addition, no member of the Bank’s Board of Directors holds positions or functions in those companies.

Furthermore, it indicates that, as of December 31, 2011, individuals associated to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors were holders of 54,008 shares of Banco Santander, S.A. and of 414 shares of Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (Banesto) and 3 shares of Bankinter, S.A.

58. Other information

58.1. Environmental impact

Given the activities in which the BBVA Group companies engage, the Group has no environmental liabilities, expenses, assets, provisions or contingencies that could have a significant effect on its consolidated equity, financial situation and profits. Consequently, as of December 31, 2011, there is no item in the Group’s consolidated financial statements that requires disclosure in an environmental information report pursuant to the Ministry of Economy Order of October 8, 2001, and no specific disclosure of information on environmental matters is included in these statements.

58.2. Breakdown of agents of credit institutions

The list of BBVA agents as required by Article 22 of Royal Decree 1245/1995 of 14 July 1995, of the Ministry of Economy and Finance, is included in the Bank’s individual financial statements for 2011.

F-178


Table of Contents

58.3. Report on the activity of the Customer Care Service and the Customer Ombudsman

The report on the activity of the Customer Care Service and the Customer Ombudsman required pursuant to Article 17 of Ministry of Economy Order ECO/734/2004 of 11  March 2004 is included in the Management Report accompanying these accompanying consolidated annual financial statements.

58.4 CNMV information requirements

Dividends paid in the year

The table below presents the dividends per share paid in cash in 2011, 2010 and 2009 (cash basis accounting, regardless of the year in which they were accrued), but without including other shareholder remuneration, like the “Dividend Option”. See Note 4 for a complete analysis of all remuneration awarded to shareholders during 2011.

2011 2010

Dividends Paid (*) (“Dividend Option” not
included)

% Over
Nominal
Euros per
Share
Amount
(Millions of
Euros)
% Over
Nominal
Euros per
Share
Amount
(Millions of
Euros)

Ordinary shares

39 % 0.19 859 67 % 0.33 1,237

Rest of shares

Total dividends paid in cash (*)

39 % 0.19 859 67 % 0.33 1,237

Dividends with charge to income

39 % 0.19 859 67 % 0.33 1,237

Dividends with charge to reserve or share premium

Dividends in kind

(*)

Only included dividends paid in cash each year (cash-flows criteria), regardless of the year there were accrued.

Earnings and ordinary income by business segment

The detail of the consolidated net income for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 for each business segment is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Net Income attributed by Business Areas

2011 2010 2009

Spain

1,363 2,255 2,801

Eurasia

1,027 588 473

Mexico

1,741 1,707 1,357

South America

1,007 889 780

The United States

(722 ) 239 (950 )

Subtotal Business areas

4,416 5,678 4,461

Corporate Activities

(1,413 ) (1,072 ) (251 )

Net Income attributed to parent company

3,003 4,606 4,210

Non-assigned income

Elimination of interim income (between segments)

Other gains (losses) (*)

481 389 385

Income tax and/or income from discontinued operations

285 1,427 1,141

Income before tax

3,769 6,422 5,736

(*)

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

F-179


Table of Contents

For the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 the detail of the BBVA Group’s ordinary income for each operating segment, which is made up of the “Interest and similar income”, “Dividend income”, “Fee and commission income”, “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” and “Other operating income”, is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Ordinary Income by Business Areas

2011 2010 2009

Spain

6,357 7,055 7,875

Eurasia

1,952 1,080 953

Mexico

5,550 5,496 4,870

South America

4,457 3,797 3,637

The United States

2,277 2,551 2,412

Corporate Activities

(27 ) 932 919

Adjustments and eliminations of ordinary income between segments

Total Ordinary Income BBVA Group

20,566 20,911 20,666

Issuances by market type

Changes in debt certificates (including bonds) and subordinated liabilities (see Note 23.3 ) in 2011, 2010 and 2009 by the type of market in which they were issued are as follows:

Millions of Euros

Debt Certificates and Subordinated
Liabilities 2011

Balance at the
Beginning
Issuances Repurchase or
Redemption
Exchange
Differences
and Other
Balance at the
End

Debt certificates issued in the European Union

93,166 104,734 (97,115 ) (14,861 ) 85,924

With information brochure

93,110 104,721 (97,115 ) (14,861 ) 85,855

Without information brochure

56 13 69

Other debt certificates issued outside the European Union

9,433 2,375 (527 ) 144 11,425

Total

102,599 107,109 (97,642 ) (14,717 ) 97,349

Millions of Euros

Debt Certificates and Subordinated
Liabilities 2010

Balance at the
Beginning
Issuances Repurchase or
Redemption
Exchange
Differences
and Other
Balance at the
End

Debt certificates issued in the European Union

107,068 129,697 (149,965 ) 3,768 90,568

With information brochure

107,034 129,697 (149,962 ) 3,768 90,537

Without information brochure

34 (3 ) 31

Other debt certificates issued outside the European Union

10,748 2,622 (2,097 ) 758 12,031

Total

117,816 132,319 (152,062 ) 4,526 102,599

F-180


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros

Debt Certificates and Subordinated
Liabilities 2009

Balance at the
Beginning
Issuances Repurchase or
Redemption
Exchange
Differences
and Other
Balance at the
End

Debt certificates issued in the European Union

111,159 129,107 (126,713 ) (6,484 ) 107,069

With information brochure

111,126 129,107 (126,713 ) (6,485 ) 107,035

Without information brochure

33 1 34

Other debt certificates issued outside the European Union

9,986 4,894 (4,343 ) 211 10,748

Total

121,145 134,001 (131,056 ) (6,273 ) 117,817

Interest and income by geographical area

The breakdown of the balance of “Interest and Similar Income” in the accompanying consolidated income statements by geographical area is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Interest and Similar Income. Breakdown by Geographical Area

2011 2010 2009

Domestic market

9,584 8,906 11,224

Foreign

14,604 12,228 12,551

European Union

843 744 1,089

Rest of OECD

8,377 7,417 7,153

Rest of countries

5,384 4,067 4,309

Total

24,188 21,134 23,775

Average number of employees by gender

The breakdown of the average number of employees in the BBVA Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009, by gender, is as follows:

Average Number of Employees

Breakdown by Gender

2011 2010 2009
Male Female Male Female Male Female

Average Number of Employees BBVA Group

52,664 57,030 50,804 53,951 50,755 53,661

Of which:

BBVA, S.A.

15,687 11,531 15,616 11,218 15,947 11,213

59. Subsequent events

Spanish financial system reform: 02/2012 Royal Decree-law

After December 31, 2011, the Spanish’s Government has implemented a group of extraordinary measures that will affect the Spanish financial system. Among these measures, 2/2012 Royal Decree-law of 3 February, on the banking sector reform (the “Royal Decree”), was published in Spain’s State Official Gazette and entered into force on February 4, 2012. Among other requirements, the Royal Decree increases the coverage requirements for certain real estate assets on the balance sheets of credit institutions as at December 31, 2011. The BBVA Group consider that credit institutions will attempt to accelerate sales of real estate assets in Spain during 2012 in light of the Royal Decree, rather than comply with such increased coverage requirements, by reducing prices, which it is expected will result in a decline in overall real estate prices.

F-181


Table of Contents

The Group has estimated the possible impact, based on the portfolios as of December 31, 2011, which would have on the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, assuming the full extent of the expected decline in real estate prices occurs during 2012.

However, the actual impact on the consolidated financial statements of any decline in real estate prices resulting from the Royal Decree will be determined based on the Group’s internal model estimations, which are based on the most recent available estimates by independent appraisals, and which, among other criteria, take into account actual outcomes of similar property sales and conditions.

Mandatory convertible subordinated bond issue

Regarding the issue of mandatory convertible subordinated bonds detailed in Note 23.4 (“Convertible Bonds”), the Bank has reported the opening of a voluntary conversion period at the option of holders of these Convertible Bonds.

The voluntary conversion period began on 23rd March 2012 and ended on 29th March 2012, both dates included. Holders of Convertible Bonds have been able to request conversion of their entire Convertible Bond holding, as partial conversion was not possible. The conversion price for voluntary conversion was 6.0470 euro. Likewise the conversion ratio was 16.537126.

During the voluntary conversion period orders have been received to convert 9,547,559 BBVA Subordinated Mandatory Convertible Bonds – December 2011 (the “Convertible Bonds”) for a total amount of 954,755,900, i.e. 27.84% of the total amount of the Convertible Bond issued. Consequently, 157,875,375 new ordinary BBVA shares have been issued, each with a nominal value of forty-nine euro-cents ( 0.49), in order to attend this voluntary conversion of the Convertible Bonds.

Acquisition of UNNIM BANC

On March 7, 2012, the Management Commission of the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (“Fondo de Restruturación Ordenada Bancaria” or “FROB” accepted BBVA’s offer to acquire Unnim Banc, S.A. (“Unnim”).The FROB, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions (“Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos” or “FGD”) and BBVA have entered into a purchase agreement, by virtue of which BBVA will acquire 100% of the shares of Unnim for a purchase price of 1.

In addition, BBVA, the FDG, the FROB and Unnim have signed a “Protocol of Financial Measures” for the restructuring of Unnim, which regulates the Asset Protection Scheme through which the FGD will be responsible for 80% of the losses undergone by a predetermined asset portfolio of Unnim, calculated once the existing provisions on the related assets are applied, for a period of 10 years following the transaction.

The closing of the purchase agreement and the “Protocol of Financial Measures” is subject to obtaining the relevant administrative authorizations and approvals, including the approval of the Bank of Spain, the Finance Secretary of State, the European Commission and the relevant competition authorities. Unimm’s assets as of December, 31, 2011 were 29 billion.

F-182


Table of Contents

Announcement 2012 “Dividend Option”

In execution of the 2012 “Dividend Option” scheme described under Note 4, on April 11, 2012, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors executed the first free-of-charge capital increase in accordance with the terms approved by the ordinary General Shareholders Meeting held on March 16, 2002. This free of charge capital increase gives BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 47 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.118 per share.

The closing for this free-of-charge capital increase is expected to take place on May 5, 2012. Therefore, as of the date of the preparation of these annual consolidated financial statements, there has been no change to the capital stock other than the increase resulting from the conversion of the mandatory convertible subordinated bonds referred to above.

Since January 1, 2012 until the preparation of these annual consolidated financial statements, no other events not mentioned in these financial statements have taken place.

F-183


Table of Contents

LOGO

Appendices


Table of Contents
APPENDIX I. Financial Statements of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

Millions of Euros

ASSETS

December
2011
December
2010 (*)

CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS

13,629 4,165

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

56,538 51,348

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

Debt securities

7,898 13,016

Other equity instruments

997 4,608

Trading derivatives

47,643 33,724

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

Loans and advances to credit institutions

Loans and advances to customers

Debt securities

Other equity instruments

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

25,407 26,712

Debt securities

21,108 22,131

Other equity instruments

4,299 4,581

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

262,923 264,278

Loans and advances to credit institutions

22,967 28,882

Loans and advances to customers

238,463 234,031

Debt securities

1,493 1,365

HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS

10,955 9,946

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

146 40

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

3,681 2,988

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

1,462 958

INVESTMENTS

27,954 24,368

Associates

4,159 3,612

Jointly controlled entities

3,933 14

Group entities

19,862 20,742

INSURANCE CONTRACTS LINKED TO PENSIONS

1,832 1,847

TANGIBLE ASSETS

1,504 1,459

Property, plants and equipment

1,503 1,458

For own use

1,503 1,458

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

Investment properties

1 1

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

567 410

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

567 410

TAX ASSETS

3,647 3,161

Current

282 324

Deferred

3,365 2,837

OTHER ASSETS

921 431

TOTAL ASSETS

411,166 392,111

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

A-1


Table of Contents

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

Millions of Euros

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

December
2011
December
2010 (*)

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

48,966 35,680

Deposits from central banks

Deposits from credit institutions

Customer deposits

Debt certificates

Trading derivatives

45,803 32,294

Short positions

3,163 3,386

Other financial liabilities

OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

Deposits from central banks

Deposits from credit institutions

Customer deposits

Debt certificates

Subordinated liabilities

Other financial liabilities

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST

323,518 320,592

Deposits from central banks

32,649 10,867

Deposits from credit institutions

44,676 42,015

Customer deposits

184,966 194,079

Debt certificates

46,559 56,007

Subordinated liabilities

9,895 13,099

Other financial liabilities

4,773 4,525

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

(2 )

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

2,475 1,391

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

PROVISIONS

6,397 6,613

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

4,966 5,177

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

Provisions for contingent exposures and commitments

159 177

Other provisions

1,272 1,259

TAX LIABILITIES

373 488

Current

Deferred

373 488

OTHER LIABILITIES

1,786 1,192

TOTAL LIABILITIES

383,515 365,954

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

A-2


Table of Contents

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

Millions of Euros

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

December
2011
December
2010 (*)

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

28,504 26,183

Common Stock

2,403 2,201

Issued

2,403 2,201

Less: Unpaid and uncalled (-)

Share premium

18,970 17,104

Reserves

6,817 5,114

Other equity instruments

29 23

Equity component of compound financial instruments

Other equity instruments

29 23

Less: Treasury stock (-)

(19 ) (84 )

Net Income

1,428 2,904

Less: Dividends and remuneration (-)

(1,124 ) (1,079 )

VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS

(853 ) (26 )

Available-for-sale financial assets

(782 ) 39

Cash flow hedging

(30 ) (62 )

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

Exchange differences

(32 ) (3 )

Non-current assets held-for-sale

Other valuation adjustments

(9 )

TOTAL EQUITY

27,651 26,157

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

411,166 392,111

Millions of Euros

MEMORANDUM ITEM

December
2011
December
2009 (*)

CONTINGENT EXPOSURES

60,760 57,764

CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

55,450 58,885

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

A-3


Table of Contents

Income Statements for the years ended

December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA,S.A.

Millions of Euros
December
2011
December
2010 (*)

INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME

9,668 8,759

INTEREST AND SIMILAR EXPENSES

(5,653 ) (3,718 )

NET INTEREST INCOME

4,015 5,041

DIVIDEND INCOME

3,576 2,129

FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME

1,723 1,806

FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSES

(297 ) (270 )

NET GAINS (LOSSES) ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

490 738

Financial instruments held for trading

583 256

Other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

(93 ) 482

Rest

EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (NET)

72 112

OTHER OPERATING INCOME

103 102

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

(129 ) (106 )

GROSS INCOME

9,553 9,552

ADMINISTRATION COSTS

(3,641 ) (3,409 )

Personnel expenses

(2,278 ) (2,202 )

General and administrative expenses

(1,363 ) (1,207 )

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

(322 ) (276 )

PROVISION (NET)

(792 ) (405 )

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS (NET)

(2,088 ) (1,925 )

Loans and receivables

(2,092 ) (1,794 )

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

4 (131 )

NET OPERATING INCOME

2,710 3,537

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON OTHER ASSETS (NET)

(1,510 ) (258 )

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Other assets

(1,510 ) (258 )

GAINS (LOSSES) ON DERECOGNIZED ASSETS NOT CLASSIFIED AS NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

13 5

NEGATIVE GOODWILL

GAINS (LOSSES) IN NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE NOT CLASSIFIED AS DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

(244 ) 129

INCOME BEFORE TAX

969 3,413

INCOME TAX

459 (509 )

INCOME FROM CONTINUING TRANSACTIONS

1,428 2,904

INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED TRANSACTIONS (NET)

NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR

1,428 2,904

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

A-4


Table of Contents

Statements of Recognized Income and Expenses for the years ended

December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

Millions of Euros
December
2011
December
2010 (*)

NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR

1,428 2,904

OTHER RECOGNIZED INCOME (EXPENSES)

(827 ) (1,669 )

Available-for-sale financial assets

(990 ) (2,038 )

Valuation gains/(losses)

(972 ) (1,756 )

Amounts removed to income statement

(18 ) (282 )

Reclassifications

Cash flow hedging

32 (190 )

Valuation gains/(losses)

2 (159 )

Amounts removed to income statement

30 (31 )

Amounts removed to the initial carrying amount of the hedged items

Reclassifications

Hedges of net investment in foreign operations

Valuation gains/(losses)

Amounts removed to income statement

Reclassifications

Exchange differences

(44 )

Valuation gains/(losses)

(47 ) (4 )

Amounts removed to income statement

3 4

Reclassifications

Non-current assets held for sale

Valuation gains/(losses)

Amounts removed to income statement

Reclassifications

Actuarial gains and losses in post-employment plans

(12 )

Rest of recognized income and expenses

Income tax

187 559

TOTAL RECOGNIZED INCOME/EXPENSES

601 1,235

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

A-5


Table of Contents

Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

Millions of Euros
Stockholder’s Equity

2011

Common
Stock
Share
Premium
Reserves Other
Equity
Instruments
Less:
Treasury
Stock
Profit
for the
Period
Less: Dividends
and Remunerations
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Valuation
Adjustments
Total
Equity

Balances as of January 1, 2011

2,201 17,104 5,114 23 (84 ) 2,904 (1,079 ) 26,183 (26 ) 26,157

Effect of changes in accounting policies

Effect of correction of errors

Adjusted initial balance

2,201 17,104 5,114 23 (84 ) 2,904 (1,079 ) 26,183 (26 ) 26,157

Total income/expense recognized

1,428 1,428 (827 ) 601

Other changes in equity

202 1,866 1,703 6 65 (2,904 ) (45 ) 893 893

Common stock increase

68 (68 )

Common stock reduction

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

134 1,866 2,000 2,000

Increase of other equity instruments

18 18 18

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

Dividend distribution

(945 ) (945 ) (945 )

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

10 65 75 75

Transfers between total equity entries

1,837 (12 ) (2,904 ) 1,079

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

Payments with equity instruments

Rest of increase/reductions in total equity

(76 ) (179 ) (255 ) (255 )

Of which:

Acquisition of the free allotment rights

(179 ) (179 ) (179 )

Balances as of December 31, 2011

2,403 18,970 6,817 29 (19 ) 1,428 (1,124 ) 28,504 (853 ) 27,651

A-6


Table of Contents

Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

Millions of Euros
Stockholder’s Equity

2010

Common
Stock
Share
Premium
Reserves Other
Equity
Instruments
Less:
Treasury
Stock
Profit
for the
Period
Less:
Dividends and
Remunerations
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Valuation
Adjustments
Total
Equity (*)

Balances as of January 1, 2010

1,837 12,453 3,893 10 (128 ) 2,981 (1,012 ) 20,034 1,643 21,677

Effect of changes in accounting policies

Effect of correction of errors

Adjusted initial balance

1,837 12,453 3,893 10 (128 ) 2,981 (1,012 ) 20,034 1,643 21,677

Total income/expense recognized

2,904 2,904 (1,669 ) 1,235

Other changes in equity

364 4,651 1,221 13 44 (2,981 ) (67 ) 3,245 3,245

Common stock increase

364 4,651 5,015 5,015

Common stock reduction

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

Increase of other equity instruments

13 13 13

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

Dividend distribution

(562 ) (1,079 ) (1,641 ) (1,641 )

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

(88 ) 44 (44 ) (44 )

Transfers between total equity entries

1,407 (2,419 ) 1,012

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

Payments with equity instruments

Rest of increase/reductions in total equity

(98 ) (98 ) (98 )

Balances as of December 31, 2010

2,201 17,104 5,114 23 (84 ) 2,904 (1,079 ) 26,183 (26 ) 26,157

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

A-7


Table of Contents

Cash Flows Statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

Millions of Euros
December
2011
December
2010 (*)

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES (1)

18,867 5,867

Profit for the year

1,428 2,904

Adjustments to obtain the cash flow from operating activities:

2,060 (1,141 )

Amortization

322 276

Other adjustments

1,738 (1,417 )

Net increase/decrease in operating assets

4,547 (7,251 )

Financial assets held for trading

5,190 (6,184 )

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Available-for-sale financial assets

(1,305 ) (9,252 )

Loans and receivables

(1,250 ) 7,963

Other operating assets

1,912 222

Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities

20,385 (3,656 )

Financial liabilities held for trading

13,286 3,737

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

6,046 (6,821 )

Other operating liabilities

1,053 (572 )

Collection/Payments for income tax

(459 ) 509

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES (2)

(7,135 ) (7,108 )

Investment

8,588 8,329

Tangible assets

262 222

Intangible assets

290 260

Investments

5,034 1,864

Subsidiaries and other business units

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

1,185 1,014

Held-to-maturity investments

1,817 4,969

Other settlements related to investing activities

Divestments

1,453 1,221

Tangible assets

23

Intangible assets

Investments

238 12

Subsidiaries and other business units

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

384 749

Held-to-maturity investments

808 232

Other collections related to investing activities

228

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)

(2,230 ) 2,121

A-8


Table of Contents
Millions of Euros
December
2011
December
2010 (*)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)

(2,230 ) 2,121

Investment

5,415 7,622

Dividends

1,038 1,237

Subordinated liabilities

1,626 1,524

Treasury stock amortization

Treasury stock acquisition

2,751 4,828

Other items relating to financing activities

33

Divestments

3,185 9,743

Subordinated liabilities

339

Common stock increase

4,914

Treasury stock disposal

2,776 4,829

Other items relating to financing activities

70

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS (4)

(38 ) (1 )

NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS (1+2+3+4)

9,464 879

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

4,165 3,286

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

13,629 4,165

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

Millions of Euros

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

December
2011
December
2010 (*)

Cash

595 616

Balance of cash equivalent in central banks

13,034 3,549

Other financial assets

Less: Bank overdraft refundable on demand

TOTAL CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

13,629 4,165

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

A-9


Table of Contents
APPENDIX II. Additional information on consolidated subsidiaries composing the BBVA Group

% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Thousands of Euros (*)
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location

Activity

Direct Indirect Total Net
Carrying
Amount
Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS DE PENSIONES PROVIDA, S.A. (AFP PROVIDA)

CHILE PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 12.70 51.62 64.32 294,327 576,887 114,652 345,782 116,453

ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS PARA EL RETIRO-BANCOMER,S.A DE C.V.

MEXICO PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 17.50 82.50 100.00 373,963 262,950 60,354 124,551 78,045

AFP GENESIS ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS Y FIDEICOMISOS, S.A.

ECUADOR PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 100.00 100.00 6,272 10,754 4,456 1,983 4,315

AFP HORIZONTE, S.A.

PERU PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 24.85 75.15 100.00 52,943 88,333 25,610 39,065 23,658

AFP PREVISION BBV-ADM.DE FONDOS DE PENSIONES S.A.

BOLIVIA PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 75.00 5.00 80.00 2,063 9,937 3,808 4,460 1,669

AMERICAN FINANCE GROUP, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 16,141 17,120 978 16,112 30

ANIDA DESARROLLOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.L.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 264,143 573,302 382,003 220,276 (28,977 )

ANIDA GERMANIA IMMOBILIEN ONE, GMBH

GERMANY REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 4,377 20,186 15,301 4,588 297

ANIDA GRUPO INMOBILIARIO, S.L. (**)

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 (194,612) 617,252 (410,287 ) (401,577 )

ANIDA INMOBILIARIA, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 105,573 88,018 4 89,912 (1,898 )

ANIDA OPERACIONES SINGULARES, S.L. (***)

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 (1,339,944 ) 6,034,090 7,373,296 (1,060,036 ) (279,170 )

ANIDA PROYECTOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 86,912 130,811 43,897 89,296 (2,382 )

ANIDA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 927 1,708 774 438 496

ANIDAPORT INVESTIMENTOS IMOBILIARIOS, UNIPESSOAL, LTDA

PORTUGAL REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 (3,603 ) 20,679 24,282 (2,189 ) (1,414 )

APLICA SOLUCIONES ARGENTINAS, S.A.

ARGENTINA IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 853 980 103 1,440 (563 )

APLICA SOLUCIONES TECNOLOGICAS CHILE LIMITADA

CHILE SERVICES 100.00 100.00 178 848 669 (65 ) 244

APLICA TECNOLOGIA AVANZADA OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 182 9,420 9,236 (3 ) 187

APLICA TECNOLOGIA AVANZADA SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 16 1,349 1,341 2 6

APLICA TECNOLOGIA AVANZADA, S.A. DE C.V.- ATA

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 30,369 147,295 102,308 42,333 2,654

ARIZONA FINANCIAL PRODUCTS, INC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 747,408 749,647 2,238 742,050 5,359

AUTOMERCANTIL-COMERCIO E ALUGER DE VEICULOS AUTOM.,LDA

PORTUGAL FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 8,476 39,361 31,445 8,786 (870 )

BAHIA SUR RESORT, S.C.

SPAIN INACTIVE 99.95 99.95 1,436 1,438 15 1,423

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PANAMA), S.A.

PANAMA BANKING 54.11 44.81 98.92 19,464 1,670,329 1,429,801 215,028 25,500

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PORTUGAL), S.A.

PORTUGAL BANKING 41.09 58.91 100.00 343,492 7,139,601 6,800,126 357,240 (17,765 )

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA CHILE, S.A.

CHILE BANKING 68.18 68.18 570,382 12,488,604 11,650,550 727,432 110,622

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA PUERTO RICO

PUERTO RICO BANKING 100.00 100.00 184,514 3,847,933 3,394,583 430,337 23,013

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA URUGUAY, S.A.

URUGUAY BANKING 100.00 100.00 100,451 1,925,770 1,809,536 143,238 (27,004 )

BANCO CONTINENTAL, S.A. (1)

PERU BANKING 92.24 92.24 979,492 12,118,442 11,056,583 767,269 294,590

BANCO DE PROMOCION DE NEGOCIOS, S.A.

SPAIN BANKING 99.86 99.86 15,173 33,228 200 32,578 450

BANCO DEPOSITARIO BBVA, S.A.

SPAIN BANKING 100.00 100.00 1,595 981,089 905,865 58,628 16,596

BANCO INDUSTRIAL DE BILBAO, S.A.

SPAIN BANKING 99.93 99.93 97,220 225,069 2,517 217,825 4,727

BANCO OCCIDENTAL, S.A.

SPAIN BANKING 49.43 50.57 100.00 16,511 18,020 50 17,741 229

BANCO PROVINCIAL OVERSEAS N.V.(2)

CURAÇAO BANKING 100.00 100.00 46,177 320,412 272,968 26,442 21,002

BANCO PROVINCIAL S.A. – BANCO UNIVERSAL

VENEZUELA BANKING 1.85 53.75 55.60 494,702 12,906,067 11,497,031 1,095,391 313,645

BANCOMER FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,034 2,267 233 1,996 38

BANCOMER FOREIGN EXCHANGE INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 3,346 5,316 1,968 1,604 1,744

BANCOMER PAYMENT SERVICES INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 32 36 3 35 (2 )

BANCOMER TRANSFER SERVICES, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 27,199 78,712 51,513 18,954 8,245

BBV AMERICA, S.L.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 479,328 1,621,755 23,138 1,417,949 180,668

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(**)

This company has an equity loan from BBVA, S.A.

(***)

This company has an equity loan from ANIDA GRUPO INMOBILIARIO, S.L. In addition, the company has recognized impairment losses arising in its annual accounts due to property, real estate and stocks, which according to Royal Decree-Law 5/2010 of March 31, are not counted for purposes of Article 363 of the Companies Act Capital.

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 46.1%.

(2)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 48.0%.

A-10


Table of Contents
% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Thousands of Euros (*)
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location

Activity

Direct Indirect Total Net
Carrying
Amount
Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

BBVA & PARTNERS ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT A.V., S.A.

SPAIN SECURITIES DEALER 100.00 100.00 5,831 7,715 47 7,641 27

BBVA ASESORIAS FINANCIERAS, S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 5,153 6,462 1,310 860 4,292

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED

IRELAND IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 168 218 50 233 (65 )

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT ADMINISTRADORA GENERAL DE FONDOS S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 15,170 17,215 2,044 8,911 6,260

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT, S.A. SOCIEDAD FIDUCIARIA (BBVA FIDUCIARIA)

COLOMBIA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 27,973 31,578 3,574 21,361 6,643

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT, S.A., SGIIC

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 17.00 83.00 100.00 11,436 155,473 56,142 81,349 17,982

BBVA AUTORENTING SPA

ITALY SERVICES 100.00 100.00 67,785 324,395 287,914 33,609 2,872

BBVA BANCO DE FINANCIACION S.A.

SPAIN BANKING 100.00 100.00 64,200 5,582,973 5,509,776 72,660 537

BBVA BANCO FRANCES, S.A.

ARGENTINA BANKING 45.61 30.43 76.04 197,486 6,736,137 6,037,782 523,372 174,983

BBVA BANCOMER GESTION, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 30,060 47,939 17,881 12,243 17,815

BBVA BANCOMER OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 42,317 242,141 199,825 37,765 4,551

BBVA BANCOMER SERVICIOS ADMINISTRATIVOS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 516 37,957 37,443 486 28

BBVA BANCOMER USA, INC.

UNITED STATES INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 37,917 36,465 (1,461 ) 27,910 10,016

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A., INSTITUCION DE BANCA MÚLTIPLE, GRUPO FINANCIERO BBVA BANCOMER

MEXICO BANKING 100.00 100.00 6,394,937 69,157,933 62,777,123 5,024,054 1,356,756

BBVA BRASIL BANCO DE INVESTIMENTO, S.A.

BRASIL BANKING 100.00 100.00 16,166 46,553 5,918 37,496 3,139

BBVA BROKER, CORREDURIA DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS, S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.94 0.06 100.00 297 42,103 5,411 31,044 5,648

BBVA CAPITAL FINANCE, S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 60 55,750 55,339 358 53

BBVA CARTERA DE INVERSIONES, SICAV, S.A.

SPAIN VARIABLE CAPITAL 100.00 100.00 118,459 123,985 148 119,962 3,875

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.

COLOMBIA BANKING 76.20 19.23 95.43 399,008 10,391,071 9,370,592 832,236 188,243

BBVA COMERCIALIZADORA LTDA.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 132 3,133 3,000 (1,073 ) 1,206

BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC.

UNITED STATES INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 8,081,622 8,177,773 96,150 9,314,735 (1,233,112 )

BBVA COMPASS CONSULTING & BENEFITS, INC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 13,886 14,131 246 13,888 (3 )

BBVA COMPASS INSURANCE AGENCY, INC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 159,234 166,200 6,965 151,958 7,277

BBVA COMPASS INVESTMENT SOLUTIONS, INC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 65,092 76,274 11,182 53,691 11,401

BBVA CONSOLIDAR SEGUROS, S.A.

ARGENTINA INSURANCES SERVICES 87.78 12.22 100.00 7,198 65,733 43,539 18,652 3,542

BBVA CONSULTING (BEIJING) LIMITED

CHINA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 477 1,003 311 574 118

BBVA CONSULTORIA, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,227 5,210 619 3,550 1,041

BBVA CORREDORA TECNICA DE SEGUROS LIMITADA

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 20,056 22,973 2,916 12,390 7,667

BBVA CORREDORES DE BOLSA LIMITADA

CHILE SECURITIES DEALER 100.00 100.00 47,496 526,887 479,391 44,958 2,538

BBVA DINERO EXPRESS, S.A.U

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,186 7,816 2,442 5,220 154

BBVA DISTRIBUIDORA DE SEGUROS S.R.L.

URUGUAY FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 143 252 111 99 42

BBVA FACTORING LIMITADA (CHILE)

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 6,290 55,138 48,848 6,270 20

BBVA FINANCE (UK), LTD.

UNITED KINGDOM FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 3,324 11,659 16 11,607 36

BBVA FINANCE SPA.

ITALY FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 4,648 6,585 1,034 5,437 114

BBVA FINANCIAMIENTO AUTOMOTRIZ, S.A.

CHILE INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 139,004 247,461 108,455 112,551 26,455

BBVA FINANZIA, S.p.A

ITALY FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 23,897 853,463 829,566 32,796 (8,899 )

BBVA FRANCES ASSET MANAGEMENT S.A. SOCIEDAD GERENTE DE FONDOS COMUNES DE INVERSIÓN.

ARGENTINA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 8,709 12,491 3,781 7,066 1,644

BBVA FRANCES VALORES SOCIEDAD DE BOLSA, S.A.

ARGENTINA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,447 3,745 1,298 2,228 219

BBVA FUNDOS, S.Gestora Fundos Pensoes, S.A.

PORTUGAL FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 998 10,780 577 8,235 1,968

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

A-11


Table of Contents
% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Thousands of Euros (*)
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location

Activity

Direct Indirect Total Net
Carrying
Amount
Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

BBVA GEST, S.G.DE FUNDOS DE INVESTIMENTO MOBILIARIO, S.A.

PORTUGAL FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 998 7,491 132 7,085 274

BBVA GLOBAL FINANCE LTD.

CAYMAN ISLANDS FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 571,250 567,461 3,821 (32 )

BBVA GLOBAL MARKETS B.V.

NETHERLANDS FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 37 306,974 306,960 23 (9 )

BBVA HORIZONTE PENSIONES Y CESANTIAS, S.A.

COLOMBIA PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 78.52 21.44 99.96 62,061 184,016 39,391 121,877 22,748

BBVA INMOBILIARIA E INVERSIONES, S.A.

CHILE REAL ESTATE 68.11 68.11 5,182 43,842 36,234 7,692 (84 )

BBVA INSTITUIÇAO FINANCEIRA DE CREDITO, S.A.

PORTUGAL FINANCIAL SERVICES 49.90 50.10 100.00 33,148 418,046 374,425 41,323 2,298

BBVA INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

CAYMAN ISLANDS FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1 16,111 13,532 2,664 (85 )

BBVA INTERNATIONAL PREFERRED, S.A.U.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 60 1,723,047 1,722,329 769 (51 )

BBVA INVERSIONES CHILE, S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 61.22 38.78 100.00 617,330 1,400,426 2,428 1,195,138 202,860

BBVA IRELAND PLC

IRELAND FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 180,381 1,499,148 1,120,980 365,957 12,211

BBVA LEASIMO – SOCIEDADE DE LOCAÇAO FINANCEIRA, S.A.

PORTUGAL FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 10,113 24,878 14,764 10,164 (50 )

BBVA LUXINVEST, S.A.

LUXEMBOURG INVESTMENT COMPANY 36.00 64.00 100.00 255,843 1,380,672 72,161 1,406,909 (98,398 )

BBVA MEDIACION OPERADOR DE BANCA-SEGUROS VINCULADO, S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 60 73,103 62,681 5,798 4,624

BBVA NOMINEES LIMITED

UNITED KINGDOM SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1 1

BBVA PARAGUAY, S.A.

PARAGUAY BANKING 100.00 100.00 22,598 1,293,789 1,170,341 105,463 17,985

BBVA PARTICIPACIONES MEJICANAS, S.L.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 99.00 1.00 100.00 57 146 61 85

BBVA PATRIMONIOS GESTORA SGIIC, S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.98 0.02 100.00 3,907 27,825 3,097 20,177 4,551

BBVA PENSIONES, SA, ENTIDAD GESTORA DE FONDOS DE PENSIONES

SPAIN PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 100.00 100.00 12,922 71,044 33,302 25,941 11,801

BBVA PLANIFICACION PATRIMONIAL, S.L.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 80.00 20.00 100.00 1 520 5 499 16

BBVA PROPIEDAD, S.A.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 1,322,422 1,406,279 50,235 1,394,242 (38,198 )

BBVA RE LIMITED

IRELAND INSURANCES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 656 75,941 42,713 27,284 5,944

BBVA RENTING, S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 5.94 94.06 100.00 21,018 848,550 743,071 92,024 13,455

BBVA RENTING, SPA

ITALY SERVICES 100.00 100.00 8,453 102,457 99,411 5,525 (2,479 )

BBVA SECURITIES INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 78,363 105,828 31,212 90,943 (16,327 )

BBVA SECURITIES OF PUERTO RICO, INC.

PUERTO RICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 4,726 7,526 787 6,434 305

BBVA SEGUROS COLOMBIA, S.A.

COLOMBIA INSURANCES SERVICES 94.00 6.00 100.00 9,443 50,273 35,010 14,235 1,028

BBVA SEGUROS DE VIDA COLOMBIA, S.A.

COLOMBIA INSURANCES SERVICES 94.00 6.00 100.00 13,885 390,249 323,584 53,407 13,258

BBVA SEGUROS DE VIDA, S.A.

CHILE INSURANCES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 79,524 345,626 265,678 54,263 25,685

BBVA SEGUROS INC.

PUERTO RICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 193 6,891 664 5,078 1,149

BBVA SEGUROS, S.A., DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS

SPAIN INSURANCES SERVICES 94.30 5.65 99.95 411,099 13,807,365 13,277,899 262,525 266,941

BBVA SENIOR FINANCE, S.A.U.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 60 16,349,503 16,348,362 728 413

BBVA SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS LIMITADA

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 4,010 13,984 9,969 1,195 2,820

BBVA SERVICIOS, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 354 11,607 2,819 7,031 1,757

BBVA SOCIEDAD DE LEASING INMOBILIARIO, S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 97.49 97.49 17,107 67,893 50,344 15,364 2,185

BBVA SUBORDINATED CAPITAL S.A.U.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 130 2,212,310 2,211,687 510 113

BBVA SUIZA, S.A. (BBVA SWITZERLAND)

SWITZERLAND BANKING 39.72 60.28 100.00 58,107 1,457,665 1,028,628 409,758 19,279

BBVA TRADE, S.A.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 6,379 24,473 11,035 10,238 3,200

BBVA U.S. SENIOR S.A.U.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 255 1,393,435 1,393,337 124 (26 )

BBVA USA BANCSHARES, INC

UNITED STATES INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 7,804,414 8,108,679 387 9,341,918 (1,233,626 )

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

A-12


Table of Contents
%of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Thousands of Euros (*)
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location

Activity

Direct Indirect Total Net
Carrying
Amount
Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

BBVA VALORES COLOMBIA, S.A. COMISIONISTA DE BOLSA

COLOMBIA SECURITIES DEALER 100.00 100.00 4,406 5,079 660 3,786 633

BBVA WEALTH SOLUTIONS, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 25,388 26,069 680 26,171 (782 )

BBVAPR HOLDING CORPORATION

PUERTO RICO INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 322,837 184,807 7 184,888 (88 )

BILBAO VIZCAYA HOLDING, S.A.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 89.00 11.00 100.00 34,771 230,364 15,948 212,643 1,773

BLUE INDICO INVESTMENTS, S.L.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 49,106 60,620 1,017 54,652 4,951

C B TRANSPORT ,INC.

UNITED STATES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 13,004 13,545 540 12,846 159

CAPITAL INVESTMENT COUNSEL, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 25,883 27,848 1,965 23,716 2,167

CARTERA E INVERSIONES S.A., CIA DE

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 92,018 257,959 148,523 (396,086 ) 505,522

CASA DE BOLSA BBVA BANCOMER , S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 68,810 85,804 16,993 41,421 27,390

CASA DE CAMBIO MULTIDIVISAS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 157 157 156 1

CIA. GLOBAL DE MANDATOS Y REPRESENTACIONES, S.A.

URUGUAY IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 108 194 2 192

CIDESSA DOS, S.L.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 17,156 24,219 118 12,067 12,034

CIDESSA UNO, S.L.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 4,754 487,198 122 376,087 110,989

CIERVANA, S.L.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 53,164 73,621 3,273 66,565 3,783

COMERCIALIZADORA CORPORATIVA SAC (1)

PERU FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.99 99.99 158 1,021 863 465 (307 )

COMERCIALIZADORA DE SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

COLOMBIA SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,113 2,194 1,078 928 188

COMPASS ASSET ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 376,383 376,382 375,525 857

COMPASS AUTO RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 3,226 3,227 1 3,227 (1 )

COMPASS BANK

UNITED STATES BANKING 100.00 100.00 8,049,661 52,564,841 44,515,180 9,280,137 (1,230,476 )

COMPASS CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 5,918,757 5,918,757 5,842,516 76,241

COMPASS CUSTODIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNITED STATES INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 1 1 1

COMPASS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 9,134 55,931 46,797 7,253 1,881

COMPASS GP, INC.

UNITED STATES INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 36,431 45,704 9,273 35,975 456

COMPASS INVESTMENTS, INC.

UNITED STATES INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 1 1 1

COMPASS LIMITED PARTNER, INC.

UNITED STATES INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 5,134,916 5,135,367 451 5,064,494 70,422

COMPASS LOAN HOLDINGS TRS, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 62,110 62,114 4 60,209 1,901

COMPASS MORTGAGE CORPORATION

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,019,328 2,019,518 189 2,002,835 16,494

COMPASS MORTGAGE FINANCING, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 27 27 27

COMPASS MULTISTATE SERVICES CORPORATION

UNITED STATES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,899 3,084 186 2,898

COMPASS SOUTHWEST, LP

UNITED STATES BANKING 100.00 100.00 4,224,601 4,224,894 294 4,170,369 54,231

COMPASS TEXAS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

UNITED STATES INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 1,749 1,766 17 1,750 (1 )

COMPASS TEXAS MORTGAGE FINANCING, INC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 27 27 27

COMPASS TRUST II

UNITED STATES INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 1 1

COMPASS WEALTH MANAGERS COMPANY

UNITED STATES INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 1 1 1

COMPAÑIA CHILENA DE INVERSIONES, S.L.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 580,314 628,637 628 623,785 4,224

CONSOLIDAR A.F.J.P., S.A.

ARGENTINA PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 46.11 53.89 100.00 1,964 24,356 20,715 7,239 (3,598 )

CONSOLIDAR ASEGURADORA DE RIESGOS DEL TRABAJO, S.A.

ARGENTINA INSURANCES SERVICES 87.50 12.50 100.00 33,694 291,818 247,509 37,912 6,397

CONTENTS AREA, S.L.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,528 5,469 2,309 5,411 (2,251 )

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 50.0%.

A-13


Table of Contents
Thousands of Euros (*)
%of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location Activity Direct Indirect Total Net
Carrying
Amount
Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

CONTINENTAL BOLSA, SDAD. AGENTE DE BOLSA, S.A.(1)

PERU SECURITIES DEALER 100.00 100.00 8,507 14,679 6,174 6,082 2,423

CONTINENTAL DPR FINANCE COMPANY (1)

CAYMAN
ISLANDS
FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 323,582 323,581 1

CONTINENTAL S.A. SOCIEDAD ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS (1)

PERU FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 11,227 14,667 3,441 8,774 2,452

CONTINENTAL SOCIEDAD TITULIZADORA, S.A.(1)

PERU FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 488 525 35 476 14

CONTRATACION DE PERSONAL, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,897 10,218 7,319 2,395 504

COPROMED S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 74 769 793 102 (126 )

CORPORACION GENERAL FINANCIERA, S.A.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 509,716 1,939,644 741,658 1,017,587 180,399

DESARROLLADORA Y VENDEDORA DE CASAS, S.A

MEXICO REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 7 8 1 12 (5 )

DESARROLLO URBANISTICO DE CHAMARTIN, S.A.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 72.50 72.50 52,125 92,626 20,733 71,955 (62 )

DESITEL TECNOLOGIA Y SISTEMAS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,521 1,524 3 1,480 41

ECASA, S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 5,724 7,421 1,696 55 5,670

ECONTA GESTION INTEGRAL, S.L.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 522 2,170 1,523 1,333 (686 )

EL ENCINAR METROPOLITANO, S.A.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 99.04 99.04 4,564 7,643 1,054 6,183 406

EL MILANILLO, S.A.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 16,508 15,658 17 18,343 (2,702 )

EL OASIS DE LAS RAMBLAS, S.L.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 70.00 70.00 167 285 122 282 (119 )

EMPRENDIMIENTOS DE VALOR S.A.

URUGUAY FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,603 7,788 3,711 3,091 986

ENTRE2 SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, E.F.C., S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 9,139 9,582 31 9,503 48

ESPANHOLA COMERCIAL E SERVIÇOS, LTDA.

BRASIL FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 731 410 6,104 (5,783 )

ESTACION DE AUTOBUSES CHAMARTIN, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 51.00 51.00 31 30 30

EUROPEA DE TITULIZACION, S.A., S.G.F.T.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 87.50 87.50 1,974 31,917 3,434 22,588 5,895

FACILEASING EQUIPMENT, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 49,246 459,491 408,790 47,647 3,054

FACILEASING S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 20,138 85,459 75,194 8,702 1,563

FIDEICOMISO 28991-8 TRADING EN LOS MCADOS FINANCIEROS

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,051 2,051 93 1,740 218

FIDEICOMISO F/29763-0 SOCIO LIQUIDADOR DE OPERACIONES FINANCIERAS DERIVADAS CUENTA PROPIA

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 19,928 20,087 159 18,650 1,278

FIDEICOMISO F/29764-8 SOCIO LIQUIDADOR DE OPERACIONES FINANCIERAS DERIVADAS CUENTA TERCEROS

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 34,405 34,796 391 30,945 3,460

FIDEICOMISO HARES BBVA BANCOMER F/ 47997-2

MEXICO REAL ESTATE 89.97 89.97 24,192 26,505 1,179 23,950 1,376

FIDEICOMISO Nº 711, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 1ª EMISION)

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 86,819 84,677 3,208 (1,066 )

FIDEICOMISO Nº 752, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 2ª EMISION)

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 40,705 39,900 1,357 (552 )

FIDEICOMISO Nº 781, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 3ª EMISION)

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 243,795 215,869 18,137 9,789

FIDEICOMISO Nº 847, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 4ª EMISION)

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 26 214,558 213,841 (2,179 ) 2,896

FIDEICOMISO Nº.402900-5 ADMINISTRACION DE INMUEBLES

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,611 2,823 208 2,615

FINANCEIRA DO COMERCIO EXTERIOR S.A.R.

PORTUGAL INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 51 35 1 35 (1 )

FINANCIERA AYUDAMOS S.A. DE C.V., SOFOMER

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 5,027 20,770 15,743 10,416 (5,389 )

FINANZIA AUTORENTING, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 68,561 496,100 471,727 15,469 8,904

FORUM COMERCIALIZADORA DEL PERU, S.A.

PERU SERVICES 100.00 100.00 9,837 10,529 688 10,276 (435 )

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA DEL PERU, S.A.

PERU FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 6,251 6,276 21 6,302 (47 )

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA, S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 75.52 75.52 11,463 114,658 102,920 8,478 3,260

FORUM SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 75.50 75.50 98,520 849,039 740,878 64,507 43,654

FUTURO FAMILIAR, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 515 1,752 1,236 399 117

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 46.1%.

A-14


Table of Contents

Company

Thousands of Euros (*)

Location

Activity

% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Net
Carrying
Amount
Affiliate Entity Data
Direct Indirect Total Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

GESTION DE PREVISION Y PENSIONES, S.A.

SPAIN PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 60.00 60.00 8,830 25,550 1,798 20,870 2,882

GESTION Y ADMINISTRACION DE RECIBOS, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 99.96 0.04 100.00 150 2,281 341 1,887 53

GOBERNALIA GLOBAL NET, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 948 2,723 358 1,598 767

GRAN JORGE JUAN, S.A.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 293,646 716,526 457,010 242,217 17,299

GRANFIDUCIARIA

COLOMBIA IN LIQUIDATION 90.00 90.00 169 130 90 (51 )

GRUPO FINANCIERO BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.97 99.97 6,677,151 7,390,699 949 5,787,052 1,602,698

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 72.06 72.06 5,925 22,033 13,810 10,822 (2,599 )

GUARANTY BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 28,283 29,698 1,415 28,037 246

GUARANTY PLUS HOLDING COMPANY

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 (26,344 ) 47,495 73,841 (24,825 ) (1,521 )

GUARANTY PLUS PROPERTIES LLC-2

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 36,018 36,066 48 36,174 (156 )

GUARANTY PLUS PROPERTIES, INC-1

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 9,649 9,654 5 9,654 (5 )

HIPOTECARIA NACIONAL MEXICANA INCORPORATED

UNITED STATES REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 233 324 92 316 (84 )

HIPOTECARIA NACIONAL, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 31,975 55,887 8,077 44,950 2,860

HOLDING CONTINENTAL, S.A.

PERU INVESTMENT COMPANY 50.00 50.00 123,678 1,035,228 1,201 750,007 284,020

HOMEOWNERS LOAN CORPORATION

UNITED STATES INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 7,793 8,041 247 8,023 (229 )

HUMAN RESOURCES PROVIDER, INC

UNITED STATES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 647,531 647,701 169 644,018 3,514

HUMAN RESOURCES SUPPORT, INC

UNITED STATES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 645,397 645,397 642,178 3,219

IBERNEGOCIO DE TRADE, S.L.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 5,115 11,705 3,688 8,017

INGENIERIA EMPRESARIAL MULTIBA, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 99.99 99.99

INMUEBLES Y RECUPERACIONES CONTINENTAL S.A (1)

PERU REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 4,819 7,023 2,204 738 4,081

INVERAHORRO, S.L. (**)

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 85,866 88,284 (1,580 ) (838 )

INVERSIONES ALDAMA, C.A.

VENEZUELA IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00

INVERSIONES BANPRO INTERNATIONAL INC. N.V.

CURAÇAO IN LIQUIDATION 48.00 48.00 11,390 49,013 1,358 26,650 21,005

INVERSIONES BAPROBA, C.A.

VENEZUELA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,307 1,407 48 1,568 (209 )

INVERSIONES P.H.R.4, C.A.

VENEZUELA IN LIQUIDATION 60.46 60.46 27 27

INVERSORA OTAR, S.A.

ARGENTINA INVESTMENT COMPANY 99.96 99.96 58,836 66,264 968 50,777 14,519

INVESCO MANAGEMENT Nº 1, S.A.

LUXEMBOURG FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 9,145 9,306 193 9,721 (608 )

INVESCO MANAGEMENT Nº 2, S.A.

LUXEMBOURG FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 6,517 17,066 (9,302 ) (1,247 )

LIQUIDITY ADVISORS, L.P

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 945,337 945,398 60 930,585 14,753

MISAPRE, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 14,379 14,295 6,655 9,047 (1,407 )

MULTIASISTENCIA OPERADORA S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO INSURANCES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 124 947 824 109 14

MULTIASISTENCIA SERVICIOS S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO INSURANCES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 366 1,778 1,412 348 18

MULTIASISTENCIA, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO INSURANCES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 19,505 24,467 4,959 16,480 3,028

OPCION VOLCAN, S.A.

MEXICO REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 64,253 67,324 3,071 60,303 3,950

OPPLUS OPERACIONES Y SERVICIOS, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,067 22,594 11,706 7,812 3,076

OPPLUS S.A.C

PERU SERVICES 100.00 100.00 639 1,547 674 829 44

PARTICIPACIONES ARENAL, S.L.

SPAIN INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 7,630 7,658 23 7,577 58

PECRI INVERSION S.A

SPAIN OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES 100.00 100.00 89,132 93,952 4 92,026 1,922

PENSIONES BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO INSURANCES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 166,280 2,668,926 2,502,639 113,635 52,652

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(**)

This company has an equity loan from BBVA, S.A.

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 46.1%.

A-15


Table of Contents

Company

Thousands of Euros (*)

Location

Activity

% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank

Net
Carrying
Amount

Affiliate Entity Data
Direct Indirect Total Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

PHOENIX LOAN HOLDINGS, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 321,850 341,106 19,254 324,399 (2,547 )

PI HOLDINGS NO. 1, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 75,701 76,393 692 70,286 5,415

PI HOLDINGS NO. 3, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 21,900 21,900 22,108 (208 )

PI HOLDINGS NO. 4, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1 1 1

PORT ARTHUR ABSTRACT & TITLE COMPANY

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,891 2,133 242 1,898 (7 )

PREMEXSA, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 519 1,018 468 438 112

PREVENTIS, S.A.

MEXICO INSURANCES SERVICES 9.73 90.27 100.00 12,435 28,521 14,946 11,031 2,544

PRO-SALUD, C.A.

VENEZUELA SERVICES 58.86 58.86

PROMOCION EMPRESARIAL XX, S.A.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 1,213 12,879 11,280 1,528 71

PROMOTORA DE RECURSOS AGRARIOS, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 139 129 122 7

PROVIDA INTERNACIONAL, S.A.

CHILE PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 100.00 100.00 47,000 47,155 155 34,298 12,702

PROVINCIAL DE VALORES CASA DE BOLSA, C.A.

VENEZUELA FINANCIAL SERVICES 90.00 90.00 1,665 5,544 3,574 2,467 (497 )

PROVINCIAL SDAD.ADMIN.DE ENTIDADES DE INV.COLECTIVA, C.A.

VENEZUELA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,829 1,890 119 1,535 236

PROVIVIENDA ENTIDAD RECAUDADORA Y ADMIN.DE APORTES, S.A.

BOLIVIA PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT 100.00 100.00 912 4,992 4,025 878 89

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS (UK) LLP

UNITED KINGDOM IN LIQUIDATION 51.00 51.00 87 2,368 (2,281 )

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS (USA) LLC

UNITED STATES IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 7,448 1,353 208 1,128 17

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS (USA) II INC.

UNITED STATES IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 74 70 44 26

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS (USA) INC.

UNITED STATES IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 72 7,452 3,459 3,993

PROXIMA ALFA SERVICES LTD.

UNITED KINGDOM IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 105 2,413 1 2,412

RENTRUCKS, ALQUILER Y SERVICIOS DE TRANSPORTE, S.A.

SPAIN INACTIVE 99.23 99.23 9,729 16,399 10,600 10,700 (4,901 )

RESIDENCIAL CUMBRES DE SANTA FE, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 8,159 8,123 850 7,635 (362 )

RIVER OAKS BANK BUILDING, INC.

UNITED STATES REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 25,189 29,855 4,666 25,322 (133 )

RIVER OAKS TRUST CORPORATION

UNITED STATES INACTIVE 100.00 100.00 1 1 1

RIVERWAY HOLDINGS CAPITAL TRUST I

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 240 8,018 7,779 216 23

RWHC, INC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 564,328 565,443 1,115 560,328 4,000

SCALDIS FINANCE, S.A.

BELGIUM INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 3,507 3,650 148 3,507 (5 )

SEGUROS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO INSURANCES SERVICES 24.99 75.01 100.00 444,396 2,543,867 2,152,552 212,270 179,045

SEGUROS PROVINCIAL, C.A.

VENEZUELA INSURANCES SERVICES 100.00 100.00 26,100 49,003 22,897 10,875 15,231

SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 400 4,016 3,617 285 114

SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS DE SEGUROS, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,375 6,542 5,167 993 382

SERVICIOS EXTERNOS DE APOYO EMPRESARIAL, S.A DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 3,787 5,878 2,092 3,280 506

SERVICIOS TECNOLOGICOS SINGULARES, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,897 11,668 9,818 (245 ) 2,095

SMARTSPREAD LIMITED (UK)

UNITED KINGDOM IN LIQUIDATION 100.00 100.00 1 141 141

SOCIEDAD DE ESTUDIOS Y ANALISIS FINANCIERO.,S.A.

SPAIN COMERCIAL 100.00 100.00 114,518 194,407 72 193,554 781

SOCIEDAD GESTORA DEL FONDO PUBLICO DE REGULACION DEL MERCADO HIPOTECARIO, S.A.

SPAIN INACTIVE 77.20 77.20 138 221 67 146 8

SOCIETE INMOBILIERE BBV D’ILBARRIZ

FRANCE REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 1,466 1,496 30 1,507 (41 )

SOUTHEAST TEXAS TITLE COMPANY

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 552 581 29 547 5

SPORT CLUB 18, S.A.

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 33,090 62,514 28,746 31,053 2,715

STATE NATIONAL CAPITAL TRUST I

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 363 11,958 11,595 352 11

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

A-16


Table of Contents
% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Thousands of Euros (*)
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location Activity Direct Indirect Total Net
Carrying
Amount
Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

STATE NATIONAL STATUTORY TRUST II

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 240 7,976 7,737 233 6

TEXAS LOAN SERVICES, LP.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 941,695 942,371 675 925,061 16,635

TEXAS REGIONAL STATUTORY TRUST I

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 1,196 39,887 38,691 1,161 35

TEXASBANC CAPITAL TRUST I

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 602 20,037 19,434 585 18

TMF HOLDING INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 8,131 11,181 3,050 7,869 262

TRAINER PRO GESTION DE ACTIVIDADES, S.A.

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 2,886 5,908 2,931 2,977

TRANSITORY CO

PANAMA REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 134 2,305 2,321 (30 ) 14

TUCSON LOAN HOLDINGS, INC.

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 287,090 287,176 86 280,131 6,959

TWOENC, INC

UNITED STATES FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 (1,203 ) 1,153 2,357 (1,203 ) (1 )

UNICOM TELECOMUNICACIONES S.DE R.L. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 99.98 99.98 2 4 1 2 1

UNIDAD DE AVALUOS MEXICO, S.A. DE CV

MEXICO FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,079 3,255 1,500 1,420 335

UNITARIA GESTION DE PATRIMONIOS INMOBILIARIOS

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 100.00 100.00 2,410 2,657 7 2,632 18

UNIVERSALIDAD “E5”

COLOMBIA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 6,297 4,140 2,204 (47 )

UNIVERSALIDAD TIPS PESOS E-9

COLOMBIA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 81,897 62,962 13,584 5,351

UNO-E BANK, S.A.

SPAIN BANKING 100.00 100.00 174,752 1,367,556 1,226,967 105,987 34,602

URBANIZADORA SANT LLORENC, S.A.

SPAIN INACTIVE 60.60 60.60 108 108

VALANZA CAPITAL RIESGO S.G.E.C.R. S.A. UNIPERSONAL

SPAIN VENTURE CAPITAL 100.00 100.00 1,200 17,223 837 15,527 859

VIRTUAL DOC, S.L.

SPAIN IN LIQUIDATION 70.00 70.00 133 700 (155 ) (412 )

VISACOM, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 100.00 100.00 2,282 2,282 1 1,033 1,248

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

A-17


Table of Contents
APPENDIX III. Additional information on the jointly controlled companies accounted for under the proportionate consolidation method in the BBVA Group

% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Thousands of Euros (*)
Net
Carrying
Amount
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location

Activity

Direct Indirect Total Assets
31.12.11
Liabilities
31.12.11
Equity
31.12.11
Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11

ADMINISTRADORA DE SOLUCIONES INTEGRALES, S.A. (ASI,S.A.)

URUGUAY FINANCIAL SERVICES 34.00 34.00 1,869 7,855 2,358 3,377 2,120

ALTURA MARKETS, SOCIEDAD DE VALORES, S.A.

SPAIN SECURITIES DEALER 50.00 50.00 12,600 1,278,158 1,239,179 30,381 8,598

DOMENIA CREDIT IFN SA

ROMANIA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 26,830 121,887 113,392 6,901 1,594

G NETHERLANDS BV

NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 303,300 333,786 52,783 282,793 (1,790 )

GARANTI BANK MOSCOW

RUSSIA BANKING 100.00 100.00 61,874 295,082 236,586 55,397 3,099

GARANTI BANK SA

ROMANIA BANKING 100.00 100.00 218,958 1,441,168 1,270,122 180,357 (9,311 )

GARANTI BILISIM TEKNOLOJISI VE TIC. TAS

TURKEY SERVICES 100.00 100.00 41,959 15,714 5,978 6,713 3,023

GARANTI EMEKLILIK VE HAYAT AS

TURKEY INSURANCES SERVICES 84.91 84.91 23,144 1,265,694 1,084,728 143,163 37,803

GARANTI FACTORING HIZMETLERI AS

TURKEY FINANCIAL SERVICES 81.84 81.84 28,139 521,886 487,099 20,153 14,634

GARANTI FINANSAL KIRALAMA A.S.

TURKEY FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.96 99.96 45,327 1,106,303 908,436 175,105 22,762

GARANTI HIZMET YONETIMI A.S

TURKEY FINANCIAL SERVICES 96.40 96.40 30 366 238 407 (279 )

GARANTI HOLDING BV

NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 301,416 304,532 304,598 (66 )

GARANTI KONUT FINANSMANI DANISMANLIK HIZMETLERI AS (GARANTI MORTGAGE)

TURKEY SERVICES 100.00 100.00 307 635 58 198 379

GARANTI ODEME SISTEMLERI A.S.(GOSAS)

TURKEY FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.96 99.96 171 9,941 4,165 4,947 829

GARANTI PORTFOY YONETIMI AS

TURKEY FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 3,451 7,381 1,051 6,094 236

GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET ILETISIM HIZ. VE TIC. A.S. (GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET)

TURKEY SERVICES 99.99 99.99 20 240 240

GARANTI YATIRIM MENKUL KIYMETLER AS

TURKEY FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 24,651 16,359 3,306 12,916 137

GARANTIBANK INTERNATIONAL NV

NETHERLANDS BANKING 100.00 100.00 357,034 4,159,934 3,796,990 320,374 42,570

GOLDEN CLOVER STICHTING CUSTODY

NETHERLANDS FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 125 125 125

INVERSIONES PLATCO, C.A.

VENEZUELA FINANCIAL SERVICES 50.00 50.00 13,372 37,229 10,483 31,029 (4,283 )

MOTORACTIVE IFN SA

ROMANIA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 39,500 105,582 92,725 9,832 3,025

PSA FINANCE ARGENTINA COMPAÑIA FINANCIERA, S.A.

ARGENTINA FINANCIAL SERVICES 50.00 50.00 12,922 239,405 213,561 19,611 6,233

RALFI IFN SA

ROMANIA FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 41,864 70,760 64,362 4,329 2,069

SAFEKEEPING CUSTODY COMPANY B.V.

NETHERLANDS FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 18 18 18

STICHTING SAFEKEEPING

NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 100.00 18 18

STICHTING UNITED CUSTODIAN

NETHERLANDS FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 100.00 125 125 125

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI A.S

TURKEY BANKING 25.01 25.01 3,919,527 59,694,402 52,500,246 6,240,859 953,297

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

A-18


Table of Contents
APPENDIX IV. Additional information on investments and jointly controlled companies accounted for under the equity method in the BBVA Group

(Including the most significant entities, jointly representing 98% of all investment in this collective)

% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Thousands of Euros (**)
Net
Carrying
Amount
Affiliate Entity Data

Company

Location Activity Direct Indirect Total Assets Liabilities Equity Profit
(Loss)

ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS DE CESANTIA DE CHILE, S.A.

CHILE FINANCIAL SERVICES 37.80 37.80 5,377 14,806 4,784 5,797 4,225 (2)

ADQUIRA ESPAÑA, S.A.

SPAIN SERVICES 40.00 40.00 2,237 11,865 6,760 5,770 (666) (2)

ALMAGRARIO, S.A.

COLOMBIA SERVICES 35.38 35.38 4,007 38,554 13,541 24,973 40 (2)

ALTITUDE SOFTWARE SGPS, S.A.(*)

PORTUGAL SERVICES 31.00 31.00 10,215 21,739 13,891 6,593 1,255 (2)

AUREA, S.A. (CUBA)

CUBA REAL ESTATE 49.00 49.00 3,800 8,398 714 7,556 128 (2)

BBVA ELCANO EMPRESARIAL II, S.C.R., S.A.

SPAIN VENTURE CAPITAL 45.00 45.00 22,505 92,935 16,045 81,799 (4,908) (2)

BBVA ELCANO EMPRESARIAL, S.C.R., S.A.

SPAIN VENTURE CAPITAL 45.00 45.00 22,510 92,936 16,045 81,872 (4,981) (2)

CAMARATE GOLF, S.A.(*)

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 26.00 26.00 2,485 18,881 3,501 16,516 (1,135) (2)

CHINA CITIC BANK LIMITED CNCB

CHINA BANKING 15.00 15.00 4,840,101 235,923,186 221,806,430 11,689,116 2,427,640 (2)

CITIC INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL HOLDINGS LIMITED CIFH

HONG-KONG FINANCIAL SERVICES 29.68 29.68 546,676 14,607,059 12,944,212 1,563,232 99,615 (1) (2)

COMPAÑIA ESPAÑOLA DE FINANCIACION DEL DESARROLLO S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 21.82 21.82 15,359 72,039 6,611 54,841 10,587 (2)

COMPAÑIA MEXICANA DE PROCESAMIENTO, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 50.00 50.00 5,163 13,392 3,562 8,360 1,470 (2)

CORPORACION IBV PARTICIPACIONES EMPRESARIALES, S.A.(*)

SPAIN INVESTMENT COMPANY 50.00 50.00 77,543 565,308 306,949 233,565 24,794 (1) (2)

FERROMOVIL 3000, S.L.(*)

SPAIN SERVICES 20.00 20.00 5,846 622,894 594,085 28,401 408 (2)

FERROMOVIL 9000, S.L.(*)

SPAIN SERVICES 20.00 20.00 4,349 393,921 372,505 20,927 488 (2)

I+D MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.(*)

MEXICO SERVICES 50.00 50.00 16,464 78,461 27,874 41,374 9,213 (1) (2)

IMOBILIARIA DUQUE D’AVILA, S.A. (*)

PORTUGAL REAL ESTATE 50.00 50.00 5,464 24,149 13,713 10,058 377 (3)

LAS PEDRAZAS GOLF, S.L.(*)

SPAIN REAL ESTATE 50.00 50.00 7,037 69,639 53,206 17,097 (664) (2)

OCCIDENTAL HOTELES MANAGEMENT, S.L.(*)

SPAIN SERVICES 38.53 38.53 68,063 727,741 493,613 320,836 (86,708) (1) (2)

ROMBO COMPAÑIA FINANCIERA, S.A.

ARGENTINA FINANCIAL SERVICES 40.00 40.00 11,406 144,127 122,842 17,236 4,049 (2)

SERVICIOS DE ADMINISTRACION PREVISIONAL, S.A.

CHILE PENSION FUNDS
MANAGEMENT
37.87 37.87 3,915 23,104 10,208 5,913 6,983 (2)

SERVICIOS ELECTRONICOS GLOBALES, S.A. DE C.V.

MEXICO SERVICES 46.14 46.14 4,843 17,534 7,257 10,211 66 (2)

SERVICIOS ON LINE PARA USUARIOS MULTIPLES, S.A. (SOLIUM)(*)

SPAIN SERVICES 66.67 66.67 4,701 9,973 6,369 3,441 162 (2)

SERVIRED SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MEDIOS DE PAGO, S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 21.00 0.35 21.35 7,401 153,241 75,648 36,247 41,346 (1) (2)

TELEFONICA FACTORING ESPAÑA, S.A.

SPAIN FINANCIAL SERVICES 30.00 30.00 3,736 91,139 78,453 6,849 5,837 (2)

TUBOS REUNIDOS, S.A.

SPAIN INDUSTRY 22.77 22.77 50,590 685,741 473,869 226,055 (14,183) (1) (2)

VITAMEDICA S.A DE C.V.(*)

MEXICO INSURANCES SERVICES 50.99 50.99 2,654 12,846 6,422 6,207 217 (1) (2)

OTHER COMPANIES

88,398

5,842,845 254,535,609 237,479,110 14,530,843 2,525,655

(*)

Jointly controlled companies accounted for using the equity method

(**)

Data relating to the latest financial statements approved at the date of preparation BBVA Group consolidated financial statements. For purposes of preparing the Group consolidated financial statements, the most recent available financial statements of each company are used, regardless of whether such financial statements are audited. Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on reference date

(1)

Consolidated Data

(2)

The most recent audited financial statements are for the year ended December 31, 2010

(3)

The most recent audited financial statements are for the year ended December 31, 2009

A-19


Table of Contents
APPENDIX V. Changes and notification of investments and divestments in the BBVA Group in 2011

Acquisitions or Increases of Interest Ownership in Consolidated Subsidiaries and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Proportionate Method

Thousands of Euros % of Voting Rights Effective Date
for the
Transaction
(or Notification
Date)

Company

Type of
Transaction
Activity Price Paid in the
Transactions +
Expenses directly
attributable to the
Transactions
Fair Value
of  Equity
Instruments

issued
for the
Transactions
% Participation
(net) Acquired

in the Period
Total Voting
Rights
Controlled
after the
Transactions

CREDIT URUGUAY BANCO, S.A.

ACQUISITION BANKING 75,595 100.00 % 100.00 % 18-1-2011

BBVA DISTRIBUIDORA DE SEGUROS S.R.L.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 75 100.00 % 100.00 % 18-1-2011

EMPRENDIMIENTOS DE VALOR S.A.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 2,603 100.00 % 100.00 % 18-1-2011

ADMINISTRADORA DE SOLUCIONES INTEGRALES, S.A. (ASI,S.A.)

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 1,098 34.00 % 34.00 % 24-2-2011

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI A.S

ACQUISITION BANKING 4,390,596 24.89 % 24.89 % 22-3-2011

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI A.S

ACQUISITION BANKING 17,635 0.12 % 25.01 % 4-4-2011

GARANTIBANK INTERNATIONAL NV

ACQUISITION BANKING 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI BANK SA

ACQUISITION BANKING 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

G NETHERLANDS BV

ACQUISITION INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

RALFI IFN SA

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

DOMENIA CREDIT IFN SA

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

MOTORACTIVE IFN SA

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

LEASEMART HOLDING BV

ACQUISITION INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI HOLDING BV

ACQUISITION INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI BANK MOSCOW

ACQUISITION BANKING 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI FINANSAL KIRALAMA A.S.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.96 % 99.96 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI FACTORING HIZMETLERI AS

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 81.84 % 81.84 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI EMEKLILIK VE HAYAT AS

ACQUISITION INSURANCES SERVICES 84.91 % 84.91 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI YATIRIM MENKUL KIYMETLER AS

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI PORTFOY YONETIMI AS

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI BILISIM TEKNOLOJISI VE TIC. TAS

ACQUISITION SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

SAFEKEEPING CUSTODY COMPANY B.V.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI ODEME SISTEMLERI A.S.(GÖSAS)

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 99.96 % 99.96 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET ILETISIM HIZ. VE TIC. A.S. (GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET)

ACQUISITION SERVICES 99.99 % 99.99 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI HIZMET YONETIMI A.S

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 96.40 % 96.40 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI KONUT FINANSMANI DANISMANLIK HIZMETLERI AS (GARANTI MORTGAGE)

ACQUISITION SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GOLDEN CLOVER STICHTING CUSTODY

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

STICHTING UNITED CUSTODIAN

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

STICHTING SAFEKEEPING

ACQUISITION INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI BROKER DE ASIGURARE SRL

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 1,507 7.65 % 66.06 % 31-3-2011

RENTRUCKS, ALQUILER Y SERVICIOS DE TRANSPORTE, S.A.

DILUTION EFFECT FINANCIAL SERVICES 48.93 % 98.93 % 30-4-2011

BBVA & PARTNERS ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT AV SA

ACQUISITION SECURITIES DEALER 4,500 30.00 % 100.00 % 30-4-2011

BBVA BANCO FRANCES S.A.

ACQUISITION BANKING 141 0.01 % 76.01 % 31-5-2011

GRUPO FINANCIERO BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 25 0.00 % 99.97 % 31-5-2011

FACILEASING S.A. DE C.V.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 20,023 100.00 % 100.00 % 1-7-2011

COPROMED S.A. DE C.V.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 1-7-2011

FORUM COMERCIALIZADORA DEL PERU, S.A.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 4,627 100.00 % 100.00 % 29-8-2011

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA DEL PERU, S.A.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 2,827 100.00 % 100.00 % 29-8-2011

EL MILANILLO, S.A.

ACQUISITION REAL ESTATE 27,179 100.00 % 100.00 % 30-9-2011

BBVA BANCO FRANCES, S.A.

MERGER BANKING 0.02 % 76.04 % 30-9-2011

FORUM SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 93,416 24.50 % 75.50 % 30-9-2011

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA, S.A.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 9,629 24.48 % 75.52 % 30-9-2011

PREVENTIS, S.A.

ACQUISITION INSURANCES SERVICES 9.73 % 90.27 % 30-11-2011

EL ENCINAR METROPOLITANO

TREASURY STOCK REAL ESTATE 0.03 % 99.04 % 30-11-2011

BANCO DE PROMOCION DE NEGOCIOS, S.A.

ACQUISITION BANKING 8 0.01 % 99.86 % 31-12-2011

RENTRUCKS, ALQUILER Y SERVICIOS DE TRANSPORTE, S.A.

DILUTION EFFECT FINANCIAL SERVICES 0.30 % 99.23 % 31-12-2011

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

DILUTION EFFECT SERVICES 1,245 6.00 % 72.06 % 31-12-2011

A-20


Table of Contents

Disposals or Reduction of Interest Ownership in Consolidated Subsidiaries and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Proportionate Method

Thousands of Euros % of Voting Rights Effective Date for the
Transaction (or
Notification Date)

Company

Type of
Transaction
Activity Profit (Loss)
in the Transaction
% Participation
Sold
in the Period
Total Voting Rights
Controlled after
the Disposal

BCL INTERNATIONAL FINANCE. LTD.

LIQUIDATION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 30-04-11

PROMOTORA RESIDENCIAL GRAN EUROPA, S.L.

LIQUIDATION REAL ESTATE (5 ) 58.50 % 30-04-11

CREDIT URUGUAY BANCO, S.A.(1)

MERGER BANKING 100.00 % 30-04-11

CONSOLIDAR CIA. DE SEGUROS DE RETIRO, S.A.

DISPOSAL INSURANCES SERVICES 17,421 100.00 % 30-06-11

JARDINES DE SARRIENA, S.L.

LIQUIDATION REAL ESTATE 34 85.00 % 30-06-11

FIDEICOMISO MIRASIERRA BBVA-BANCOMER Nº F/70413-0

MERGER REAL ESTATE 0.13 % 45.35 % 30-06-11

FINANZIA, BANCO DE CREDITO, S.A.(2)

MERGER BANKING 100.00 % 01-07-11

CONSOLIDAR COMERCIALIZADORA, S.A.(3)

MERGER FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 01-07-11

INMOBILIARIA BILBAO, S.A.(4)

MERGER REAL ESTATE 100.00 % 30-09-11

MEDITERRANIA DE PROMOCIONS I GESTIONS INMOBILIARIES, S.A.(4)

MERGER REAL ESTATE 100.00 % 30-09-11

LEASEMART HOLDING BV(5)

MERGER INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 % 30-09-11

GARANTI BROKER DE ASIGURARE SRL

LIQUIDATION FINANCIAL SERVICES 100.00 % 30-11-11

PROMOTORA METROVACESA, S.L.(6)

MERGER REAL ESTATE 100.00 % 31-12-11

ANIDA DESARROLLOS SINGULARES, S.L.(6)

MERGER REAL ESTATE 100.00 % 31-12-11

ANIDA INMUEBLES ESPAÑA Y PORTUGAL, S.L.(6)

MERGER REAL ESTATE 100.00 % 31-12-11

CORPORACION DE ALIMENTACION Y BEBIDAS, S.A.(7)

MERGER INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 % 31-12-11

BILBAO VIZCAYA AMERICA B.V.(8)

MERGER INVESTMENT COMPANY 100.00 % 31-12-11

DINERO EXPRESS SERVICIOS GLOBALES, S.A.

LIQUIDATION FINANCIAL SERVICES (122 ) 100.00 % 31-12-11

FIDEICOMISO BBVA BANCOMER SERVICIOS Nº F/47433-8, S.A.

LIQUIDATION FINANCIAL SERVICES 1,454 100.00 % 31-12-11

(1)

Merger company: BBVA URUGUAY,SA

(2)

Merger company: BBVA,SA

(3)

Merger company: BBVA BANCO FRANCES,SA

(4)

Merger company: CIDESSA DOS,SA

(5)

Merger company: GARANTI HOLDING BV

(6)

Merger company: ANIDA OPERACIONES SIGULARES, S.L.

(7)

Merger company: BANCO INDUSTRIAL DE BILBAO, S.A.

(8)

Merger company: BBV AMERICA, S.L.

A-21


Table of Contents

Business Combinations and Other Acquisitions or Increases of Interest Ownership in Associates and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Equity Method

Thousands of Euros % of Voting Rights Effective Date for
the Transaction
(or Notification Date)

Company

Type of
Transaction
Activity Price Paid in the
Transactions +
Expenses Directly
Attributable to the
Transactions
Fair Value of
Equity
Instruments
Issued
for the
Transactions
% Participation
(Net) Acquired
in the Period
Total Voting Rights
Controlled After the
Transactions

CABAL URUGUAY, S.A.

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 102 33.33 % 33.33 % 18-1-2011

REDBANC, S.A.(URUGUAY)

ACQUISITION FINANCIAL SERVICES 22 28.57 % 28.57 % 18-1-2011

ALTITUDE SOFTWARE SGPS, S.A.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 164 0.53 % 31.00 % 31-3-2011

SISTARBANC S.R.L.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 22 20.00 % 20.00 % 18-1-2011

REDSYS SERVICIOS DE PROCESAMIENTO, S.L.

SPLIT FINANCIAL SERVICES 1,344 16.19 % 16.19 % 30-4-2011

MOTORACTIVE MULTISERVICES SRL

ACQUISITION SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI FILO YONETIM HIZMETLERI A.S.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

GARANTI KULTUR AS

ACQUISITION SERVICES 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

TRIFOI REAL ESTATE SRL

ACQUISITION REAL ESTATE 100.00 % 100.00 % 22-3-2011

SOLIUM OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

ACQUISITION SERVICES 2 100.00 % 100.00 % 30-9-2011

PROMOTORA METROVACESA

DILUTION EFFECT REAL ESTATE 2,950 50.00 % 100.00 % 30-9-2011

TUBOS REUNIDOS, S.A.

TREASURY STOCK INDUSTRY 0.26 % 24.38 % 31-10-2011

Disposal or Reduction of Interest Ownership in Associates and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Equity Method

Thousands of Euros % of Voting Rights Effective Date for
the Transaction
(or Notification Date)

Company

Type of Transaction Activity Profit (Loss) in
the Transaction
% Participation
Sold in the
Period
Total Voting Rights
Controlled after the
Disposal

HESTENAR, S.L.

LIQUIDATION REAL ESTATE (356 ) 43.34 % 30-04-11

HESTERALIA MALAGA, S.L.

LIQUIDATION REAL ESTATE (16 ) 50.00 % 31-05-11

REDBANC, S.A.(URUGUAY)

% ADJUSTMENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 6 8.57 % 20.00 % 30-08-11

BLUE VISTA PLATAFORMA DE EMISION EN NUEVOS MEDIOS, S.L.

DISPOSAL SERVICES (12 ) 51.00 % 31-12-11

A-22


Table of Contents

Changes in other Companies quoted recognize as Available-for-sale

% Voting Rights Effective Date for the
Transaction
(or Notification Date)

Company

Type of Transaction

Activity

% Participation
Acquired (Sold)
in the Period
Totally Controlled
after Transaction

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -1.06 % 2.97 % 25-1-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

ADQUISITION SERVICES 0.06 % 3.03 % 28-1-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -0.15 % 2.93 % 1-2-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

ADQUISITION SERVICES 0.04 % 3.02 % 4-2-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -0.95 % 2.11 % 21-2-2011

ACS ACTIVIDADES DE CONSTRUCCION Y SERVICIOS, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -0.23 % 2.87 % 14-1-2011

ACS ACTIVIDADES DE CONSTRUCCION Y SERVICIOS, S.A.(*)

ADQUISITION SERVICES 0.32 % 3.10 % 27-1-2011

SOL MELIA, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -2.86 % 1.25 % 23-2-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

ADQUISITION SERVICES 0.75 % 3.41 % 6-4-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

DELEGATION VOTES SERVICES -3.25 % 0.21 % 15-4-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -2.27 % 1.19 % 18-4-2011

ACS ACTIVIDADES DE CONSTRUCCION Y SERVICIOS, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -1.17 % 1.99 % 2-5-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

ADQUISITION SERVICES 2.07 % 3.92 % 5-7-2011

METROVACESA, S.A (*)

CAPITAL INCREASE REAL ESTATE 16.53 % 17.34 % 2-8-2011

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

DISPOSAL SERVICES -0.06 % 2.94 % 12-9-2011

(*)

Notifications realized

A-23


Table of Contents
APPENDIX VI. Fully consolidated subsidiaries with more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of December 31, 2011

Company

Activity

% of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
Direct Indirect Total

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA
CHILE, S.A.

BANKING 68.18 68.18

BANCO PROVINCIAL S.A. – BANCO UNIVERSAL

BANKING 1.85 53.75 55.60

BBVA INMOBILIARIA E INVERSIONES, S.A.

REAL ESTATE 68.11 68.11

DESARROLLO URBANISTICO DE
CHAMARTIN, S.A.

REAL ESTATE 72.50 72.50

EL OASIS DE LAS RAMBLAS, S.L.

REAL ESTATE 70.00 70.00

ESTACION DE AUTOBUSES CHAMARTIN, S.A.

SERVICES 51.00 51.00

FIDEICOMISO HARES BBVA BANCOMER F/ 47997-2

REAL ESTATE 89.97 89.97

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA, S.A.

FINANCIAL SERVICES 75.52 75.52

FORUM SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

FINANCIAL SERVICES 75.50 75.50

GESTION DE PREVISION Y PENSIONES, S.A.

PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT 60.00 60.00

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

SERVICES 72.06 72.06

HOLDING CONTINENTAL, S.A.

INVESTMENT COMPANY 50.00 50.00

INVERSIONES BANPRO INTERNATIONAL
INC. N.V.

IN LIQUIDATION 48.00 48.00

INVERSIONES P.H.R.4, C.A.

IN LIQUIDATION 60.46 60.46

PRO-SALUD, C.A.

SERVICES 58.86 58.86

VIRTUAL DOC, S.L.

IN LIQUIDATION 70.00 70.00

A-24


Table of Contents
APPENDIX VII. BBVA Group’s securitization funds

Thousands of Euros

Securitization Fund

Company

Origination
Date
Total Securitized
Exposures at the
Origination Date
Total Securitized
Exposures as of
December 31, 2011

BBVA AUTOS I FTA

BBVA, S.A. 10/2004 1,000,000 37,005

BBVA-3 FTPYME FTA

BBVA, S.A. 11/2004 1,000,023 69,198

BBVA AUTOS 2 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 12/2005 1,000,000 183,673

BBVA HIPOTECARIO 3 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 06/2005 1,450,013 250,213

BBVA-4 PYME FTA

BBVA, S.A. 09/2005 1,250,025 92,899

BBVA CONSUMO 1 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 05/2006 1,499,999 245,266

BBVA-5 FTPYME FTA

BBVA, S.A. 10/2006 1,900,022 268,652

BCL MUNICIPIOS I FTA

BBVA, S.A. 06/2000 1,205,059 123,849

2 PS RBS (ex ABN)

BBVA SDAD DE LEASING INMOBILIARIO, S.A. 09/2002 8,325 5,554

BBVA CONSUMO 2 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 11/2006 1,500,000 352,090

BBVA CONSUMO 3 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 04/2008 975,000 328,333

BBVA CONSUMO 4 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 12/2009 1,100,000 742,690

BBVA CONSUMO 5 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 12/2010 899,999 862,019

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E10

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A. 03/2009 29,553 8,507

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E11

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A. 05/2009 19,509 6,054

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E12

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A. 08/2009 31,341 7,999

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E5

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A. 11/2004 138,769 1,870

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E9

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A. 12/2008 56,037 17,490

BBVA EMPRESAS 1 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 11/2007 1,450,002 282,774

BBVA EMPRESAS 2 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 03/2009 2,850,062 1,237,017

BBVA EMPRESAS 3 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 12/2009 2,600,011 1,189,154

BBVA EMPRESAS 4 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 07/2010 1,700,025 1,029,825

BBVA EMPRESAS 5 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 03/2011 1,250,050 929,566

BBVA EMPRESAS 6 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 12/2011 1,200,154 1,167,385

BACOMCB 07

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. 12/2007 146,447 84,388

BACOMCB 08

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. 03/2008 63,970 39,789

BACOMCB 08U

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. 08/2008 315,526 242,810

BACOMCB 08-2

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. 12/2008 322,609 213,367

BACOMCB 09

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. 08/2009 362,578 284,113

BBVA-FINANZIA AUTOS 1 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 04/2007 800,000 190,633

GAT FTGENCAT 2005 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 12/2005 249,943 35,031

BBVA RMBS 1 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 02/2007 2,500,000 1,681,555

BBVA RMBS 2 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 03/2007 5,000,000 3,318,029

BBVA RMBS 3 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 07/2007 3,000,000 2,215,718

BBVA RMBS 4 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 11/2007 4,900,001 3,261,080

BBVA RMBS 5 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 05/2008 5,000,001 3,807,310

BBVA RMBS 6 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 11/2008 4,995,005 3,855,001

BBVA RMBS 7 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 11/2008 8,500,005 5,970,303

BBVA RMBS 9 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 04/2010 1,295,101 1,214,413

BBVA RMBS 10 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 06/2011 1,600,065 1,577,645

BBVA LEASING 1 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 06/2007 2,500,000 575,305

PEP80040F110

BANCO CONTINENTAL,S.A. 12/2007 7,165 6,983

BBVA-6 FTPYME FTA

BBVA, S.A. 06/2007 1,500,101 305,427

BBVA-7 FTGENCAT FTA

BBVA, S.A. 02/2008 250,010 69,941

BBVA-8 FTPYME FTA

BBVA, S.A. 07/2008 1,100,127 379,397

BBVA RMBS 8 FTA

BBVA, S.A. 07/2009 1,220,000 1,007,773

2 PS INTERAMERICANA

BBVA CHILE, S.A. 10/2004 12,120 4,876

2 PS INTERAMERICANA

BBVA SDAD DE LEASING INMOBILIARIO, S.A. 10/2004 19,726 7,937

FannieMae- Lender No. 227300000

COMPASS BANK 12/2001 157,774 17,639

FannieMae- Lender No. 227300000

COMPASS SOUTHWEST 12/2001 32,361 3,619

FANNIE MAE – LENDER No. 227300027

COMPASS BANK 12/2003 7,818 1,972

FANNIE MAE – LENDER No. 227300027

COMPASS SOUTHWEST 12/2003 280,670 70,804

A-25


Table of Contents
APPENDIX VIII. Details of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities issued by the Bank or entities in the Group consolidated as of December 31, 2011.

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of subordinated issues

Millions of Euros

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

Currency December
2011
December
2010
December
2009
Prevailing
Interest Rate at
2011
Maturity
Date

Issues in Euros

BBVA

July-96

EUR 27 27 27 9.37 % 22-12-16

November-03

EUR 750 0.00 % 12-11-15

October-04

EUR 992 992 992 4.37 % 20-10-19

February-07

EUR 297 297 297 4.50 % 16-02-22

March-08

EUR 125 125 125 6.03 % 03-03-33

July-08

EUR 100 100 100 6.20 % 04-07-23

September-09

EUR 2,000 2,000 15-10-14
EUR 3,430 6.50 % 30-06-13

Subtotal

EUR 4,971 3,541 4,291

BBVA GLOBAL FINANCE, LTD. (*)

July-99

EUR 64 73 73 6.33 % 16-10-15

February-00

EUR 442 0.00 % 25-02-10

October-01

EUR 60 60 0.00 % 10-10-11

October-01

EUR 40 40 40 6.08 % 10-10-16

October-01

EUR 50 50 50 2.17 % 15-10-16

November-01

EUR 55 55 55 2.29 % 02-11-16

December-01

EUR 56 56 56 2.12 % 20-12-16

Subtotal

EUR 265 334 776

BBVA SUBORDINATED CAPITAL, S.A.U. (*)

May-05

EUR 389 423 456 1.77 % 23-05-17

October-05

EUR 126 126 130 1.87 % 13-10-20

October-05

EUR 199 205 231 1.83 % 20-10-17

October-06

EUR 822 900 0.00 % 24-10-16

April-07

EUR 594 623 700 1.77 % 03-04-17

April-07

EUR 100 100 100 3.65 % 04-05-22

May-08

EUR 50 50 50 0.00 % 19-05-23

July-08

EUR 20 20 20 6.11 % 22-07-18

Subtotal

EUR 1,478 2,369 2,587

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. de C.V.

May-07

EUR 469 601 560 7.00 % 17-07-17

Subtotal

EUR 469 601 560

ALTURA MARKETS A.V., S.A.

November-07

EUR 2 2 2 3.48 % 29-11-17

Subtotal

EUR 2 2 2

TURKIYE GARANTIA BANKASI, A.S.

February-09

EUR 12 3.50 % 31-03-21

Subtotal

EUR 12

GARANTIBANK INTERNATIONAL NV

Different issues

EUR 4 Various Various

Subtotal

EUR 4

Total issued in Euros

7,201 6,847 8,216

(*)

As of March 23, 2010 issues of BBVA Capital Funding, Ltd. have been assumed by BBVA Global Finance Ltd.

The issues of BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A.U. and BBVA Global Finance, LTD. are guaranteed (secondary liability) by the Bank.

A-26


Table of Contents

Outsanding as of December 31, 2011 of subordinated issues

Millions of Euros

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

Currency December
2011
December
2010
December
2009
Prevailing
Interest Rate at
2011
Maturity
Date

Issues in foreign currency

BBVA PUERTO RICO, S.A.

September-04

USD 39 38 35 2.01 % 23-09-14

September-06

USD 28 28 26 2.13 % 29-09-16

September-06

USD 23 22 21 2.13 % 29-09-16

Subtotal

USD 90 88 82

BBVA GLOBAL FINANCE, LTD. (*)

December-95

USD 155 96 139 7.00 % 01-12-25

October-95

JPY 100 92 75 6.00 % 26-10-15

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, CHILE

Various issues

CLP 597 624 336 Various Various

Subtotal

CLP 597 624 336

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. de C.V.

July-05

USD 241 0.00 % 22-07-15

May-07

USD 386 373 345 6.00 % 17-05-22

April-10

USD 773 670 7.00 % 22-04-20

March-11

USD 966 7.00 % 10-03-21

Subtotal

USD 2,125 1,043 586

September-06

MXN 138 151 132 5.00 % 18-09-14

July-08

MXN 66 73 63 5.00 % 16-07-18

October-08

MXN 166 181 156 6.00 % 24-09-18

December-08

MXN 165 172 152 6.00 % 26-11-20

June-09

MXN 151 164 144 6.00 % 07-06-19

Subtotal

MXN 686 741 647

BBVA SUBORDINATED CAPITAL, S.A.U.

October-05

JPY 200 184 150 2.75 % 22-10-35

Subtotal

JPY 200 184 150

October-05

GBP 277 0.00 % 21-10-15

March-06

GBP 326 325 0.00 % 31-03-16

March-07

GBP 258 284 282 5.75 % 11-03-18

Subtotal

GBP 258 610 884

RIVERWAY HOLDING CAPITAL TRUST I

March-01

USD 8 7 7 10.18 % 08-06-31

Subtotal

USD 8 7 7

TEXAS REGIONAL STATUTORY TRUST I

February-04

USD 39 37 35 3.41 % 17-03-34

Subtotal

USD 39 37 35

(*)

As of March 23, 2010 issues of BBVA Capital Funding, Ltd. have been assumed by BBVA Global Finance Ltd.

The issues of BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A.U. and BBVA Global Finance, LTD. are guaranteed (secondary liability) by the Bank.

A-27


Table of Contents

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of subordinated issues

Millions of Euros

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

Currency December
2011
December
2010
December
2009
Prevailing
Interest Rate at
2011
Maturity
Date

STATE NATIONAL CAPITAL TRUST I

July-03

USD 12 11 10 3.63 % 30-09-33

Subtotal

USD 12 11 10

STATE NATIONAL STATUTORY TRUST II

March-04

USD 8 7 7 3.35 % 17-03-34

Subtotal

USD 8 7 7

TEXASBANC CAPITAL TRUST I

July-04

USD 19 19 17 3.02 % 23-07-34

Subtotal

USD 19 19 17

COMPASS BANK

March-05

USD 220 212 195 5.50 % 01-04-20

March-06

USD 202 195 180 5.90 % 01-04-26

September-07

USD 269 261 242 6.40 % 01-10-17

Subtotal

USD 691 668 617

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.

August-06

COP 156 136 28-08-11

September-11

COP 42 8.32 % 19-09-21

September-11

COP 62 8.57 % 19-09-26

September-11

COP 41 8.16 % 19-09-18

Subtotal

COP 145 156 136

BBVA PARAGUAY, S.A.

Various

PYG 2 2 2 Various

Various

USD 7 6 6 Various

BANCO CONTINENTAL, S.A.

December-06

USD 23 22 21 3.00 % 15-02-17

May-07

USD 15 15 14 6.00 % 14-05-27

September-07

USD 15 15 14 2.00 % 24-09-17

February-08

USD 15 15 14 6.00 % 28-02-28

June-08

USD 23 22 21 3.00 % 15-06-18

November-08

USD 15 15 14 3.00 % 15-02-19

October-10

USD 156 150 7.00 % 07-10-40

Subtotal

262 254 98

May-07

PEN 11 11 10 6.00 % 07-05-22

June-07

PEN 19 16 14 4.00 % 18-06-32

November-07

PEN 16 15 13 4.00 % 19-11-32

July-08

PEN 14 13 11 3.00 % 08-07-23

September-08

PEN 16 14 12 3.00 % 09-09-23

December-08

PEN 10 8 7 4.00 % 15-12-33

Subtotal

86 77 67

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI, A.S.

Feb-07

USD 95 6.95 % 06-02-17

Subtotal

95

Total issues in foreign currencies (Millions of Euros)

5,578 4,722 3,901

A-28


Table of Contents

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of preferred issues

December 2011 December 2010 December 2009

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

Currency Amount Issued
(Millions)
Currency Amount Issued
(Millions)
Currency Amount Issued
(Millions)

BBVA International, Ltd.

December-02

EUR 9 EUR 500 EUR 500

BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U.

December-03

EUR 5 EUR 350 EUR 350

July-04

EUR 7 EUR 500 EUR 500

December-04

EUR 17 EUR 1,125 EUR 1,125

December-08

EUR 7 EUR 1,000 EUR 1,000

BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U.

September-05

EUR 85 EUR 85 EUR 85

September-06

EUR 164 EUR 164 EUR 164

April-07

USD 600 USD 600 USD 600

July-07

GBP 31 GBP 31 GBP 31

October-09

EUR 645 EUR 645 EUR 645

October-09

GBP 251 GBP 251 GBP 251

Banco Provincial, S.A. – Banco Universal

October-07

VEF 150 VEF 150

November-07

VEF 58 VEF 58

Phoenix Loan Holdings Inc.

November-00

USD 25 USD 25 USD 25

A-29


Table of Contents
APPENDIX IX. Consolidated balance sheets held in foreign currency as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Millions of Euros

2011

USD Mexican
Pesos
Other Foreign
Currencies
Total Foreign
Currencies

Assets -

Cash and balances with central banks

5,823 5,412 6,314 17,549

Financial assets held for trading

3,369 13,568 3,599 20,536

Available-for-sale financial assets

8,929 7,642 8,901 25,472

Loans and receivables

69,923 34,363 43,977 148,263

Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

5 101 4,236 4,342

Tangible assets

842 1,060 1,009 2,911

Other assets

4,770 2,769 4,140 11,679

Total

93,661 64,915 72,176 230,752

Liabilities-

Financial liabilities held for trading

2,207 4,113 2,222 8,542

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

85,459 47,906 53,570 186,935

Other liabilities

1,164 6,288 3,279 10,731

Total

88,830 58,307 59,071 206,208

Millions of Euros

2010

USD Mexican
Pesos
Other Foreign
Currencies
Total Foreign
Currencies

Assets -

Cash and balances with central banks

4,358 6,002 5,333 15,693

Financial assets held for trading

2,347 11,142 4,031 17,520

Available-for-sale financial assets

8,547 10,150 5,102 23,799

Loans and receivables

61,994 35,465 31,288 128,747

Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

5 112 3,658 3,775

Tangible assets

804 916 655 2,375

Other assets

3,972 2,768 1,830 8,570

Total

82,027 66,555 51,897 200,479

Liabilities-

Financial liabilities held for trading

1,420 3,349 1,073 5,842

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

90,444 50,708 42,645 183,797

Other liabilities

928 5,976 2,889 9,793

Total

92,792 60,033 46,607 199,432

Millions of Euros

2009

USD Mexican
Pesos
Other Foreign
Currencies
Total Foreign
Currencies

Assets -

Cash and balances with central banks

3,198 5,469 4,278 12,945

Financial assets held for trading

2,607 12,121 2,459 17,187

Available-for-sale financial assets

8,451 7,277 5,227 20,955

Loans and receivables

59,400 27,618 27,953 114,971

Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

5 112 2,328 2,445

Tangible assets

753 777 653 2,183

Other assets

3,699 2,123 1,763 7,585

Total

78,113 55,497 44,661 178,271

Liabilities-

Financial liabilities held for trading

893 2,507 968 4,368

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

121,735 43,300 42,502 207,537

Other liabilities

1,050 4,316 2,835 8,201

Total

123,678 50,123 46,305 220,106

A-30


Table of Contents
APPENDIX X. Risks related to the developer and real-estate sector in Spain

a) Policies and strategies established by the Group to deal with risks related to the developer and real-estate sector

BBVA has teams specializing in the management of the Real Estate Sector risk, given its economic importance and specific technical component. This specialization is not only in the Risk-Acceptance teams, but throughout the handling, commercial, problematic management and legal aspects, and includes the research department (BBVA Research), which helps determine the medium/long-term vision needed to manage this portfolio. Specialization has been increased and the management teams in the areas of recovery and the Real Estate Unit itself have been reinforced.

The portfolio management policies, established to address the risks related to the developer and real-estate sector, aims to accomplish, among others, the following objectives: to avoid concentration in terms of customers, products and regions; to estimate the risk profile for the portfolio; and to anticipate possible worsening of the portfolio.

Specific policies for analysis and admission of new developer risk transactions

In the analysis of new operations, the assessment of the commercial operation in terms of the economic and financial viability of the project has been once of the constant points that have helped ensure the success and transformation of construction land operations for our customers’ developments.

As regards the participation of the Risk Acceptance teams, they have a direct link and participate in the committees of areas such as Recoveries and the Real Estate Unit. This guarantees coordination and exchange of information in all the processes.

The following strategies have been implemented with customers: avoidance of large corporate transactions, which had already reduced their share in the years of greatest market growth; non-participation in the second-home market; commitment to public housing financing; and participation in land operations with a high level of urban development security, giving priority to land open to urban development.

Risk monitoring policies

The base information for analyzing the real estate portfolios is updated monthly. The tools used include the so-called “watch-list”, which is updated monthly with the progress of each client under watch, and the different strategic plans for management of special groups. There are plans that involve an intensification of the review of the portfolio for financing land, while, in the case of ongoing promotions, they are classified for monitoring purposes based on the rate of progress of the projects.

These actions have enabled the Bank to anticipate possible impairment situations, by always keeping an eye on BBVA’s position with each customer (whether or not as first creditor). In this regard, key aspects include management of the risk policy to be followed with each customer, contract review, deadline extension, improved collateral, rate review (repricing) and asset purchase.

Proper management of the relationship with each customer requires knowledge of various aspects such as the identification of the source of payment difficulties, an analysis of the company’s future viability, the updating of the information on the debtor and the guarantors (their current situation and business course, economic-financial information, debt analysis and generation of funds), and the updating of the appraisal of the assets offered as collateral.

BBVA has a classification of debtors in accordance with legislation in force in each country, usually categorizing each one’s level of difficulty for each risk.

A-31


Table of Contents

Based on the information above, a decision is made whether to use the refinancing tool, whose objective is to adjust the structure of the maturity of the debt to the generation of funds and the customer’s payment capacity.

As for the policies relating to risk refinancing with the developer and real-estate sector, they are the same as the general policies used for all of the Group’s risks. In the developer and real estate sector, they are based on clear solvency and viability criteria for projects, with demanding terms for guarantees and legal compliance. The policy on refinancing uses outstanding risk rather than nonperforming assets, with a refinancing tool that standardizes criteria and values up to a total of 19 variables when considering any refinancing operation.

In the case of refinancing, the tools used for enhancing the Bank’s position are: the search for new intervening parties with proven solvency and initial payment to reduce the principal debt or outstanding interest; the improvement of the debt bond in order to facilitate the procedure in the event of default; the provision of new or additional collateral; and making refinancing viable with new conditions (period, rate and repayments), adapted to a credible and sufficiently verified business plan.

Policies applied in the management of real estate assets in Spain

The policy applied for managing these assets depends on the type of real-estate asset, as detailed below.

In the case of completed homes, the final aim is the sale of these homes to private individuals, thus diluting the risk and beginning a new business cycle. Here, the strategy has been to help subrogation (the default rate in this channel of business is notably lower than in any other channel of residential mortgages) and to support our customers’ sales directly, using BBVA’s own channel (BBVA Services and our branches), creating incentives for sale and including sale orders for BBVA that set out sale prices which are notably lower than initial ones. In exceptional case we have even accepted partial haircuts, with the aim of making the sale easier.

In the case of ongoing construction work, our strategy has been to help and promote the completion of the works in order to transfer the investment to completed homes. The whole developer Works in Progress portfolio has been reviewed and classified into different stages with the aim of using different tools to support the strategy. This includes the use of developer accounts-payable financing as a form of payment control, the use of project monitoring supported by the Real Estate Unit itself, and the management of direct suppliers for the works as a complement to the developer’s own management.

With respect to land, our presence at advanced stages in land development, where the vast majority of our risk is urban land, simplifies our management. Urban management and liquidity control to tackle urban planning costs are also subject to special monitoring.

b) Quantitative information on activities in the real-estate market in Spain

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, exposure (excluding undisbursed amounts) to customers of the construction or real estate industry in Spain (in accordance with the official Spanish industry classification) stood at 25,287 million and 31,708 million, respectively. Of that amount, risk from loans granted to customers in Spain for the development of real estate and housing accounted for 14,158 million and 16,608 million, representing 8.1% and 8.9% of loans and advances to customers of the balance of business in Spain (excluding the government and other public agencies) and 2% and 3% of the total assets of the Consolidated Group.

A-32


Table of Contents

Lending for real estate development according to the purpose of the loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is shown below:

Millions of Euros

2011

Financing allocated to construction and real estate development and its
coverage

Gross Amount Drawn Over
the Guarantee
Value
Provision
Coverage

Loans recorded by the Group’s credit institutions (Business in Spain)

14,158 4,846 1,441

Of which: Impaired assets

3,743 1,725 1,123

Of which: Potential problem assets

2,052 911 318

Memorandum item:

Write-offs

182

Millions of Euros

2010

Financing allocated to construction and real estate development and its
coverage

Gross amount Drawn over
the guarantee
value
Provision
coverage

Loans recorded by the Group’s credit institutions (Business in Spain)

16,608 4,869 1,224

Of which: Impaired assets

3,543 1,355 893

Of which: Potential problem assets

2,381 1,185 331

Memorandum item:

Write-offs

23

Millions of Euros

Memorandum item:

Consolidated Group Data (carrying amount)

2011 2010

Total loans and advances to customers, excluding the Public Sector (Business in Spain)

174,467 185,361

Total consolidated assets (total business)

597,688 552,738

Impairment losses determined collectively (total business)

3,027 2,698

As of December 31, 2011, 29% of the nonperforming assets in this sector are up-to-date on payments, but were classified as non-performing in accordance with the provisions of Appendix IX of Circular 4/2004 of the Bank of Spain. Furthermore, substandard risk amounted to 14.5% of total developer risk.

The drawn over the guarantee value shown in the tables above corresponds to the difference between the gross amount of each loan and the value of the real rights that, if applicable, were received as security, calculated according to Bank of Spain Circular 3/2010, which complements Appendix IX of Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004. This means that additional regulatory corrective factors ranging from 30% to 50%, based on the type of asset, have been applied to the updated appraisal values.

After applying said corrective factors, the excess value above the guarantee value, which represents the amount to be provisioned, amounted to 1,725 and 991 million for nonperforming assets and substandard assets, respectively as of December 31, 2011 ( 1,355 million and 1,185 million as of December 31, 2010).

In addition, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, specific recognized provisions are available, amounting to 1,441 and 1,224 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the updated appraisal values, without the application of said corrective factors, rose to 19,288 and 25,327 million, respectively (an average LTV of 73.4% and 65.5%, respectively) which broadly covers the amount of the debt.

A-33


Table of Contents

The following is a description of the real estate credit risk based on the types of associated guarantees:

Millions of Euros

Credit: Gross amount (Business in Spain)

2011 2010

Without secured loan

988 1,259

With secured loan

13,053 15,249

Terminated buildings

6,930 7,403

Homes

6,431 7,018

Other

499 385

Buildings under construction

2,448 3,531

Homes

2,374 3,320

Other

74 211

Land

3,675 4,315

Urbanized land

2,404 2,922

Rest of land

1,271 1,393

With others secured

117 100

Total

14,158 16,608

As of December 31, 2011, 66% of loans to developers are guaranteed with buildings (94% are homes), and only 26% by land, of which 65% is urbanized.

The information on the retail mortgage portfolio risk as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

Millions of Euros

Housing-acquisition loans to households (Business in Spain)

2011 2010

With secured loan (gross amount)

79,043 80,027

of which: Impaired loans

2,371 2,324

The loan to value (LTV) ratio (resulting from dividing the pending risk at any particular date by the amount of the latest available appraisal) of the above portfolio is as follows:

Millions of Euros
Total risk over the amount of the last valuation available ( Loan To Value -LTV)

2011

LTV Breakdown of secured loans to
households for the purchase of a
home (Business in Spain)

Less than or
equal to 40%
Over 40% but
less than or
equal to 60%
Over 60% but
less than or
equal to 80%
Over 80% but
less than or
equal to 100%
Over 100% Total

Gross amount

12,408 19,654 32,887 12,870 1,224 79,043

of which: Impaired loans

276 218 695 922 260 2,371
Millions of Euros
Total risk over the amount of the last valuation available ( Loan To Value -LTV)

2010

LTV Breakdown of secured loans to
households for the purchase of a
home (Business in Spain)

Less than or
equal to 40%
Over 40% but
less than or
equal to 60%
Over 60% but
less than or
equal to 80%
Over 80% but
less than or
equal to 100%
Over 100% Total

Gross amount

12,092 19,037 33,342 14,399 1,157 80,027

of which: Impaired loans

309 238 672 903 202 2,324

Outstanding home mortgage loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 had an average LTV of 50% and 51% respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank also had a balance of 968 million in non-mortgage loans for the purchase of housing (of which 64 million were NPA).

A-34


Table of Contents

The breakdown of foreclosed, acquired, purchased or exchanged assets from debt from loans relating to business in Spain, as well as the holdings and financing to non-consolidated companies holding such assets is as follows:

Millions of Euros
2011 2010

Information about assets received in payment of
debts (Business in Spain)

Gross
Value
Provisions Carrying
Amount
Gross
Value
Provisions Carrying
Amount

Real estate assets from loans to the construction and real estate development sectors in Spain.

5,101 1,740 3,361 3,259 1,045 2,214

Terminated buildings

1,709 487 1,222 800 202 598

Homes

1,227 333 894 451 110 341

Other

482 154 328 349 92 257

Buildings under construction

360 115 245 198 74 124

Homes

357 114 243 186 71 115

Other

3 1 2 12 3 9

Land

3,032 1,138 1,894 2,261 769 1,492

Urbanized land

1,561 570 991 1,116 392 724

Rest of land

1,471 568 903 1,145 377 768

Real estate assets from mortgage financing for households for the purchase of a home

1,509 401 1,108 875 193 682

Rest of foreclosed real estate assets

403 167 236 204 77 127

Equity instruments, investments and financing to non-consolidated companies holding said assets

701 287 414 455 287 168

Total

7,714 2,595 5,119 4,793 1,602 3,191

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross book value of the Group’s real-estate assets from corporate financing of real estate construction and development was 5,101 million and 3,259 million, respectively, with an average coverage ratio of 34% and 32%, respectively.

The gross book value of real-estate assets from mortgage lending to households for home purchase as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, amounted to 1,509 million and 875 million, respectively, with an average coverage ratio of 27% and 22%, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross book value of the BBVA Group’s total real-estate assets (business in Spain), including other real-estate assets received as debt payment, was 7,013 million and 4,338 million, respectively. The coverage ratio was 33% and 30%, respectively.

A-35


Table of Contents
APPENDIX XI. Glossary

Adjusted acquisition cost

The acquisition cost of the securities less accumulated amortizations, plus interest accrued, but not net of any other valuation adjustments.

Amortized cost

The amortized cost of a financial asset is the amount at which it was measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus, as warranted, the cumulative amount taken to profit or loss using the effective interest rate method of any difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or change in measured value.

Associates

Companies in which the Group has a significant influence, without having control. Significant influence is deemed to exist when the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights of an investee directly or indirectly.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets are debt securities that are not classified as held-to-maturity investments or as financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and equity instruments that are not subsidiaries, associates or jointly controlled entities and have not been designated as at FVTPL.

Basic earnings per share

Calculated by dividing profit or loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period

Business combination

A business combination is a transaction, or any other event, through which a single entity obtains the control of one or more businesses

Cash flow hedges

Those that hedge the exposure to variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction and could effect profit or loss.

Commissions and fees

Income and expenses relating to commissions and similar fees are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to their nature. The most significant income and expense items in this connection are:

Fees and commissions relating linked to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized when collected.

Fees and commissions arising from transactions or services that are provided over a period of time, which are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.

Fees and commissions generated by a single act are accrued upon execution of that act.

A-36


Table of Contents

Contingencies

Current obligations of the entity arising as a result of past events whose existence depends on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events independent of the will of the entity.

Contingent liabilities

Possible obligations of the entity that arise from past events and whose existence depends on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events independent of the entity’s will and that could lead to the recognition of financial assets.

Contingent risks

Transactions through which the entity guarantees commitments assumed by third parties in respect of financial guarantees granted or other types of contracts.

Correlation risk

Correlation risk is related to derivatives whose final value depends on the performance of more than one underlying asset (primarily, stock baskets) and indicates the existing variability in the correlations between each pair of assets.

Current service cost

Current service cost is the increase in the present value of a defined benefit obligation resulting from employee service in the current period.

Current tax assets

Taxes recoverable over the next twelve months.

Current tax liabilities

Corporate income tax payable on taxable profit for the year and other taxes payable in the next twelve months.

Debt securities

Obligations and other interest-bearing securities that create or evidence a debt on the part of their issuer, including debt securities issued for trading among an open group of investors, that accrue interest, implied or explicit, whose rate, fixed or benchmarked to other rates, is established contractually, and take the form of securities or book-entries, irrespective of the issuer.

Deferred tax assets

Taxes recoverable in future years, including loss carryforwards or tax credits for deductions and tax rebates pending application.

Deferred tax liabilities

Income taxes payable in subsequent years.

Defined benefit plans.

Defined contribution plans are retirement benefit plans under which amounts to be paid as retirement benefits are determined by contributions to a fund together with investment earnings thereon. The employer’s obligations in respect of its employees current and prior years’ employment service are discharged by contributions to the fund.

Defined contribution plans

Post-employment obligation under which the entity, directly or indirectly via the plan, retains the contractual or implicit obligation to pay remuneration directly to employees when

A-37


Table of Contents

required or to pay additional amounts if the insurer, or other entity required to pay, does not cover all the benefits relating to the services rendered by the employees when insurance policies do not cover all of the corresponding post-employees benefits.

Deposits from central banks

Deposits of all classes, including loans and money market operations, received from the Bank of Spain and other central banks.

Deposits from credit institutions

Deposits of all classes, including loans and money market operations received, from credit entities.

Deposits from customers

Redeemable cash balances received by the entity, with the exception of debt certificates, money market operations through counterparties and subordinated liabilities, that are not received from either central banks or credit entities. This category also includes cash deposits and consignments received that can be readily withdrawn.

Diluted earnings per share

This calculation is similar to that used to measure basic earnings per share, except that the weighted average number of shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the potential dilutive effect of any stock options, warrants and convertible debt instruments outstanding the year. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, an entity shall assume the exercise of dilutive warrants of the entity. The assumed proceeds from these instruments shall be regarded as having been received from the issue of ordinary shares at the average market price of ordinary shares during the period. The difference between the number of ordinary shares issued and the number of ordinary shares that would have been issued at the average market price of ordinary shares during the period shall be treated as an issue of ordinary shares for no consideration. Such shares are dilutive and are added to the number of ordinary shares outstanding in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

Early retirements

Employees that no longer render their services to the entity but which, without being legally retired, remain entitled to make economic claims on the entity until they formally retire.

Economic capital

Eligible capital for regulatory capital adequacy calculations.

Effective interest rate

Discount rate that exactly equals the value of a financial instrument with the cash flows estimated over the expected life of the instrument based on its contractual period as well as its anticipated amortization, but without taking the future losses of credit risk into consideration.

Employee expenses

All compensation accrued during the year in respect of personnel on the payroll, under permanent or temporary contracts, irrespective of their jobs or functions, irrespective of

A-38


Table of Contents

the concept, including the current costs of servicing pension plans, own share based compensation schemes and capitalized personnel expenses. Amounts reimbursed by the state Social Security or other welfare entities in respect of employee illness are deducted from personnel expenses.

Equity

The residual interest in an entity’s assets after deducting its liabilities. It includes owner or venturer contributions to the entity, at incorporation and subsequently, unless they meet the definition of liabilities, and accumulated net profits or losses, fair value adjustments affecting equity and, if warranted, minority interests.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities.

Equity method

The method used for the consolidation of the Group’s holdings in associates. These holdings are recognized at cost on the purchase date and later evaluated. This amount will then be increased or decreased based on the differences that, after said date, the equity of the entity experiences and that corresponds to the investing institution, after considering the dividends received from them and other equity eliminations. The income statement of the investing institution shall include the corresponding proportion in the earnings of the investee.

Exchange/translation differences

Exchange differences (PyL): Includes the earnings obtained in currency trading and the differences arising on translating monetary items denominated in foreign currency to the functional currency. Exchange differences (valuation adjustments): those recorded due to the translation of the financial statements in foreign currency to the functional currency of the Group and others recorded against equity.

Fair value

The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

Fair value hedges

Derivatives that hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities or firm commitments that have not be recognized, or of an identified portion of said assets, liabilities or firm commitments, attributable to a specific risk, provided it could affect the income statement.

Fees

See Commissions, fees and similar items

Financial guarantees

Contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs when a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument, irrespective of its instrumentation. These guarantees may take the form of deposits, technical or financial guarantees, insurance contracts or credit derivatives.

A-39


Table of Contents

Financial instrument

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and to a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities that do not meet the definition of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and arise from the financial entities’ ordinary activities to capture funds, regardless of their instrumentation or maturity.

Full consolidation method

Method used for the consolidation of the accounts of the Group’s subsidiaries. The assets and liabilities of the Group entities are incorporated line-by-line on the consolidate balance sheets, after conciliation and the elimination in full of intragroup balances, including amounts payable and receivable.

Group entity income statement income and expense headings are similarly combined line by line into the consolidated income statement, having made the following consolidation eliminations: a) income and expenses in respect of intragroup transactions are eliminated in full. b) profits and losses resulting from intragroup transactions are similarly eliminated

The carrying amount of the parent’s investment and the parent’s share of equity in each subsidiary are eliminated.

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities, net

This heading reflects fair value changes in financial instruments – except for changes attributable to accrued interest upon application of the interest rate method and asset impairment losses (net) recognized in the income statement – as well as gains or losses generated by their sale – except for gains or losses generated by the disposal of investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates an of securities classified as held to maturity.

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination represents a payment made by the acquirer in anticipation of future economic benefits from assets that are not able to be individually identified and separately recognized.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

Foreign currency hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Hedging derivatives

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an accounting hedge. The fair value or future cash flows of those derivatives is expected to offset the differences in the fair value or cash flows of the items hedged.

Held-to-maturity investments

Held-to-maturity investments are financial assets traded on an active market, with fixed maturity and fixed or determinable payments and cash flows that an entity has the positive intention and financial ability to hold to maturity.

A-40


Table of Contents

Held for trading (assets and liabilities)

Financial assets and liabilities acquired or incurred primarily for the purpose of profiting from variations in their prices in the short term.

This category also includes financial derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting, and in the case of borrowed securities, financial liabilities originated by the firm sale of financial assets acquired under repurchase agreements or received on loan (“short positions”).

Impaired/doubtful/non-performing portfolio

Financial assets whose carrying amount is higher than their recoverable value, prompting the entity to recognize the corresponding impairment loss

Impaired financial assets

A financial asset is deemed impaired, and accordingly restated to fair value, when there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that give rise to:

1.

A measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows since the initial recognition of those assets in the case of debt instruments (loans and receivables and debt securities).

2.

A significant or prolonged drop in fair value below cost in the case of equity instruments.

Income from equity instruments

Dividends and income on equity instruments collected or announced during the year corresponding to profits generated by investees after the ownership interest is acquired. Income is recognized gross, i.e., without deducting any withholdings made, if any.

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

The fair value of insurance contracts written to cover pension commitments.

Inventories

Assets, other than financial instruments, under production, construction or development, held for sale during the normal course of business, or to be consumed in the production process or during the rendering of services. Inventories include land and other properties held for sale at the real estate development business.

Investment properties

Investment property is property (land or a building – or part of a building – or both) held (by the owner or by the lessee under a finance lease) to earn rentals or for capital appreciation or both, rather than for own use or sale in the ordinary course of business.

Jointly controlled entities

Companies that form a joint business and, consequently, over which the Group exercises joint control. A joint business is a contractual agreement by virtue of which two or more entities undertake an economic activity under joint control; that is, a contractual agreement to share the power to guide the financial

A-41


Table of Contents

and operation policies of an entity or other economic activity, so as to benefit from its operations, and in which the unanimous consent of all participants is required in all financial and operational strategic decision-making.

Leases

A lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee in return for a payment or series of payments the right to use an asset for an agreed period of time, a stream of cash flows that is essentially equivalent to the combination of principal and interest payments under a loan agreement.

a)

A lease is classified as a finance lease when it substantially transfers all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset forming the subject-matter of the contract.

b)

A lease will be classified as operating lease when it is not a financial lease.

Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

The balance of liabilities directly associated with assets classified as non-current assets held for sale, including those recognized under liabilities in the entity’s balance sheet at the balance sheet date corresponding to discontinued operations.

Liabilities under insurance contracts

The technical reserves of direct insurance and inward reinsurance recorded by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at period-end.

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and receivables, irrespective of their type, granted to third parties that are not credit entities.

Loans and receivables

Financial instruments with determined or determinable cash flows and in which the entire payment made by the entity will be recovered, except for reasons attributable to the solvency of the debtor. This category includes both the investments from the typical lending activity (amounts of cash available and pending maturity by customers as a loan or deposits lent to other entities, and unlisted debt certificates), as well as debts contracted by the purchasers of goods, or users of services, that form part of the entity’s business. It also includes all finance lease arrangements in which the consolidated subsidiaries act as lessors.

Minority interests

The net amount of the profit or loss and net assets of a subsidiary attributable to associates outside the group (that is, the amount that is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent), including that amount in the corresponding part of the consolidated earnings for the period.

Mortgage-covered bonds

Financial asset or security created from mortgage loans and backed by the guarantee of the mortgage loan portfolio of the entity.

A-42


Table of Contents

Non-current assets held for sale

A non-current asset or disposal group, whose carrying amount is expected to be realized through a sale transaction, rather than through continuing use, and which meets the following requirements:

a)

it is immediately available for sale in its present condition at the balance sheet date, i.e. only normal procedures are required for the sale of the asset.

b)

the sale is considered highly probable.

Non-monetary assets

Assets and liabilities that do not provide any right to receive or deliver a determined or determinable amount of monetary units, such as tangible and intangible assets, goodwill and ordinary shares subordinate to all other classes of capital instruments.

NPA Coveraged ratio

Impairment allowances (generic, specific and country risk allowance) as a percentage of the non performing assets (the sum of Substandard loans and advances to customers and Substandard contingent liabilities to customers)

NPA ratio

Represents the sum of Substandard loans and advances to customers and Substandard contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of Loans and advances to customers and Contingent liabilities to customers.

Other equity instruments

This heading reflects the increase in equity resulting from various forms of owner contributions, retained earnings, restatements of the financial statements and valuation adjustments.

Other financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Instruments designated by the entity from the start at fair value with changes in profit or loss. Only the following can be included in the category: assets and liabilities that are deemed “hybrid financial assets and liabilities” and for which the fair value of the embedded derivatives cannot be reliably determined.

These are financial assets managed jointly with “Liabilities under insurance contracts” valued at fair value, in combination with derivatives written with a view to significantly mitigating exposure to changes in these contracts’ fair value, or in combination with financial liabilities and derivatives designed to significantly reduce global exposure to interest rate risk.

These headings also include customer loans and deposits effected via so-called “unit-link” life insurance contracts, in which the policyholder assumes the investment risk.

Own/treasury shares

The amount of own equity instruments held by the entity.

Past service cost

It is the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation for employee service in prior periods, resulting in the current period from the introduction of, or changes to, post-employment benefits or other long-term employee benefits.

A-43


Table of Contents

Post-employment benefits

Retirement benefit plans are arrangements whereby an enterprise provides benefits for its employees on or after termination of service.

Property, plant and equipment/tangible assets

Buildings, land, fixtures, vehicles, computer equipment and other facilities owned by the entity or acquired under finance leases.

Proportionate consolidation method

Method used for the integration of the accounts of the jointly-controlled entities in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The aggregation of the different headings of the balance sheet and income statement of the entities to the consolidated financial statements through this method is performed in the proportion of the Group’s holding in its capital, excluding the portion corresponding to its own equity instruments. In the same proportion, reciprocal credit and debits will be eliminated, as will be the income, expenses and earnings from internal transactions.

Provisions

Provisions include amounts recognized to cover the Group’s current obligations arising as a result of past events, certain in terms of nature but uncertain in terms of amount and/or cancellation date.

Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments

Provisions recorded to cover exposures arising as a result of transactions through which the entity guarantees commitments assumed by third parties in respect of financial guarantees granted or other types of contracts, and provisions for contingent commitments, i.e., irrevocable commitments which may arise upon recognition of financial assets.

Provision for credit losses

Provisions recognized during the year, net of recoveries on amounts provisioned in prior years, with the exception of provisions for pensions and contributions to pension funds which constitute current or interest expense.

Provisions for pensions and similar obligation

Constitutes all provisions recognized to cover retirement benefits, including commitments assumed vis-à-vis beneficiaries of early retirement and analogous schemes.

Public-covered bonds

Financial asset or security created from public loans and backed by the guarantee of the public debt portfolio of the entity.

Reserves

Accumulated net profits or losses recognized in the income statement in prior years and retained in equity upon distribution. Reserves also include the cumulative effect of adjustments recognized directly in equity as a result of costs in the issue or reduction of own equity instruments, sale of own equity instruments, actuarial gains on pension plans and the retroactive restatement of the financial statements due to changes in accounting policy and the correction of errors

A-44


Table of Contents

Securitization fund

A fund that is configured as a separate equity and administered by a management company. An entity that would like funding sells certain assets to the securitization fund, which, in turn, issues securities backed by said assets.

Share premium

The amount paid in by owners for issued equity at a premium to the shares’ nominal value.

Short positions

Financial liabilities arising as a result of the final sale of financial assets acquired under repurchase agreements or received on loan.

Subordinated liabilities

Financing received, regardless of its instrumentation, which ranks after the common creditors in the event of a liquidation.

Subsidiaries

Companies over which the Group exercises control. An entity is presumed to have control over another when it possesses the right to oversee its financial and operational policies, through a legal, statutory or contractual procedure, in order to obtain benefits from its economic activities. Control is presumed to exist when the parent owns, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, more than one half of an entity’s voting power, unless, exceptionally, it can be clearly demonstrated that ownership of more than one half of an entity’s voting rights does not constitute control of it. Control also exists when the parent owns half or less of the voting power of an entity when there is:

an agreement that gives the parent the right to control the votes of other shareholders;

power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity under a statute or an agreement; power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body and control of the entity is by that board or body;

power to cast the majority of votes at meetings of the board of directors or equivalent governing body and control of the entity is by that board or body.

Substandard risk

All debt instruments and contingent risks which do not meet the criteria to be classified individually as non-performing or written-off, but show weaknesses that may entail for the entity the need to assume losses greater than the hedges for impairment of risks subject to special monitoring.

Stockholders’ funds

Contributions by stockholders, accumulated earnings recognized in the income statement and the equity components of compound financial instruments.

Structured credit products

Special financial instrument backed by other instruments building a subordination structure

A-45


Table of Contents

Tax liabilities

All tax related liabilities except for provisions for taxes.

Trading derivatives

The fair value in favor (assets) or again (liabilities) of the entity of derivatives not designated as accounting hedges.

Unit-link

This is life insurance in which the policyholder assumes the risk. In these policies, the funds for the technical insurance provisions are invested in the name of and on behalf of the policyholder in shares of Collective Investment Institutions and other financial assets chosen by the policyholder, who bears the investment risk.

Value at Risk (VaR)

Value at Risk (VaR) is the basic variable for measuring and controlling the Group’s market risk. This risk metric estimates the maximum loss that may occur in a portfolio’s market positions for a particular time horizon and given confidence level

VaR figures are estimated following two methodologies:

VaR without smoothing, which awards equal weight to the daily information for the immediately preceding last two years. This is currently the official methodology for measuring market risks vis-à-vis limits compliance of the risk.

VaR with smoothing, which weights more recent market information more heavily. This is a metric which supplements the previous one.

VaR with smoothing adapts itself more swiftly to the changes in financial market conditions, whereas VaR without smoothing is, in general, a more stable metric that will tend to exceed VaR with smoothing when the markets show less volatile trends, while it will tend to be lower when they present upturns in uncertainty.

A-46


Table of Contents
APPENDIX XII. Additional disclosure required by the Regulation S-X.

Following are the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income of the Group under the IFRS reformatted to conform to the presentation guidelines for bank holding companies set forth in Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.

The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and allocations of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

ASSETS

Cash and due from banks

9.367 7.435 7.568

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

41.891 28.360 24.983

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

6.268 6.685 7.019

Trading securities

73.579 66.057 72.070

Investment securities

69.098 66.402 68.958

Net Loans & Leases

354.489 340.207 322.890

Loans and leases net of unearned income

363.912 349.613 331.628

Less: Allowance for loan losses

(9.422 ) (9.406 ) (8.737 )

Hedging Derivatives

4.698 3.603 3.595

Premises and equipment, net

7.330 6.701 6.507

Investments in affiliated companies

5.843 4.547 2.922

Intangible assets

1.879 1.058 852

Goodwill in consolidation

6.798 6.949 6.396

Accrual Accounts

609 538 581

Other assets

15.839 12.194 10.724

Total assets

597.688 552.738 535.065

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Liabilities

Demand Deposits

93.856 74.763 68.655

Saving deposits

48.704 52.597 51.621

Time deposits

134.218 148.430 152.022

Due to Bank of Spain

13.990 2 10.930

Trading account liabilities

51.303 37.212 32.830

Hedging derivatives

2.710 1.662 1.308

Short term borrowings

73.835 63.844 68.985

Long-term debt

109.247 108.539 91.464

Taxes payable

2.330 2.195 2.208

Accounts payable

7.879 6.596 5.624

Accrual accounts

2.252 2.162 2.079

Pension allowance

5.577 5.981 6.246

Other provisions

1.984 2.341 2.313

Others liabilities

9.745 8.939 8.015

Total liabilities

557.630 515.262 504.302

Shareholder´s equity

Common stocks

2.403 2.201 1.837

Additional paid-in capital

18.970 17.104 12.453

Dividends

(1.116 ) (1.067 ) (1.000 )

Other capital instruments

(300 ) (552 ) (224 )

Retained earnings

18.209 18.234 16.235

Total Shareholder´s equity

38.166 35.920 29.300

Non-controlling interest

1.893 1.556 1.463

Total Equity

40.058 37.475 30.763

Total liabilities and equity

597.688 552.738 535.065

A-47


Table of Contents

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

Millions of Euros
2011 2010 2009

Interest Income

Interest and fees on loans and leases

19.065 16.561 18.697

Interest on deposits in other banks

1.444 1.326 1.489

Interest on securities purchased under agreements to resell

209 124 201

Interest on investment securities

4.030 3.652 3.829

Total interest income

24.749 21.663 24.216

Interest Expense

Interest on deposits

(7.638 ) (4.838 ) (6.139 )

Interest on Bank of Spain & Deposit Guarantee Fund

(63 ) (120 ) (79 )

Interest on short-term borrowings

(1.659 ) (1.283 ) (1.504 )

Interest on long term debt

(1.213 ) (1.102 ) (1.749 )

Total interest expense

(10.574 ) (7.343 ) (9.471 )

NET INTEREST INCOME

14.175 14.319 14.745

Provision for loan losses

(4.201 ) (4.563 ) (5.199 )

Net Interest Income after provision for loan losses

9.974 9.756 9.546

Non-interest income

Contingent liabilities (collected)

318 282 260

Collection and payments services (collected)

2.694 2.500 2.573

Securities services (collected)

1.645 1.651 1.636

Other transactions (collected)

962 949 835

Ceded to other entities and correspondents (paid)

(707 ) (545 ) (572 )

Other transactions (paid)

(302 ) (254 ) (263 )

Gains (losses) from:

Affiliated companies´ securities

619 364 122

Investment securities

57 497 231

Foreign exchange, derivatives and other ,net

1.397 1.242 1.039

Other gains (losses)

4.010 3.688 4.389

Total non-interest income

10.691 10.374 10.251

Non-interest expense

Salaries and employee benefits

(5.311 ) (4.814 ) (4.651 )

Occupancy expense of premises, depreciation and maintenance, net

(1.696 ) (1.511 ) (1.340 )

General and administrative expenses

(2.944 ) (2.642 ) (2.368 )

Impairment of goodwill

(1.444 ) (13 ) (1.100 )

Net provision for specific allowances

(510 ) (482 ) (458 )

Other expenses

(4.991 ) (4.246 ) (4.145 )

Total non-interest expense

(16.896 ) (13.708 ) (14.061 )

Income Before Taxes

3.770 6.422 5.736

Income Tax expense

(285 ) (1.427 ) (1.141 )

NET INCOME

3.485 4.995 4.595

Net income attributed to the non-controlling interests

(481 ) (389 ) (385 )

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTED TO PARENT COMPANY

3.004 4.606 4.210

A-48


Table of Contents

Financial Statements of Issuers of Guaranteed Securities

In connection with Rule 3-10 (Financial Statements of Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities Registered or Being Registered) of Regulation S-X:

BBVA International Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) – an issuer of registered preferred securities guaranteed by the Bank – does not file the financial statements required for a registrant by Regulation S-X as it is a 100% owned finance subsidiary of the Bank and the Bank fully and unconditionally guarantees its preferred securities (Serie “C” is listed in the United States). No other subsidiary of the Bank guarantees such securities.

BBVA U.S Senior S.A. (Unipersonal) and BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) do not file the financial statements required for a registrant by Regulation S-X as these companies are 100% owned finance subsidiaries of the Bank and the Bank will fully and unconditionally guarantee any future securities issued by any of such companies. No other subsidiary of the Bank will guarantee any such securities.

We are not aware of any legal or economic restrictions on the ability of these subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Bank in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, capital repatriation or otherwise. There is no assurance that in the future such restrictions will not be adopted.

A-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part IprintItem 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management and AdvisersprintItem 2. Offer Statistics and Expected TimetableprintItem 3. Key InformationprintItem 4. Information on The CompanyprintItem 4A. Unresolved Staff CommentsprintItem 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsprintItem 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesprintItem 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party TransactionsprintItem 7. MajorprintItem 8. Financial InformationprintItem 9. The Offer and ListingprintItem 10. Additional InformationprintItem 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskprintItem 12. Description Of Securities Other Than Equity SecuritiesprintItem 12. DescriptionprintPart IIprintItem 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and DelinquenciesprintItem 14. Material Modifications To The Rights Of Security Holders and Use Of ProceedsprintItem 15. Controls and ProceduresprintItem 16. [reserved]printItem 16A. Audit Committee Financial ExpertprintItem 16B. Code Of EthicsprintItem 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and ServicesprintItem 16D. Exemptions From The Listing Standards For Audit CommitteesprintItem 16D. ExemptionsprintItem 16E. Purchases Of Equity Securities By The Issuer and Affiliated PurchasersprintItem 16E. PurchasesprintItem 16F. Change in Registrant S Certifying AccountantprintItem 16F. ChangeprintItem 16G. Corporate GovernanceprintItem 16G. CorporateprintPart IIIprintItem 17. Financial StatementsprintItem 18. Financial StatementsprintItem 19. ExhibitsprintNote 2. 2.1printNote 2. 2.2printNote 7. 1.5printNote 7 Analyzes The Group S Main Risks That Are Hedged Using These Financial InstrumentsprintNote 58. 4printNote 2. 2.12print